Page 1


For further information... The univ rsity is located at South 121st Street and Park Avenue in suburban Parkland. Office hours are from 8:00a.m. to 5:00p.m. Monday through Friday. Most offices are closed � r h pel on Munday, Wednesday, nd Friday from 10:30 to 11:00a.m. during the school year, and on Fridays during June, July and August all offices close at 12 noon. The university also observes all legal holidays. The University Center maintains an information desk which is open daily untiIIO p m. (I Ip.m. on Fri day and Saturday). Visitors are we\col11e at any time. Special arrangements for tours and appointme nts may be made th rou gh the Office of Admissions. ,

.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION ABOUT:

CONTACT THE OFFICE OF:

• General in te rests of the university, church relations, and community relations

The President

• Academic policies and programs, faculty

The Provost

Area code

.

(206)

. . . . 535-7101

............ .................. ... . . .

. . ................. . ............... 535-7126

...... .. .

appoint me nts, curriculum de vel opment ,

ac ademi c ad vising and assistance, graduate programs, and international study •

General information, admission of students, pub l icat ions for prospec ive students,

Admissions

535-7151 1-800-274-6758 E-mail: admissions@PLU.edu

. ..... . . ..... . ........... . . . . . . . . . . . . ........

freshman student registration, transfer, and advanced placement •

Transc ripls of records, schedules, and

The Registrar

...........

... ... . ... . . 535-7131

.. .. . ..

. ....

..

. .

. .

registration • Fi nancial ass i stance , schol arships , and loans •

Fees, nd payment plans

.. . ..

Student AccoWlts .

. ....

. .... .

• Fi na nc i al management and administrative

services

... .. ............. 535-7161

Financial Aid Se:rvices . . .

. .

. . . . . . . . . ....

....... 535-7107

The Vice President for Finance and Operations .

.... 535-7121

..............

• Campus parking, safet}', and info rmation

Campus Safety and lnfonnation ...... . 535-7441 .

Residence halls, counseling and testing health services, minority affairs, iot mational students, and extracurricular activities

The Vice President for Student Life ......... ... ....... . . . ..... 535-7191

• Gifts, bequests, grants, and the annual fund

The Vice President for Development and University Relations .. 535-7177

,

.

.

.

. . . .

.......... .

• Work-study opportunities and student

.....

Student Employment Office ........ . . . 535-7459 .. . ..

employment •

Career options

• Su mme r sessions •

Alumni activities

• Worsh ip services and religious life at

the university

Career Development Summer Sessions

.

..

. ......

...... ... . . _ ...

...

535-7459

. . . . . . . .. ....... 535 -712 9

............ . . . . . . .

Alumni and Parent Relations ..... . ...... 535-7415 . .

Campus Ministry

. .. ...

............ .

..

.

.... . . . . . . . . .

535-7464


U NDE R G R AD U A T E AND

History .""",.....................................,,.,",.,',.,....... ,............... 84 Honors Program . .. . . . " .......... 87 Humanities , ,........ , ..............................................."............. 88 Individualized Major .. . . " .., ....... ,...... 89 Integrated Studies " ..........................................., .."........ 89 Interna tional Programs .. . 91 Languages and Literatures . ... . ... 94 Legal Studies . ... . . ,.............................. 98 Marriage and Family Therapy . . . . . . 98 Mathematics ..,"',....................................,....,...................... 99 Medical Technology . .. . . 102 Music ... . ,........................................."'" 103 Natural Sciences . . .... ,.. ,... ,".,... " ................................. 108 Nursing . . . .. ".,.,.. "...., ........................................ 109 Philosophy ... . . 118 Physical Education . . . .. . .... .. . . . . 120 Physics .. . ,......,',.................................... " .. ',................ 125 Political Science " " ,.., ...................................,..................... 127 Pre-Professional Studies .. . . .. 129 Psychology .. . .. . .. , 131 Publishing and Printing Arts ... ... 134 Religion . .... . "..................................... 134 Scandinavian Area Studies . . . . 136 Social Sciences . . ,..................... 137 Sociology and Social Work .... ... . . 137 Statistics .. . . "......................................................... 141 Women's Studies . . . . . 142 ..................................

G R AD U A T E C A T A L OG

..

.......... .

.

1996/1997

......................... . ... ......

.....

......

Table of Contents

................. ............................

....... .... . . ....... ...................

......................... .

...

.... . ....

.... ... ... ......... ...... .. ...........

Academic Calendar

.

.......... .....................................

..

...........

2

.

..................................... .

The University

..............................

Mission Statement . . .. . 3 General Information . .. . .... 3 Admission .............................................................................. 6 Financial Aid . . . . . . 8 Tuition and Fees . . .. . 14 Student Life . .. .. . 18 .. . 21 Academic Procedures . ... . . . ...

.............. .........................................

. ......................

......... ..

...................

... ... .. ....................................... .. ... ............... ......... ............... ..

...................................

.... ......................... . .. . ........... ...................... . ....... .... . . ..... .... ......................

... ..

.......

............ .. . .. ...

.

.

........................................ ... ...................... . . ................. ..

.......

.....

...........................

................ ......

Academic;; Structure .. . . . ....... . 27 Majors and Minors .. ... . .. 28 Anthropology . . .. . . . . 29 Art 31 Arts, School of . . .. .. . . . 34 Biology . . . 34 Business . . . . . . .. 37 Chemistry ............................................................................ 43 Chinese Studies ... .... ... .. 46 Classics ........ . . 46 College of Arts and Sciences . . . . 47 Communication and Theatre ........ . 47 Computer Science . .. . . . . .. 51 Cooperative Education I nternships .. ... . 55 Economics . . . . . .. . . ... . . . . . . . . .......... . . . . . . . . . . ............................... . . . . 56 Education . .... . .. . . . . .. . 58 Engineering . . . ............. . . . . 72 English .. . . . 74 English as a Second Language . . . . 79 Enviro nmental Studies . . .. . . . . .. . 80 Geosciences ... . .. .. . 81 Global Studies . .. . .. . . . 83 .

. .............. ....... ...................

...

..

....

. .............. . ...............................

. ... ............. . ....................... .. ...... ........ .....

........................................................................................ ... ................................. .

..

.. .... .. .............

........................................... ............... ..... ............... .. . ........ ............... ......... ...... ...................

...........

.....

..

.

...............................

............

..........

... ................................ .................... ...........

................ .. .. ..... ................. ............

.......... ...............

..

..

. ......................

.... ...................

. .. .................. .. .... ..

................... ......

. .. ................ .......

... .. . ..............

..

...........

... .

....

..... ....... .. .

..

.................................... . ..

. ... ..

Degree and Course Offerings

.... .. .........

.

......... ...............

.

.

.........

..................................

. ..........

. ..... ..... .... ............................

... ....................................... . .........

...

..

.... ...... .................

...........

...... ....... ...... .................................... ...

Graduate Studies Admission .. .. . . 144 Policies and Standards ...................................................... 145 Tuition and Fees .... ....... .. .... . . .. .. 147 Financial Aid . . ,.................................................. 147 Business ..... , .........................................,......... 147 Education .. . . .. ....,................................. 148 Nursing . ...... . . . .. . .. . .. ". 152 Social Sciences: Marriage and Family Therapy . . .. 153 ..........

........................................... . ........... . ..

.

.

........

.

. . ..... . .

...............

......

.. ..............

.

....................

...

. .

..... .. ................. ..... . .. ...........

....

.. ...............

......... .......

...

. . .......

.

....... ... . . .....................

......................................... . ........ ....... ......... .......... ..... ........... .................... . ...

... ....... ..

...........

..

. .......... . . ..

......................

.................

.................. ............

........ . ............. .. . .......... .......... .. .............

Administration / Faculty .. 155 University Guidelines . .. . ... 163 Campus Map , . . . .................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................. , .. ,"'" 165 Index .. . . .,........................................,......................... 166 ......................

................ .

......

.

.........................

............................

.. . .

PACIFIC llJTHERAN UNIVERSITY Th路 information contained herein reflects an accurate picture of Pacific Lutheran University at the time of publication.

reserves the right to make necessary chan g es in procedures, policies, calendar, curriculum, and costs.

v

H owe e r,

the

university

Listed in this cat alo g ore course descriptions and summaries of degree requirements for majors. minors, and other programs in the Coll e ge Arts and Sciences and the Schools of the Arts. Business, Education. Nursmg , and Physical Education. Detailed degree requirements. often including supplementary sample programs. are available in the offices of the individual schools and departments. Advising by university

of

personnel inconsistent with published statements is not binding.


a: < o Z I.U ...

< u u

o < u <

Academic Calendar 1997/1998

1996/1997 SUMMER SESSION 1996

SUMMER SESSION 1997

Term r

. . . .... . . . . .

..

20 23

Term I . ... . ........ ........ . ... ..... . .... ... .. .. Tuesday, lvlay 27-Friday, June 20 Term II ......................................... MC)l1 day, Junc 23- Friday July 18 Workshop Week ..... ......... .. . . . . . . ... .. Monday, July 21-Friday, July 25 Term 1II .. ... . . .... . . . ..... ............ ..... M mday, July 28-F r id ay, August 22

. . . . . . . . . . ...

24

Commencement ............................ J 0:30a.m., Saturday, August 23

....... ...... . . . . .. . ...... .. .. Tuesday, May 28-Priday, June 21

. . . . ....... . . ... . ... . ............... .. . .

M.onda)" Junc 24-Prida), Jui)' ........ .... . . . },Ilonday, Jul y 22-Friday, July Term [II . . . ... . . . . . . . . . Monda)" Ju ly 29-Friday, AuguSI Comm 'ncem('nl ........ . . . . .. [0:30a.m., Saturday, Augusl

'rerm II

.

Workshop Week .. ......

.... .

..

. ..

.

....

. . . . .. ..

FALL SEMESTER 1996 Orientation and Registration ...

19

FALL SEMESTER 1997

.. . .. Friday, S ep tember 6, to S u nd ay, September 8 Classes Begin .. . ..... .. . . . ... 8:00a.m., M onday , September 9 Opening CC1I1vQ ca tio n ............... 10:30a.m., Mond ay, September 9 ... .

..

. .

..

.... . .

.. ...

..

.. . . .

Classes resume nt 1 :45p.m. Mid-semester Break ........................................... Friday, October 25 T hanksg ivi ng Re eS5 Be gi ns . J :35p.m., Wednesday, Tovernber 27 Thanksgiving Rece ss End� ............ 8:00a.m.,

londay, December 2

lasses E nd ..................................... 6:00 p.m., Friday, December

13 14

Mid- 'car .ommencement ... J 0:30a.m., Saturday , Dec mber Final Examinations ................................ Monday, December 16, to Friday, D mbcr 20 emcster End' (after last c:am) ..................... Fri day, December 20 ...

Orientation and Registration

..

. . . ... ..... ........

Sunday,

eptcmber 7

Classes B egi n ............................... 8:00a.m., Monday, S e p t e mbe r 8

Openlng Convoca t i o n ............... 10:30a.m., M o nd ay, September 8 Clnsses resume at I :4Sp. m. Mid-semester Break ........................................... Friday, October 24

Thanksgiving Recess Begins. [:3Sp.m., Wednesday,

ovem ber 26

Thank�giving Recess E nds ............ 8:00a.m., Monday, December 1 Classes End ..................................... 6:00p.m., Fr iday, December 12 :\II.id-year Co mmenc eme n t ...... [0:30a.m., Sa turday, D ece m ber 13 Fi n al

amina t ions . ........... . ... . . . . . . . . ........ Mo nd a)" Decen.1ber 15, to

JANUARY TERM 1998

SPRING SEM.ESTER 1997

SPRING SEMESTER 1998 Registration . . .. .. . ... . . . .... . . . .. Tuesday, February 3 Clas 5 Begin .............................. 8:00a.m., Wednesday, February 4 Presidents' Day Holiday ................................ Mo nd ay, February 16 Spring Break Begins ... ....... .. . . .. ... ... 6:00p.m., Friday, March 20 Spring Break End s ............................. R:OOa.m., Monday, l\'larch 30 Easter Recess Ilegins .. . . . . .... . . . . ... 8:00a.m., Friday, April 10 East r R cess Ends.. .. .... .... ... .. ... . . 3:40p.m., Monday, April 13 Jasses End ... . . . . ... . .. . . .. . .. . 6:00 .m., Friday, May 15 Final Examination, .... . . . . . ... Monday, May 18, to Friday. May 22 Semester Ends (after last exam) ............................... Friday, �IIay 22 Commencement ..................................... 2:30p.m., Sunday, M.ay 24

[olida)' ............... ..... . . . ......... Monda " February 17

s Begins . . 6:00p.m., Friday, 1arch pring Break/Easter Recess nds ..... 3:40 p,m., Monday, arch �lass('s End ... .. . ..... . . . ..... .... . . ... 6:00 p.m., Friday, May Final Examinations . ... . . . Monday, May 19, to Friday, May 'emester Ends (after last exam) ............................... Fr iday, May Comm n '('ment ....... . . . . . . ..... .. .. . 2:30 p.m., :unday, May

Spring Break/East r Rec .

.. .

..

. ..... .

... ...

..

. .

.

.

....

...

.

. .......

.

.

. .

2J

31 16

23 23 25

Worship Service begins at 9:3011.111.

Martin Lu ther King, Jr., Birthday Holiday .. . Monday, Jan uar y 19 Classe End .......................................................... Friday, Jan uar y 30 ..

..

....

..

.. .

.. . . ....

..

..

.

. ..... .

.

. . .. . . . ...

.

.

..

.

.....

....

.

.

.

. ..

A

C

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

TT

Y

..

..

.....

...

.... .

... . . .

...

Worship Service hegills at 9:30a.m. P

-

Semester Ends (after la st exam) ..................... F r iday, December 19 Class s Begin ...................................................... M onda y, January 5

lass e s Begin .............................. 8:00a.m., We dn e. day, February 5

-

Friday, December 19

Classe. Be in ...................................................... M o nday, J anuar y 6 arlin Luther Kmg, Jr., Birthday Holiday ..... Monday, Jan u a ry 20 lasses End ............... ... ........... ...... . . . . . . . . ............... Friday, J anu ary 3[ Registration ...................................................... Tu esday, F eb ru ar y 4

2

Friday, Sept mber 5, to

JANUARYTERM 1997

Presidents'Day

_

....

.

-


m

'"" The University

z

MI S S ION S T A T EMENT -

lhl.: development

[knm'<ledgeabl per

critical ,H,"arencS5 of humant: and piritu

-

z

Long committed to pr vi ding an e ducation distingui . bed for quality. in the context of a h ritage that is Lutheran and a n environment lha is cumenically Chri tian. PLU C llltlnlle 10 embrac its pri lary rnissi n: e

quipped With

o

understan ing of the human condition, a valnes, and a Wlp.1 ·IY for clear and effective !:Id f-expression .

n�

nn

;Ig

'or all who hOt e tl\ ,eek.\ PlU degree, the UnIversity offers p I't u n ity to ur lie a V. lI iet)' of progr ms of academi worth and cellcrIc·. II. stan dJ rds of perform nee dem,md a finely raincJ fa("ulty as well as highly skilled administrat..iv(, and .support 'taff. 11 Its institution.al empha.·;is LH s htll,lTSh i p. the UniversilY vic\vs Ibe liher ..lI art as providing the nece sary and essential roundatilln for the tcel n'cal training and edul.":i1tic I) In the profe� Ions which mod rn sooety requires. The Univcr ity aim" to cuJlivale the intellect, not fo r its 0">'11 sake mer ly, but as a t I)f Clm den e and an i Ilslrumenl for 'crvice. 1 he diver ity and variety of cultural programs and p erso na 'ervice" off; r d by the Univer ·ity are inkndctl to facilitate lM posi tive deve! pmellt uf tlw .ludenL as a .vh Ie person in order that our students might fundi 11 a mCl lbe r of' ciet} . I other word:., PLU affirms that re.lization of one' higb ·t p tential J I{ 11 a fulfillment flife's purpose arises in the joy of s<!rvke to o thers. To . id ils student' in sh ring th.is under ·tanding, the Uni I r ilr seeks to e a co m m un i t y in which th rc i: a contin ·ng and fru it fu l interac.tion between what i hest in education and what IS noblest in Christian etiifiultion. ThIS d el t herat e and simultaneolls attention to the religi us dimen ion of the total hum an experience and to the standards of scholarly objectivity, coupled with clear recognitiollllf lhe integrative impulse in each. is Ih(; essence of PLU.

General Information HISTORY

o z

with PLC in 1929. Four-year baccalaureate degrees were first offered in education in 1939 and in lhe liberal arts in 1942. The institution

\ as

reorganiuel

a,

a university 1960, re I iming its

orig inal name. It presently includes a CoLlege of Arts Jnd Sci­ ences' professional schools o f the Arts, Business, Ed uc ati on,

Nur ing" nel Physical Educalion; and both graduate and con­ tinuing edu alion programs.

PL

has been closely and productively affiliated wilh the

Lutheran church throughout its history.

the EvanueLical Lut he ran

hurch in

It is now

a

universi ty of

merica, owne I by the more

ongregat"ions of R egi on 1 of the ELCA. Many influences and ind i v idual have combined to shape PLU and its re gi on al. national, and increasingly international reputa­

than six hundred

tion for teaching, ·crvice. and scholarship. A :ledicated f aculty

has been an extremely i mp o r tant facror. The school has enj oyed

a trong musical tradition from t he beginning, a well as note­ worthy alullllli a hievements in p ublic 5cho Ilea hiug and administration, uni versit y teaching and scholarship, the pastoral ministry, the h ealth ·cienc!: ,md healing arts, and business. At

PLU, 10 I/I/ail/8 lilCui,y

Pacifi

Lutheran Uni ersit)" was fowlded in 1890 by a group ot

Scandinavian Lut he ra ns from the Pug t Sound area. They were

l-d by the Reverend .Bjug Harstad, who became PL 's first president. In namin the university. these pioneer. recognized the i porlunL [oil' that a Lutheran educational i nst. i t u t i 11 on the IN stern li'oJllier of m er ica could play in l.h emerging future of the region. They want e d the institution to he.lp immigrants adjust. to their ne\ land and find jobs, but they also \ anted it to produce graduates w ho w o u ld serve hurch and commun ity. Education-ano educating for ser 'ice-was a venerated part �)f the 'candinavian traditions from which these pioneers came. Although founded as a university, the institution functioned prim,lrily as an academy until I 18, wh n it closed for two years. It reopelled as the two-year Pacific Lutheran College. nfter me r g ing with o!umbia College, pr ev i ous l located in Ev ere t t.

PLU the liberal art and Pl'· fcssional ed u c at ion are closely integrated and collaborative in their edu(,nional philo ophies,

Jctivitics, and Jspirations.

ACCREDITATION Pacific Lutheran U niversi t y is fu l. ly <leer d it ed by th e Northwest AssQciat ion of Scho Is and C U ges as a four·year institution of higher edu ation. In addition the follow i llg programs hold specialized

ecredi­

tations and appro ols:

Busilless - American ssembly of Collegiate ·chools ofBusines Chemistry - American Chemical ociet Complller Science (B.S.) - Computiug ciences cred.itation Board, Inc.

[dUClJiioll - National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher

Edu cation

Further cons lidations occurred when Spokane College merged P

A

C IF IC

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N I V

E

R

SI T

Y

3


z o

Mll rl'iage alld Family Therapy - Commission on Accreditation for M ar r i age and Family Therapy Education of the American

Association for Marriage and Family Therapy Mllsic - National Association of Schools of Music Nu rsing - National League for Nu r sing Social Wo rk - ouneil on Social Work Education o

.... z

Any current o r

prospective student may, upon request directed

to the p residen t's office, rev iew a copy o f the documents per­

taining to the u n iver ity's various a creditation and a p pro val s.

GROUNDS Located in suburban Parkland, PL has n p ic turesq u e J 26-a cre camp us, trul y representat ive of the natural grandeur of the Pacific Northwest. z

ENROLLMENT 3,029 full-time students; 550 part-time students FACUlTY 23 J full-time facu.lty; 88 part-time fa c u l ty STUDENTlFACU lTY RATIO I ).3: I ACADEMIC PROGRAM Pa c i Ie Luth ran University uses a 4- 1 -4 calendar which consists of t wo fi fteen -week se mest e rs bridged by a fo ur-week January term. ourse cred j t is computed by hours . The majority of cours � offered L r 4 hours. Each undergrad uate degree candidate is exp ec t e d to complete 1 2 8 hours with an overall g T ad e point average of 2.00. De p a rtm e nt s o r schools may set higher grade point requ i rements. egree re q ui rements are spec ifically stated in this atalog. Each student should become familiar with these requirements and prepare to meet them. UBRARY SERVICES The Robert

.L. Mort edt Library is the central multi-media lea rning resource center crving th e n t i re un iversity community. It. collections are housed and services provided i n a modern functional buildi ng which has study spaces for 850 students a nd shelving for 500,000 books, pe rio dic al s , m icrofilm, and audioisual m <l t er i als. The l i brary receives ()ver 2,000 cu rrent maga­ zines, journals, and newspa pers. In addition to its general collection o f hooks and other mate­ rials, t he l i b r ary has a special collection dev ted to the Scandi na­ ,,-jan I m m igmnt E ' p e r i c n ce and c.ontains the university and re g i o n al Lutheran church archives. Other resources include the Education Curric u l u m Collection, t b e microfiche collection of col Jege catalogs, map , pamphlets, national and t rade hibliogra­ ph ies, D - ROM indexes, and access to o nl i ne databas . A taf!" of 28 fu ll and part-time l ib rarians and assistants o ffer e-.... pert reference, i n formation, and me d ia 5 r vice s . The refi renee sta ff p rovides beginning and advanced l i b rary i nstruction for all tudents. In addition to standard r e fe ren ce ervice, the l ibrary staff also offers co mputerized bibliographic i n fo rm a t ion service. As the re.sult of the lib rary'S extensive col lect ion o f bibliogra p h i c t o ls, computer access to ot he r collect i o n s , and electronic mail service, students and facu l t y have rap id access to ma terials which can be bo rrowed from other librarie,. D i rect loan service is available to PLU students and faculty at Northwest Co l J cge , t . Martin's College, Seattle Universi t y, Seattle Pacific Univ rsity, and the U n iv rsity of Puget Sound. 3

COMPUTING AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS Computing and Teleco m m u nications Services p ro v i d es for campus wide commun ications and computing needs. The m a i n o ffices are located in the southeast corner of the lower floor o f the M o rtvcdt Lib rary building. The fa c i l i ty houses the uni rsity's AX 4000-700 and DEC 3000-400 Alpha computers. The Alpha is u�ed primarily for academ ic purposes and p rovides a cess to the Internet. A large computer lab, located in the 4

P

A

C

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

University Cen ter, p ro v i d es access to the Alpha, IBM -PCs, a n d Macintosh computers. T h i s l a b is o p e n seven days a week du ring each term. Add i t ionally, each residence hall room is equipped with a special data jack. This allows students with their own computers to connect to the campus da ta network without a modem. Through the campus network, students have access to the PLU l ibrary's on-l i n e public access catalog (as well as o thers througho ut the world), electronic mail, a nd other Internet research tool . Each residence hall roo m is also equipped with a d i g i tal telephone and voice mail service. A variety of software programs and programming l a nguages a re ava i l a ble for the systems. The university has adopted standard software incl uding word processing and spread sheets fo r PCs , nd M.acintosh computers, and data bases and statistical software fo r pes. Information regarding telephone services, computer software standards and policies, and University Center Lab hours may be obtained by contacting Computing and Telecom mu nicati()ns Services main o ffice at 5 35-7525 o r by visiting the office during normal bus iness hours. The i n tentional, unauthorized entry i nto a computer system is a crime under the laws of the State o f Washington. Computer security programs a n d d e vices are used to ma nage and control access to programs and data. In the event of computer trespass, u n ivers i ty officials are authorized access to all data and messages associated with the incident for use in its resolu tion. Voice messCiging systems fall under the Telecommu nications Act which makes tampering with ano ther person's voice mail or making p rank and obscene calls illegal. The uni ve rs i t y vigoro usly prosecutes these violations both criminally and via the student conduct system.

WRITING CENTER The Writing en ter, located in Ramstad Hall, provides a place for students to meet with trai ned student readers to discuss their academic, creative, and professional writing. Student st�ff members help writers generate topics, develop focus, orga n ize material, and clarify ideas. In an atmosphere that is comfortable and removed fro m the classroom set ling, s t u d e n t readers and writers talk seriousl)' about ideas and w ri ti ng strategie . Most sessions are o n e - h o ur meetings, but drop-in students with brief es!;ays or questio ns a re welcome. The Wri ting Center is o p e n MondJ)' through Friday from the b eginning ()f period two ( MWF 9: 1 5 ; TR 9:55) until 4:30 d ur i n g t h e d a y a n d Sunday through Friday fro m 7:00 u n t i l 9:00 i n the e ve n i n g. ACADEMIC ASSISTANCE CENTER At the Academic Assistance Center, studen ts are provided ser­ vices to i n crease their knowledge, su p pl e m e n t ciJssroom activi­ ties, and develop effective learning and study strategics. In a setting w h e re learni ng, risk taki ng, and discovery occur, students meet with trained, certified peer tutors. The word "tutor" conj ures up images of the private tutor in the English Manor who is actually there to d r i l l and i mpart o r "download" knowledge t o students. T h e dictionary defines peer as " a person who has equal standin g with a nother, as in rank, class, o r a ge ." At the Academic Assistance enter the peer t utor functions as t h e lea r n i n g guide, implying that peer tutor and tute alike both b ri ng a measure of a b i l ity, exp rtise, and i n for­ m a t i o n to the enco u nter. Through collaboration students are encou raged to l e a r n from one another and are em p owered and e n c o ura ged to use their own th i n k ing skil l · and resources. AJ.l ervi .es are free to registered PL students. Tutoring takes p l a ce on campus usually i n the Academic Assistance Center i n Ramstad Hall. While tutoring sessions are set u p by appoint­ ment, d rop-in students are we l c o m e . The Center, located in Ramstad 1 J 2, is 0 en Monday through Thursday from 9:00a.m. u n t i l 9:00p.m., Friday from 9:00a . m . until 5 :00p.m. and Sunday from 2:00p.m. until 9:00p.m .. Students in terested i n a n appoi n t­ men t should stop by or call 5 3 5 - 7 5 1 8 .

-


CAMPUS RESOURCES Center for PubHc Service

The Center for Publ ic Service co nnect s rh ' PL ca mpus to the ommunities by pro iding opportun.ities for students, 5t ff. and facuity to �erve co m m u nity needs as p a r t o f th i u n iyer ity expe ri n -e. There are many ways student.s can become i nvolved in service a t PLU. Students c n work with d1ildren, .dults and senior Citizens (It the family and Chi ldren's CeIlter, a coa l i t i on of s oc i al service program� housed toget her a t East ampLl� and coordi­ nated h)' the Cenler fo r Puhlic Serv ice. Students can al s o be ome involved i n com m u n it y work through service-learning classes. The Cen ter for Public er ice can help tud 'nts find out abollt these ,'o ur'es, avallable in many depa rt m en ts , which lise s er ice exper ience as an i m p or t a n t part of the learning pro es�. I ndjviduals .md �tudent group can also u e the Volunt er enter, pa rt f the emer for Public Servi e, to browse through l ist i ng of oyer 100 erv; e opport u n i t ies o n ,1I1d near the PL c:1mpus. These op po rt u n iti e ran ge from o n e - t i m e " 0- 'n- Do" p ro jec ts t lo ng er- te rm involveme.nt. To find out more ahout vol UJlteering and � 'rvic '-led ning at p V, . II the enter for Public Service a t )5 -7 1 73 . s u rrou n d i ng

KPLU-FM, National Public Radio P U at 88.5 M is ti en sed by the Fede ra l Commuoications

um mi ion t the niver ity Board of Regents. A member stat ion of Natio nal Public Radio, K PLU provi de s music and news seven days a week, 24 hours a day, with d profe iona.i staff a ugm e n ted by qualifi d students. PLU i� the only i n depe n d en t u n ive rs i ty in the Northwest o pera ti ng a ful l power PR ·tati on. e K P L U main tran mitter rom West Ti ge r M u n tai n covers the Puget .)ound area a nd translators cover the:: maj r pop u! t ion cen te rs o[ western Washin gton froIll Bel l ingham to Vaneou er. The Elliott Press

P ress is PLU's st ud io- laboratory for the p u b l i s h i n g a rt s. With the Press' large colle tion of let terpress type dlld equi ment, 'I udents design ;lnd pI' duce printed texts using the hand-controlled techniques that flourish t od ay in the live! 3rt o r m known as " ti n p r i n t i n g." In addition to its o w n pu b l i h i n g program, the Press houses a g ro wi n g collection of i nnovative book works and is a working museum, where visitor- may watch and try their hands at th e tech no lo gy pionee r d by G u tenberg.

The Elliott

-

LATE AFl'ERNOON AND EVENING CLASSES

for the pmfes i n al growL h a n d c ul tu ra l en richment of persons unable to take a fu ll-time college c urse, the univer­ � i L Y co nd u c t s lare-a ftcrn o n and evening Ia 'ses. In addition to a wide variety of offerings i n the arts and s iences. there 3 r t! �peci ali1.ed ami grad ua te CO llf es for teachers, adm i n i s t rators, and p rson. in bus i ne ss and i nd u �t ry.

To p rov i d e

SUMMER SESSION

An extensive summer school curriculum, of the same quality �s that offered during rhe r gular a ademic year, i s ava i lable to all qualified per$ons. I n add i t i on , summer sessi on typically is a time wben t he fac u l t offer i n novative, eX1}cri mentaJ cour es w hi cll cover a br a d range of contemporary is ucs a n d perspect i cs in many fields. T h e summer session consists of three (bc rete fo ur­ wee.: terms. a n d a one-wee k workshop 5 ssion, a n d begins the last week of May. Marry cou rses are ta ugh t in the evening, two nights per week or n i n e weeks. and Master of Business Adminis­ t rati o n C llrSCS a r t a u gh t d u r i ng two sL -\ eek term , two night5 per week. Desl ned for undergraduates and graduate students al ike, the: p rogr am er es teacher ' a n d admlnistrators seeking cr>dentials an special courses, firs t - year students de iring to iniliatecoliege stu d " and other seeking s p ecia l �tudies offered by the chool an d dcpa. r tments. Non- matri ulated s tudents who enroll for the summer sess i o n need o nl y submit a le tter o f academic :tanding or give lther e ,iden e of being prepal"\:d fo r .:ol lcgc work.

A co m plete SLlmlller Sessioll Catalog, outlining the curriculum a. well as sp ec ial institutes. wo rksh o ps and eminars, is printed each spring and is available hy calling 535-7 1 29.

SUMMER SCHOLARS

For the last three weeks o f ] ul eacb summer, PLU pre 'c nts a pe ial program, called t he Summer Scholar� Program. for academ ically gifted high school sophomores and j uniors. Admission is co mpetitive. and studen ts earn fo ur cred i ts for thelr uccessfu l com pleti o n of an i n t nsive co urse in ei ther the natura l sciences or writing. For i n formation and appl ications contact the Office of ' pecia l Academic P ro g r a ms, 5)5-7 1 29.

m

z

MIDDLE COLLEGE PLU offers a s p ec ia l six-week su mmer program for high school j u niors and seniors and for first-year collecre students. ,aBed M iddle College, the program is d e s i g n e d to case the transition fr o ll l h ig b s hool to college by 'barpeni n g learning skills that are essential to successful completion o f a college or u niversity program . Middle Col lege h as both a n clcademic program a n d a cou nseling and testing comp nent. All s t ud e n t s n re thoroughly tested and evaluated in private sessions wiLh regard to thei r reading, wr i t i n g, verbal. and mathematical s k i l ls. In adilition. career co unseling is provided. The aim of M iddle Col lege co uU5e l in g is to a ss ess ea h studen t's talents and i n terests i ll o rder to pro ide direction and goals for the (oUeUe expe rie n e. The ac a demic p rogram offers a chanc� to i mprove spe ifi learning kill essential to coUege success. The classes, offered at several levcls i n everal dis ip line5 , arc f, r Middle olleg students only, ther by allo\ i n g small class size and close contact between studenlli and faculty. All students lake a study skills course, which serves as a core o f the program. In addition, stud nts m a y select two or three cou rses fro m among those o ffe red each year. Each s tudent's program is individualized to promote maximum g row t h .

o z

PROJECT ADVANCE

Each semester PLU offers Project dvance. a special emi h mcnt program for h igh s c ho I juniors <tnd seniors. Designed to com­ p leme n t high scbool s t u di es , Pr ject Advance allows students to earn one hOllr of u n i vers i t y credit and t o experience oUege l i fe and t uel),. The topic of the cou rse is d i fferent each emester, a n d fall topics a re usually chosen t o coincide \ i t h t h e high school Nat i o n a l Debate Topic. Project Ad\'ance classes meet once a week for six we�ks in the l a t e afterno n. RETENTION OF FlRST-YEAR STUDENTS

The re te n t i o n of students entering as freshman students has been m o n i t o red since 1 972. Those d a t a for the past decade arc presented i n the fo l lo w i ng ta bl e : Retention of Entering First-Year Students To Senior Year

To Junior Year

To o phomore Year

Fall

54 . 6 % 5 8 . 2% 58 . 8 % 67.3% 66.2% 64.0% 62.7%

1 98 2 1 983 1 9R4 1 98 5

77. % 75.7% 78.5% 8 1 .5%

J 986

80.6%

1 987 1 98 8 1 989 19 0 J 99 1 1 992 1 993 1 994

8 1 .7% 75.7%

60. 1 % 59.8% 65.9% 68.8% 71.1% 65.3 % 65.4 (Vu

80.90/0

70 . 1 %

66.0%

77.4% 8 1 .3% 79.9% 79.8% 78.3%

66.0% 71.1% 73.4% 70.2%

63.5% 67.9% 68 . 1 %

P

A

C

I

F

I C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

5


z o 11\ 11\

applicants with less than sophomore standing (30 semester hours or 45 quarter hours), secondary school records and standardized test scores will also be considered.

Admission Pacific

Luther

n

University welcomes applications from

Credentials required are: 1 . Formal App lication: Submit the PLU Application for Admission available from high school counselors or the PLU Office of Admissions . 2. $35.00 Application Fee: A $35 fee must accompany the applica­ tion or be ma iled separately. This non-refundable service fee does not apply to the student's account. Make checks or money orders payable to PLU Office of Admissions. 3. Transcripts: Transcripts must be submitted from high school and all college cou rse work. Transcripts must be sent directly from the school to PLU. Accepted freshmen must submit a final high school transcript which indicates satisfactory co mpletion of high school and attainment of a diploma. The u n iversity accepts the General Equivalency Diploma (GED) for those studenl$ who may not have completed a tradit ional high school program. 4. Recommendations: Two recommendations must be prepared by principals, counselors, pastors, or other qualified persons. Forms are included in the application packet. 5. Test Requirement: All entering freshman students must submit scores from either the College Board, Scholastic Asse.ssment Test (SAT) , or the American College Test Assessment (ACT) . Registration procedu res and fo rms are available at high school counseling offices. 6. Personal Essay: Using no more than two pages, write an essay on one of these two topics: a. Discuss a significant influence on your personal and intellectual development. This might be an i nteraction with another person, a personal experience or achievement, an educational experience, or involvement ,"ith an issue of local, national, or global concern. b. What do you consider to be your personal/academic/ professional goals and objectives? How do you expect your experience at Pacific Lutheran University to help you achieve them?

students who have demons t rated ca p acities fo r success at

who p resent academic and personal q ua l ities which our experience

the baccalaureate level. Appl icants rec ord s

indicates wiU enable them t

'ucceed at the u n iversity

and benefit from th environment will be offered admis­ s ion .

ppl icants fo r admi s i o n a re evaluated without

regard to

s ex , race,

creed, color, age, nat ional origin, or

disabling condition. Selection criteria i n clud grade point average, class rank, t ranscript pattern, test scores, an essay,

and

re

.om mendat ion s .

ENTRANCE REQUI REMENTS (Fresh men & Transfer Students) In evaluating applic;1tiol1s the Office of Admissions i nterprets grade point average and class rank in relation to the quality of the c ur riculum which the applicant has pursued in high school and at the baccalaureate level. ror example, a standard high 'chool p rogram i n preparation for college should include the following: English: 4 yea rs ""Mathematics: 3 years (algebra, 2 years, and geometry, I year) Fonigo Language: 2 years Social Studies: 2 ea rs Laboratory Sdences: 2 yea rs Fine, Visual, or Performing Arts: I yea r Electives: 3 year (selected from the areas listed above, as well a s courses in computer . cience, speech, and debate.) •

Millim ulIl Elltrallce Req1liremcms: 1. Two yt'ars of college p repara tory mathematics (exclusive of

computer science) with a/l average grade of C o r higher, or all

app ro ve d course at the b a cca la u rea t e level, or demo rlstrated equivalel/t proficie ncy.

2. T ivo years of olle foreigll la nguage in high school, with (In a verage grade of C or higher, o r aile year at the uaccala u reate level, or demonstrated eq1livalent proficiency.

Studellts who have /lot satisfied a l i t o r both of these req u i re ­ ments may still be adlll itted bUl must make up the defic ifllc), as a n additional degree requirement.

Additional study of both mathematics and foreign language is adv isable for certain areas in the arts and science and in some professional programs. Tbose who follow the above preparatory program will find mo. t curricular offerings of the university pen to them and may also qualify for advanced placement in some a reas. Students are admitted to either the fall or spring semester. A ceptance to the fall term ca rries permission to attend the prev iou ' summer sessions. Spri.ng acceptance approves enroll­ ment i n the January term. The following application priority dates (Ire reco mmended: Fa ll Sell1ester-February I S; Sp ring Semester-December 1 5.

APPUCATION PROCEDURES (Fresh men 6- Transfer Students) Students plann i ng to enter as freshmen m ay submit application materials anyti me after completion of the junior year of high school. Admission decisions are made beginni ng December 1 unks a request for Early Action is received. Candidates are notified of their status as soon as their completed application has been received and evaluat d. Students who began their higher educat ion at other regionally accredited colleges or un iversities are encouraged to apply for admission with adva n ced standing. Over 400 students transfer to the univers ity each year with an average grade point in excess of 3.00 ( B ) . Candidate must have good academic and personal sta ndi ng a t the institution la. t attended full-ti me. Although it does not guara ntee ad mission, a grade point average of 2 . 5 0 in all college work attempted is usually required fo r admission. For 6

P

A

C

i

f

i

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

Early Action High school students who are ranked in the top 25% of their class and who have decided upon PLU as their first choice may be offered admission as early as October I of their senior year. To be considered fo r Early Act ion, applicants must in dicate their choice in Section Ic of the application form and postmark all required admission credentials by Qvember 1 5. SAT or ACT scores from the previous May or July are acceptable. Early Action students are given first consideration in campus housing and financial aid. Students not accepted under the Early Action program may still be considered fo r regular admission. Early Admission Qualified students interested in accelerating thei r fo rmal education may begin work toward a degree after completion of the ju nior yeur or first semester of the senior year of high school . Exceptional students who wish t o enroll before completing all required units in high school Olust have a letter submitted by a recogn ized s hool official which approves early college admission and gives assurance that a high school diploma will be issued after completion of specified college work. Only students highly recommended fo r Early Admission will be considered. Generally these students rank among the top students in their class and present high aptitude test scores. APPLICATION PROCEDURES (bltemational Studen ts) Interna tional students who are qualified academically, finan­ cially, and i n English proficiency are encouraged to join the u niversity community. Applicaton deadlines ar July I for fal l semester a n d January I fo r spring semester. Credent ials required are: I. A completed Intematiollal Stude-m Application with a non­ refundable U.S. $35 .00 application fee.


2. OFFl '[.11. Tm llscripl.< with secon da r y scho ol , (b) ( c ) college

-

'-

or

F.nglislz tra llslm io n from eac h : ( a )

ngl i s h as a second language pro ' m m ,

1.

u l1 iversity att cc n ded i n the United State , home

c u n try, or o t her co un tr y. Transcripts must be se n t d irec t ly from each in t i tllt i o n . Fax.ed copil: are n o t acce pt able. 3 . Jivu refafllces from s h o ol offic.ials or o t hers in a pos i t i o n to evaluate t h e s t udent 's abi lity to su (eed in a baccal.Jureat.: program. Tr a nsfe r s tu d nts from ::t U . S. college or u n i vers ity must h , we t h ei r international st u den t adviser prov ide a reference ( fo rm s prov ided ) , 4. Standa rdized English Proficiency Test res ults. Ei t he r (a) TOEFL ( Test of Engl ish as a Forei gn Lan ua ge ) . Nlin im u m total score of 550 is re q ui re d . ( b ) Mid i g ;J n Te t Scores for both nglish Language P ro fi c i e ncy and Au ra l Comprehension. M i n i m u m coreS of 85 a re required on ('adl t �t. Arrangements tn take these te s t can be made by calling t.he A.C.E. Languilge In titute, l o c n t e d at PLU, ( 206) 535-7325. S. A com p leted Illtemn t iO ll al . t H lte"t D ecl a ra ti o n of Fillallces. 6. Per.�olla l Essay on one of two topi . l isted on the e s sa y for m .

1-

Other Educational Experiences redits earned i n unaccredited schol)l are no t. t ransferable . Students who have n13triculatcd at Pac ific Lu theran Umversi t y may p e t i tio n a depa r t m e n t or ·c.llOol to w ai

e

a partic ula r

c s: VI

re q u i reme n t on the basis ()f previous unacCTedited c u rse

VI

work or rna)' petition a d e pa rt men t or sc h oo l to receive cr e d i t by exa m i nation .

2. The univ rsity allows up tu 20 se meste r hours of U SA Fl/ Dan te red it and up to 20 semester hours fo r m i l i t ary credit, prov id ­ ing the total of the two doe n o t exceed 30 s em es t r hours. 3. The u n iversit y d oes not gr a n t cred i t ('or col l ege leve l CED

o z

test .

4. For in format ion on the o llege Lt:vel E.. xami nation P rogram ( CLEP), refer to t he s ec tio n on C red i t by Ex a m in at io n WIder A ademic P r oced ures (see page 23). FINALIZING AN OFFER OF ADMlSSION

1. Medico/ Requirernell t: Before a

t ual enrol l men t ea

h new

st udent m Llst submit a Heallh H i story Form co m plet e ", i t h an accurate i m m u ni za ti 11 reco rd . Th is in lo rmati()11 m\tst be acceptable to the PLU Heal th Services Office.

EVALUATION OF CREDITS Tran fer of Credits from Other Universities Th Regist rar' O ffice evaluates all t ransfer record and pro ides ad v i si ng mater ials designed to assist st ude nts tel c om pl et e un iversit y req ll i re nwn ts. These materials include a s u.m m ary of

ore requ i re me nts completed and the total hours a cep ted.

I ndiv i d u a l sc hools and depart men ts de t e r m i n

sat i sfy major re q u i rements. 1. Co urses complete d wiLh

a

w hich

coLir es

grade of C- o r h i g he r a t other

ae redited .:ol legt:s o r u n iversities normally will be accepted

for grdd u3tion credit with l a ted into the PL

"P"

g r ;J d es , and will n o t be calcu­

grade po i n t average.

2. A st u de n t may tra nsfer a maximum of 96 :;emester or 144 q u a r te r hO Li rs . Of th es e , the maxi m u m transferable fro m a two-year school i s

64 . 1:01 ter or 96 qua r te r h u u rs.

3 . St udents who complete t h e d i rect transfer asso iate deg ree

fro m an ac reditcd Wa sh ingto n tate com m u n i ty co l lege b fore ma tricu lat ion at PLU w i l l be a d m itt ed � i t h j un io r s t an d i n g and will h ave satistied Core I of t h e gen era l univerit)' requ i rem en ts i;'xcept fil r fo u h o u rs in re l ig i o n ( from line iver ity. onc or two) an d ro u r ho urs in Per pect ives on

Transfer of CredIts Earned While in High School he Wliversity award� cred i t to h i g h school . t u dc n t s fo r courses efore high school graduation. The u n iversity Ill U)f to high s ch oo l s t ude nts who have com­ pl e te d co u rses i n ap proved prog ra m , a s described below.

completed

awa rd t ra nsfer c re dit

1 . High S hool CO llrs£?': tudents who complete adVJ IlCed placement o r c redit toward grad ua tion th rough t he exa m in a ­ t ion program of th Colleg Bo a rd may receive c red i t for >

such cour�es. lnqui ries should be a ddr 'sscd to the Office of

Adm issions. 2. RUtlllillg S/a l'( Program :

(cepted students who have com­ ashington tate R u nn i ng St< rt Pr g ram will b a ward ed transfer credit. Such courses must be

pleted co u rs t'S und e r the

\

described in the atalog of an accredi te d Wash i ng t o n State

Co m m u n i t y College and must b e po ted on an o ffidaJ t r a n ­ scri p t . . ltltal1LlIiona/ Baccalaureate: A ma, unum of 30 se mester ho u rs may be gra n ted

f()l' c:om pktion

f The Di ploma . Students arC'

a dvi sed to co n ta c t tilt! Registrar's Office for spedfic d e tails.

4. Otller Programs: Students who have comp l ted col lege cOllrse� whi le i n h igh �chool may recei e credit. The courses lllust be offered on a coUege ca m p us , be l isted in the o fficial college catalog, and be '1 P,l r t of the regular college cu rriculum l)f a r gi o n al ly accredited col lege or university. The u n i vers ity

rese rves

the r ighr to TIl kt: dec i , io ns on an indi­

idual ba. is. S t ud en t s are advised to ask tJ1C Regist rar's

c.lari fi c a t i Oll before registe ring.

ffice fo r

c Paymellt: $200. 00 .ldvance pa men! is l1eee 'a T}' i n ord r to confirm an o ffer 0 ad mi ss i o n . h is payment guaran tees a p lace i.. n the t u denL body, reserve housing on cam p u s if r quested, h (, ld , fi na n cial ;\SSI�tan e hich may ha e been awa rded, a n d is req ui red before c.la s reg i l rat i on . I t i� redited t o t h e ·tudent's :ICC�) Un t d n d i s applied l U I ard exp nses f the first s <: m e ter. fall appl ic.an lS alTered adm is­ sian before Mal' l must po st mark t he payment by MOlY I , I f cir umstances t1e es itate cancella ti on of enrollment and t he dean of admissio ns is noti fied i n wr i t i ng before May lS, t h e $200.00 wiU be refunded. Till! rcfWld ci.al for the r,\f1uary term i s D ece m be r 1 5 , a n � r spring semester, Ja n uary 1 - . 3. New Student Illformat ion Form: Th i s fo rm mu st be om pleted by ill!. s t u d e n t s a n d returneu with tJl adva n ce pa ' ITI · n l . Tbe form a l so i n c l ud es the app l i c at ion for hous i ng .

2. Advan

ACCELERATED UNDERGRADUATE RE-ENTRY FOR ADULTS (AURA)

QualitJed adul ts, 30 yea r

f age

Qr

older, who h,lVe not been

enrolled in a baccala u reate degree program within the last five

years, may eek advanced pla(ement up to l h t! j u n ior level th rough the AURA Program . Th se ac ep ted into A RA are granted

Oil

yea r

'

provi i o n al adm issi on , dur ing wh ich t.ime 1 2 credit at P L ( i nclud ing P�yc ho logy

they rnu t complete P

A

C

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

7


c

40 1 ) with a cumulative grade point average of 2 . 5 or h i gher.

Financial Aid

Credit awards fo r p rior learning are based upon syste matic assess ment by a fa culty panel o f the adequacy and ap propriate­

Recogn izing that many students who want to a ttend Pacific

ness of knowledge and skills demonstrated in a portfolio pre­ pared by the student with staff assistance. Cred it awards may not

u z < z

exceed 48 semester credits less acceptable coUege transfer cred its. For details of the AURA Program, co ntact the director,

URA

Program, 5 3 5 -8786.

u n iversity a ttempts t o p rovide financial assistance to all eligible students. Any student approved fo r enroll ment or currently enrolled may request financial aid. Approxi­

RE-ENTRY STUDENTS Re-Entering the University

m a tely 80% o f the uni versity's st udents rece ive help in the

1 . A student's admission to the u n iversity is valid for six years. Students who do not attend the university fo r a period of time that inclu des either a fall

or

spring semester must apply to re­

fo rm of gift assistance ( t h a t is, 'cholarsh ips, tal ent awards, or grants ) , low i n terest d eferred loans, or employment. In m a ny cases a fin ancial aid award will be

en ter the un iversity as described below. •

Lutheran University would be unable to meet all expenses of enrollment from personal or fa mily sources, t h e

a

combina tion of

these fo rms o f assistance.

Stude n ts who wish to return within the six-year admissi on

The quant ity and compos i t ion of a n award i s based

period re-enter through the Registrar's Office. Re-entering s tudents must provide their current address, degree i n forma­ tion, and o fficial transcripts from any college attended during their absence. Before registering, re-entering students

upon demonstrated financia.l need, academic achievement, test scores, and other personal tal ents and in terests. Need is determi ned from analys i s o f the Free Application fo r

(F FSA ), wh ich is

st a tem en t o f

must resolve previous fi nancial obligations to the u n iversity

Federal Stu d e n t Aid

and have a curre n t health clearance from University Health

financial co ndition. Analysis of the FAFSA d e term ines an

Services.

a

expected contribution for coUege expenses from the stu dent and parent(s) or guard i a n ( s ) . " F inancial Need" is defined a the difference between total student expenses fo r an academic ye ar and the expected s tudent/fa m il y co n t r i b u t ion a n d is a pr ima ry fa c tor i n d e t rmining el igibi l i ty fo r most available aid. Financia l assistance is available to all qualified students

regardless of their sex, race, creed, color, age, national origin, o r disabili ty.

APPLICATION PROCEDURE: Fresill1/(Hl Students ond Tm llsfers

1 . Complete a Free App lication fo r Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) by January 3 1 . 2 . Submit application materials fo r admission by February 1 5 so as to b e offe red admis�ion no later than March L 3. S u b m i t a PLU Financial Aid Ap p l ication (app l ies only to r r a n s fer students and is available upo n reQuest). 4. Submit a Financial Aid Transcri p t from , II prior institutions at tended (transfers only) . COl l t i n u ing Students •

Stude nt s who wish to return to the un iversity after the six­

1 . 'omplete a Free A p p l i cation for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)

year admission period expires must re-apply fo r a d mission. Applicants fo r re -admission are required to submit a

by March 1 . 2 . S u b m i t a PLU Financial Aid Applicat i o n .

completed a p p l ication a n d official transcripts from any

An ap plication for fi nancial aiel m a y be

college attended du ring their absence. Application fo rms may be obtained from and submitted to the Office of Admissions.

2. An academically dismissed student may apply for reinstate­

completed 017 ti me, financial and s'ifis[actory acadelllic progress is maintained. Ai d is not a l l/oma lically renewed ench year. rene woble, provided re-appliwtioll is

Admission and Retention of Students. A tudent whose peti­

need colltin ues,

probation and must

p a r ticipate in the probationary semester plan. Refer to the Academic Staws section for a descrip tiOIl ofprobotiol1.

A

student

whose petition i s denied may apply again fo r re- a d m ission after one semester has elapsed u n l ess i n fo r med otherwise. A

who meet

actual no tification will be mailed the first week i n April.

per semester.

2. Financial aid decisions for co n t i n u i ng PLU ·tudents are made

A n academically dismissed student may be reinstated a fter

d u ring April and May. Notifications are sent out begi n n i n g in

one semester jf the student presents new evidence of

May.

poten tial academic success.

VALIDATING THE AID OFFER

Students who have been dropped for academic or discipl i n ­

NOTIFICAl'ION OF AWARD DECISIONS 1 . Award deci ions fo r freshmen and tra nsfer stu dents

the february 1 completion date w i l l be made in March, and

dismissed student may petition fo r re-admission only o n ce •

even tho ugh need is demonstrated. Student l' inan cial Aid m ight be elig ible. Aid a wards ore for olle yea r a lld most are

advising. The petition is acted o n by the Committee on 011

mpleted at a n y time,

Services will consider all applicants fo r any award for which they

ment by submitting a letter of petition to the director of

tion i, a p p roved w i l l be readmitted

c

b u t fai l u re to meet th prio rity d te may res u l t in a denial o f aid

Aid offers must be validated by returning the signed Offer of

ary reasons and the n re-ad mitted m u s t identify a faculty

Financial Aid. Fres hmen and transfer students must al

member willing to act as a s p onsor and adviser.

0

submit

the . 200 advan ce payment required by the C. ffice o f Admissions. This should be done as soon

as

possible, but must be received by

May 1. No payment is required from con tin uing students. students mllst complete

8

P

A

C

I

F

I

C

l

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

a

AU

satisfactory payment arrangement


Center by August I fo r fall se m e s te r 15 for s pr i n g semester to hold a wa r d s . A pp l i c ants wh o do n o t ret u r n their accep tance of an award by the reply d a te pecified <lnd who do not com p l e t e sa t is fa ct o ry payment a rrangements wi l l have their awards cancel led. If an a p pl ic a n t later decides to re a p ply, the application w i l l be rev iewe d with the group currently b e i n g processed. i d, with the exce p t io n of Co l l e ge Wo r k - S t u dy and Wa sh i n g­ ton S tate e ed G ran t , is credited to the student's acco u n t when aU paperwork has b ee n com p l e te d . One-half of the award is

with the S t u dent Se rvi ces

a n d by Ja n u a r y

d is b u rsed each se m e ster. Parents and st udents are responsible fo r

the c h a rge s

in excess of

the award. In some cases a id is awarded i n excess of direct university cha rges to h e l p with l i i ng expenses. To e x p e d ite a refu nd students can request remaining funds from their acco u n t by co nt a c t i n g the St u d e nt S e rv i c e s C e n t e r. nder federal regulation , adj ust ments to an aw ar d packa ge must be made if a s t ud e n t receives additional aw a rd s of aid from s o u rces ex ter na l t o the u n i ve r s i t y. In every case, however, S t u dent Pi nancial Aid Se rv i c e s will a tt e m p t to a llow the student to keep as much o f the awa rd pa c ka ge a s possible. By t rea t i n g aid rec e i ved from external source, in this way, a d d i t i o na l awards from the u n iver ity's resources can be m a d e to other qual i fie d s t u de n t s .

fall semester and the spring semester. Financial aid is awarded for 32 h o u rs to complete a bachelo r's degree in fo u r ye a rs . For fu l l- t i m e u n d e r g r ad u a te students receiving financial aid, the maximum numbe r of credit h o u rs that may be attempted is 1 92 a n d the maxi m u m t i m e - fr a m e for co mpleting a baccalaure­ ate d egree is six years. Even if a stud ent changes h is or her major o r ac a d e mic program, only 1 92 c re d i t hours may b e taken quali­ f)'ing for financial aid, and the maxi m u m ti m e- fra me of six years for rec eiv i n g a degree is e n fo rce d . Some financial aid programs (e.g., most un iversity g i ft aid pr og ra ms and Washington State N ee d G r an t s ) allow aid to be awarded a maximum of fo ur aca­

demic vears.

I . Sign i n g

a n d returning each fi n a n c i a l a i d notice rece i ved. 2. Declining at a ny time any p or t i o n o f an award. 3. NO lii)' i ng the S t u d e n t Services enter in case of a cha nge in credit hours a t t e mpte d; a ch a n ge i n ma rital statlls; a cha nge in res iden ce ( o tl'- camp us or at h o m e ) ; o r r ece ip t of additional

pa r t - t ime u n d e rg ra d uate students, a m i n i m u m of 1 2 year and a degree m u s t be achieved w i th i n a m a x i m u m time-frame o f ten years. (The maximum num b er of cre d i ts allowable is 1 92 . ) Undergraduate Need·Based Credit Completion Requirements

Enro l lmen l Status

cial aid recipient:

To make sat ist�lctory p ro g re s s toward a de gree , an u n d e r ­ grad uate tudent m u st c o m p l et e an a ve r ag e of 24 semester hours o f credit each academ ic yea r. A n acade m i c year is defined as the

9 h All credits attempted

II2 time Less than 1 12 t i me' •

Minimum per year 24 18 12 All credits attempted

12

514 time

Less than 112 tillle mroilment applies to thr Pell Grallt Prog ram Q.!l.{x.

/12 time CIIWlllllfMt will calise a Stile/wI's loall to /J� CIlllce/ee/ alld m'l}' jCtlpllrdize defemlelll stailis.

Le5s tlul1l

S at i sfacto ry progress is reviewed

for financial ai d p u rposes end of s p r i ng semester. For Was hi ngton State Need a nd t h e Washington S tate Work Study P r o g r a m , satisfac­

after the Gr a n ts

tory progress i s reviewed a t the end o f each semester.

The

fo ll o wi n g g ra des do not indicate successful co mpletion of

a ca de m ic

cre d i t

a pp l ica b le toward a d e gre e:

"E"

Grades

"I"

I n co m pl e te

"w"

Withdrawal

" EW " U no ffic ia l " F" Failure

Withdrawal ( recorded

Any courses in which grades

by Registrar)

are r ec e ived

are, howe ver,

included in the maxi m u m n u m ber of credits t h a t may b e

a ttemp te d ( 1 92) and

are considered to b e within t h e maxi m u m

t i m e - frame a l l owable for achieving

a degree ( s i x ye ars) .

All cred its earned b y examina t i on, which are a pp l i ca ble

SATISFACTORY PROGRESS POlley

Th e p ol i c y of the u n ive rsity is to a l low students to continue receiving financial assistance as l o n g as t h e y are in good stand­ ing. To do o th erw i se could cause a severe hardship on students who must devote their fforts to achieving sa t i s fact or y g r ad e s . Ho� ever, no i n s t it u t io na l grants will be awarded to students with cum u lati e g rad e point a erages below 2 . 00. Moreover, federal regulations re q u i re that after four terms o r more o f altempted enrollment, students below 2 . 0 0 cumulative g r a d e point average w i l l have their federal fi nancial a i d denied. Pacific Lu t h e ra n U n ive rs ity's Schools of Business and Ed uc a t i o n req u i re a m i n i m u lD grade p oi n t average o f 2.50. To be gi ve n p r i o r it y fo r most types o f ti nancial aid, an appl i­ cant lDust b e en ro l led as a ful l - t i me s t u dent. For P ed e ra l F i n a n ­ c i al A i d p ro gr a ms , a fu l l- t i m e student is defined as a n y person enrolled for a m i n i m u m o f twelve ( 1 2) cre di t hours or more per semester. Ad j u s t ment s i n an award may be made d u r i n g the year if an aid rec i p i e n t has not e n roll e d for a s u ffi ci e n t n um ber of credit hours. However, ea ch fi nancial aid recipient m Ll s t m a i n ­ t a i n satisfact o r y a cademic p ro g ress in t h e course of ·tudy he or sh e is p u rsuing i n o rd e r to c o n t i n u e receive fI nancial assistance awa rded by Pacific Lutheran University Student Financial Aid Servi es . The fo ll o wi n g re q uirements are xpect d o f ea c h fi nan­

Minimum per term

Full-time

ou tside s holarships.

4. Providing a copy of their p a re nts ' i uc o m e tax re t u r n (F o r m 1040) and/or a copy of their own i n d ividual income tax retum if re qu es te d .

o

For

with students and their families.

recipients in clude :

z l> z n

c red i t h o u rs m u s t b e completed each aca d em i c

RIGHTS AND RESPONSLBl l.lTIES The basic responsibility fo r fi n a n c i n g an e d u c a t i o n a t PLU rests

In a d d i t i o n to ex p e c te d co ntrib utions from parents or gu ard i a n s , student. are ex pe c ted to assi t by contributing from t h ei r savi ngs and summ e r earnings. F i n a n cia l assistance fro m the u n i ve rs i t }, is therefore supplementary to t he efforts of a stud ent's fam ily. I t is pro v ided fo r st uden ts who demonstrate need. Ad d i t i o n al r igh t s and responsibilities of financial a i d

"T'I

toward a degree, will be incl u ded i n the l i m i ta t i o n on credits that can be a t t e m p te d while e l i g ib le

for financial aid.

Once a c o u rs e has been com plete d s uc cessful l y, the cred it hours earned are counted toward the m a xi m u m

n u m b e r o f hours a course is s u cces sfu l ly com p l e te d more than once, i t is counted only once toward a student's deg ree requi re m e nts and toward the maxi­

which can be taken u nder financial aid el igibil ity. If

m u m n u mber o f hours that can b e taken u nder financial aid eligib i l i ty. The u niversity's

curriculum i n cl udes very few

no n-credit

courses or courses whose credit h o u rs are not a pp l ic ab l e to a

de g ree. If any sllch courses a re taken b y financial aid rec i p ie n t s , the hOll[s \v i l l be i n cl ude d in the l i mitation

on credits that may

be attem pted and will be considered within the t i m e - frame allowable fo r a c h i ev i ng

a

degree.

In the event that s t u d en t fails to meet the criteria for satisfac­ tory p ro g re ss

d u r i n g a p ar t ic u l ar semester, he or she will be

p laced o n a c a demic pro ba ti o n. F a i l u re to regain satisfactory academic status will res ult i n the cancellation of fi nancial ai d .

Once "unsa tisfactory p ro g re ss" has been determ ined, stud ents

receive official n o t i fication. Te r m i na t e d students may

ap p l y for reinstatement b y s u b m i ttin� a l e tt e r of p eti t i o n to the d ire c to r of a dv i s i ng and sec u r i n g a f;\Culty sponsor. T h e p etiti o n and sponsorship letter ar e s u b m i tted for action to the Faculty Com m i t tee on Admission and Retention of St udents. P

A

C

I

F

I

C

L

U T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

t

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

9


Students who

c

e

finan illl a.i

is lerml nated may 0 ways:

etition for

rei nstatemen t of their ai d in one of

1) 2j u z <t z

ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT AWARDS

Eligibility: F resh m e n with 3 . 5 0-3.74 GPA a d m i tt e d by M a rch 1 . Amount: $ 3, 000-' 4,0001),car fo r fo u r years Comments or Conditions: Renewa ble thr e years if a 3 . 3 0 GP

t h ey may co m p l ete one seme ter of fnll- t i m e enrol l ment usi ng t h ei r own fi nanc i a l resou rces, or th ey may sub m i t an appeal to the Fac u l t y Comm i t tee on Admls ion and Retention of s t u den ts do cu men ti ng t h e unusual dr umst an ce s which h ave made i t i mp o sible to make at isfac tory pro gress d uring the emcster i n qu . s t i o n .

is maintai ned. ALUMNI MERIT AWARDS

Eligib i l ity: Ex

a

academic status. I lowever, st ud e n ts enro l l ing in s u m m e r e

ions

e

must

use

t hei r own financial

n.:sou rces

and arc

'v ARDS F

R U N O ' R G RA D U ATF

renel

or

more

Awarded by Student Fin ancial id latches a church holars h i p , dol lar fo r dollar, up to $500 ( mi. n i mulll of $ I OO) per year. Chur h scholarship money must be re e ived b }, January 1 5 each year t he st u d en t at tends to be m a tc h d.

Services.

Eligibility: Awar d ed in recogn.i t ion of ou t�tanding acade m ic ervice.

ac h ieveme nt , leadersh i p , and

t u dents who meet the

fol lowing c riteria wi l l b e i nv i t e d to ap ply: appl icat ion mnterials

CLERGY'S DEPENDENT GRANTS

and 1 2 00+ SAT or 27+

pllst marked by J a nuary 1 0, 3. 80 lJP

Eligibility! Unmarried, de pend e n t chi ldren of' ordained, aCLive m i n iste r or m i ss ion ary o f C h rist i a n c h u rc h or orga n i za t io n . Parent 's \ h ose i n c o m e is fr o m church r e l a t e d work.

.5. cit izens h i p , and

or e l i g i b l e fc.)r

evidence of outstanding leade rship and service. Amount: Full t u i tion (32 c redits/ ea r ' fo r four years. Comments or Conditions: N ot b a sed on fi nancial need. R e ne w a b l e for t h ree years if a 3 .30 CPA is m a in t a i ne d . Th ree

Amount: S l .OOOl year for fo u r yea rs. Comments or CondJlions: No application

n

cess,uy, renewed

a n n ually.

awa rd ed a n nuall )' .

ARMY ROTC SCHOLARSHIPS

PRESI DENT'S SCHOLARSHIPS

Eligibility: Full-time undergraduates.

Eligibility: Same a s Regents' S hol a r�h i ps . Amount: $6 ,5 0U/ year for fo u r year . Comment or CondJtions: Rent: wab le for th ree ye a rs if a 3 . 30 CPA is maintai ned. Twe nty-tive :\\ ,l nled a n n u a l l y.

AmOWlt: p to ful l tu i t i on , room/board. Comments or CondJtions: aLI PL U 's ROTC inf, nnation,

Eligibility: Trcillsfer students with 3 .60+

GP

and 45+ semester

ur es. Must be adm itted Ily March 1 . $3,OOO/year fo r two years.

huurs of ollege l e ve l

No a ppl icat ion neass ry. reqLlires

for renewal. T\ enty

a wa rd

are

I

, wa ilah lt: .

'th 3.60 I- GP

and

a

Illul ti - ethn ic context.

Requires reappl icati n to be

I NTERNATIONAL STUDENT GRANT

Eligibility: IJJternational stude-nts.

45+

Amount: $2,000/year for fo u r year . Comments or Conditions: No appli

semester hours of c o l l e ge

CO U fSCl. Ad m i t t ·J Py M a rch t � ith pro o f o f PTK membership. Amount: $3,UOOlyear for tll'O years. CommenlS or CoodJtions: ' o t base on fina ncial need. a p p lialion requ i red , 3.30 G P fo r renewal.

a t io n

necessa r)'. Awa rded

aut o m a tically and re newed annuaiJy to qual ifying �tud nts. INTERNATIONAL STUDENT ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIP

FlJgibility: International student a d m i tte d by J u l)' I hef re the schonl year they attend.

NATIONAL MERIT SCHOLARSHIPS

AmOllDt: p to $2,000 lyea r for fu m years. Comments or CondJtions: N ine a w a rd s al'

Eligibility: M QT-P AT fin. Lists ( ationa l Merit Semi­ fi n ali� t ualify i n g Test - Pre-Sc holasti Assessment Test ).

Amount: $750-$2 ,000. Comments or CondJtions:

ship or active in volvement in

renewed a c h year.

PHI THETA KAPPA SCHOLARSHIPS

Eligibility: Trans� r stude nts

office for fur her

Eligibility: Students with 3. 0+ G PA d11d demonstrated leader­

Amount: Up to $2,000. Comments or Conditions:

c

Amount: Comments or Conditions:

206/535-8740.

RIEKE LEADERSHIP AWARD

PROVOST'S MERIT AWARDS

n a ila b k each year b a se J on sc holas tic achil"vement. Renew;! Je for t hree years with a 3.3 0 GPA. No application fo rm requ i red. A wa rde d July L

F i n a l ist s h o u l d inform the

VETERAN'S BENEFITS

National Merit' Schol arshi p

orporalion of their intention to . Nat;or/QI Merit fillaLists are gila ra II teed II /V ial of $7,000 th rough a t'OlIIbillatioll of o t h er illstitllliollaL scholarship reSOl/rce,. Tilis a n/olin! incllldes tile $750- 2,000 Natiolull Merit Sd/Oll1 rslr ip.

EUgibility: M us t be veteran or spouse/child of deceased etera n . Amount: Varies. Comments or Conditions: Co n ta c t P L U veLe ran coordi nator at

cnroU a t PL

206/5 3 5 -83 1 7.

ACADEMIC EXCELLENCE AWARDS

rum ON REMISSION

Eligibility: F r es b m e n with 3 . 75+ C PA adm i tted by M arc h 1 . Amount: 4, 5 00/yca r fo r fou r years.

dep�ndents are e l igible for u p to 7 5 % tu i t i o n re rn i � i ( ) n , a

Comments or Conditions: Ren 'wanle t hree

Eligibility/Amount: Emp loyees of the u n iversity and the i r

yeaL if 3 . 30 GPA is

maintained. P

A

C

I

F

un i vers i t y gift resource. If a stud en t receiveS tllilion rem is. ion, he/sh may b

a w a rded additional m e r i t and need - based

i n st i t u ti o nal gifts up to the i

e

cd

Amount: $ 1 00-$ 500. Comments 0 1" CondJtions:

REGENTS' SCHOLARSHIPS

10

<lry,

Eligibility: S tu d en t receiving schula r 'hips of $ [OO con r�ga t ion.

Imiversity gift nssistatlce.

3.30 GP

.

for at

from any C h ri st i a n churc

NOTE: Ullle 5 otherwise noted, undergradullte aid r cipiellts must be filii- rime students ( 1 2 credits per semester ) to receive

c i t i zen

nec\!•

)

PLU MATCHING SCHOLARSHIPS (PLUMS)

STUDEI\TTS

ACel sco res , U.S.

application fo rm

for renewal.

least o n e year. Amount: $500/year fo r fou r years. Comments or CondJtions: _ () applicatio n a n n ual ly.

SCHOlARSHIPS Be GRANTS (GIFIS) ' ED BASED

GPA n eeded

Eligibility: tudents whose parent(s) attended PLU ( PL

Types of Aid -

reqwred, 3 . 3 0

PA and son or

ALUMNJ OEPENDENT GRANTS

i neli g ible fo r financi al aid t1u 'ough the Ll n i ersity.

o

o n a l sludents wi t h 3.75+

a lu m . Adm itted by March 1 .

AmOllDt: $ 1,500/year for fo ur years. Comments or Condition : No s p ec i al

'u mmer se�sio ns m ay al s o be use d as term. du ring wh i c h stude! t on financial aid prohat ion may rega i n satisfa t ry

fo r t h i s purpo

e p ti

daughter of PL

l

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

V

cost

of t u i t i u n . Pc eipt of t u ition

-


remission may serve to adj u st

a i d p re vi o usly a\ arded.

or eliminate o t h er i ns t i tut i o nal

NAMED ENDOWED/RESTRICTED SCHOLARSHIPS

S c ho l a r s hi ps h ave been p rov id ed

by al u m n i

and friends of the

un ive rs i ty to ho nor and/or mem orial ize loved ones and to assist

wo r thy studen

. Also provided are schol a r sh i p s m ad e

po ssibl e b y E l igi bi lit y for many of t h e s e awards requires com p let i on of the reg u l a r financial aid a p p l i ca ­ t ion, attainment of sop h om ore st a n di n g , and d ecl a r at i o n of a major. Further i n formation on e l ig i bi l i t y is available on request. co rp o ra t i o n s, fo u n d at i o n s , an d t rus ts .

-

See complete listing on page 12.

NO TE: Unless otherwise no ted, undergraduate aid recipients

(12 credits per semester)

to receive

un iversity gift assistance.

Q CLUB SCHOLARSHIPS Eligibil ity: Awa rd e d to fu l l - t i m e new st u d e nt s based o n a c a d em i c achieve m e n t ( 3 .30 for fre s h me n and 3 .00 for tra n s ­ fe rs) a n d fi n an ci al need. Q Club is a g r o u p of over 2 ,000 fr i e nds and a l u m n i c o m m i t t ed t o mak i n g PLU accessible to d se rvi n g studen ts. Amount: Varies, d e pe nds on need. Comme nts or Conditions: R ene w al will re qu i re 3.00 GPA, AFSA re a pp l i c a t i o n p o s t m arke d by Marc h 1 an d evidence of fi nancial n e e d . UNIVERSITY GRANTS

\..-

Eligibility: Full-time s t u d ents. Amount: Varies, d e pe n d s o n n ee d . Comments (u Conditio ns: Based on fi n a n c i a l need, stud e n ts who have a GPA n e a r 3 . 3 0 and do n o t q u al i fy fo r a u n i v ers i t y scholar hip b u t h ave high fi n a n c i a l need. PELL GRANT

.E.ligibility: Students t ak i ng at least one c re di t . Amount: $400-$ 2 , 4 70 yea r ly . Commen ts or Conditions: Based on fi na n cial need. SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTU NITY GRANT

-

Eligibil ity: At least pa rt - ti m e s t ud en ts . Amount: At least $ 1 0 0, v a r i e s with need. Comment or Conditions: B as ed on fi nancial n ee d, p ri o r i t y g i ven to s t ud e n ts with Pell G rant eligib i l i ty. WASHINGTON STATE NEED GRANT

Eligibility: At least half- t i m e s t u d e n ts . Amount: 2,250 yearly. Comments or Conditions: Based o n fi n ancial need. LO

.,.,

FEDERAL PLUS LOAN

l> 2 n

2

EligibiJity: Parents of de p en d e n t student. Amount: P a rent s may borrow up to the full cost of their student's co llege education m i n us the a m o u nt of any fin ancial

aid the

student is

l>

re cei vi n g .

Repayment: A variable i n t er e s t rate which ch a n ge s an n u al ly and can never exceed 9.00% and monthly principal a n d i n terest pay m e n t s begin wi t h i n 60 days after the final d is b urse m e n t of funds. ( I n terest begin s accr u in g from the date the funds are first

disb u rsed . )

NEED- BASED AWARDS FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS must be full- time students

Student is respons ible for s u b m i t t i. n g the Loan A pp l ic at i o n and ote to a le nd e r (bank or cred i t un io n ) .

P rom isso ry

S

NON-N E ED BASED LOAN UNSUBSIDIZED FEDERAL STAFFORD LOAN

Eligibility: At least half-time (6 cred i t h o u rs ) u n de r g raduat e or (4 credit h o u rs ) g ra d ua t e students who do not qua l i fy for aU o r part of t h e max i m u m S ub si d i z ed Federal Sta fford Lo an . Amount: Up t o $ 2 ,625 per year fo r freshmen, $ 3 ,500 for s o p h o­ more , . 5 ,50 0 for j u n i o r a n d seniors and $ 8 ,500 for gr a d uat e students. Repayment: varia bl e i nterest rate which c ha n ges a nn u al l y an d n n ev er exceed 8.25% and m o n th l y p r inc i p al payments begin six m o n ths after the st uden t grad u ate s, withd raws or drops to less than h al f- t i m e attendance. U nsubsid ized means the student is r es p o ns i bl e for t h e interest on t h e loan amount while i n scb oo l ; however, interest paym ent can b e p os tpo n ed . ( I n terest be gi ns a cruing from the date the fu nds are first d is b ur se d) . Comments or Conditions: Se p a r a t e Loan A ppl ic a ti o n an d P ro miss ory ote i ava ilable from S t udent Financial A i d Servic�,.

l> c

Comments or Conditions: S ep ara te Loan p p l i c at i o n a nd Pr o m i ss o ry Note is ava i l ab l e from Student Fi nancial Aid Ser­

vice s . Parent is r esp ons i bl e for s u bm itt in g the Loan A p p l ic ati on and Promissory ote to a lender (bank or credi t u n io n ) . ADOITIONAL UNSUBSIDIZED FEDERAL STAFFORD LOAN

EligibiHty: I n de p e n d e nt s t udent or de p e n d e n t student whose parents are denied a P L US loan.

Amount: Up to $4,000iyear for freshmen and so p h o m ore s , $5,000 fo r j u n iors and s e n i o r s , and $ 1 0,000 fo r graduates. Repayment: A variable interest rate wh i c h c ha n ges a n n u a l l y and can nev r exceed 8 . 25% a n d monthly p r i n cipa l payments begin six mo n t hs after the student gr a d u a t es , withdraws or drops t o less than hal f- t i m e attendance. nsubsidized means t he student

is res p o n si b le fo r the int e r e st on the loan amount while in school; however, i n te res t payment can be p os t p o ne d . ( I nterest begins accruing fro m the d at e the fu n d s ar first disbursed. ) Comments or Conditions: Separate Loan application and P ro m i s so ry ote is a ai l abl e from Student Financial Aid Ser­ vices. Student is rc · ponsi ble for sub m i tt i ng the Loan Appl i ca t io n and Prom issory Note to a l e n de r ( ba n k or credit un io n) . EED BASED LOA

S

FEDERAl. NURSING LOAN

Eligibility: tudenb en rolled at l eas t half-time ( 6 credit h o u rs) in School of ur ·ing (except pre- nu rsi ng ) . P r efe ren ce give n to LPN students. Amount: Up to 4,000. Repayment: A fixed i n t er es t rate of 5% and p rin ci p al and in terest payments b e gi n 12 months aft.:r the student g ra d u a tes withdraws or d r o p s to l es s than half-ti me atte n d a nc e . Comments or Conditions: Limited fu nd i n g ava i la b le . Partial o r full c a nc el l a t i o n c o n d i t i o n s exi st . ,

FEDERAL PERKINS LOAN

EligibiJity: t le as t half-Lime (6 credit hours) un de rg raduate or (4 cred i t h o u r s ) graduate students. Amount: U p to $3 ,000 fo r each year of u n d er gra d u a t e s tu d y and up to $5,000 for each year of gra d u at e or p r o fes s i o n a l study. Repayment: A fixed i n t eres t rate of 5% an principal and i n terest p ay m e n ts b egi n 1 2 m on th s a fter the r ud e n t g rad ua te s, withdraws or d r ops to less tha n half-time a t t end ,lJ1 ce . Deferral available for student status, mil i ta ry servi e, Peace orps, Public Heal th Service officers, volun teers fo r n o n - pr o fi t org anizations and re qu i red

i nternships.

Comments or Conditions: P r i ori ty is gi v e n to u l1dergr adua te stud e n ts . Up to t o t a l loan forgiveness i s p os si bl e fo r te a ch i n g i n low i n c om e population ar eas , tea h i ng the disabl d o r t e ach i n g in a fed e ral Head Start program. A d d i t i o n a l loan cancellation c o n d i tion s exist. SUBSIDIZED FEDERAL STAFFORD LOAN

Eligibility: At least half-time (6 redit h o u r s ) un de rg rad uat e or (4 credit ho u rs ) grad u ate s tude n t s . Amount: p to 2,625 per y e a r fo r freshmen, $3 ,500 fo r sopho­ mores, u p to 5,50 0 for j u n i o rs and eniors, and $8,500 fo r

gr ad ua te students.

Repayment: A variable interest rate which changes nnn ually an d can never exceed 8.25% and mo n t hl y p ri nc i pa l and i n te rest payP

A

C

I

F

I

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

11


o

u z < z

me nts b e g i n 'ix m o nt h s after t he s t u d e n t gra du ates, withdraws or d r ps to less t h a n h::t !f- ti ll1c alt ndnn (". Comments or Conditions: Se p arate Loan p pl ica tion and P r om is'or y ote is avail ahle from Student F i nancial A id Ser­ vices . Student i s responsib le fo r s u bm i t t i n g Loan A p p l ication and Pro m i ssory Note to a l e n der (bank or credit u n ion ) .

Bortell Endowed Sc h ol arsh i p Bradner Memorial Schola�ltip J o r u n n Breil�nd Scholarship Fund Agne s Brodahl Music �chol arsh i p Betty Brown S hoi, rsh i p Vanda

Havana

Bm'hanan Family En dowed Scholarsnip Erhardt a nd irginia Buchlinck En dowed S 110larsh ip in Education Cory Kenneth CJrison M ' I ll ori a l Scholarship

ALTERNATIVE LOAN PROGRAMS

Chester

Many reputable private len d i n g orga n izations provide fa m ilies

with

a

mea ns to finance

a

st udeJJ t's education. Most private

programs offer lOIN i nterest, no (Ollaleral loans t hat are based on

Pak

i n d iv id ual need , cred i t cap city, and school cnsts. Man y allow

Roger

Computer

andidatc Scholarship

Crane fllnd fo r Widows and �hiJdren Irene 0, Creso Merit ward E, John and Lorenc E. D a h l h e rg Jr. Endowed S ch o la r ' h i p Carl Dalk Memorial Sc h olarshi p Fund Geo rge L Dn"i /Lutheran Broth�rh()od Lnd()wcd SdlOl:mhip ). Walter Jnd C l u r � [)avis Sch o la rsh i p Harold B. anel Prances S , Daw,on/Lulherafl B rot he r hood En dOl

cd

Ida A.

least p G r t - t i rne students.

Amount: Va ries. Comments or Conditions: O n - campus

jobs; students

fo r indi vid u a l

Employment Office.

jobs through

the

St udent

can

apply

STATE WORK STUDY

Eligibility: At least p rHimc s t u d e n t s . Amount: H a s e d on need. Comments or Conditions: Off-campus job, ; students must apply for individual jobs through the Student ' m ployment

Lei r

Patricia Fisk Scholarship

C a r l ott J Flink Sc hol. .lI,h i p Phyl J i n c \I, a n d Ke n net h L Folson E.nd< )wed ScholJrsh t p LC Foss Memorial Sd1lliarship Frunk Russel l Company E n do we d Sch olars h ip ·uchs f'oundation 'chol arshi p Henrietta B u t ton Gaetz N u rsi ng Scho b rship f u nd G e o rge a n d

Registered Nu rsi n g Sc h o lar s h i p A l um ni Sc h ol a rs h i p Fund Amcr i m n Lu t h er a n hurch- orth Pacific Dist r i l-t Sc h o l J rs hi p r t h u r nderson Scholarship Florence Spinn r n de rs o n Memorial Schol a rship J-Iazd M. Anderson n do,"ed Music Scholarsh ip AUen more

Alan

i\Jl Ci c rson Scholarship Ruth Anenson 'cilO larsllip Ernest vI . A n k r i m/Lutheran B ro t he r h o od Endowed Schol,mhir'

William and Jean ie

Edna M , order/ Lut h e ra n Bro t h erhood Endowed Edu cat ion C l a rence A. and Olga rahn �,holarshlp James M, Gribbon Sd10la rsh i p fern R . G ri lllltl/ Lu lhcJ7L 11 fi rnlirerh ooci E l l doweci Scholarsh i p

Award

Jane Aram . cholarship Fund Arntson S c h o l a rsh i p Hcdvig A rt h u r Mcmnri:d AURA/Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed Schola rsh ip Awa rd of Excdlence (Pacific o ca - ala 130 t t l i n g Cool Marguerite J n d Wilmer Ban Scholarship Rangert Busines" Scholarship Don F Bayer Me morial Nursing Scholars h i p [I.E. R.C. M inority S holarship Peter and Lyd ia Beck m an Endowed Scholarship Paul , Bdlam) Music c ho la rs hip Ril brough Family Scho[arsh i p Al fred a nd Alice Bisho p/ Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed Scholarship Richard J. and Oli c Lewel l e n Bl.lIldau ScholJLsh i p Jnll Loan Fund Luther & D i l l i e Quak Boc E d u ca t i o n Scholar h i p Erwin and Alice B o l d u nn Scholarship H

f

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

Jnd Rertha Gib,e n Sdwbrsh i p

Bertha G i lbertson Sc holarsh ip John M , Jilbertson FOLlndlHion Scholarship

1ary

T

rts Scholarship

Filcu l t ) MClllori, I c h ol�l r5 h i p Fund Faith Lutheran Church of Portbnd Scholarsh i p Fund Farmers I n 'llJ'anC� Gmup S hQ l ars h i p I:irst I n terstate HanK Scholarship

fo r Lutherans chol a rs h i p

U

Evan o n Enclow"d Scho larsh ip

FJaren Famil '/ Lut heran Brotiwrhood Endowed Schulars h i p

NAMED ENDOWW/RESTRICTED SCHOLARSWPS

L

Jnd Linda

nthon y L Eyrinr; Liberal

Ackerley Commullications Merit Award

A n t h ropo logy A l u m n i

E rikson Scholarship

Gerry

fficc.

( canomies'

Deal Fa mily Endowed S h o l l rsh i p ill t h e Lib�ral A n s Davi Fund Doolittle MemO ri.,,1 Scholarship Earl E. and Martha L &k�trom �dowed . cholanh i p CapL W . Larry a n d Mrs. Janice I . Eichler Scholarsh i p Fund The Re ve re n d J n d M rs. E.E. E i d h Endow 'u Sdl OiJ rs h i p Endowment Challenge Gr:lnI Carl and Ethel Erickson/Lutheran Brotherhood 'ndowed Scholarsh i p '

COL1.EGE WORK STUOY

C

ursing

u rsing Sc h olars hi p

EM PLOYMENT

I

ScienCe Schularship £nllmll me llt B ro t h er h o o d Endowed

Counsel in g Master

t ion on A l ternative L()a ns.

F

( Descen d J l l t s of Class)

S holarship

edcral Stafford Loan u p to $ 5 , 500.

tudent is not eligible fo r Federal Stafford Loans clue to �·deral regulations. C o n t act tudent F i nancial A i d Services fo r inform a ­

I

h u tch/l.ut heran Brot her hood

Dorothy COl'" Me mo ria l/Lutheran

PRINCIPAl. CliR1TFICATE

C

in

Hulda Coea n < !wer !lch olars hi p E ndowment

$5, S OQ. [ f .1 st udent is i n depe n d e nt or i. a depen dent student whose parents are denied J PL ' loan, the �tlldent i s d igiblc for

A

Lutheran

CidSS o f 1 967 Endowed S h o lar s h ip

a

Federal Stafford Subsidized and/or Unsubs.idi2:ed Loan up to

Un ubsidized

laridge/Bethl.;hem

Enduwed Scholars h i p

St udents accepted into t h is prog ram a re eligible to receive

P

Pilgrim Endowed Sc h o lar h i p

Rel igion

TEACHER CERTIFICATE

12

h a n Endo\\ted Scholarship Fo undat ion Educational Scholarships

Kenneth Christop hers on/Wal t.:-r

list o f priyute l e nders.

Aid Association

Endowed oeal Music Scholarship

Che ro n Mnit Awa rds Walter H, Chri tensen Scholarship

enn)lImcnl. The " t u dent Serv i ce s Center ha ' <wail ab le a s a m ple

Eligibility: At

Joe

Cheney

deferment of principal u n t i l after the st udent ceases ful l - time

a11 ad d i t i o n a l

Buhl

Dr. and Mrs. W.B. Bul'l1s PU1.1ll BurzJuff Memo ria l S hnlars h i p

S

I

T

'

c h o la

hip

Gulsrud FamiJy Scholarsh i p

1 I n a , Fo u nda t i o n rn(lld Hagen Education S hol .lrsh l p Frank H. and Nc.1l ie L. H al ey Endowed Schola rsh ip Olaf Hal vorsen S holdrship Johann" Mll r i � Hans�n E[JdO\�ed Memo r i a l 'cholarship els Marcus Hansen En dowe-tl kmorial Scl1<llarship Jenni Lee Hansun Endo\ 'd Prbiclent ;, S holarship Je. n n ie Lee l ianson 'chn\Jrship hind W. H . H .l rdtkc Seminary St udent Scholarshi p Fu nd Brian H ar < h lll a n

Memorwl S hobrsh ip

Erling and

Haugo c.holarship

Man a n d Dorothy Harshman ch" iarsh ip ( hurch Leaders hi p /Athle t; Rjug Harstad Endowed S holarship Jara

Wa.lter A. Heath Charitable Tru s l Y

_


I

Lillian

ormJn u n d Vcronc Heinsen Endow�d Scholars h i p

Hr rla nd

Douglas

Memorial Rowing Scholarship (Crew)

Hopper Memorial

W. Huber Memo rial

Edward

Mark

IC

Phyllis

G.

Hunter

G.

and L-:.l1ore

jv [yers Scholars h i p

George and Alma N e l s o n Endowed Scholars h i p F u n d

Sc ho larship

H,H old a n d S y l v i a Nelson Endowed Scholars h i p

Comm u n i t , Scrvic� Scholar�hip

Lars

N c rla nd

Norwegian Scholarsl1 i p

M i l to n a n d Hazel Ncsvig I n t e rn a t ional Stude n t Schola rsh i p

.f. ldaho I n cen t i ve , choiarship Fund l n d rebo Musi

E.

R i c h a r d P. I 'eils Mem orial F u n d

H u m a n it i es Sch obr h i p Endowment

E. and

-"

i"'10rris iVlemoridl Scholarship

Murray-Da n i el s o n Manage m e n t Award Scholarsh i p

I rene H u lt g ren Nur�ing Scholarsh ip Clement

C.

Gladys iVlortvcdt Voluntary Service i\.w,ud

Sch o larsh ip

,...

lvlr. and M rs. G u s H . N i e m a n Memorial Sch o l J rs h i p

Sl1/.an ne I ngram Memorial Scholarship

Margaret N i s tad M e m o r i a l Scholarsh i p

Terry I rv i n Scho larshi p

Nan Noklebcrg Memorial/Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed Scholarship

Kenneth a n d Stella Jacobs Scholarship

O r v i l le N u pen :'<Jur,i n g Scholars h i p

Lyle a n d

C l i fford O. and E l l a

Iris

Jacobson Endowed Scholarship

M i ke Jacobson Scholarship

Ole

Robert E. Olson Memorial

Iver Opstad

. j o h nson Scholarship

Johnson/Al fse n S chola rsh ip

l'vlemorial Scholarsh i p

Te rrence a n d SUS<1Il Parr SchoLarsh i p Katherine R. Parrish i'vlc- m o r i a l t\ursing Scholars h i p

John,onlLarson Scholarsh i p

Agnc ' S o l e m J o h nso n/Luthera n

o

Endowed A t hletic/Music Scholarsh i p

I .i n d a Olson/Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed Nursing Scho l a rs h i p

M. Jenncstad Memorial Scholarship

Judge Ber t i l

L. O l s o n

Brotherhood I ur i n g Endowment

Gordon Pearson Memorial

Lutha H . Johnson/Lutheran Brotherhood E ndowed Bnsine,s Schola rshi p

O. M . and Emilie R . Pedersen Endowed Scholarship

Pearl

Marvin

. J o h nson/Lut heran Brotherhood Endowed Nursing Scholarship

r.

and Ruby I.. Pen n i ngton Scholarsh i p

Co mpa n y Merit Scholarship l.. Perry-Haley and R u t h C.

TL. Johnson S r.il..lIl heran Brotherhood Endowed SchoLarsllip

Pepsi-Cola

Ted and Doreen Johnson/Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed Scholars h i p

The Barbara

I:.rna M. Jorgensen Presidents Scholarsh ip

G u s t a f Peterson Memorial Scholarship

The dore

Theodore

0. 1 1 .

and Betsy Karl Endowed Scho la rs h ip i n Forensics

B. Karlstn M usi c Scholars h i p P h i l i p G. a n d A l ice L. Kayser E ndowed

E. Bill

Scholarship

Elizabeth B. Kel ly Endowed Scholarship

W i l l i , un Ki lw(l r t h Foundation Gundar King

Lillian

L.

Peterson .Endowed Scholarship

and

Ll1lljse

P i h l Scholarship

PLU Wo men's Club S cholJrship P I .US Busi ness Schol'lI"ship

nne Kensrud Memorial Sch o l a rsh i p

Key B a n k o f Wash ington Endowed Rev. Karl Kilian Memorial F u n d

1. and

I3lanche Plla um Scholars h i p

Und

School of Busi ness Scholarship

cholars h i p Fund

ora J. Ponder Scholarship FlInd

Presser Fo u n d a t i o n Scholarship PriceCostco Scholarship

ndawed Scholarship

Pugd SOllnd Bank Scholarship

K l u t h Endowment for H igh Achievers i n AUlletics and Physical Education

The -dward Ramsdal c Presidents Scholars h i p Anders a n d E m llla Ramstad Award

Kn udsen Fam i l y Endowed Scholarship

Margaret L. Ras m us en

Gladys M . Knutzer\ Endowed Schobrship

Recreational Eq uipment, I nc.

H il d a

Kath ryn Ree e

S.

PerC)' Memorial Scholarship

Mr. and Mrs. Lester Peter Scho l a rship ( O regon stud e n t s )

( Phy"ics)

Kramer Musi a l Apprecia t i o n Scholarship

cholarship

Mem o ri a l

(REI)

cho l a rship

Dawndl La mb �cholarship

Simon and Marvel Re i n bold Scholarsh ip E n d owment

Loui� and Leona Lamp S c h o l a rship

Charlotte a n d Lucian Rice En dowed Scholar,hip

Harry

E.

and Irene

1.

Lang Endowed Scholars h i p

Dr. John

O.

ward

Ricke Lead er' hi p

Geo rge l.a n n i ng Memorial/ Lut hera n B rotherhood Endowed Scholarship

O.

William

Larsgaard/Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed Scholarship

Rieke En dowed Scholar h i p ( Student s from Ca.� h mere,

Leavenwo r t h , and Wenatchee)

D r. Charles Larson/Luth eran Brotherhood Endowed Scholarship

Sterling and 1,.,l a r j o r i

Ebba and

Mark Salz.man Memorial

E.

Arthur Larso n Nursing Scholarship

R, sc Sch olarsh ip

Ma ri e Scheele General E n clowed Scholarship

Ludvig and Clara Larson Scholars h i p

Johannes and Aleen Sch i l l er Endowment Fumj

h a rles Lau back Student Restarch F u n d Orl.lndo a n d Myrtle Lee/ Lu the ra n Brotherhood End owed Scholarship

Dr. '''',I l ler and Joan R . Schwindt Scholarship

Gu)' J . and Lo uis ' Leesman Scholar hip

SEAFIRST B a n k M i nority Scholarship

Seattle Mortgage Bankers A socia t i o n SchofJrsh i p

LHCll.utheran 13 ro thcThood Endowed Schoiar,;hip Paul Liebelt Scholarship ( M a thel11 a t i M r.

amI . I rs . W.

1

Dorothy

H i l d i n g Lindberg Endowed Scholarship

Isabe l Lindberg Trust

E.

and A n i t a H illesland Londgren/Lutheran Brotherhood

Endowed ' cholarsh ip Alfred and Althea Lund/Lutheran Brothtrhood Endowed

Gene and

cholarship

Marian LlI n d gaardfLutheran Bro th e rhood Endowed

Scholarsh i p Luther;m Brotherhood F u n d fo r Lutheran Students Lut h e r a n Brotherhood Sd10larship

Schnaible Endowed Scholarship

Dr.

M a u r i ce and

Pa tr i ci a

Skones Scholars h i p ( Vocal

James

Slater Biology - ROTC Scholarship

Smith Endowment Sch o la rsh i p

·1r. a nd M rs . Charles Sm ithson i\.nne E. Snow I'o u n d a t i o n P.

Ethel Sqwres Schola rsh i ps

james B.

M a l yon Scholarship

M a t h e m at ics S chola rs h i p

lind

Sch olars h i p

Southeast Ida h o Ince n t ive Scholarship F u n d Haldor

Joe Marchi nek Memorial Scholarship fo u n d

S p o n h e i m Schola rsh i p Fund

Wi l l i a m and Astrid Stancer Endowed Sch ol a rs hi p Steele -

Reese

SLho l a r > h i p Endowment

Dora S t rungland Mcm rial Schola

McKay S c h o larship

Esther

A l ma Meisne t Endowment Fund

S t u h l m i l le r Memorial Scholarship

K . Merton Prile i n Sociology

in

"Engi neering Science

Genevieve Stdberg E ndowed Scholarship

EdJllll.nd 1axwell Fou n dation Scho larsh i p

Roben

Mu. ic)

Frances Norton S m i t h Endowed Scholarship

Con . tance

J.yon Scholarship

i n Accou nting

James R . SIQter Endowed Scholarship

Luthaan Brotherhood Susraining Fund SdlOlars h i p

n.

Sc hola rs h i p

S h a r i ng i n St rength

Hildred Linder Endowment Richard

H.

Ma rgaret Shipley Endowed

M . and

Doris

G.

hip

S t ucke F ndowed Schola rsh i p in Nursing

Tacoma Rai n iers Co m m unity Fund Sch o larship

M i l it;}ry Order o f the P u rple Hearl Award

Ron and Eileen Tel lefso n/Lutheran Brol herh od Scholarship

Fred lIDd Carol)'n M il l s Memorial Scho la r h i p

H a rvey and Helen Tengesda l E ndowed

Lila Moe Endowment Scholarship KathJrine

E.

Monroe Scholarship

Eclvin and Ida Tingclstad Memoridl

cholarship

chohlrShip

Evelyn To[ve nd Memorial Education Scholars h ip

Forestinc Wi,,, M o n ., en Memorial Pin n o Scholarship

Cliff a n d Ro n n ie Tvedten Endowed Scholarship

Donald and Wanda Morken Family Endowed Scholarship

Tylcr Memorial Nursing Scholarship

P

A

C

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S I T

V

13


n.. i tion and Fees UND£RGL�UATE RATES

Fall / Spring

o z

Semesters

Credit Hr.

<

1 .. ........................... $45 - .00 2 .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . "9 1 0 .00 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 ,365 .00 4 .. . . . . ........... . .. . . . . . $ 1 .820 .00 5 . . . ... . . . . . .. . . .. .. . . . . $2,27 .00 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2, 730.00 7 . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 , 1 85.00 8 ...... . . . . . . . ............. 3 , 6 40.00 9 . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . $4.095 .00 1 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . $4,550.00 1 1 .. ..... . . . . . . . . .. ....... $5.005 .00 1 2 . . . . . . . . .......... ...... $5,460.00

2

.

o

.

.

..

.

....

..

.

.

.

.

]c lIluary

Credit

1

..

.

.

.

.

..

.

I'<OTE: HOll rs tokCll jilr /(I7IIIWY Term iT! excrH of 4 crerlil /rollrs lire ch arged III a 'ra t e of$22 7. no I''''' LT dit.

.

5 . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. $2,047.00 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. $2,274.00 .

.

..

1 4 . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6,3 70.00 . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . $6,825.00 16 . . . . . . . .. . . . . 7 . 2 0 .00 .. ..

.

.

..

..

....

....

..

..

VETERANS AFFAIRS & VOCATIONAL R.EHABrtITATION

.

Ti tl e 10 U S c. Ve terans, widows, ;lIld c h i l d re n o f deceased veterans w h o wish to inquire a b ou t their eligibility fo r ben firs �hould contact t h e Regional Office of the Ve tera ns Adm i n istration, Federal Building, 9 1 5 Second Avenue. Seattle, Wa s h i ngton 98 j 74. Persons within the Stale of Was h i n gt o n may telephon e 1 - 800-827- 1 000. Stu de n ts sho u ld gain admis ion to the wllvers i r y and see the uni versity's Veterans A ffa i rs Coordinator before making applica tion for benefits. S t udents are required to register a t the u n iversity's Veterans Affairs O ffice before each term to in s ure con t i nuous r ece i pt of benefits. and

.

.

..

..

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

$2.50 1 .00 2,728.00 $2/55.00 3, 1 82.00

..

.

...

.

.

.

excess

oj 16

c""iit hOllrs lire

.

.

.

.

GRADUATE RATES Fa/IISprilzg Semesters

Credit Hr. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. $455 .00 2 . . . . . . . . .. .. ....... . . .. ...... $9 1 0.00 3 . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . $ 1 .365.00 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 ,820.00 5 .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2.275.00 6 . . . . . ... . . . .. 2,730 .00 7 . . . ................ . . . . . . . $3, 1 85.00 8 . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... $3.640.00 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4.095.00 10 .... ............... . . . . . $4 ,5 0 . 00 1 1 . .. ....... . . . . . . .. ..... $5,005.00 12 . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . $5,460.00 13 ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . $ , 1 5 .00 14 . . . . .. . . . . . (U70.00 I S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $6,825.00 16 . . .. .. . . . . . $7,280.00 .

.

.

. ..

.

.

.

.

....

.

.

.

...

.

.

.

.

.

.

..

.

..

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

..

.

..

..

.

.

.

.

.

.

..

..

Hr.

!<lIl lwry Term

.

. . ..

...

.

I ... . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . . . ....... $ 45 5 0 0 .

2 . . . ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $9 1 0 0 0 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1 .365.00 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1 ,820.00 5 . . . ..... .. ...... . . .. .. . . . . . . . 2, 275 .00 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,730.00 .

.

.

.

.

..

.

.

.

.

.

.

7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . .. . $3, IS5.00 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . $3,640.00 .

.

.

.

..

.

Credit

.

. . . ..

....

.

.

.

.

.

..

..

..

.

...

...

Pacific Lutheran Un iversity's a c ade m i c programs of study arc approved by the Wash i n gton Sta t e H i g her Edu at i o n Coordinat­ ing Board's State A p pro vi n g Agen y (HE B/SAA) fo r enrollment o f persons e l igible to receive educational benefits under Title 38

.

1 7 . . . . . . . . . . .............. $7 .507.00 1 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . $7,734 .00 19 . . . . . . . . . . . .. . �7,96 1 .00 20 . . . . . .. . . . .. .. .. . . . $8, 1 88.00 etc. ...

E

. .

.

NOTE: I-{ollrs taken eitllcr fa ll or spriIlg ill charged at a rate of $227.00 per rre.dit.

Karl fer Me mo r i al Scholarsh i p David lIeland Memorial Scholars h i p United Parcel Service Fo undat i o n Scholarship U WEST D iversi!)' Scholarship EHen Val l e Memorial S ' 1 oin r,h i p Arthur H. Vingerud Endowed Scholarship F u n d Wade/H inderlie Scholarship und I n a H . Wake Memorial Scholarship Was hi ngto n Mutual Minor iti es in d uc a t i o n Scholarship Was h i n gton State Autom obile Dealers Association Scholars h i p Was h i n gt on Soft"'a r ' A s oc i a t io n S ho la r shi p Doc a nd Lucille Wea t h e rs E ndowed . cholars h ip Weste rn Wash i ngton Fair f\ssociatk,n Scholar�hip Wi k Family/Lutheran Brothcrllood Endowed Scholarsl1 i p Mabel Wing . cholarship William P. and Carolyn O. Woods Scholar hip Ra ndall Yoakum Endowed Schol, r 'hip Ralph a n d Celestene Yoder Me m o ria l Scholarship Sh i r l ey Zurfluh/Lutheran Brotherhood E ndowed Schnlarsl"lip ( Busi ness )

.

7 . . . . .... ..................... 8 . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . ') . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . .... 10 .............. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13 ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $5.9 1 5.00

1

$45 5.00

.

4 . . ............ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1 .820.00

...

..

Hr.

.......... ............ . . . . . . . . . .

2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $9 1 0.00 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1 ,3 65 .00

.

.

.

Term

.

.

.

.

..

.

OjJ Call1pus Progralll s t udellts pay (] progralll fee (110t PL U cuitioll) specific tn the indi vidual progra lll sites. Contact the Cellter for In lema tiollal Progra llls for complete details. NOTE:

CREDIT BY EXAMINATION Studen ts whv test o ut of a clas (Credit by Exa m inat io n) w i l l be ch a rged 25 percent o f re gula r t ui t i o n fo r that class ( $ 1 1 3 . 75 per credit h o ur ) . REGISTERING AFI'ER ADDI DROP S tude nts who regi ter after the Ia t day of AddfDrop will be ass es sed an administrative h a n d li n g fel? of $50 fo r each course added or d ropped. COU SE FEES Some c o u rses require a d d i t ional fees; they w i l l be a d ded to t he tuiti o n t o tal. The c1as sch ed ule available fWn1 the Regi. lrar's Office pro ide� i n formation bout , ny fees that may affect a n

14

P

A

C

I

f

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

V

-


i n d ividual schedule. Mu.�ic and education st u d ents hould note: The Pril'nt Music Lesson Fee is $ 1 25 fo r o n e credi t or $200 fo r t wo or more credi ts per medium. A one-t ime Education Plncemetlt Fce of $40 i s ch a rge d in th e last semester of the B . A . E. program. MISCELLANEOUS FEES Health Services will charge a student's ac cou n t , or a s t ude n t may pay d i rectly, fo r i mmunizations, l a b work, and p res c r i ptio n s that are req uired. Unpaid Pines s u c h as parking viola tions and overdue l i b rary books will appear o n the mon t hly statement. S t udents are e n couraged to pay t hese rines as i n cu rred to avoid late fees and h a n dl j n g c harges . A one-time Graduation Fee of $30 is c h a rged to baccala ureate ' a nd mast er s degree candidate . A fee of $5 is c ha rge d to replace lost, dam aged, or stolen student ID's. T h is must be paid a t the St u den t Services Center. The fee fo r offic ial transC1'ipts is $5 fo r each transcript. SPECIAL INFORMATION Opti nal l udent h ea lth and acciden t i n s u ra n ce is available th rough an independent carrier. A brochure is ava i lable fro m the Stu de n t L i fe Office. Parhlng permits are free and required fo r all student ve h i cles . They can be obta i n ed in the Campus Safety Office. Fa i l ure to register rna)' res u l t i n a fm e. ROOM AND MEALS Studen ts who a re u nder 2 1 �lI1d arc t a k i n g 12 or more credi t hOllIS mllst livc and eat meals o n campus. There are exceptions:

1. If one l i ve at hom \ ith a parent, l eg a l gna rd i a n , or spouse 2. If one turn 21 before October 15 ( fall semester) or March 1 5 ( sp r i ng semester)

3. If one has attained sen ior status (90 cred it ho urs) be fo re the beginning of the semester

Ap pe als may be a dd ressed to the R es i de ntial Life Office. Room Double Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1, I SO .OO/semester in gl e/S i ngle Room . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1 ,S OO.OO/semester S i ngld ouble Room . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. 1 ,500.00/semt'ster -

--

A l i m i ted number of si ngle rooms are a v a i lable. Spec i a l hous i ng request may be addressed to the Residential L ife Office at 206/535-7200.

Co n t i n u i ng students (student� who live o n campus for fall, January term, and spring) are not charged fo r room d u r i n g the J a n uary term.

___ •

tudents who attend only the january term w i l l be cha rged

$255 .00 •

fo r room

(see 11

·t col u m N fo r llleal.').

hOLls i n g d epo $i t ( to be paid o n ly by c o n ti n u i ng students) of $200.00 will be credited to one's student account on the Se p t e m b e r bill ing r r fa l l , and the February b il l i ng fnr spring - links fo rfei ted by tht' Re s id e n t i a l Life Office.

L i m ited housing is ava ilable d u r i n g winter a n d spring b re ak s a t a co-t of $9.65 per day. Meal Plans • ResidenLial ( o n - ca m p u s ) students may t h ree meal plans l isted below:

$e\ect from t he first

Plan # 1 : 20 meal s/week . . . . . . . $ 1 ,063.00/$e01est<;,r Plan #2: 15 mcals/week . . . . . . $ I ,OOO.OO/semester Plan #3: 10 meals/week . . . . . . . . . . . . . $86" .OO/semester ...

.

_

.

..

ommutc r students may choose fr o l ll t he p lans above o r sele t o n e below. Co m m u ter st udents must c o n t a c t F ood Ser v i ce each semester to b eg i n their meal plan of choice.

Plan #4: 5 mea ls/week . .... . . . . . . . 54?" .OO/semester Plan #5 : 5 hl ilches/wcek . . . " :l SS.OO/semester ..

-

.

.

.

..

......

If one lives on -campus during the j an u a r y cos t as follows:

T .rm, meals

-I C

w i ll

Plan # 1 : 20 meals/week ............. 5264.00 PLan #2: 1 5 meal s/week . . . . ... . . . . . . $250.00 Plan #3: 1 0 meals/week . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 2 I 5.00

-I o z

Plans '1'4 and #5 are o n l y available to commuter studen ts: Plan #4: 5 meals/week . . ... . . . . . . . . $ 1 10.00 Plan #5: 5 l u n c h e s / w eek .............. $90.00 .

.

ADVANCE PAYM ENT Nnv studellts need to make a $200 advance payment to con fi r m their o f fe r o f a d mi s s i o n . The paym e n t is refundable u n t i l May 15 for fal l , December 15 for t h e J a n u a r y term, and j a n u a ry 15 fo r spring. Requ sts for a refund mu s t be made in w r it i ng to t h e A d m is s ion s O ffi ce.

l> z o .., m m VI

Returl1;'lg studenl · wa n t in g to reserve a room for t h e foll o w i n g year must make a $200 a dv a n ce pay ment. Thl: p ay me n t will be cre d i te d to the fo l l owi n g year's acco u n t u p o n occupancy. The advance payment i s 100% refu ndable by l11 a k l n g a written request to the Reside n tial L i Je O ffice by July I. A 50°1<) re fu n d will be g ran ted if the w r i t te n request is received after jul)' 1, but by August I . No refund wiJl be granted after August 1.

FINANCIAL AID S holarships, grants, talent awards, a n d loans awarded by PL S tude n t Financial Aid Services. and outside aid ( from fra ternal organ izatio ns. high sc hoo l s , churches, etc.) sent d i rec t l y to P L a r e credited to th st ude nt ' s acco u n t . Awards over $100 will b e eq u a l l y divided between fall and January term/spring seme5ters . Awa rds u n der $ [ 00 w i ll b e applied to o n e semeskr only. Outside aid \ ill not be a p p l i ed to the account un t i l the funds arc received by PLU. NOTE: Because financial aid

is equally divided between fall alld

Ja l/Uflry term/·pring semestl!rs, tI,e cost January

and eats

i5 generally higher for the

term/spring semester if one regisrers for II la""ary term course 0"

campus.

Perkins alld I ursillg S{l1dellt LOIlII re c i p i e nt s are required to sign fo r their loan i n the Student Serv ices _enler a t the begi n ning of t h e academic. year. Federal Family Ed li cal i o l1lll Loan Programs (FFELP) ( these are Federal Staffo rd, nsubsidizcd Fed�ral Stafford and Fede ral Pare n t Plus ) , o b t a ined t h rough ba n ks and other len d i n g institu­ t i ons, will be applied after the proper endorseillent by the s t u de n t or pare n t . Funds not endorsed w i t h i n 45 days o f receip t will be re t u rned to the lending insti tution as defined by fed e ra l re gulations. A 4 percent p ro c es s i n g fee is s u b t racted from the loan by the l en d i n g institution. State of A lask a Loans mu. t be endorOied in the Student Ser ices

C e n t e r before t he funds can be deposited in the s t ude n t s account. Recipien of the following funds m u s t go to the Student ervi es enter to pick up their check. The check i s made payable t o the student. T h o s e funds are: Wash i ngton State Need Grant, Wash ington S c ho la r ur ing Co n d i t ional, Paul Dougla� Scholarsh ip, Educational pportu n i ty G r a n t, and Fut ure '

.

Teachers.

Students who secure part-t.ime employment as p a r t of their financial ai d (work s t ud y) rece ive mo n t h l y paychecks based on work p er fo r m ed. Paychecks may be picked up at the cas h i er" winclow at t he BU,inc O ffice o n p a y d ay and may be appll d to u npai d student acco u n t balances. It is the s tu de nt 's respon ibility to i n form the Student ervices Cent r of any changes i n financial st atus. Add i t ional funds r benefits from any source (such as free or partial room a n d meals) re rived or prom ised, be fo re or after 3 )tudent is awarded aid from PLU, must be reported. Actu a l class registrat ion tll at pro-duces a l o wer tuition rate than anticipated may reduc a fi nancial aid awa rd. By l a w, Student Fi nancial Aid ervices is re q u i red to make a dj u s t m ents to pre ve n t over awards.

-

P

A

C

,

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

15


-J V1 W W ...

o

PAYMENT OPTIONS/ FINANCING

Medical Hold

Students must pay at the time o f registration or be enrolled in an

A "medical hold" prevents

approved payment plan at the time of registration.

Health Services has not received the Medical History Form or

Option I

-

a

student from registering because

because the student does not have the necessary immunizations.

Those who pay early may qualify for Lutebucks,

z

coupons redeemable at the PLU Bookstore. To receive Lute-bucks,

Rights and Responsibilities

payment is due in full by July 29 for fall semester and December

Upon registration, the student and his or her parents or legal

ct

22 for the January term/spring. O therwise, payment fo r Option 1

guardian, agree to accept the responsibility and legal obligation

is due in fu ll by the first day of each term.

to pay all tuition costs, room and meal fees, and other special fees

z o

Option 2

-

incurred or to be incurred fo r the student's education. The

Payment Plans

university agrees to make available to the student certain

8 Month Plan: The definition of an 8 month plan is enrollment fo r one of the fo llowing term arrangements: •

Fall, J-Term, Spring

educational programs and the use of certain university fa cilities, as applicable and as described in this catalog. A fa ilure to pay

Fall, Spring

when due all un iversity bills shall release the university of any

A non- refunda ble set-up fee of $75.0.0. is required to start this plan. Payments fo r this plan begin September 15 and must be paid ill fu ll by April 1 5 .

obligation to continue to provide the applicable educational benefits and services, including, bUll not limited to, statements of honorable dismissal, grade reports, transcript of records,

Fall only or [-Term/Spring ollly: Students wishing to finance Fall

diplomas, or preregistrations. The student shal'l also be denied

only or J- Term/Spring only will be required to pay a non­

admittance to classes and the use of university fa cilities in the

refundable set-up fee of

event of a default.

$50..0.0. and will have payments due for

the following months: •

Fall: September, October, November, December

J-Term/Spring: January, February, March, April

Credit Balances If a credit balance occurs on

a

studen t's account, excess funds will

be disbursed within a period of time not to exceed fo urteen days.

Payments fo r this plan are due the 1 5 th of each month.

(Note: The student or the student's parent may elect in writing to

Summer on ly: Students wishing to finance Summer only will be

have the ,institution retain excess funds for future expenditures. This option may be changed at the discretion of the student or

required to pay a non- refundable set-up fee of $25.0.0. and will

the student's parent.) If additional expenditures occur a fter credit

have payments due for the fo llowing months: •

ba'lances have been disbursed, the student or the student's parent

J u ne, July, August

is financially responsible for any owing balance. Emergency

Payments fo r this plan are due the 1 5 th of each month.

checks requested as an exception t o normal procedures within

BOW TO MAKE PAYMENTS

the fo urteen-day period will have a $2 5.0.0. processing fee

Mail payments with statement remittance stub to PLU, Box

assessed.

2 1 167, Seattle, WA 98 1 1 1 - 3 167, or deliver payments to the P LU Business Office in the Administration Building, Room 1 1 0.. Checks should be made payable to Pacific Lutheran University. The student's name and acco un t number (social security

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES RELATING TO REFUND AND REPAYMENT Refund Pacific Lutheran Unive rsity ca'lculates and distributes Refund/

number) should be included with all payments. A $ 1 5 fee is

Repayment according to Federal Regulations 34 CFR parts 668,

charged on all returned checks.

682, 685 and the Federal Student Financial Aid Handbook,

V I SA and MasterCard are accepted. An automatic monthly

Chapter 3 . The Marko pro rata software is used to calculate the

payment may be arranged with the S tudent Services Center. An

pro-rata refund/repayment in accordance with the federal

automatic payment form will be mailed out at the stud ent's

regulations cited above.

request; this will eliminate calling each month to charge p ay­

"Refund" refers to money paid toward school charges that

ments. No additional fee is charged fo r this service when added

must be returned to financial aid sources and/or to the student.

to a payment plan. Please DO NOT mail cash. A periodically adjusted discount

Fair and Equitable Refund Policy of the Institution

rate will be charged against Canadian currency.

Pacific Lutheran University has a fair and equitable refund policy.

Interest and Late Fees

As required under Section 668.22(b) ( l ) of the federal regula­

PaYlllem Optioll 1

-

tions, the Student Services Center will calculate and provide for a

For those not on a payment plan, a 1 . 5%

monthly default interest is charged on balances 30. days past due. PaYlI lent Plalls - Payments received after the 2Qth of the month

will be assessed a $25.0.0. per month late fee.

refund of at least the larger amount provided as follows:

1) requirements of State Law (not applicable to PLU) 2) specific refund standards established by the school's nationally recognized accrediting agency (not applicable to PLU)

Missed Payments Failure to make minimum monthly payments as agreed will result in removal from a payment plan and the account will be placed

3) pro rata refund calculation for any student attending the school for the first time whose withdrawal date is on or before the 60.% point in time in the period of enrollment for which

on financial hold. Student accounts 60. days delinquent may be turned over to an outside collection agency. A 40.% charge will be added to such an account to cover collection cost.

the student has been charged. When p ro rata does not app ly, the university will calculate and provide for a refund o f at least the larger o f the amount pro­ vided under:

Financial Hold If a student account is past due, it will be placed on "financial hold." Basic university p riv ileges will be denied until the acco u n t is settled, including t h e ability t o register, receive copies of a

1) Federal refund calculation; or 2) University's refund policy The university will apply its fair and equitable refund policy to

transcript or diploma, or cash checks.

Title IV recipients and all other students.

Academic Hold

Title IV Refund If any portion of an account was paid with TITLE IV Federal

The Registrar, Student Life Office, or Residential Life Office can

Financial Aid, a refund will be prorated to each of the Financial

place an account on "academic hold." Registration for classes is

Aid Programs in the fol lowing order:

precluded until any pending matter with those offices is settled.

1) Federal Family Educational Programs (FFELP), (Unsubsidized Federal Staffo rd Loan, Federal Staffo rd Loan, Federal Plus Lo an), Federal Perkins Loan, Federal Pell Grant, Federal

16

P

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

-


the student.

are

in their 6rst term of a ttendance at the un iver­

si ty, who withdraw d u ri n g the receiving Title I a s calcu lated

first 60% of the term and who are the greater o f a t uit ion refu n d

aid will re ce ive

above

time student" the

Reg i s t r a r 's O ftIce use the fo llowing criteri a and procedures: A "first time s t udent" is any student who has not pr e v i o u sly

at least one class a t the school or receives a refund the charges for tuition and fe es, less any allowable ad m i n i s trat i ve fee, for p revio us attendance at the school. attended

of 1 00% of

A student remains a "first time student" until the st udent ei ther withdraws, drops out, o r is expelled from the school

after attending at

least one c las s, or

enrollment for which he o r s h e has

completes the period o f

been

parking fi nes, and

C -I

Student Financial Aid Services will compare the pro rata refund a m o u n t with the refund a m o u n t ( s ) calculated using the

Refund Po l i cy,

University

o

whichever is larger.

z

Institut ional Refund Policy

o r a prorated refund.

a) To establish whet her the student is a " fi rst

--

will n o t health insu rance, late fe es , l i b rary fines, health charges.

include fees for group

First-Time Student Federal Pro Rata Refund Policy Students who

-I

O t h e r cha rges assessed t h e student by t h e i ns t i t uti o n

SEOG, other TItle IV fu nds, other federal, state, private, i nst i tutional aid, and then

charged.

the same as

The university's institutional refund pol icy is

>

the

Z

Federal Refu n d Po li cy.

refund pol icy, Student Financial Aid Services will also calculate a fed eral refund a m o u n t a cco rd i n g to the regulatory r e q ui r e ments , and will For

students s u bj ect

to

the

institutional

C ... m

compare the results of the calculated fe deral refund amount to

m

the calcu lated institut ional refund a m o u n t . In all ca s e s ,

VI

u n iversity will re fu n d

at l e ast

the

the larger of the results o f these

two calculations.

Housing Refund

is established by u n iversity residences the studen t's housing contra ct. The refund cal c ulation is based on the actual n u mber of days a student resides i n uni ve rsit y r es id e n ce s . The housing refund policy

and is

part of

Policy Statement In o r din a r y c i rcumstances, a s t u dent who withd raws on or before t h e

first

full refund

two

weeks of instruction

in

a semester receives a

of "tuition and fe es."

Refund Policy Insitutional/Federal Refund Policy (Note excep tion: The Federal

Pro

Rata Refund Policy

will be used fo r first time s t l ldellts.)

DATE O F WITH ORAWA�

Before

firs t d a y of class

First day of class

-

-

Credit Hour Programs: In t h e case o f a n educational program measured in credit h o u rs, the school m u l tiplies the n u m be r of weeks in the p e r i o d o f enrollment for wh ich the st u de nt was ch a rged the 60%. T h e result is compared to the n u mb e r of weeks the student completed before withdrawing. If the n u m be r of we e ks the st ud e nt completed is l es s than or equal to this result, the student is considered to h a ve withdrawn on or before the 60% point in time. Fo r all fi rst t i me students who w i thdraw on or before the 60% p o i n t in time, Student financial Aid Services will calculate and provide a refund o f not l es s t han the p or ti o n o f the tui tion, fees , room, board, and o ther c ha rges assessed the student by the school that is equ a l to the po r t ion of the period of enroll ment for which the student has been charged that remains on the date that the student withd rew, less any unpaid amount o f a student's sched­ uled cash payment. Student Financial Aid Services will

co mpu t

e the

student's

"unpaid scheduled cash payment" a m o u n t hy s u b t r a ct in g the amount paid by the student fo r which he or she

WJS

the

period of enrollment fo r

charged from the scheduled cash p.l)'l11 cnt

fo r that enroll ment p e ri o d .

BOARD R E FU N D

100%

1 00% less

1 00%

deposit 1 00 %

1 00%

75%

75 %

75%

4 weeks

50%

50%

50%

5

period o f enrollment for which the student was charged.

ROOM REFUND

weeks

3

When the Registrar's Office establishes that a student is a "first t i m e student," the following calcu lations will be used to determine if the student with drew on or before the 60% point in time of the

TUITION REFUND

to 2 weeks

100%

weeks

25%

25%

25%

6 weeks

2 5%

25%

25%

7 weeks

25%

2 5%

25%

8 weeks

25%

25%

25%

9+ weeks

0

0

0

Housing deposits are not paid by fe d er a l fina nci,ll aid not r efu nda b le . Notice of withd rawal must

be

given in

w ritin g

and

are

to the

re gi s t r ar, Pacific Lu theran University and received

before the

d e a d l i n e above. Oral requests ale not a cceptabl e . Charges will remain on the account until wri tten notice

is

received.

Unofficial Withdrawal

In the cases of unofficial v!ithd rawal, the drop o u t date (defined as the last recorded day of class a ttend a n ce as docu mented bv. t h e institu t i o n ) will be used to c alcu l at e a refund. Medical Withdrawal S t ud e nt s rna)' also completely withdraw fro m a term for medical rcasoll';. The student m llst p r ovid e written evidence from a ph y s i ci a n to the vice presidmt and dean for student l i fe. The

grade of "WM" will appear on the student's gr ade

report and

transcript.

Repayment Calculation Student Financial Aid Services will determine the portion of the p er iod o f e n roll ment for which t h e st uden t w as cha r g e d that the

student

actually a t tended,

and

determine the reasonable

expenses associated with n o n - i n stitu tional costs fo r that portion of the enrollment period.

of any cash d isbursement to the student be determined. Reasonabk �xpenses as determined will b e subtracted from the cash d i s b u rsed for the enrollment period. If the cash disb ursement was greater than the student's incu rr e d The compos i t i o n

will

P

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

17


w ...

I­ Z w c � l­ V!

non - i nst i tu t io l lal

e xp e nses,

the st u d e nt m u s t repay t h e excess

CAMPUS MINlSTRY niversit)' by its vcry n a tu re is a pl a ce fo r th e

am o u nt.

Pacific Lu theran

Repayment

interaction between studies and the Christian fa i t h . O p p o r t u n i ­

A "repaym ent" is the am o u nt of cash di sbursed to the s t ud en t w h i c h m ust be repaid t o the Title IV progrJms. A cash disburse­ mt:nt is paid to the l ud en t fo r non - i nst i t uti on al costs (ed ucati oal costs not payable direc t l y to the u nivers ity). A repay m en t is req uired if the student re c eive d more in cash di b u rsement than was ne e d ed to cover n o n - i ns t it utio nal xpt:n C '. Title IV Repayment R e pa yme n t of funds re c e ived from Title IV Fi n a n c i al Aid Pmgr, ms may be n l' essary in i nsta nces where funds were received from a n acco u n t after the char ges we re satisfied. The federal fo rmula will he us e d to d e te rmine the appropriate payment. Funds t h a t need to be r ep a id w i l l be r e t u rned to t heir ,our e i n the fol l o wing order:

a)

Federal Pe rkins Loa n , Pell fed era l Title IV fu n d s en

celebrates the Lo rd 's S u p p e r each Sund a y. Pas toral services o f t h e un ivers i t y pastors a r e available t o a l l students who desire them. Severa l deno m i n a ti o ns and rel i gi o us groups have organiza ­ c amp us,

and there arc n um e rous s t udent- i n it ia ted Bible

RESPONSmIUTIES OF COMMUNITY LIFE

G , ot her Title IV, non­ aid, st a t e aid, a n d ot her )

for the percen tage of t u ition a l lowed to be refu n ded fo r that time per iod d ur i ng tile tcrm (as deter m i n ed by the Reg i st ra r 's Offi e and the n ivers i ty Refu n d Pol icy) . F i nancial

The Univers i t y Congregation meets in regul a r wo r s h ip a n d

ties i n a sp i r it of openness a.nd m u tual respec t .

accow1t

W ith i n a ny com m un ity ce rt a i n re gul a tions a re n e c e ss a ry. Paci fi c Lut h e ran U n iversi ty ad op ts on l y those standards bel ieved to be reaso nably necessa r y and a d m i t s students with t h e expe c ta t io n that t h e y w i l l com pl y w i t h those st a ndards. All mem bers of the university c o m m u n i t y are expec t e d to resp e ct t h e rights and i n tegr i ty of o t h ers. Co nd uct which is detrimental to students, facu l ty, sta ff, or t he univers i t y, or which v i o l a t e s local , state, o r federal hl\vs, m a y be g ro unds fo r sa nctions o r fo r d i s m i ssa l . T h e u nive rs it y p ro h ibits t h e possess io n or co n s u m pt i on o f alcoholic beve rages on campus and l i m i ts the h o u rs when s t udents may have visitors of the The

o ppos i te

sex i n their re si d e n c e hall rooms. the Code of Conduct for a l l

Student Handbook con tai n s

students. NEW STUDENT ORIENTATION New student orientation e ndeavors to ass is t stud e n ts and thei r

f refu nd/repayment cal c u l a tion see S tu den t

ample

Ch a p e l worshi p is held M on da )', Wednesday, and himly mo rn i ngs d uri n g each semester for all who wish to par ticip a te.

elected student and facul ty cOlll m i ttee, cOQrdimltes these activi­

I ) Student requ est w i t hdraw'1Il approva l from the Regis t ra r 's O ffice, by a withd rawal fo rm. 2) S t ude n t Financial id S rv ices proc esses percentage refu n d calc ulation o n e a c h st ud e n t u ' i ng t he M a rko software. A i d is r e i ed according to the federal pro rata ca lcul at ion or the U n iver ' i t ylFedera l Refund Policy. 3) The Husi n es ' Office gives a t ui t i on a dj ust men t to the stude n t 's

a n e,

rich

study and fe ll ows h i p groups. T h e Ca m p us M i n i stry Counci l, an

PROCEDURES FOR OBTAINING A REFUND

4) For

are

and diverse.

ti ons on

ra n t , SE

titutio nal

t i es for the m u t ual celebration of t h a t fa i l h o n campus

fam i l ies w i t h the t ransi t i o n to PLU. The thre e -d ay fa l l program

id Serv ices .

NOTE: Please lIe aware tlrat a refund dlle to withdrawal from the university can adversely affect what is o wed the university. A tu i tion adjrJstmellt is (Ipplied to the student account, but aid is also redrJced, somet imes creating a Inrger owing balance. Stu­ dents should check with Student Final/cial Aid Services to re­ search tire effe ct a withdrawal will Irave 01/ their student aCCO llllt.

i ntrod u ces s t u dents to many dimensi ons of PLU l i fe. Fall ori en ­

ta t io n i n c l udes meetin g with a fa c ul ty a dv iser, worki n g in s m all groups with o t h e r new students, beco m i ng a cquai nted w i t h c am p us services, and havillg s o m e re l a xe d t i m e wi th ot her students before classes b e g i n. New students are encouraged to attend a one - day academic orientation and course regist ra t io n event held in June. S pec ial a c t ivi ti e s are a l so pl a n ned wh ich

resp ond to concerns of fa mil ies of new studen ts. \"'h i l e January a n d sp ri ng o r i entations are more cond e ns e d , they also provide new students w i t h a n i n t roduction to a ca d c mi c l i fe and co­ c u rricular a c t ivities. Orie n tation p rograms are

Student Life

coord in a ted

t h ro ugh t h e S t u d en t Involvem e n t a n d Leadership Office, ( 2 0 6 )

The q u a l i ty of l i fe cu l t i vat e d and fostered wit hin the un ie rs it y is an 'sse n t i a l ompo n e n t of the academ ic commu­ nil y. The environment produced is conducive to a l i fe of vigorous and creat ive scholarship. It also recognizes t h a t l i be ral educat ion i s fo r the t o tal person a n d that a comple­ mentary relationship exists between students' intellectual development and the salLsfa tion of their o t h e r individual

5 3 5- 7 1 9 5. ACCESSIBILITY The u n ivers i t y comp l ies wi th Section 504 of the Re habi l i tatio n Act a n d provides reasonab l e accom modations to stu dents w i t h han d icaps a n d / o r disabilities.

oOl'dinarion o f eI'vices is

h an dIed by t h e Cou nseling a n d Tes ti ng Scr ices. The S t udent Needs A dvoca cy Pane.! provi d e s an avenue for student concerns.

needs. In teract i u n with pt:l'sons of d i ffering l i fe styles,

RESll)ENTIAL LIFE

of cla sroom knowledge to personal goals and a pi r ali o n , and co-curric ular experiences are all available and total com ponents of ed u ca t i on at PL . In a time when there is a nee d for meaningful co mm u n it y, the campus

Res iden tial livi ng is an i nte gra l part of the educatio nal process a t PLU, The u niversity requires t h a t all s i n g l e , fu l l -t ime ( 1 2 o r m o r

appl ication

facil i t ates genu ine relat io nship � among members of the

from d iverse religious, racial, and cultural back­ grounds. All of the services aDd fac i l i t ie provided are i n ten ded to c o m p l e me nt the academic p ro g ra m . The services p rov i d e d reflect changing student needs, and the oppo rtu n iti fo r s t u d e nt p a rticipation include v i rt u al ly all aspects of the univ rs i ty. I ndivi dual attention i� given to students ' con ce r ns, including a va r i et y of specific services u n iversity

o u tl ined here.

semester h o u r s ) students r o o m and b oard 0 1 1 ca m pu s u n less t h e student is l i v i n g at home w i t h parent( ) , lega l guard i a n ( s ) , spo use a n d /o r c h i l d , is 2 1 yea rs of age or o l der o n or before

O ct ob e r i 5 for the ,1 Ca d e m ic year and M a r h 1 5 for spri ng semester, or has senior st a t us (90 s e mest e r hours). All except i o n s t o this p o l i c y mllst be requested fro lll t h e Re s ide nt i a l Life O ffice regardi n g room and Din ing Services rega rd i ng

III

-als.

As a res ident ial camp us, Pacific Lutheran U n ive rs i t y offe rs studt:nts a val uable experie nc e in com mun i ty li v i ng . The univer­ sity recogni ze.s the i mporta n ce of n o n - cl ass roo m activities in prov iding

.tIl

ed u ca t ion. ThO' aim of resid-' n t i a l l i v i n g i s to help

students grow perso nally, social l y, cult u rally, and spirit ually. Cam p u s r esi d e n ce halls are sma l l . They a re organized i n to

co m m unities in wh ich each indiv i d u a l counts as a perso n . New

18

P

A

C

I

f

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

r

v

E

R

S

r

T

Y


-

4-

knowledge shared w i t h friends i n the residence halls takes on a ver pe rso na l meaning. Men and women of many backg ru u nds .Iml c u l t u re s live 0 1 cam u . ; t h e refo re , students in res ide n ce h,we a u n ique opportun ity to b roa de n their cu l t u ral horizons. The u n i versi ty a n�� about lh quality of l i fe on c. a m p u s. The attracti e nd comfortable residence halls enrich t he quality o f life a n d enha nce the l e a rn i n g pr cess. The u n ive rs i t y offers s t u de nt s high- ual i t y h O USing opportun ities iJl duci i ng stu d e n t leadersh ip experience, fo rmal a n d i n formal programs, Jnd peer associa tions. The r udent go e r n in g bodies are strong a n d ac­ tively participat in cam pus life. A selec t ion of modem, a tt ra c t ive ha lls. each with it" 0\ n t ra d i t i o ns and un ique ad va n t n g , o ffer s students the oppo r t u­ nit to st ab l is h a comfortable living pa tte rn. All halls i nc l u de in forma l l o u nges , st udy rooms, rea ation ar as, and c o m m on k i tch n a n d laundry filc. il i l ies . ost of the halls are co-ed ucational. Al t h o u gh they are housed in Sf arate wiIlgs, m n a nd women LIl (0- d haJls share l o un ge and rec reation fac Hi tie a nd mOJon residence gove rn ­ ment, a n d part icip_ te j o i n t l y in all hall a t ivi ties. One all­ ' women s hall i s availahle fo r t h o s e women who desi re th is type o f living experience. An a l l single-roo m hall h as been e tabl ished for t h o se 2 j year. of age or older, or who have atta i ne d se n i o r or gra du a t e status. Th is in dependent Ii ing e n v i r o n m en t is des i ned to mee t th e need s of the ol d e r stud nt. Further infomlation regard i n g residence ha l ls can be obtained from the Reside n t ia l Life me .

STUDENT ACTIVITIES St ude nt acliviti s ar regarded J S essential ra tors in h i gher educa t i o n . "ome ar e related t o c o u rses of instruction such as drama , music, a nd physical t'du a t i o n ; others arc conn 'ct d more clo ely to r crca t ional and so c i a l l i fe , I nvo lvemen t i n st uden t activities pro v i des p ract i al exp erience and at the s a m e t i me deve l o ps an understanding o f self in re la t ion to others. Co­ c u r ri c u lru- proorams include s tude n t government (Associated t udents a n d Residence H a l l Coun i l ) , sport c t ivities (varsi ty, intram ural, and du b Sp(lrts), t u de n t media ( newspaper. yea r­ book, a rti s t i c m agaz. in e, radio, aJld tele \'i sio n l , s tud e nt lubs and organization s, 3nd c o m m u n i t y service program, o[[en:d t h ro u gh the o l u nteer enter. \' i t l, over 1 00 s t ude n t activities in wh ic h to become i n vo lv d, t h e re is sure to be at l eas t one which will enric h 11 per so n' college exp .ri 'nce.

III -4 C

I nvolvement and Leader h i p provide ad mi nistrati ve s upp r t and s rv i ce t o a sist adult students with orientation and g ui d ­ a n ce . The o m m u te r Lowlge, on th e lower level of t h e n iver­ si ty Center, serves a� a Glm p U headquarters for man)' adult st u d nt.s.

o m Z

MULTI-ETHNIC RESOURCES M Lu t i- l: t hn i c es ou rces serves stu dents , fac ult y, a n d staff of color. For s t u d en ts , sped I activ ities, peer m ent o r i ng and adv is ­ i ng, I a dershi p O pP(Htu nity, and o t h e r support services are avail, ble. For faculty ruld s ta ff, Mul t i - E t h n i c Resources ili a lo .:a ti )O fo r teaching and lea rn ing material on the subject of raci al and e t h n i c d ive rsi ty. Clerical assistance, small t ravel grants, and ot he r service:. ar also available to -uppor! ' pecial projects and r searc h focusing on national race- related is s u es . Multi­ Ethnic Reso u r ces is h ou se d i n Stude n t I nvolvem en t and Leader­ sh i p , located on the lower lewl of the ni e rs i ty Cen te r.

-4

.... m

CENTER FOR INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS The enter fo r I ntern at io nal Programs/I n te rnat ional tuden t ' erv ices prov i de assistance to internat ion a l �t uJ e n ts in 'ld j u st­ ing to the u ni ver i t y an d i n meet i ng both ed ucatio n (carecr) and pe rso n al needs. erviccs i nd ude u i rpo n p i c k - up . orientatiun, registratio n , and 0 0 - ampu ' liaison with other universi ty offices. ista nce with tmmigration and go crnment regulatiuns as well os i mm ig ra tio n p rocedu re s regard i n g t empo rary tr<lvd, work applications, a nd extensions of stay i available. COMMUTIlR STUDENT ERVlCES Many stude nts co m m u te t the PLLT campus. In addi ti o n to t-h e u ni versity services a n d p rograms avai.lable to uLi s t u de nt:> , the Student Involv me nt and Leade.rsllip o lli e supp ort. ommuLer students \\Tith a I unge are and message/emergency locator serv ice. Pro grams de igne d to add ress the spccwl needs of CO O1 mut 'rs a r . ponso red t h ro ugh student activitie.� and o mm u ter groups l i ke tbe Ad ult St u d e n t Organization . tudent� desi r i ng more i n form a t i on sho uld con t a c t 535-7 1 95.

VOLUNTEER CENTER PL 's Volunteer Ce n te r, run by st u de nts and housed in the 'e nt e r fo r P u b l ic Se rvice, seeks to give stude n t s o pp ortu n i t ies to put to work their d r ea ms fo r a better world. The Vol un t ee r Cen ter h a s l istings for over l Oa organizations wh need volu n ­ teers. S tu d ent can stop b>' and browse th ro u gh the placement l ists, or make an a p po int m en t with one of the Vol u n tee r e n t e r coordinat ors who help match s t u dents with organ i l a ions. Class projects, resid nee h a l l gTO U p activities, one da, or several, t he o l u nteer Cen ter can help you h el p ! Drop by o r p hone ( x83 1 8 ) and discover huw ea sy it is to make a big difference in life ! WOMEN'S CENTER The ,.vomen's �en ter pr vides serv ices, referrals. a n d s u pp o r t to

al l students, fa c u l ty, a n d staff or the un iversit y. The c l i m a te of the

center is such t h a t a l l persons ar valued and emp owered to p u r ue their i n d ividual and collec t i ve go als. The Ce n te r offers

peer-s upport gro u ps, ed u c a t i o n a l re 'ouree , and programs which celebrate the talents and cr ative expr ssions of women. The

omen's e nt e r also is the main s p o ns o r of Wo men's H i story Month a tiviLies h e ld e v e ry Marc h . The Wo men's Cent r i. loca te d at 754 S. I 20th.

ADutT STUDENT PROGRAMS fhe stude nt -ru n Ad u l t Student rga nizat ion see k to i den tify the spe iJI need ' of t u d c n t s over t he age of 25 and create the support n e t wo rk ' that will help adult students su cceed. tudent

ENVIRONS The university's geogra p hical sett in g afford5 st uden ts a wide variet), o f hoth rec rea t i onal a nd cult ural �n ter ta i n ment op t io n s . Recreationally, the grandeu r of the Pacific Northwest en c o urages p,lrticipatic lll in hiking, campi ng, cli mbing, k iing, b( Kl t i ng, and swi m m i n g. T h e most consp icuo us natura l monUJ]lent in the afl.�a is Mt. Rainier. ln addition t o Rain it'r, th t di t inctive re alms of the �ascad aud Iympic mo u ntni n ranges and fo re s ts of D ougl as Fir c.o mplete o ne of the m o t naturnlly tranqu i l environmenb i n the nited States. S t u de nts can also enjor the aest h etic offenngs of nearby Seuttle a nd Tacoma. These city cen t rs ho t a variety of perform­ ing and recording a rts a n d prov ide d )zen 0f g alle r ies ru ld m u eums as weU as u n ique sho pp i ng and di nin g e. pe rie n ces . P

A C

I

F IC

l

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

19


w ...

... Z w o ::J I11'1

STUDENT SERVICES

is staffed with one nu rse pra t i t ioner and one physi ian assistant. A physician i a ailable [or consultation and refe ra!. Ser ices available include outpatient primary care, immu nizations, allergy shots, preven t ive health care, pap smears, testicular a.nd breast exams, bi rth contr I , pregnancy testing and couns ling. Also offered a re: sexually tran mitted d.isease infor­ mation, testing and treatment; consultations fo r travel guidelines and i m m u n izations, e ating di so rders, substance a b use, and tobacco usage; and health ed ucation on a wide variety of heal th ncerns. Health Services

is available to all students on a voluntary basis. The Health Service strongly u rges a l l students to ha e medical insuran e. The roup ccident and Sickn S 5 Plan offers caverag ' 24 hours a day, 12 months a year, anywhere in the world. Th is plan is �vaiJable throughout Lh year. A brochure outlining the program is available fro m the S t udent Li fe Office and from I-IealLh Services.

Sickness and Accident lnswance

states that all st udents are required to p rovide a u n iversity healtJ1 history fo r m with accurate i m m u n i­ zation rcc(Jrd� of measles, mumps, rubella, and teta nus-diphthe­ ria to Student Health services. Students born before January [ , [ 957, mllst p rovide documentation fo r tetanu:;-diphtheria (Td) boost r within the last ten years. Thb information must be on file before a student i: permitted to register. The Immu:nizadoD PoliC}

All illlernlltiOTlai sluden ts, faCIl ity, alld sch ola rs will be required have (I tubercu los is skill lest (purified proteill dcril'(Itil'e-ppd). Th is lest will be done at the Hellith Services lifter arrival at the university. The cost is $ 1 0 . 00.

to

Students with questions and concerns about t11 immun iza­ tion policy should contact Health Services at ( 206) 5 3 5 -7337. as s is ts students in c o p i n g w i t h developmental issues. Trained and experienced psych ol ogists a n d counselors offe r individual a s essments, and a cons ulting psy­ chiatrist is available for evaluatio ns and possible medications. A variety of personality/i nte rest inventories and psychological tests are ava i lable to assist students with career planni ng, ducational adj ustment., and personal problems. oord i nation 0 services for ludents w i t h disabilities i also available. •

Dining eTvices, owned and operated by Pacific Lutheran University, is available to all students, faculty, sta ff, and their guests. Students living o n campus are require<i to be on a meal plan. Meal card options are also available in the pizza restaurant and coffee s hops. "Grab and ;0" items are available d uring peak IUllch hours. No ded uctions are made fo r stu dcn eating fewer meals than previously cont ract d for unless granted by the associate director of D ining Services. Residential students arc o ffered 3 meal optio ns: Any 20, 1 5, or to meals per week. Students l iving o ff-campus are enco uraged to select one of the meal plans offered . St udents may sign up fo r a plan at the Residential Life O ffice. Students with special dietary requ irements, specifically ap­ proved in writing by ' phy-ician. can in most case be accom mo­ dated by canta t i ng the D i l l i ng Ser ices associate director. Thi ' ervice is provided at no extra cost. Di ning ervices operates two co ffee · hops. One is Il)cated on lower ampu ' in Columbia Center, and the other is located in the Univer� ity Center. Only the co ffee shop in olumbia Centt!r is open during the V3C- tion periods. Visitors may eat i n any of the facilities.

for meeting rooms are maintained in the Un ive rs i t y �enter. II u niversity activitie.> must be scheduled through this ffice. Sc h e du l i ng activit ies is a joint r ponsibility of the request.ing gro up, s heduling coordinator, and the Univer­ sity Center O ffi e . Scheduling Services

P

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

( housed with Academic Advising for students' convenience) strives to provide a program of career development and l i fe planning. Students are assisted in in tegrat­ ing their personal values and aptitudes with career cboices through ind ividual coll nseling, workshops, residence hall presen­ tations, and a computerized career g u id a nce program. The o ffice staff assi:;t students and first-year alumni in developing job­ search techrliques by providing i n struc t i o n a l videos, company literature, all extensive career library of opport u nities in specific majors, i ndustry directories, and employment forecasts. Addi­ t ionally, the office coordinates a sched ul of recrui ter> from industry, business, government, and graduate schools. The enter coordi nates and promotes all pa rt-time and ful l ­ t i me employment opportunities for students, including listings of local jobs, nation-wide i nternships, and sum mer employment opportunitie . Specially selected forums througho ut the year als br ing students and employers togeth�r, i n order to help s t u d ents find work that is both fi nancially and personally rewarding.

Career Development

GRffiVANCE P ROCEDURES

Counseling and Testing Services

20

PlU Bookstore is owned a n d operated by Pacific Lutheran Universi t y for the benefit of st uden ts, faculry, and staff. The bookstore sells textbooks requ i red for classes. Supplie ', gifts, cards, and convenience store items are also available. Computer software at discounted pr ices is available or can be s p e c ial or­ dered. Apple compu ters at educational prices can be p u rchased through the bookstore. Special book orders are welcome. PiU Northwest is a u n ique gift shop located a.t 407 Garfield S t reet in h istoric Parkland. Featuring Northwest po ttery, cloth­ i ng, and foods, the store also offe rs b oo k s a n d gifts depicting North\'/ est themes and au thors.

Y

Poticie. and procedures at the u niversity are i n tended to main­ tain an orderly educat ional environ ment conducive to s tudent learning and development. I n order to fulfill i nstitutional re­ sponsib ility and at the same time follow procedures that are fai r, consistent, a n d protective of each person's rights, appropriate grievance procedures have been e tablished. If a student has reason to believe that an aead 'mic or admin istrative action is u njust, capricious, or d iscriminarory, the 'c procedures are aV'1tilable for the student to seek reclres� . The un iversit y has a team of grievance officers to fac i liLate the grievance process. The grievance officers are Cristina del Rosario (535-7 1 59 ) , Susan Mal1n (535-7 187), Patricia Roundy ( 5 35-8786), and Richard Seeger (535-8786 ) . Any of the grievance offie rs may be co ntacted to receive assistance. Jopies of grievance procedures are ava ilable for review at the office o f each grievance officer.


Academic Procedures Advising uruvemty ex pects that all st ud en ts, a t o n e time or a n ot he r, need as htnnct: in pl an n ing a�.,\dem ic progTams co ns isten t w i tb their needs and g a k Bot h t o h e l p s t u d ents ma e t h ei r i n itial a dj ust m e n t to the academic load at PL and to pr lVide cca ional counse! l h roughout tbeir academic careers, the univer ity bas esta b l i shed a network of facu lty adviser� a nd a n Acadt.:m i� AdV is i n g OffiLC. The

will

Fa cu1ry Advisers - All s t u den ts enro lled i n d eg ree programs

have

facuh �' ;1dvisers who e overall responsibility is to guide

ac:uiel11ic progre s. [n their work with i n d iVIdual st ud e n ts.

advisers h,lVe the assistance of personnel in a number of slLIdent �efYices offices: the Acad�mic Advising Office, the Acade mi c Assistance C en t er, the Career Devel o pmen t Office, Co un se l i ng and Te tillg er ires, the Multi-Ethnic Rt! ou ree enter. the Campu

li n istry. tJle in ter na liona l s t udent advi er, and

i

n

residence h a l l d rec tors and r esi d e t

assistants.

ielleral Advisers: At the time of enrry, each student is a�signed

a

gen era l adviser, u

ually hy malching stu de nt and .ldviser int er ­ ests. , tudents who wish to xplo re the genera! c u rr i c u l lllll before deciding on an i n terest rea a re as igned to exploratory advisers. During the fi rst semeste r, an ad v i s i ng li l for ach st udent is sent to the adviser, and an official record of acndemic progress i bsued to the studen t. Major AdVIsers; pon fu rm al decbrali n of a major, st ud e nts arc a s sig ne d major advisers to re p l ace t h e i r genera! advisers. Major advisers gtlide st u de nt s' progress toward their chtl e n degree goa l . .

cllange a d v is ers as appropri te or necessar y, 'imp l ad v iser ch, nge fo rm. tudent and advisers are expected t m�et regular!" th ugh t he actual n umb r of m ee t i ngs w i ll vary according t o mdividual needs. M i nimally, t h ree m ee t i n gs aTt� requi red d uri ng tile fre hman year and o n e each year thereafter, t hough aU st u dent s are enco uraged t o meet with tht:.ir advi�er� a uften as seem nece 'sary ()r usefu l. Students may

using

Registration

m

("\

o

Adding or Dropping A Course: A studcl1l may add or drop a c o u rse at a n y time d u r i n g the first two weeks of lass du ring a full -l ngth se me t r. ee the lalillary lerm clnd 5111111"1 1CI' ca ta logs for the add/drop periods for those sessio ns. D urincr the add/d ro p period , cOu rse · may be dropped and tu i t ion w i l ! b refunded in full. I n most cases, add i ng and d rop pi ng can be accomplished

m o c: ::a m '"

lI sing tele-regist rat ion. WITHDRAWAL FROM A COURSE 1£ a l ud en t do " no t w ish to co n t i n u e

a course a fter the addl drop period, the st ud en t must w i t hd ra w from the course. tudents who d es i re to withdraw re e n c o u ra ged to do so

o ffi ciJ. l l y. Tuition j. not refunded.

Offida] Withdrawal: ' T l) offici ally withd raw, the st udent net::ds to obtain a withdrawal fo rm from the S t udent S rv ices Center, fi l l in the fo r m , hJve r u e instructor sign t he fo rm, and submit the completed form to the Stud at Ser v i ces Cent r. ithdrawal forms must be submitted be fore the final examination week. ::,ee the /alil/([ry tenn ([nd Sl I /llI lier catalogs for the last da tes to lVit h d mlV du ring those sessions. " W" grade will appear on the s tud en t's grade report a nd transcript.

Unofficial Withdrawa]: A �tuJent who , to ps attending a course \ i l l receive an un olli ci al wi tbdr m aI. The will a ppear n the st udent', grade rep u rt ami transcript. !f it can be determined that a studen t never atten ded a cour�e, t. h e registration will be cancelled without not.llion o n

b u t does not w i t h d raw grade of"UWn

the transcript.

The Registrar' 0(5 e provides many se rvice� for st udents and a l u m n i.

he office serves a:; a focal poi n t for a l l mailers con e rn­ ing enrolli ng in urses. co nfi r- mi ng chedul s, rev iewing t ransfer crecUL�, JJid issuing tra nsc ripts . EARLY REGISTRATION FOR RETURNING STUDENTS

tudents who plan to ret ur n are encou raged to pre-register. Retu r n ing stlluents will rec e i v e rcgi tration tim ap p oi nt men ts to p re- reg is ter fo r fall and spring semesters a n d the January tcrlll . Reg i�trat io n dares and Umt! ar determined by t he number of huurs. i nc l u d i ng t ransfer hours, co m p leted by the student. �t u de n ts ma register o r each new semesta ur session on or after the designated d,lte a n d tim.:. EARLY REGISTRATION PROGRAM FOR ENTERlNG STUDENTS E�Ily reg.istrat ion for entering t u d e n ts occ u rs during j u n e or January, depending )n whdh<'r

st udent:; begin in the faJ! or

spring semester. Early registratio n is conducted by the A d m is ­

,IOns Office, Regi t Tdt ion material are nt to .til acce p te d en te r in g . tudents well in " dvance t)f their arrival on campus for

t heir tirst semester. o M 51 5tudents llave thl! oppor t un ity t o work peTS nal ly with an advi.5c r as they p l a n their sched ul es . A l im ited n u mber 0 students may registd by mail, and their

o

cou rse sel ections are

acces�ibl e from any tone-generating tciephone . In add i t ion to rcgist ring, te l e- r gi !ration also offers itudents the abiJ i t , to add or dro p a class, w i t h d raw from a class, o r check thei.r schedu les. The phone nu mbe r fo r tele- reg ist ra tio n is (206) 53 1 - 40 1 1 . Students are n t officially enrolled u n t i l t h e i r registration has been cJeared by t h e t u d en t counts Ofli e . o Students are I' s-pomiblc for eJecting their courses. Counselors a nd faculty ad v i sers a re available to a ssist w i t h planning and to make suggestion . Students sho u ld be thorcJughly acq ua i n ted with all registration materials, i nc l u d i n g the current c atalog and sp ec i a l info rmation selll by the Adm ission Office. S t ud nts are also enco u raged to s l lId), c are fu l ly the requirements of a l l academic programs in which t h ey may eventually d e cl a re a major.

' ri lled hI' a

coun�e1()r.

REGISTRATION PROCEDURES

WlTHDRAWA L FROM THE UNIVERSITY St uden ts are e nt il l e d to withdraw honorably ii'om the ull i ersity if their rec rd is snti fac ory and all financial obligation are satisfied. P 3 rtial t u i t i o n refu nds are availahle. Refer fO t h e " TlIilioll and Fees" sectioll of this catalog for more ;lIj;mll atio/l.

Medical Withdrawal: Stude n ts may als completely withdraw from a term tllr med ica l r easo n s. The s t u de n t mllst provide w ri tten evidt:: n from a ph),sician tl th vie" pr sidelll and d e a n for s tuden t li (e. T h e grade of"WM" will appear 0 11 t b e stude n t 's

grade repo rt and t ran (ript. STUDENT COURSE LOADS

w u rse load fo r un dergraduate s t u d I l ts during fall and spri ng semesters i 1 3 t o 1 7 h o urs pe r semester, i ncl ud i n g physical education. The m i n i m u m ful l - t i m e o u rst:' load i twdve h o ur;,. The m i n i m u m Cull-time load fo r g ra d u at e st11dent is ei g ht hours. A n o rmal course load d u r i ng the January term is fou r hours with maximum of fi e hours. I n order for a student lo take a full wurse load, the stu dent Illust be formally admi tted t o the u n iversi t y. ee t he Adm ission ection of this catalog for applica t i o n p roc d u res. Stud ents who wish to register fo r 18 or more hOllrs in a semester are req u i red tll h ave at least a 3.00 g rade point average or consen t of the provo�t . St u d ents en gage d in considerable outside work may be re tricka to a re d uced academic load. The normal

o

o

ei ther in person at the St- udent Services Center or u e tht c o m p uteri z ed tele- regislr,lt ion sy tern �tlIden ts ma y register

P

A

C

1

F

i

e

l

u

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

21


VI W cc :J Q w

u o cc �

CREDIT RESTRICTIONS

The Pass/Fail Option: The pass/fa i l option perm i ts students to

An und rgraduate tudent may repeat any course. The cu mula ­ tive grade p o i n t average is co m pu te d using the h ighest of the g ra d � earned . redit toward g r a d u ation is allowed o n l y once.

ex p lo re s u bj e ct areas o u t s id e their known abilities by experienc­ ing cours e s without co m p e ti ng d i rec t ly with students who are specializing in those areas o f s t u dy. Grades of A+ th ro ugh - are reg ard e d as "pass"; grades of D+ th r o ug h E a re regarded as "fail." Pass/fail g rade s do not affect the grade p o i nt ave rage . The pass / fa i l o ption is l i m ited to 8 c re di t hours ( reg ard l e ss of repeats, pass or fai l ) . O n l y one course may he taken p a ss/fai l i n fulfillment of genera l university or core r equ i rem e n ts OJ o f the language-related requ ire m en t of the College of Arts and Sc ie nc e s , i nc l u di ng degree s in t he Scho ol of Physical Education. The pa sslfa il option may not be a pp l i e d t o a co urs e taken for ful fillment of a major or minor p rogram. An exception to this i s al lo wed for o n e course i n the major o r minor field if i t was ta ke n before the m aj o r or m ino r was declared. Students m us t file t h e i r inte11tion to exercise the p a sslfail opt i on with the Stu cnt Services Ce nter no l a t er than the mid­ po i nt of t he c o u r s e. In a ful l-length semester, t h is is last d ay of the e ighth week. The pa ss /fa i l optio n is l i m ited to u nd e rg r ad ua te stu dent s on l y.

Credit is n ot allowed for a mathematics or a fo re i g n l ang ua ge OU Ise I i ted as a prerequ isite i f take n after a h ig he r - leve l course. for exam pl e, a s t u de n t who has com p l e t ed Sp a n i s h 20 1 cannot

later receive credit for panish 1 02 .

TH E GRADING SYSTEM tud nts are

u

grad d a co r d i n g to the following d es ignations:

Grade

Poi nts per Hour

Credit Awarded

4.00

Yes

4 . 00

Yes

3.67 3.33 3 .00 2.67 2.33 2.00 1 . 67

Yes Yes Yes es

1 .3 3

Yes Yes

+ w

A-

Q < U «

B+ B

BC+ CD+

Yes Yes

Yes

1 .00 0.67 0.00

D DE

Exclusive Pa 's/FaiJ Courses: Some courses only award p ass/ fa i l gra des. The g o al s of these courses are typically concerned with a pp re c i a t i on , value commitment, or c re a tive achievement. St udents wiJl be i nfo r m ed if a co ur s e is exc lu s i vel y p a ss / fa i l before t h ey reg' ter for the course. E.xc l u s i ve p a ss/ fa i l courses do n o t meet m ajor or university requ i re ment s w i thout fa cu l t y approval. If a student takes an excl usive p a s s/ fai l course, the s t u de nt ' s individua.l pa s s/fa i l o p t i o n is not affected.

Yes No

The gTades listed below art: not used i n c a l c u l at i n g grade p o i n t averages. I grade point are earned u nder these d es i gnat i o ns . Grade

De�aiptlon

Credit Awarded

p

Pass Fai l

Yes

I n co m p l et e I n Pro g ress

No No No

F

I

IP AU

No

udit \ i th d rawa l Medical Wi thdrawal

WM

CLASS ATTENDANCE assumes that all re g i s t e re d students have freely per ' on a l responsibi.lity for regular class atte n d a nce. Co u r s e gr a des reflec t t he q ua l i ty o f st ud en ts' a c a d emi c perfo r­ mance as a whole, which normally i ncludes regular p a rticipation i n the to ta l class elCpcrience and is eva luated a ccor ding ly. Absence, may lead tv a r e d u ct i o n of a st ude n t 's fi nal g r a d e. In the event of unavoidable absence, s t u dents are ' pec r ed to inform t h e i nstructor. As si g n m e n t of m a ke - up work, if any, is at t he discretion of the instructor. The university

a ccep t e d

0

No

PIISS (P) and Pail ( F ) gradt:;; ar e awarded to students who select the pas./ fail option or I.... ho are enrolled i n e xc l u si v pass/fail cou r es. These grades do not affec t a student's grade po i nt average.

Incomplete ( I )

grades i ndic a te t h a t students did n ot complete their work becal1se of ci rc u m s t ances be yon d their co ntrol. To receive credit, all i n com plete must be c on ve rte d to a p assi n g g rad e within the first six weeks of the fol l Ol-v i ng semester. I ncompl ete g ra d es ulal a r e not co nverted by removal a re hanged to t h e g ra d e indicated by the i n st r uc t o r when t h e i ncomplde was subm itted. An i n co m ple t e is not a permane n t grade. An inc omp l ete does n o t entitle a stud e n t to a t ten d class a gai n wi thou! re- registering.

ACADEMIC HONESTY Both the value a n d the success of any ac ad e m ic ac ti v i t y, as well as of the entire a cad e m i c enterprise, have depe nde d fo r centuries o n the fu ndamental p rinci p l e of a b s o l u t e hon es ty . The u n i ve r s ity expects all its fa cu l t y and students to honor th i s p rin ci p le scrupulous ly.

Medical Withdrawal ( v\ M ) is e ntered when

a co u rse is not completed due to m ed i c a l cause. A med i cal withdrawal do s not a ffe c t a student's g rade point , verage.

In-Progress OP)

Most students make normal academic progress; however, some may from time to t i me be notified that t h ey m ust improve their

The Regist rar's Offi e reserves se eral specia l grad e designations for exceptional c i rcumstances. These special Registrar's Office notatio n s are described below: Description o Grade Submitted n offi c i al Withdrawal

NG UW

Credit Awarded

no

grade ha '

average is be l ow 2 .0, but whose cumulative grade point average i s above 2.0, a re sent n o tices of academic wa rn i ng . No transcript notation is made.

Unofficial Withdrawal ( UW) is a g ra de

en tered by the R gi.st rar's ffice for a student who loes not o fticial ly withd raw from a course.

P

A

C

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

M idterm Advisory Letters: Warning gra d e lette r ' arc sent to

Academic Warning: Students whose last semester grad e point

been submitted by the established

deadline.

22

The fo l l o w ing terms are used at PLU to desc r i b e such circumstances. Advi ers make reg u l a r contact with academically m argi n a l students, and monitor t h e i r p rogress. g ra d c.s.

students d o i n g "C·," or lower work at mid-semester. Ad v i se r are sent cop ic ' o f the letters w ' d will c ontac t advisees who receive them. No t ra ns cript notation is made of t h is action.

I () o

No Grade e N G) is a t m p ora ry grade e nt e re d by the Re g istra r's O ffice when

student.

ACADEM IC STATUS

signifies progress in a course which normally runs more than one emester to com p letion. In Progress c a rr i es no cred i t u n ti l rep l ac ed by a permanent g r a de .

Grade

Since academ ic d i sho n esty is a serious breach of t h e u n i ve r­ sally recognized co d e of acadcmic ethics, it is every fa cu l ty member's ob l i g ation to i m p o se appropriate sa n ctio ns for any demo n s t r a bl e instance of such m i, co n d u c t on the part of a

V

E

R

S I

T

Probation: St ud en t s are p laced on academic p ro ba t i o n with tra ns c r i pt notation if t heir cu mulat ive grade p o i n t average falls b e l o w 2.0 or if they receive two consecutive semest e r g ra d e po i nt Y


averages b e l o w 2.0. Such students m ust meet w i t h the d i rector of ad ising i ll the fi rst 1 0 days of th�i r probationary semest r to dr, w up an agr ement s pe c i fy i n g actions they will take to im­ pro e t heir academic pe rfo r m a n ce. In the case of fust-semester fre h m a n stud TIts I ith no p r� v io u s college c re di t s , lhe proba­ tion n tat ion wiII be remo ved from the t r a n s c r i p t i f the sub equent . emesta's c u m u lative grade p o i n t a erag.. is , bove 2 .0_ Continued Probation: Pro b a t i o n a r y �t ude n t s whose probat ion ­ dry semeste r g r a d e p , i n t 0. erage is above 2.0, b u t whose cum u lative grade poin t average rem a i n s below 2.0, may be granted a n addit ional semester o f p ro b a t i o n a t the Jiscn:tion o r t h e -omm ittee on AdmIssion and

Retent io n

of S tudents.

Students on co nt i nued p ro b l , t i o n mU t p a r t icipate in the probaTiunary 'eme ·ter plan de c r i b ed :lbov under P robaL io n . Atademic Dismissal: A p robatio na ry tudent who fa i l s

fa

eMn a

cumulat ive g ra de p o i n t aver ge of 2.0 at the end of a p ro b a ti o n ­

ary se m es te r is dIsm issed.

Second. Academic Dismissal: The fails

em

l l m e n t of a s tu de n t who

a 2.0 cumu laLive grade. p o i n t aver age after reinstate­

to earn

m en t i, t e r m i n a t e d .

PROBATIONARY ADVISERS Proba ti o na ry advisers are

with the co n se nt students i n

a

0

a s s ig n e d

by t he d i rectnr of advis i n g

b o t h s t u den t and advise r. T h e y work w i t h

proba t ionary semI? tel", he l p i ng thcm to ide n t i fy the

Certificates Jre m a il ed i n early May t o h i g h sc\1ools fo r p res e n t a ­ t i o n to rec i pie n ts . Tbe g n l l l t i n g of H o n or s ,it E n t ra n ce recog n izes outs t a n d i ng high school achievement a n d a n t icipates s u p e rior performa nce at the u n ivers i t y level. The e a w a rd have no mOIletary v a l ue a n d do n ot co nsti tute acce pt a n ce i n to the H o nor s Program. Graduation Honors: D eg r.. 's w i lh h o n o rs of ctllIl laurie, lIIagna WIll lallcie, and iUlllma wm laude are g ra n te d . A s t u d e n t mlIST earn an J ve r a"f' of 3.40 for C11111 Ill ude, 3 . 70 for magl1a crt m l(lIuie, a nd 3 . 90 fu r s l I mma Cl/ III II/I /de. Physical e d u c a ti o n activities are not L llcluded in tbe determ i n ing of hon ors. Ronor Sodeties: Election to the

-

ta nce CerTler, Counsel i n g and Test ing, e t c . ) for h el p in mak i ng

necessa ry adjustments. Frequent m eet i ngs with s tude n ts are a n

e sen rial pa r t o f the probat ionary adviser's r Ie.

r

gularly enro l l ed, u l l - t i m e s t w 1 e n t ( rwelve h O Ll IS ) is e l i g i ­

ble ru r p a r t i c i p a t iull i n uIl.ivt:rs i t y act i v i t ies. L i m i t a t i o n s o n a st u den t's activities basecl llpoll acade m i c p e rfo r m a n ce may be s e t b y i n dividual sch o o ls, dep a r t ments,

or

llrganilati - n s .

A · t udent

o n acadcllli pro b a t ion i n o t eligib l e for (ertd;,., t io n i n inter­ co l l eg i a t e compt.:t i t i o n and m<1)' be advised to curtail p a r ti­ cipation in other ext ra-curricular activities. CLASSIFICATIONS OF STUDENTS Freshmen: s t udents

h

have mel elltran

requ i rements. opllOm orc$: sL u de nt s who have s a t i5fac tori l y com p l e ted 30 e

hours.

jll/l l o rs: s t u dents who h a v e fi.d filled l o we r division r y u i reillents a n e! h ave sati s fa c tor i l y co m p leted 60 h o u rs. Se niors: s tu d e n t s who have ,a t i s factn r i l )' co m p l eted 90 h o u rs . Gratiuate Sf uderlls: s t u d n t s who h a e m t entrance req u i re­ Illents and have been acc. e pted i n t o the [ iv ision o f Gra d ua te S t u d i es .

Non-Degree IIder mdua tes: undergraduate s tu de n t s who are a t ten d i ng pa r l - t i m e fo r a mJximum of 8 semester hour b u t are n o t o fflc. i a l ly admirted t o a degree program. NOli-Degree Gradllate Students: 'raduate students who are a ten d i ng p a r t - t i m e but are not offic i al l y admit ted to a degree p rogra m. HONORS Honors Program: PL

o ffers its u n iversity H o n o r Program to in chl s$es with equ a l l y cap· b l pee rs. I n c o m i n g fr shmcn may apply f o r J c.o u rse of st u d y t hat includes a m i n i m u m of 26 semester h o u rs o f ho no rs- leve l courses. T h e progranl c<: n ters o n t h e theme " 1 :1 ing Responsibil i t y : Matters of the Mind, Matters o f the He rt," a nd integrates ac a dem i c and experient ial lenr n i ng nppor t u n i t i , \ i t h the o b j c c t i v e of p re par i n g p a rt icip a n ts fo r l i ve s of er ice and sc rva n t leadership. See the HOllOrs Prngralll s ecti o n of this ata.log ror fu r t her detai ls. studenLs see k i n g

m

Arete SOciety is a special

m

toget her w i t h

to the l i b e r a l a rts cord of h igh achievem en t in re l e v a n t co ur e \ o rk. T h is a cade m i honors society was o rga n i ze d in 1 969 b )' Phi B e t a Kappa mem bers of t h e tacul ty. T h e society's fu ndanlen­ tal p u r pose is to e n co u ra g e and recognize e xce l le n t sc.holarsh i p in t h e l iberal arts. E l ec t io n s for m e m be rshi p in t h e society are co nducted by th� faculty fcllow of tlle s o c i e t y each s p r i n g . Both j u n io rs and s en i o rs afr e l i g i bl e for election, a l tho u g h the q u a l i lications fo r ele tion as a j u n io r are m o re s t r i n gen . t u d e. n h m ust have: • a t ta i n ed ,1 h i gh g r a d e point average (for seniors, n o r ma l l y ah we .70; for j u n i or , n o r m a lly above 3_90 ); • campi ted 1 1 0 cred i t h O llrs in l i beral s tudies; • demonst rated the equivalent o f two years o f college work I n

o

a r

C ::>0 m \1\

fo reign l a n guage; •

com p leted on

yea r of c liege mat hematics ( incl uding statist ics

or co m p u te r s ience) or fo u r years of college p re p a ra t or y math­

hool a n d une college mathem t ics c o ur e; and completed a J11 j n i m u m of t h re e sem e tel'S in res id nce at the Wli er · i ty. The u n iversity has c ha p ters l I f a n u m b e r of n ar io nal h o n o r socieLies on c a m p u s , i n c l u d i n g the fo l lowing: · Alpha Psi O m e ga ( I ramal • Bet J a m m <l 'igl11J (Business) • 1u P h i E ps i l o n ( M usic) • Pi Kappa D · l ta ( Fllrensics) • O m i c r o n Delta Epsilon ( l�o n o m i cs ) • Sigma T h e t a Tau ( u rs ing)

ematic in high

ELIGIBI LITY FOR STUDENT ACI' I V ITIES An,

l> o

recogn it ion of a st ud en t's comm i t ment

p roble m s whi c h con t r ibute to t h e i r poor 5ch Iar h i p . They are

encouraged to refer st u d e n ts to other offices (A a lemic ,. sis­

l> ,...

a spec i a l ac.ademic challengc

Honors at Entranc.e: Th ese honors are c o n fe rred aL Ope n i n g 0 1 1 the m0st h ighly qual i fieu e n t c r i n g fr s h m e n .

Undergraduate (1eUows: A l i m i ted number o f Undergraduate Fellows ar :lppointed a n n u a l l )'. These appointments are giveD to o u tsLanding - en io r students with a \Tjew To e n c o u rag i n g rec i p i ­ ents to on si der college t aching as a mrecr·. An u n dergradu;]tc fello\ is gilren a variety of oppo r t u l1 i tie_� to sam p le t h e profcs­ sional life and work of a fac u l t y member in his or her major discipline. A t u it i o n c r>u i t acc.o m pa nies r h e appoinlment. CREDIT B Y EXAMINATION (CHALLENGE)

St ucknls are

p e r m i t te d , w i t h u l L i m i ts, to o b t a i n cr(',i i t by exa m i­

n a t i o n Il1 l it:u of regu l a r enro l lment and class atte ndance. No

more l ha n 30 semt:ster h o u rs

m a , b e c o u n te d toward g rad ua­ t h e Co l l e ge Level E x a m i n a t ion Program o r any ha exam i nati on. Exceptioru. t o t h i s r u l e fo r ce r t a i n gTOUpS of stude n t� o r programs may be made, subject to recom menda­ tion by the Educational Po l i c i e s Commitke and approval b, t he ia cuI t y. Crc-J i L by e x, m i oil L ion i open to fo rmally admit ted, reg u l a r stat ll� s t u dents o n l y and Joel> not COLillt toward the

tion, wh e t he r fr

m

residency requ i remen t for grad ua t io n .

1() re,eiv c re di t by eXJ minal i

HI,

s t udent·

m u st·

co m p l e t e

a

Cred i t ST' EXJ m inati on Registrat i o n Form avai lable in the

Student Se rv ices

enter, o b ta i n t h e

ig na t u r t' of the resp ct ivt:

depart ment chair or dea n , and arra nge for the exa m in a t io n w i t h t h e a p p ropriate instructor. The completed fo rm must be

re t u rned to the 'It u d e n t Services n t e r before L he examinaLion i ' t aken. Grades for credit by exa m i na t io n w i l.l be submitted by the in. t ructur along \ i th all o t h e r grades at th end of the term. CL P general ex,) m i nat ion. are given el ec t i e credit only. T he va r i ou s schools, d ivisions, a n d departments determi ne the pee i-

Convoca t i o n

P

A

C

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

23


VI W

w

v o a: D.. v

w

Q ct V «

fic CLEP subject examinations which may fulfill requirements for majors, programs, or general u n iversity requirements in their respective academic areas. These exam inations are subject to recommendations by the Educat ional Policies Com m i ttee and approval by the fa culty. The m i n i m u m passing level for CLEP examinations taken at Pacific Lutheran University is the fiftieth percentile. CLEP red its granted by other universities, colleges, and community colleges, which are earned before entrance, are honored by Pacific Lutheran University. The application o f those credits toward majors, programs, and general university requirements is consistent with school, divisional, and depart­ ment policies and standards. The university does not grant credit for college level GED tests.

NON-CREDIT INFORMAL STUDY "[ 0 encourage liberal learning of all kinds, over and beyond enrollment in cou rses leading toward formal degrees, the wliversity offers a variety o� opportun ities for informal study: Guest of University Status: Teachers and officials of other institutions, visiting scholars and artists, and other professional p rsons who wish to use university facilities for independent study may apply to the provost fo r cards designating them as uests of the University. Such persons, in their use of facilities, will defer to the needs of stu dents and faculty members. Audlting Coorses: To audit a course i s to enroll, w i th the perm ission of the instructor, on a non -credit basis. An auditor is encouraged to participate fully in class activities but is not held accountable for examinations or other written work and docs not receive a grade. If the instructor approves, the course may be entered upon the transcript as "Audit." With the approval of the in tructor or the department, the student may gain credit for an audited course by passing an exa mination set by the instructor or the departmen t. Audit fees are the same as credit fees.

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES REQUIREMENTS In addition to meeting the entrance requirement in fo reign language (two years of high school language, one year of college language, or demonstrated equivalent proficiencyL candidates i n t h e College of Arts and Sciences (all B.A., B.S., B.A.Rec., B.A.P.E., and B.S.P.E. degrees) must meet option 1, 11, or III below: I. Completion of one foreign language through the second year of college level. This requirement may also be satisfied by completion of fo ur years of high school study in one foreign language or by satisfactory scores on a proficiency examina­ tion adm i n istered by the PLU Department of Languages and Literatures. I I . Completion through the first year of college level of a foreign language other than that used to satisfy the fo reign language entrance requirement. This option may also be met by satisfactory scores on a proficiency examination administered by the PLU Department of Languages and Literatures. I I I . Four semester hours in history, literatu re, or language (at the 20 I level, or at any level in a language other than that used to satisfy the fo reign language entra nce requ i rement) in addition to courses applied to the general un iversity requ ire­ ments, and fo ur semester hours in logic, mathematics ( courses nu mbered 1 00 or above), computer science, or statistics in addition to cou rses applied to the general university requirements. High school languages used to satisfy any of the above options must have been completed with grades of C or higher. Courses used to satisfy either category of Option 1II of the College of Arts and Sciences requirement may not be used to satisfy general university requirements. Any college-level fo reign language course n u mbered 201 or above used to satisfy Option I

Visiting Classes: Members of the academic community are encou raged to isit classes which in terest them. No fee is charge for the p r ivilege. Because regularly enrolled students m ust be given first consideration, persons desiring to visit classes a re required to ask permission of the instructor. Visitors are guests of the classes and must conduct themselves accordingly. GRADUATION Students expecting to ful fi l l degree requirements WITHIN THE A DEMIC YEAR ( including ' ugust) are requi red to file an app lication for graduation with the Office of the Registrar according to the following: DEGREE COMPLETION

BACHELOR'S PEADLINE

MASTER'S DEADLINE

December 20, 1 996 January 3 1 , 1 997 May 23, 1997 August 22, 1 997

September 20, 1 996 September 20, 1 996 December 6 , 1 99 6 May 2, 1 997

October I I , 1 996 October 1 1 , 1 996 February 1 4 , 1 997 June 20, 1 997

There are fo ur degree-completion dates ( third summer session, end o f fal l semester, January, and spring semester) . Degrees are formally conferred a t August, December, and May commence­ ments. Students with January degree dates are expected to take part i n the December commencement. The actual date of grad uation will be recorded on the permanent records. Students who plan to transfer back to Pacific Lutheran University for a degree ( math, physics, engineering programs) must apply for graduation before or du ring the first semester of their j u nior year so that deficiencies may b e met before they lea e cam pus.

24

P

A

C

I

.F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

and any completion of college-level language through 1 0 2 used to satisfy Op tion II may also be used to satisfy the Perspectives on Diversity requ i rement in Cros�-Cultural Perspectives. Candidates for the B. A. in English, for the B A i n Educatjon with concentration in English, for the B.A. in Global Studie , for the B . B .A. in International Business, and for election to the Arete Society mus t meet Option I above.

WRITING THROUGHOUT THE CURRICULUM Pacific Lutheran University is a commn n i ty of scholars, a comm unity of readers and writers. Reading informs the intellect and liberates the imagination. \,\/ri ting pervades our academic lives as teachers a.nd students, both as a way of ommunicating what we learn and J S a means of shaping thought and ideas. Our emphasis on literacy begins with courses designed to fulfill the un iversity writing requirement, courses in which students learn to use various kinds of academic and personal writing, to read different kinds of texts more effectively, and to organize the powers o f clear thought and expression. Y

_


The un ive r si y's commitment to excel l e nt writing is reflected in the Writing enter, where trained t udent consultants from a v ar i e ty of disciplines h el p students f varying abilities by reading and resp o u d i n g to papers still in draft. A l l faculty m e mb e rs share the r es p onsibi l it y for improving the l i t era c y o f their s t u d en t s . Fa c u lt y i n every department and school make writing an essential part of their cou rses and show students how to ask questions a p p rop r i a t e to the kinds of reading done in their fields. Students wr ite both fo r m al papers and reports and i n formal n o tes and essays i n order to master the content and methods of the various disciplines. They are en coura ged to prepare i m p o r t a nt papers in multiple drafts. Bec a use errors are a d i s t rac t i o n and a symptom of carelessness in all disciplin s, s t u d e n t s in all courses are ex p e cted to observe t h e conven tions of fo rmal E n g l i sh in their finished work. B u t l iteracy is m o r e than correctness. t Pacific Lutheran Un i ve rsi ty readi n g and writing are part of the process o f l i beral education.

2. One of Two Alternative Cores: Core l or Core n Co re I: The Dist ributive Core (32 h o u rs) a. A r ts/Literature (8 hours , 4 from each line) 1. Art, Music, o r T he atre 2. Literature ( English or Languages) b. Philosophy (4 hours) c. Re l i g i o u s S tudies (8 ho u rs, 4 from each o f 2 lines) 1. Biblical Studies 2. Christian Th o u gh t, H is tor y, and Experience 3 . I n te g r a t ive and Comparative Religious Studies NOTE: Transfer stlldcl7ts cmering as juniors or seniors are required to take 4 semester hOllrs of religioll (from lines ) or 2) unless prese nt i ng 8 tmllsfer hours of religioll frVIII other accredited colleges or uni versities.

d. Social Sciences (8 h o urs , 4 from each l ine) 1. A n t hrop o l ogy, H i sto r y, and Political Science 2. Economics, Ps ycholo gy, S oc io lo gy, and Social Wo rk e. Natural Sciences, Co m p u ter Science, Mathematics (4 ho u rs)

The university is com m i tted, in p r i n ciple as well as h i s to ri c al l y, to

p rograms. Accordingly, i n addition to fulfilling certain m i n i m u m requirements, all undergraduate students must satisfactorily complete all general u n iversity requirements.

Thi! Exmn ined Life: 1I1to Uncertainty and Beyond

-

-

-

n

o n

m

o c ;IC

m III

The Integrated Studies Program (28 h o u rs) a. INTG I l l , 1 1 2 The Idea o f Progress (8 hours) b. Fou r 200-level ISP c o u rse s ( 1 6 hours). N o rm a l ly taken i n the second and third years. M a y i nc lude a pp rove d p rogram of s tudy abroad. Students select fou r cou rses subject to approval of the [SP o m mittee. c. [NTG 3 5 1 : The Concluding Sem i n a r ( 4 hours)

p rovi d i ng a strong liberal arts b a se for all its baccalaureate d e gree

The freshm an year core p rovides a s u p p o r t ive l y c h all c ng i n g context in which to begin the quest for, and adventure of, a l a rge r vision or life. Univeri ity ed ucation is aboLlt m o re than ski l ls; at PLU i t i s Jbout l iberating students fo r critical and c o m m it t d l ivi ng, combining wel l - d e ve lop e d critical capacities with co m p as sio n a n d vision fo r service, in a multicultu ral, ideologically p l u ra .! wo rld . In add i t i on to orientation and advising programs, the fresbman year i s c o m p o sed of t h ree courses. One of the two se m i n a rs must be taken in the student's first semester. Fresh­ man year core req u i rements must be compl eted d u r i n g the s tudent's fre hman year. I A. Inquiry Seminar: Writillgfor Discovery (4 ho u rs ) These seminars focus o n w r i t i ng, thinking, speaking, a n d re ad i ng . They i nvolve writing as a way o f t h i n king , of learn­ ing, and of d iscovering and ordering idcas. Ta u gh t by fac u l t y in any d ep a r t m e n t or scho ol , these sem inars a re o rga n i ze d aro u nd topics that engage s t u d e n t s a nd fa cu l ty i n d i a l o gu e and p rovide th e o p portuni t y t o examine issues from a variety of perspectives. NOTE.' rredits ea r n e d by Adval/ccd Placement-English do I/ot ,ati5fy this req uirement, th o r/gh they may be used for elective credit. Students with officially transcripted c ollege writing courscs, ineludil1g those ill Washillgtol1 State'; R llnnil1g S ta r t progra ll1, a re nOllaheless eligible to enroll in the writil1g seminar for credit, or they may choose tn use their p re v ivlIs crcdit� tv satisfy the writil1g semil1ar reqllirement. 1 B. Inq u i ry Semin a r: Critical Convers a t ion (2 h o u rs ) These sem inars involve l e a rn i ng how to participate in the exchange of ideas through the ex p e rie n c e of a r t i c u l a t ing que tions, l i s ten i ng for meaning and nuance i n what others write and say, seeing ideas and p o s i t i o n s in context, arguing, moving to consensus, and living with conflict. Like the l A writing seminars, these seminars are taug h t b y faculty from variou s departments and schools. All are n u mbered 1 17119 i n their res pecti ve d e pa r tm e n ts . When taught in

:l> o m

Core II:

General University Requirements

SPECIFIC REQllREMENTS - All BACCALAUREATE DEGREES 1. The Freshma.n Year Program

:l> n

3. Mathematical ReasoniIlg (4 h o u rs) A c o u rs e in mathematics or a pplic a ti o n s o f math em a ti c s , with emphasis on n u merical and I.ogical reaso n i ng and o n using appropriate m e th ods to fo rmulatc and so lve p roblems. T h is requ irement may be satisfied b y any 4 ho ur s from mathemat­ ics (except Math 91 or M a t h 99) or b)' Com p u ter Science l I S or by Statistics 2 3 1 . This re q u i re m e n t may abo be satisfied by the completion ( w it h at least a B average) of the equ ivalent of 4 years of college preparatory m a t h em a ti cs ( thro u gh ma t h e ma t i ca l an a lys is or ca l c u l u s or e q ui va l e n t ) . ­

4. Science and the Scientific Metbod (4

hours)

A sc ie n ce co u rse t h a t teaches the methods of science, illus­ trates its a p p l i c a t i o ns and lim itations, and includes a labora­ tory component. At least one of the courses taken to meet l ine 4 o r 2 (Core I , e ) must b e a co u rse in which the s u bject is natural sciences, i.e., p hys i c a l o r biological sc i en ce . 5.

WritiIlg Requirement (4 hours) All s tudents must c o mp l e te an approved, 4-credit-hou r writing course. Freshmen satisfy this re q u i re m e n t through the Inquiry Seminar: Writing for Discovery.

6.

Perspectives On Diversity (6-8 h o u rs) A course i n each o f the following two lines. The o n ly 2-hour

courses that can satisfy ei ther of the foll owi n g l i nes c o m p l e te l y are the fresh man Critical Conversation seminars ( 1 B ) . a . AiteTIJotive Perspectives (2-4 h o u rs): A COllJse which creates an awareness and understanding o f diversity in t h e United States, d i re c t l y addressing i ssues such as et h n i c it y, gender, disability, racism, or poverty. b. Cross-CuLtural Perspectives (2-4 hours): A course that en­ hances cross-cultural u n derstandings through exam i nation o f other cultures. This requ iremen t may be satisfied in one o f three ways: (i) a course focusing on the cu l t u re of non-Euro-American soc ie t ies ; (ii) a 201 or h i g h e r- l eve l course in a language used to sa t isfy the admission r equi re ­ ment, or 8 credits in a l a n gua ge n o t previously studied; or ( i i i ) participation i n a n approved semester-long study abroad program.

NOTE: 2-4 hours of Perspectives on Diversity courses may be used to fulfill another core rCl]uireme1lt. The remaining 4 hOllrs must be a

Janua ry, these seminars are 4 hours.

I e. Freshman January Term (4 hours) A .Olll" s e that fulfills one of the other core requ ir e m e nts (lines 1-4 and 6), des i g ne d both for freshman students and

course that does not simultaneously fulfill any other core require­ ment. These 4 hours may, however, satisfy a requirement in tire

major. Junior and senior tra nsfer studetlts shall either take oue

to take advantage o f the format of the January term.

P

Perspectives

on Diversity course (4 credit hOI4T5)

A

C

C

I

F

I

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

at PLU that does

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

25


VI w a:: :J C w

U o a:: �

u

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND LIMITATIONS - ALL

p 'rspectivlIs and cross-cultllTll l perspectives lillcs oftfle requlremellt.

listings o f r e q u i re me n t · are semeste r h o u rs. )

7. Pbysical Education (4 hours) Four d i fferent PF activity co u rses, i nclu di n g PE 1 00. ne l o u r o c red i t may b e e a rn e d rh ro ugh a p p ro ved sports partici pa­ tion. All act i v i l ic. are grad d o n tht' basis of • Pa ' 5, or Fa i l . 8 . Senior Seminar/Project ( 2- 4 ho u rs a s d e s ig na ted b y t h e a c a de m ic u n i t of the student'· ma'or) A substaJuial p r oj ec t , paper, practi c u m . or i n ternship t ha t c u l m i n a tes a n d adva nces t h e p rogram of an academic major. Th end prod u c t m ust be prese nted to a n open a udience ,l nd c r i t i c a l l )' e v a l u a ted b y faculty in the student's field. WiUl approval of the student's

c

s t on e co u rses such

m ajor department, i n terdiscipl i n ar y

BACCALAUREATE DEGREES: ( Al l c red i t ho u r. referred to i n

1 . Totlll Hours

(Jlld Climulative GPA. : A m i n i m u m of 1 28 seme ter hours must be co mple t ed wilh a grade p oint average of 2.0 ( 2.50 in the cho Is of B u s i ness and Ed ucat i n ) . 2. Upper Division COllrses: A m i n im u m of 40 semester h u u rs must be co mpleted from co u rses nu m b e red 300 or above.

Cou rses (rom two-year ins t i t u t. io n" are not con sidered upper d ivision regardless of s u bject matter p a rallels. At Ie, st 20 of

40 se m es te r hours o f u pp e r d ivi s i o n work m u s t at PLU. 3. Filla l Yea/' ill Residence: Tbe final 32 se meste r h o u rs o f a s rude n l's program mll t be co m pleted irl residence at P LU. the m m i rn ll m

b l;' taken

No t r a nsfer cred i t rna)' be appli e d d u ri ng a st u de n t's flllai 3 2

the I ntegra ted Stud ies "onclu d i n g Seminar, the G l obal S t ud ies Semin· r, or the !-lo- n o r s Progm llJ haJlenge e m i n a r ma)' fu Hi l 1 t'his req u i remen t.

ca

c{ v <t

nol simultaneously fulfi" ullotlter getleral ulliversity requirement, or

tlley shall sllow t/lOl riley lIave satisfied bC/rlJ tire alternalive

as

U"derslO/I(/j,,�s Re�lIrdil!gAll Requirements.

ho u r s i n

a n d srm

courses Iilal coUflt for tlrese requirements. (2) For " ,ose lil/es of ti,e corr IVf,;ch refer to act/Jem ie disciplilles or UI/its, selected CO/Jrses outside Ihose /J/lils II/ay COIIII' for the req1lirellle1l1 whell approved IIotil by 'he

II"its and by lire cOlI/mittee overseeing Ih" core requiremellts. III ..

. .....DP!

� �� -

\.

deg Tee progra m . (Special p rogr a m s su ch a s 3- 1 , 3 - 2 ter a n d January term exchange st udy a re excluded

from this l i m i tat i o n . )

(1) Com/Jlt particular

deparllllelltal secl;olls oflite catalog ior detailed specificatioJl of

:l

'

4. Academic tv[ajor: m a o r m u t be co mp l e t ed as detailed by each sc h oo l or depart ment. At ica;;t 8 semester h o urs m ust be lal<en in resi dence. 5. Grades Jor {ajar O l t r5 es : ALI cou rses counted toward major or minor must be completed w i t h g rad es o' - or higher a n d with a cu m u l at ive grade p o i n t average of 2 . 0 o r h igher i n those c urses. D partments, divisions, or schools may set h i g her g ra d e req u i rements . 6. ,)4 Hour Lilllit: ot more than 44 ho u rs e,lrned in one d pa rtme nt may be applied to the B.A., B., . , B.A.P.E., B.A. Rec., or B.S. P.E. deg ree . 7. Mllsic Ellsemble : on-muj m aj o r may co u n t toward gnlduation requirements not more than 8 semes re r h o u rs in m us i

.nsembles.

'orrespolJdencelExfi'l/sioll Cou rses: A ma: ' l11 u m of 24 h o u rs in accredited correspondence or extension st u d ies may be c red it e J toward degree r.:qui rement , con t i n g e n t on approval by the regisrrJ r. 9 . COlTl l1l u n i ty allege Cou rses: maxi m u m of 64 h O ll. r w i l l b e accepted b y transf, r (rom a n accr d i t e d com mun I t y college. IJ com m u n i ty col lege co u rses a re tra ns[ened as lower d iv ision c red i t. 10. Physical EilI/Ciltio l1 CO ll/,ses: No m o re thJ.n eight I - ho u r phy s i ca l t' d uca t i o n at.:t ivity cou rses may be coun ted toward 8.

grad uat io n .

1 1 . Foreign La nguage Requ irel1lel 1 t: All ca ndidates for B.A., B. S ., nA P. E . , B.A.Rec . • o r B.S. P. E. degrel!s m u t com p l dt� o ne of three o p t ions i nvolving a fo rei gn la nguage or specified a l t e rnative. Sel;! u n d e r College oJ Art�· al1d Scienc s.

IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE he fresh m a n writing se m i n a r requiremmt appl i es to a l l fresh­

man stll ents who

J

The freshm a n

man

ntered beg i n n i ng fa l l 1 994.

n ua r

t I'm requi remen t appl ies to aU fresh­

students who entered be g i n n i n g fal l

1 994 . on ersation r"qu i remelll who e n te re d begi nni ng Fall 1 995.

applies to all

The fresh ma n C r i t ical freshm a n student

The Natural

eienees, C om p u te r Science, and Ma h (4 hou rs) ,

Matht'm t ical Reaso n i ng S c ie n t i fic 1 et h od

(4 h our�) , Jnd C'ie nce and the

(4 hours)

re qu i rem e n ts apply to all freshmen who entered heg i n n i n g full 1 995, and h a l l be I m p leme n ted fo r

all tra.nsfa s t u d e nts who enter b egin ni n g fall 1 996.

The Pcr� p ec t i ve:. on Diversit req u i rement app l i es to a l l fresh man student. who entered beg i n n i ng fal l 1 994, to a l l j u nior

a nd se n i o r tra nsfer s t u de n ts who enter beg i n n m g fa ll 1 996. and to a l l o t h e r t ansfer .udents begi n n i n g fa l l J 995. The S ni

I'

Seminar/Project r quireme nt a pp l ie

to a l l

fres h m a n s t u de n t s who entered beginn i ng fal l j 994, to a l l J u nio r

anJ senior tram�'r s t u den ts who �nt r bq� i n n i ng fal l 1 996. a n d

t o a l l o t h e r transfer s t udents w h o entered beginning

26

P

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

U T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

fan 1 995.

E

R

5

I

T

Y


c '" CI � '" m

» z c n

o c � III '"

o

" " '" � z CI III

-

Degree & Course Offerings Degrees Offered

Academic Structure CoUege of Arts and Sciences Divis,oll

j Humanities

o

Division of Social Sciences

Bachelor's Degrees

Anthropology

Languages and Literatures

Ec nomic,

Ilachelor of Science

P h i l osophy

History

Bachelor of A r t s in

Religion

Marriage and Family Therapy

English

Division

of NalUrul Sciellces

Po l i tical

Sciene

Biology

Psychology

Chemistry

So c io l og y and Social Work

Computer Science

Master's Degrees

Bachelor of Art,

Bachelor of Arts in Edoca tio n

Ed ucation Education

w i t h l n i r iul Certific l ion

Physical

Master of A rts in S o cia l

Educa t i o n

Sciences

Master of Bl15i ness

Bachelor of A r t s i n Recrea t i o n Bachelor of Business

Ad m i n i s t r a t i o n

Ad m i n i s t T a t i o n

Ba chelo r o f ! ' i n c i\rts

E n g i n eering

Ba che l or

Geoscience�

Bachelor o f Music Education

Master o f Science i n

u rsing

A

R

o f Music

Mathematics

Bac h el o r of Musical

Physics

Bachelor of Science

School of the Arts

Master of rts in Master of rt- i n

Arts in ursing

Bac h el o r I f cience in Ph)" i al Education

Art Co m m unication and Theatre Music

School of Business School of Education School of Nursing School of Phy icaJ Education

P

A

C

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

N

U

N

I

V

E

S

I

T

Y

21


V\ a::

Majors

o Z

A n t hropo l o g y

Bache10r of Arts ( B.A.) .'\ rt

VI a::

o

Bus iness

E n v i ro n m l.:T 1 t a l S t u e t i e;..

Prench

Re lig i o n

Chemist ry

Geosciences

Gt.' oscie.Jlct,if,

Sca n d i n a v i a n A rea

C h i n cs e S t w l i c ,

German

Pol i t i c a l Sciencc

Ch c m i s t r y

C( }nl 111l!ll/C<] t i ()I}

CritiC/if COll1lflllllinH;ol1 Stlid,es Prill f IH rol/c/C(/-,( jOllr!I{! /;S111

Poli t i c a l Stil'nct

S o c i a l "Vo r k

I Io nors

Suc.i()i()gy

b..: o n o m ics

,,,J a t h e m a t i c s

Spanish

Educa t i o n

I n rn r n l a t iol1 Scil'llce

Tllel/trc

P h i losof,hy

P u b l i c i\ tTl i rs So c io l ogy

Cross J);gipliflary StIldie. English (/�, r/ S(:'(olld LongudSc J.?cudiflg Sp,'ulli LdIlCll t i( !ll

Bachelor of Science ( B.S.) P h ysi c s

F n gi n c e r i n g S c i e nce (3 - 2 )

Biology

G l' O S C i t.' Il Ct'S

C o rn p l i l c r E n g i n e e r i n g

P h ysics

COlll p u t c r S c i e n ce

Ps yc h ( ) l o g y

C h c l11 / S t r y

E n gl i sh Lirt"l/,a fl ln: f>lIh/is/'illg oud Priiltins /\rfi; \ \/rh ill5Z

IvI a t h e m a t ics

Bachelor of Arts in Education ( B.A.E.)

l':;yL i w l ogy

C u m p u te r Science

Music

No rw e g i a n

Hd i�i o n

l .a t l 1l

S I' ;] ll i ,h

Sp ecial Ed uca t ion

l egal <;t u d i ('\ :vb t h c ll1:l t i c

(No n- Teachin g )

N o rv,'· c gi a n I' h i l o , o p h )

S U l i.�l ics I hca w:

Physical Education

Wo men 's

AII , w lles COll/ iJm);

French

P h y sics

Art

(;crman

Pol i t i c.ll S c i t'nce

B i o klgy

Histury

Psye h ( ) \ ugy

Jo u rna l i s m l .at i n ivi a t h e lll a t i c s

Ch e m i s t r)'

D ra m a Ea r L h Sciences

Ec( ) n o m ic s

DlItlce

/:xcrL ;iC S'(fellCC Hell""

COURSE NUM BERlNGS ] 00-299 Lower Divisi" l l Cou rses:

S(jcial S t u d ie,

se n ior) u n l ess o t h erwise � pc c i fied. · A lso open to grad L l a t e

S p ew i s h

E n gl i s h

Non'\'cgian

Special Education

English / La.l1guagc /\rts

P h ys i ca l Educa t i o n

Spcech

s t ud e n t s ,

SOO-59Y GradU!1fe Cou rses: �orma l l y o p e n to grad l la t e students If, d u ri n g t h e l a s t �c.:: l11 t' s l cr o f t he sen i o r ),ea r, a ca n d i da te for a b"ccalaurca tl� degree fi n d s it pOSSib l e to co m plete a l i degree req u i r emen ts w i t h a reg i st r d t i o n of fcw� r t h a n 1 6 s�m.:s te r h ou r s o f u n dergrad ua t e cred i t , reg i s t ra t i o n for g rad uMt· c re d i t is p e r m i s s i b le. However, t h e t o t a l regist rat i,; n /{)[ u n dergra d u a t e req u i tTl11 e n t s a n d e l � c t ive g r a d u;l tt' '-t'ed i t sha l t n u t e'\ce�d 1 6 semester h o u rs d u r i ng the se mester. A mem orandu ill stJting thal all h,l Ccala u rcate rcq u.i reme n ls a re heing met d u r i n g the c u rre n t semester m ust b e i n e d by t h e appropriate department chair o r school deJ n a n d presen ted to t h e de,\!1 of gradmlte st udies a t the t i m t! o f such regis t ratio n . Tb i s [<::g i st r;lti.un dues nl )t apply toward a h igher degree u n less it is later ap proved by lhe stu d e n t's adviser a n dlo r ad vi sory comm i t tee, o n l y.

Bachelor of Business Administration ( B.B.A.)

COllccl1trtltions in.-

j\!l arkt, t i ng Rcsoun..:e :V I�! nagl' m c n t

New Venture Management Operatiun:, nnd I n iornlal ion

Accounting Human Resource Ma n agement I n tl'rn�1 t j ( ) n a l Busine.}.'>

I;:n l rcprenclirsh ip a n d

Tec h n u losy

Bache10r of FiDe Arts ( B.F.A.)

Art

Communicat ion ( B roadcas ti ng, Theatre)

BncheLor of Music ( B.M.) Cnmpos i t i o n

Org" n

( Band )

i(- 1 2 I n ,t r u lllen lal ( O rches t r a )

Bachelor of Musical Arts ( B.M.A.)

Mu�ic

EXPLANATION OF SYM BOLS

Bachelor of Science in Nursing (B.S.N.)

Most cou rses hay the value of 4 sem ester ho urs. Pa ren t h t i cal n um bers i m m edia tely after the c o u rs e d e s c ri pt io ns i n d icate t he ,em ester h() u r cred i t given.

Nursing

Bachelor of Science in Physical Education (B.S. P.£') COllcnIt rt7tio-ns in: anJ

rit n(;SS

Other symbols a r expla i ned

I

Managemen t

II

Pre-therapy

[, II [ Il

Complementary Majors

J

,I oha l Studies

Wome n's S tu d ies

S

as

fo llows:

COllrse alTered first sel l/ ester Co u rse ojjenJd secolld semester Co urse offered first o n d second sCllt,,-, fer if I St:q ll�lIce Co u rse offered eitllt n semes ter Corme offered m the IOll lta ,-y [ u r n Calllw affl'rcd ill the SlImmer Course alTered in a itefnare years CO llfse offered i r l a/temate S U l1I lIlefS

aly als G Co u rse /rwy be u sed i/l gradudl c progra ms

P

A

C

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

if

M ost l isted co u r·es are offered every yea r. A system of a J teTmti ng u pper d ivision courses is practiced in some uepa rtmen ts, thereby assu ri ng a broa der C Ll Iriculum. The u niversit)' reserves the rigllt to mod ify spe.c i fi( co u rs e r� q L l i r<:'me n lS , to u i scon li n ue classes i n w hich t h e regis rat ion i s regarded as insu lIicien l. and to w ith draw cour es .

Bachelor of Music Education ( B.M.E.)

Exercise S c i e n c e

COllr es

COURS.E OFFERINGS

VO Ice

K- 1 2 C horal K- 1 2 Instrumental

NOTffi Lower ,"'ivi�lolI stlld,,"ts may ellroll /" IIpper dil,i.iou

prereqllisit�5 Jllu'e beell met.

I n strllmcnt.al

P jilIlO

m ay b e consi dereu pnrt o f ,1. gra d u ate program

g r a d u a t e s t u d y.

RCl're'l t i o l1

Pro fessional

and

p rov i ded they a rc n ot specltI c rcq,l I fe me n ts i n p re p a r a t i o n for

Bachelor of Arts in Recreation ( B.A. Rec.)

l�i l l a n(i<.l! Rt'S(nlrc<.:� �vL.l nagt'rnt'Il t

to rr� s h ll1t'i1 a n d

JOO-iJYY Upper D i vtsiOII Cou rses: Gen e r a l l y o p e n til j u n i o rs and

Sociology

{usie

. pen

s o p h o m ores u n less u th er w i s e rest ricted.

Science

B chelor of Arts in Physical Education (B.A.P.E.) PhySical Ed u c a t l <1 n

28

Stu dies

ill:

A n t h ropology

Hea l t h

Phy"ics

l-J i s t o r y

C o rn nl u n i c a t i o ll

S t u d ies

Fllhli( Rell/ /iol/S

Majors

Fre n c h

C l uh,,1 Stu,b,'s l;r�ck I J i ,to r y

German

l-f..lIfl1l "'1.1 Fillies> MIIIUlgcmcnt J?f'ttt:'lItio ll !:i{l<Irls i\llntllli, / nll io l i

,1., a Seco nd

La nguage

i3 i o l o g y

Engl i, h

C h i n es e S t u d i e s CI.1.sics

I\ rl

i'sych.olo;;y

EC( ) I H) rn i c s

B i ol o g y

1\['[11 ied

Fngl i.,h

A n t h ro p o l ogy PhysICS

COIn p u l e r S c ie n ce

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y


Anthropology Anthropology as a d iscip l i n e tries to b ring all of the world's people: i n t o h u ma n focus. Though anthropology does look at s to n es and bones," it also exami nes the poli­ tics. medicines, fa m i l ies, arts, a nd re l igio ns of pe oples and cui l1res i n variou p l a c e s and t i m es This makes the s t ud y "

.

or anthropology a complex

task,

for

it

involves

aspects of

many disciplines, from geol ogy and biology to art and p syc h o l ogy.

Re ga rd less of the specific area that is studied, the es­ of a nthropology is the observation o f different p e oples and cult ures-s t u dying them as t h e y really are i n ­ tea d of how people think they are or s ho u l d b e . I t i s through t h is de ta ile d s t u dy of all people that we gain the fu ll p i c t ure of \ hat i t really m e a n s to be human. Anthropology is composed of four fields. Cultural o r se nce

social anthropology stud ies living human c ultures i n

orde r to create a cross- cultural understanding of human beha ior. A rchaeology has th s a me goal, but us es data from the p hys i c a l re mains of th e past c ul t ure to rea ch it. Li n g uis t i a n t h ropo lo g y studies h u man l a ngl.lage to d i sc ver what it can tell about the h u m an past and behav iors in the present. P hysical anthropology stud i e the emer­ gence and subsequent biological adapt ations of hum an i t y as a s pe CI es .

'--

FACULTY: Brusco. Chair; Ci JlnamOn, Guldin, Huelsbeck, Klein, assiste 1 by Gargano- Ray and Stoner.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 36 semester ho urs. Required: 1 0 2, 1 03 , 480, 490. Choose: 1 0 1 or 1 04; fo ur hours from 3 3 0-345 (peoples c o u rses ) ; fou r hours frol11 350-465 ( topics courses ) ; eight additional h o u rs

in an thropology, at least fo ur of which must be above 32 1 .

MINOR: 20 seme ter hours . Req uired: 1 02 . hoose: 1 0 1 o r 1 0 3 or 1 04; fou r hours from cou rses l isted 330-345; fou r hours from 3 5 0-490; and four additional hour i n

anthropology. DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: In recognition of outstanding wo rk, the designa tio n with Departmental HOllors m a y b e granted by vote of the ant h ropology faculty based on the student's per­ formance in the following areas: 1. An t h ropology course work: 3.5 m inimum g.p.a. 2. Demonstration of active interest in anthropological project� and activities outside o f class work. 3. Completion of a senior thesis. A paper describing indepen­ dent research must be conducted u n (ie"r the supervision of departmental faculty. A proposal must be approved by the faculty by the third week of class of the fal l semester for May and summer graduate , and the third week of class of the spri ng semester for December graduates.

Course Offerings 1 0 1 Exploring Anthropology: Monkeys, Apes, & Humans Introduction to hi logical anthropology with a special focus on human evolution, the fossil evidence fo r human development, the role of culture in human evolution, and a comparison with the development and social l i fe o f the non-h um an primate�. (4) 1 02 Exploring Anthropology: CultUl'e and Society I ntroduction to social-cultural anthropology and cultural lin­ guistics. concentrating OIl the exploration of the infinite variety o f human endeavor in all aspects o f . ul ture and all types of societies; from to ol- lI1J.king to la nguage, religion, politics, law,

warfare, fam ily, kinship and art; from h un ters and gatherers to industrialists. Fulfills cross- ultural line in the Perspectives on Diversity require m e n t . (4) 103 Exploring Anthropology: Archaeology and Prehistory Introduction to the ideas and practice of archaeology used to examine the sweep of human prehi tory from the earl iest stone tools to the devel opment of agricu lture and metallurgy and to enrich our u nderstanding of extinct societies. Local :lrchaeologi ­ ca l sites w i l l be exa m i ned. (4) 104 Exploring Anthropology: Language and Symbols I ntroduct i o n to anthropological l inguistic. ,md symbol ism. An overview o f the nature of h u man la nguage , i ncludi ng the origin of language; sound s)'stems, st ructure and meaning; language acquisition; the social context of spc(lking; language change; nonverbal commun ication; and s x d i fferen ces in la nguage us�. Exploration of the wider is ues of symbolic communicat ion: how symbols order the world and how tra nsactions i n m a n i ng can be seen as forms of social action. (4)

l> Z --t :J:

'" o

." o r-

o CI -<

192 Practicing Anthropology: Makah Culture Post and Present The Makah ation is located on the Northwest portion of the Olympic Pe ninsula in Was hington S l ate. The Tribe has <In a c t i ve culture research program and archaeological, h ist rical and an thropological resea rch also have shed light on the Makah way of l i fe over the last 3,000 years. This class will stud), Makah cul­ ture and contribute to a IVlakall Cul t ur and Research Center proj ect. Par t of the month-Io llg class will be spen t i n cah Bay on the Makah Reservation. Students \ i l l receiv i nstruction i n Makah ult ure fTom the Makah, w i l l contribute to the project, a nd w i ll see what l i fe in Neah Bay is like. Tn addit ion to ,tudying Makah cult ure, the class will examine the met hods of ant hropo­ logical rt?sc(lrch as wel l as the ethics and re p nsibilitics of such research. A fec i n addition to tuition will be charged to cover the cost of the trip. In tructor permission required. F u l fills fresh man January Term requirement and the alternati line in the Per­ spectives on Diversity req u i rement. ( 4 ) 2 1 0 Global Perspectives: The World i n Change A survey f g l obal issues a(fe t i ng th human condition in a rapidly changing a nd incr asingly i nterdependent worl : l11od� ern ization a nd development; e onomie h:m ge and international trade; diminishino resources; w a r and revolution; peace and justice; and cultural d i ersity. These issues are examined i n a m ultid.isciplin ary l ight using case studies d rawn from non-West ­ ern and Western nations. Emphasis on the development of a global per ' pective which rec gnizes h u man ommonalities as well as diversity in perceptions, val ues, and priorities. FLJ ftl b cross-cultured line i n the Perspectives on D iversity requiremellt. ( C ross · re feren ce with HI ST 2 1 0 and P LS _ 1 0 ) (4) 220 PeopJes of the World An exploration of the world's cultures throunh anthropological films, novels, and eyewitness accounts. Case studies chosen from Africa, Native merica, Asia, the Pacific, and uro-America p rovide a n i ns ider', view of ways of l ife different from our o w n .

(2)

225 Past CwtUl'es of Wasbington State Nati ve Americans have l ived in Wa. h ington State fo r at least the last 1 2,000 years. This course explores the cultures of the people in coastal and interior Washingto n beginning with the first northwesterners. An examina tion of th e ways that c u l t u res change through time u ntil the emergence f the distinctive cul­ tures {)bser ed by the earl iest European visitors t o the area . ( 2 ) 230 Peoples of the Northwest Coast A s u rvey of the way ' of l i fe o f the native peoples of coastal Was h ­ ington, British olnmbia, a n d Sou theastern Alaska from Euro­ pean contact to contemporary times. f special interest are the t raditional methods o f fishing, arts, potlatches, status systems, and wealth and their im pact on the modern l i fe of the region. (2) P A C I F I e

l U T H Eo II A N

U N I V E R 5 I T V

29


330 Cultures o.nd Peoples of Notive North America

>­ I.!) o

354 Geography o.nd World Cultures:

com parative stLldy of live urLll Ameri.:an cul tu re fro m their arrival o n the co n t in e n t t h rough t o da y. S Ires l1n t radi t i o n a l .ocieti ,S, their hi tory u nder ottl!l ilati�)n and their emergence as v i ta l contemporary societies. Exami nation of U . . a n d Canad ian laws, po l ieie , and contl ict. , i nc l ud i n g land ;mJ fishing claims, i. sue. of sovereign ty, and re l i g i ous r i g h ts. Fulfills c ross-cul tural l ine in th e Perspectives on Diversity requirement. ( 4 ) 332 Prehistory o f North America

archaeol gical recons t ruc t i o n of ('co nom ic, soci a l , poli tical, religious life i n orth America from tl1e t ime th e first settlers e n tered thl:: cont inent d uring th� lee Ages 1 the- M u n d guilders of later Limes and ultimately Lo t h e Irst c o n tac t with .uropt:,m settlers. (4) n

and

357 Primato!ogy

A

An i nvesti gation of Am e r i can s oc i a l patterns and probl em s de igned to gill' i nsights fro m a ross-cultural perspective; explorat ion 0 A m e r i ca n sol utions to common human p rob le m s; educat ion, religion, polnics, fa m i l y and con epts of justice; a determ ination of what i ' u n i q u e <l hout t h e "Am ricn o Wa ." hilfills a.lternative l i ne In the Perspectives on Diversity re uire­ menr. ( 4 )

336 Peoples of Latin America

M i l l ions of Americans h ave never been norlh of the eq uator. Who ,lre these "o tber" A merica .ns? Thi� urvey course fam i l ia r­ izes t h e studelll w i L h broad range of Lat i n Am erican peop les and p roGlems. What remains of lhe great I nca em pi re' What is l i fe l i ke in the A l<llu n ian rai o fort!sts and i n lhe high n Jes' Cise t udies and film.� as basis for d iscussion of th emes r J ngi n g from visions of tilt; supernatural to p ro b l e m 5 of eco n o m i c

rulfill� cross-cu l t ural l i n e in t he Perspe t ives o n

D i vers i ty re q u ire men t. ( 4 )

3 3 8 Jewish Culture

A.n e.'plorJtion ot American Icwish cu lture through i ts

roots

in

Eastern E u ro p ea n Ashkem17ic Jews and its t ransformation i n the Un ited States. Je-v i�h ethnicity and identity are rel3ted to q uesl ioll5 o f ;lss l m i la t ion, kwish- � e l lt i t e rel ations, <lnd (l1.J\ ura l persi�tence. Emph, sis on Jewish hj ·tory, religion , l itenlture m usic, and humor as renections of basic Jewi sh c u l t u ra l themes. F u lFiJ! s al ternative l i ne in the Perspect ives on Diversi ty requ i rement. (4) the l i feways of

343 EastAslo.n Culture' su rvey o f tbe cul tures an d peoples of astern Asi;:!, concentrat­ ing on China but with c mpara t iw referen -(' to Japan, Korea, and V i e t n am . Cultural imilarities a well as d i fhen ces b twee n these n a L io n .5 a.re stres�ed. Topics include re l i � i o n , art, p o l i t ic s , h isto r y, kinship, ilnd onomies. Fulfill cro�s-('u lt ura l l i n e in the Perspectives

on

iversity req u ire me n t .

(4)

345 Conlemporary Cb.ioa An i m mel'Si n i n to the cu l t Ll re a n d society of tJle P'ople's

Republic oj

hi na-gea.red to exposing tbe st u denl to the ways of l i fe of Ime-qua rter l)f h u ma n ity; on tempor:lry po l i t ics, k i n i I ip, fol k re l i g i o n , b uma! 1 rdations; problems <l Il J prosp cts of deVelopmen t and rapid ocial change; relations with Hong Kong, Ta i an, and other s cietie . F u l fi l l , aos -cultural l i ne i n the Per pec t i ves 0 1 1 Diversity req u. irement. (4) 350 Women and Men in World Cultures

An overvi�w of the variation or �ex ro l e� and be.havior th ro u gh ­ out the world ; evol lllion of sex roles; t h eo r i es 0[' matriar h , pat rinr hy, motht:r goddessI.' , innate i nequalities; i m p a c t of E u ro pea n pal tern$ i n t he world; m ar r i age patterns from poly­ gyny to po l ya n d ry; egali tarianism to fem i nism . u l fi l l s cross ­ c u l t llfal l ine in t h e Pe"Pccl' ives lm Diver s i t y req uiremen t' . (4)

30

P

A

C

I

f

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

of the d i verse order of mammals, the primate, wh i c h ocus on a w i d e range of n o n - h u m a n prima tes a nd thei r evo l u t ionary t rends. social behavior, s o c i al organizatio n, ecol ogy, and a natomy. The i mp o r t ant l i g h t that they can sh i n e on human physical and s o c i a J characterist ics is i nvestigated as well as t h e i r pia e in an i n c reasingly h o s L i l e environm n l . Extcn ive observation of primate behavior at th zoo is a n i n te g r al part of t h e (Our e . ( 2 ) s u rvey

includes h u mans.

334 The Anthropology of Contemporary America

d�velopmenl.

People, Places o.nd Prospects

Explorations of how societies in North Am erica and around the world h ave a d a p ted to their varied h uman and phy�ical environ­ ment . _a 'es drawn from widely difference environments - from the desert tl) temperate woodlands to the reti t u rban n e i gh­ borilDods. Global patterns of va r i a t io n i n l i fe s t y l e s and so ial opportun i ties will be stressed a n d used for p r oj e ct i o n s of future world patterns. lC.t1O\ I doc of I c a t io n s a nd map reading w i l l be emphasized. P re re q uis i t e : 1 02 or c o n se n t of in st r uctor. (4)

Y

360 Ethnic Groups

nature of e t h n ic groups i.n America and of et h n ! C i t )' (culture, rel igion , tribe, "rnce," etc . ) ; problems o f gro u p idl:ntity and bou ndary m a i n lt'­ na n e; etl1ni - symbols; e t h n ic p o l i ti c s ; ethnic n e i g h b o r hoods; and ethnic humor. F u l fI l l s a!tnnJtive line in t h e Perspectives on Diversit re q u i re m ' n l . (4) An exa m i nation of th

abroad; t h e varying ba

e

361 Managing Cultural Diversity

PL , Tacoma, ashington State, the USA, the world - a l i are multi-cultural env i ronments and so no matt r w he re we go, l ive, or work, we wll l be dealing with peoples and cultures different from our own. This class aims at providing practical guiddine� o n hO\ to ap p roach people of other cultu re with sensitivit), and empathy and with a n eye toward m u t u al l y rewardi n g i n teraction. Learn how to , void n ega l i e attit udes toward c u l t u ral d iver s i t y a n d d e vel o p u p o si t i ve curiosi ty a b o u t t h e g loba l d i ve rsi t y

representeci in our workpl,lces. Sci 1()oh, ,lI1d neighborhoods. ises both i n and out of class sensi tire stu lents t o cultur a l d i versity and t\1 the un ique p erspectives o f those other than o u rselves. ( 2 ) Exer

365 Artifacts, Erofacts, and Archaeology Labllrator i n te r p retation of archaeologic31 materi als. Tech­ niques us d i n i n terpreting pa. t h u m a n e c log)', tec h n o l o gy, and economy. A n aly t i c al procedures fo r bone, sto n e, ceramic, and metal arLifa ts; a n a l ys i s ,f debri� from food p ro ce s s i n g activities. The class w i l l work on the analysis of ma te r i a l s from a reh3eo­ logical s i t es . (II ) 370 The First Civilizations

The o rigins of agriCll l t ll re , writing, c i t i es , and the state in many pan o f t he world, com p a r i n g and contra s t i n g the great ci iliza t i o n s of a n t i q u i ty, inc luding M o p o t a m i a , Egyp t, I n d i a , Asia, Mesoameri , H nd South A m ericJ. (4) 375 Law, Politics, o.nd Revolution

und law through the p o l i ti ca l s t r u ctures a nd processes of tr:lditi onal and contemporary s o c i et ies ; concepts of I adersh ip, factionalism and feuds, power, authority, rev o l u t i o n, and other reacti o n s to colonization; iJw and conflict resolution; conflicts of nat i o n a l and local-level legal �y5tem�. Examples from around the world: l3urma, Pakistan, the Pac i fic, (rica, Latin America, a nd Native meri a . Fu l fills c ross-c ultural l i ne in the Perspect ives o n Diversi t)1 req u i rement. ( 4 )

A s t udy of p�)liti s

380 Sickness, Madness, and Health

A cross-cu l t u ra l exami nation of systems 0 c u ring p rac t ices and c u l t ural views l,r p h),. ical a n d m e n t n l i l l ness and heal h; p r eve n t i o n and healing; the role of Te l ig i o u s views; nat u re and sk ills o f clIrers; defi n it ions o f d isease; variation i n d i se a s e s between classes and eth n i c groups; i mpact of m odern medical

_


a n d p sycholog ical p ractit ioners. Fulfills c ro ss - c u l t u r a l l i ne in t h e Pcrspect ive� on D iversity r e q u i re me n t. (4) 385

Marriage, Family, IIlld Kinship

The idea of fam i l y has

3 wide r a n g e of mea n i ng s a D d ex pr ess i o ns u l t u ra l l y, b u t everywht:rt? i t serves as a fu ndamental o rga n i L in g pr in c i p le and rat i o nale fo r the allocation o f valued re (lu rces, includino power and s t atu s within domestic groups, a n d person, I n n d '( cial ideD t i t ies. Sp c i a l attention to the ex­ pres ion of i nd ividual strategies and i nterests in various domes­ t i c contexts. O t he r topics include: t h e ways i n which rel i g i o n , myth , m ag i c and folklore serve to articulate and co n tro l domes­ tic life; how changing systems of p ro d u c t ion a ffect m ar ri a ge and d o mes t ic fo rms; how class an d ge nde r systems i n ter tw ine with kinship, domestic forms, Jnd the mea n i n g o f " fa m ily." (4) Cf(JSS-

_

392

Gods, Magic, and Morals

Art In this t i me of f a pi el ly changing concepts and an a l m ost daily emergence of new media, emphasis must be placed on a v ar iety of experiences and

reative flexib i l i t y fo r t he

artist and the designer. Students with p ro� ssional con­ cerns must be prepared to meet the m dem world with both techn ical skills a nd the capacity fOf innovation. The department's program ther

fore

str sses i nd ividualized

development i J1 the use o f m i nd and ha nd . A h ighly p rofessional fac u l ty, wel l -equipped st ud i o s , and a compre­ hensive curriculum o ffer d iverse opporttUl i t ies

for study

in

the visual arts.

A n th rop o log y of religion; h umanity's concepts o f and re la t i o n ­ s h i ps to the su pe rna t ur a l ; ex a m i n a t i on of p e rs o na l a n d group fu nctions that re ligions fulfill; expl oration o f rituals, beliefs, and

systems or m o ra lity i n re l ig i o n s both "primitive" and h is to r i ca l ;

origin of rel igion ; science "versus" religion; the n a tur e of re a lity. ( Cross-referen cd with RELI 392) FulfiUs cross-cultural l i ne i n

the Per s p e c t i ve s o n D i ve rs i t y requirement. 465

(4)

Archaeology: The Field Experience

A field class involving lh eXalvat io n o f a h i s to ri c or p rehi s t o ric archaeological s i tc , w i t h emphasis on basic excava ti o n skiLls and record keeping, field m app i ng, d r a ft i ng , and p h o t ogra p hy. The laboratory covers ani act p rocessi n g a n d p re l i mina r y a n a l ys i s . Prerequisite: 1 0 1 , 1 02, or 1 03 , or co n s en t of instructo r. ( 1 -8) 480

Anthropologi al Inquiry

An h i st o r ic and themati c st udy of the t h e retical fo u n dations o f so iocultural a n thropology; research methods; h o w t h eo r y a n d m e thods a r e used to e s t a b l i s h a n t h ropological k now l edge . Req u ire d of majors in t he i r j u nior or senior year. a/y (4) 490

Students may c h o ose among a g neralized program lead ing to a Bachelor of Art degr e;

Examine anthropological methods and apply a n t h ropological

t he o ry to a n i nvestigation o f a s elected top i c in contemporary anthropology. R qu i re d of majors in t h e i r j u n i or or seuior year. P rereq u i s i te fo r other s t udents: departmental a p p rova l . a/y

(4)

a

m o re 'p c i a l i zed

rts, i n which each

p ro g r a m for the Bachelor o f Fine

Seminar in Anthropologr

cand idate develops some a rea o f competence; or

program in art educatio n for teachi ng on several

<

degree

levels.

Recent g r a du a tes are empl oyed in a variet y of fields. Several h ave become establ ished as painters, printmaker , or scul p to rs; sume aI S Llcces'flll s t u d io potters; others h a ve gone i n to commercia'! p h o togr, phy o r film a n i ma ­

Independent Study: Undergraduate Readings R ading in spe i ii c areas or issues of a n t hropol ogy u nder s u pervision o f a fa c ul ty member. P re req u isite: departmen tal

tio n-even the p r o d u c t io n of fea t u re fil ms. The telev i sio n

consent.

i nd us try e m p l oy s still

49 1

492

( 1 -4)

S tudy of specific a r ea s o r issues in a n t h ro p o l o g y through field

methods o f an a lysis a nd research s u p p o rt ed by a p p ropri a te

rc a d i n g under s u pervision of a fac u l t y member. P re req u i s i te : and de p a rtmen ta l consent. ( 1 -4 )

501

490

i n s tr u c t o r. ( 1 -4)

Directed Study ( 1 -4 )

595

Gradullte Readings

In d e p e I l d en t study card re q u i r ed . 598

Research Project (4)

599

Thesi ( 4 )

d esig ners, or a rt directors i n firms around t h e coul1 t r y, New Yo rk, Chicago, Los Angeles, a nd Seattle.

in

lumni have

been in vo lve d in muSeum work and ser � on the fe u l t i es

of various educational institutions, i nc l udi n g elcmen tclry, Some students go d i rectly from the u niv rs i t y i n to t he i r field of in terest. Others find it desi rable a n d appropriate to attend a g r a d u ;l te scho o l . Many alu m n i h ave been accepted

Graduate Seminar

Selected to p i cs as a n n o u Ilced. Prereq uisite: co n s en t of the 59 1

number ;l re working in the

secondary, community col lege, and un iver ity levels.

Graduate Workshops

Graduate workshops in spec ia l fields or areas fo r v a r yi n g perio ds o f t ime. ( 1 -4) 590

o thers.

design field as graphic designers, i l l ustrators, package

Independent Study: Undergraduate Pieldwork

i n to prestigioLls g r a d u a te

programs, both

a n d abroad.

i n this cou n t r y

a n d dtma n d i n g Nonetheless, there i s

The various fi elds of art are co mpetit ive in ter ms of comm i t m e n t a nd e ffo r t

(4)

al wa ys a place fo r t h o s who

a re

e. tremely ski l l fu l or

h i g h l y imaginative or, i de ally, both. The d partment's pro g r a m s t resses

both,

attempting

to

help each s t u de nt

reach that ideal. Il1structional resources, when cou p led with dedicated and energetic students, have res ulted in an

unusually h igh percentage

of graduates being

able to

satisfy the i r vocational objec tives.

FACULTY: Cox, Chair; C e l l e r, ,old, Halla m , Keyes. Tomsi

P

A

C

I

F

i

e

l

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

t

T

Y

31


.... e:

<

The d ep a rt m en t has sought to minimize prer e qu i si t es , enabling students to elect courses relating to their i n terests as early as possible, bu t m aj o r s are urged to fo llow course sequences closely. It is re om mended that students i n terested in majoring in art declare their m aj o r c arly t o insure p rop e r a d v ising. Transfer students' status shall be determined at their time of entrance. The dep ar t m en t reserves the r i g h t to retain, exhibit, and r e prod u ce student work submitted for credit in any of its courses or programs, including the s e ni o r exhibition. A use or materials fee is required in certain cours es .

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: Minimum of 34 semester hours, including 1 60, 250, 230 or 350, 365, 370, 499, and the art history

sequ ence ( 1 80, 1 8 1 , 380); 1 1 6 o r courses i n t ea c h i n g methods

hours, includino 1 60; 226; ", i ther 230 or 2:0; the art hi s t o r y sequence ( 1 80, 1 8 1 , 380); 8 add iti o na l hours in 2 - d i m e n s i o n a l media, 8 addi tional hours in 3-dimensional media, and 4 hours i n art h i s t o r y or t h eory (390, or as ap p ro ve d by the d e p a r t men t faculty); requ i rements and electives in area of emphasis; and 499 (senior exhibition ) . 1 1 6 or courses in teachillg methods may not be included. Candidates are regi tered in the School of the Arts and must satisfy gen e r a l u niversity req u i rement s , including a core curriculum (Core I or Core If).

B.F.A. in 2-DbnensjonaJ Media m i nimum of three cours es required i n

one area.

Drawing/Pa in ting:

1 60 Drawing 365 P8 i n t ing I 260 I n termediate Dr aw i n g 465 P a i n t i ng II (R) 360 Life Draw i ng (R) Prilllmilking: 3 7 0 Pri ll t m a k i ng I 470 P ri n t ma ki n g I I (R) Film Arts: 226 Black and \'Vhite P h otogr a ph y 3 2 6 Color P h otogr a p h y 426 Electronic Imaging Il1dependent St u dy (may be applied to any area): 490 p ec i a l Projects (R) 492 'tudio Projects ( R) ( R ) -m ay be repeated for credit

B.F.A. in 3-DimenslonaJ Media o n e a re a .

Ceramics:

230 eramics I 330 eram ics I I 4 3 0 :eram ics I I I ( R)

1 16 Design in the Contemporary World

SCI/lptllre:

An e xam i n a t io n of contemporary d e si gn w it h a focus on trends in ad ve r t isi n g , fashion, automotive, product and i n terior de s ig n . Includes a section on color theory a n d p er ce p t i on a n d t h e basic elements of d esi gn . Re quires no a r t i s t i c/d e s i gn background. (4)

250 Sculpture I 350 Sculpture 1I (R)

(mllY be applied to any area):

490 Spe c i a l Projects ( R ) 492 Studio Proj e c t s ( R) ( R) - m ay be repe a t e d for credit

160 Drawing A course dea l i ng with the basic techniques and media of d rawi ng . ( 4 )

B.F.A. in Design

Required basic sequence:

180 History o f Western Art

1 96 D es ign I: Fundamentals 296 Des ig n II: Concept s

398 Drawing : I llu s t ration (R) 496 Design: Graphics I I (R)- may be repea ted for credit A

C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A su rvey tracing the development of Western art and architec足 ture from pre hi s tory to the end of the Middle Ages. (4)

491 D es ig n : Workshop

A su rvC)' o f Western a r t and architecture from t h e Re n a iss a nce to

181 History of Western Art II the 20th century. (4)

A

I

396 Design: Gr a p h ics I

Elective cou rses:

P

STUDIO 1 60 Drawing 1 96 Design 1: Fundament.aJs 226 Black and White Photography 230 Ceramics I 250 Sculpture I 260 Intennediate Drawing 296 Design JJ: Concepts 326 Color Photography 330 Ceramics I I 3 4 1 Elementary Art Education 350 Sculpture n 360 Life Drawing 365 Painting I 370 Printmaking I 396 Design: Graphics I 398 Drawing: Illustration 426 Electronic Imaging 430 CerllDlics II I 465 Painting II 470 Printmaking Il 490 Special Projects/Independent Study 49 1 Design: Workshop 492 Studio Projects/Independent Study 496 Design: Graphics II 499 Senior Exhibition mSTORY AND THEORY 1 16 Design in the Contemporary World 180 History of Western Art I 181 H istory of Western Art I I 380 Modern Art 390 Studies in Art History 440 Seminar in Art Education 497 Research in Art History-Theory

Areas of e m p has i s : a m inimum of three courses r e qu ired i n

32

MINOR IN ART H ISTORY: 24 semester hours, i ncluding 1 80 and 1 8 1 , 1 2 hours in a rt hi s t or y/t h e o ry elec tives, a n d 4 hours i n studio electives. Non-concentration courses ( 1 1 6 ) , p r ac t i ca l design courses ( 1 96, 296, 396, 398, 49 1 , 496 ) , and courses in t e ac h i n g methods (34 1 ) 440) may not be applied t o the minor.

Course Offeri ngs

BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS MAJOR: Minimum of 60 semester

Indepwdwt Study

MINOR IN STUDIO ART: 20 semester hours , inclu di n g 380, 4 hours i n 2 - dimensional media, 4 hours in 3 - d imensional media, a nd 8 hours of studio art electives drawn from upper division courses. Courses in t ea ch ing methods (34 1 , 440) may not be a pp l i e d to the m i n o r.

a n d P r i n ting Arts minor is cross- referenced with the Department of Engl i s h . See the d e sc r i p t i o n of that minor under English.

,ollege of Arts and Sciences and must satisfy gen e r a l u n ive r sity re q u i rem e n t s, in clu d i ng a core curr i c u l u m (Core I or Core Il), a n d t h e o ptio n requ i reme n t .

a

See School of.E ducation.

PUBLISHING AND PRINTING ARTS MINOR: The Publishing

may not be appl ied to the major. A maximum of 40 hours may be a p pl i e d toward the degree . Candidates are registe red i n the

Areas of e m p ha s is:

BACHEWR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION:

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y


196 D es ign 1: Fundamentals An i n t rod u tion to d es i g n thr ugh the st u d y of basic t e c h n i q u es , color theory, a n d c o m pos i t i on . ( 4 ) 226 Black and White Photography A t u d io l ess in p h o t o r a p h y as an art fo r m . P r i m ary concentr<l­ tion i n basic CJmera and darkroom tech niques. Students p ro d u ce a p o rt fo li o of p r ints with an emphasis on creat ive expression and o

experi ment, t i o n .

(4)

230 Ceramics I Ceram ic materials and tec h n iques i n c l u d i n g hand-built and wheel-thrown m e t h o d s , c l a y and glaze formation . I n cl u d e s a

u rvey o f

ram ie

art. ( 4 )

250, 350 Sculpture I, II on d particular med i u m o f s c u l p t ure i n c l ud i ng metal ' , wo o d , or synthetics; p e c ia l s ec t io n s e m ph as i z i n g work from t h e human form as well as opport u n i t y for mold making nnd casting. 250 must be taken befor' ro; 350 ma )' be t, ken

Cone ntra ion

twice. (4,4)

260 Intermediate Drawing D rawi ng taken b y o n d the b a i of 1 60. Expansion of m e d i a forms, and solutions to com positional p rob l e ms . Po ss i b i l i ty of p u r uing . p c i a I ind i viduaL in terests, with permission. Prer qui­ site: 1 60 or consent of in s t r u c t o r. ( 4 ) 296 Design I I: Con<:epts n investigat ion of the pro ce s s o f creative problem s o l v i n g i n a methodical and o rga ni zed manner. I n c l u des projects in a va r i e ty of desi g n areas. Prerequisite: 1 96 or con' nt of i n s t r u ct o r. (4) 326 Color Photogrllphy Ex:plo rat ion of the issues of b o t h painters and photographers. IU e n l s learn to make col r p r i n ts and proces s color negatives. Inci udes ::I h i s to,ri c al $urvey n f c o l o r pho tographY ::ls we l l a pe rspectives of contemporary artists. ( 4 ) 330, 430 Ceramics II, lIt Tec h n iques in cer a m ic co nst ruction a n d experiments i n fo rm ation. 330 m u s t be

glaze

taken before 430 ; 430 may be taken twice. P rerequ i s i t e : 230. (4,4 )

331 The Art of the Book I See

Engl. ish 3 1 3 . ( 4 )

34 1 Elementary Art Education A study of creative g row t h and clevel p m e n t; Jrt as studio projects; history and th eT a py i n the classro o m . (2) 350 Sculpture I I (See 250) 360 Life Drawing An � l o ra t i () n of human form in d ra w i n g media. May be re p ea ted for credi t. Prerequisite: 1 60 or consent of i ns t r u cto r. ( 2) 365, 465 Painting 1 , 1 1 M dia and techniques of painting i n o i l or acrylics. 365 m ust be taken before 465; 465 may be t a ke n twice. Prerequisite: 1 60 . (4,4) 370, 470 Printmaking I, n Methods and media of fine art p ri n t m ak i n g ; both h a n d and ph ot o pro ce sse s i n v o l v i n g l ithograph ics, intagl io and screen pri n t i ng. 370 m u s t be taken be fo re 470; 470 may be taken twice. PI' requisi te : U iO or conscn t of i nstruct r. (4,4) 380 Modem Art

The development o f art from 1 900 to the p r e s en t, with a brief look at European and A merican antecedents as they apply to contemporar y d i rec t i o n s . (4) 390 Studies in Art History A elected , rea oE i n q u i r y, such as a hist o r y of Arneri an art, sian art, the work of Picasso, or similar t op i c s . May be repea te d for credit . (4)

396, 496 Design: Graphics I, II Design and exe ution of p r i n te d materials; emph., is on te ch n i ca l procedures and prob l ems in mass comm u nicat ion . 496 explores advanced tech n iq ues w i t h m u l t i p l e c o l o r t y p ogra p hy, and o th er comp le," problems. 396 m ust be taken befo re 496. P re re q u i s i t e : 1 60 and 296 or consent of instructor. (4,4) 398 Drawing: IUuslration

Advanced projects in drawi ng/i llustration . Expo u rI' to new con­ cepts a n d t e c h n i q ue s a d a pta b l e to fine art <lnd c o m m e r c i al appli­ cations. Prerequisites: 160 a n d 196. May be repeated once. (4) 426 Electronic Imaging A n i ntroducti n to com p u ter-as isted photography in w hich st u ­ dents l ea r n application ' , develop at:·thetic strategie , and engalle the ethical issue. o f this nevI te h nalog . E m pha. is o n creative ex p lo r a t i o n and problem solving \ ithin the Mac i n t osh environ­ ment. Pre requisit s: 226 and 326 o r conse n t of in t r Ll c lO r. May be t a ke n twice. (4)

430 Ceramics i l l (See 330) 440 Seminar .in Art Education A st udy of instruction in tbe se c o nd ar y school i nc l ud ing a p pro p r iat e media and curricu l U lll dey lopme n t. a/y (2) 465 Painting U

(See 365)

470 P r i ntmakin g U (See ' 70) 490

Special Projects/Independent Study

Explora t i o n of t h e po s i b i l i t ies nf se lec ted studi

,lreas. i n c l u d i n g e xp er i m e n t a l tcchniqu . Emphas is on dev lopment of indi­ vidual st )r l c s, media approach es, and pro b L em sol utions. May be

repeat d for c redit. Prereq u isites: j u n i o r tatu , m i n i m u m o r two

courses a t 200 level o r above i n affec ted me d i u m with minimum 2.5 G PA , consent of instruc tor a nd depa r tm e n t chair. 2 or 4)

49 1 Design: Workshop A t u t o r i a l course which may dea l with Jny of several as p ec ts of the d esi g n field with p n rticu l a r emphasi, on pract ical ex perience and b u il d i n g a p o r t fo li o. �'1ay be t a kt: n tw ice. ( 2 ) 492 Studio Projects/Independent Study

A tutorial program for � tu d en t s of exceptio nal talent. In-depth i n d i v i d u a l investigation of ,1 p a rt i cul a r medium or set of te c h n i · cal problems. Only OIl project per sernest r may be undertaken . May be rep :ated fo r cred i t . Prerequi i tes : declar d majo r in a r t , senior s ta t us, consent of i n s t r u c to r, written proposal, program app roval by d e p a r tmen t facu l t y. Students mee t i n g thl! abo e re q u i re m e n t s but with l es than a 3.0 GP in the m aj or may bt: requ i red to present a ddit i on a l evidence of eligil i 1 i ty. ( 1 -4 ) 496 D e ign: Graphic U ( ee 96) 497 Research in Art History-Theory t u t o ri a l co ur e fo r major students with research into a p ar t ic ul a r aspect of art hi5tOl')' or theory. May be repeated fo r credit. Prerequi ites: sen io r statu , consent of i nstructor, and p ro g ra m approval by d e p a r t m nt facult y. ( 1 -4) 499 Senior Exhibition Students work dosely wilh tbeir advisers in all phases of U1C preparation of t h e exh ibition . Must be ta ken i n t h e tudent's fi nal semester. P re req u is i te s : declared maj o r in ar t ( B . F.A . or B.A. ) , senior status, reasonabl e ex p e ct a t i on of c o m ple ti o n of all department and university req u i r ments for grad u a t i o n . Meets the seniQr

P

A

C

I

seminar/p roject requirement. ( 2 )

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

33


School of the Arts The ars

o

..... o o :r u

of t h e

chool

Biology

Arts is a co m m u n i t y

of a r tis ts and

sc h o l ­

- st uden ts , facu lty, and staff - dedicated to the fu l ­

The De pa rt m en t of B i ol o gy i� ded i ca te d to t h e tea ching process, not merely to d l ive ry o f fac t s . Facts fo r m the

fi l l m ent o f the h u m a n spi rit th ro ugh c reat i e e x p ress ion

fo undation

and ca re fu l scholar hip.

m o re th a n acc u m u lating facts. The b io logy fa cu lty s t resses

The

School

of t h e Arts offers pro­

f scie nce, but to be

a

s c i en ce student re q u i re s

fess ional ed u cat io n to a r t i s t s and comm u n icators with i n

gathering i n fo rmation, p roces si ng new in fo r ma tio n in the

the framework

conte:\1: of that already ava i l able, re tr ie ving a pp ropr iat e

f

a

l iberal a rts educat ion.

co u rages all of its members t

The

I

Scho

en­

pursLle their artist ic and

scholarly work in a n ellviro n me n t t ha t challenges c o mp l a ­

infor m a t i o n , a nd i nter p reti ng observat ions. To learn science is more than to learn about science: it is

cency, n u r t u re personal growth . and mai ntains a s tro n g

to learn how t o ask quest ions, how to develop st rategies

II>

cult ure o f c lIeg i a l i ntegrity.

which m igh t be e m pl oyed to obtain an swers, and how t o

II>

and chol a rsh i p that acknowledges the past, defines the

Me m bers of th e Scho ol of the Arts st riv e to create art

re cog n ize and eval u a te an swers which eme rge. T h e department is the re for e dedicated t o enco u ragil1g st uden t s

pre ent, and a nti c i p a te the futLlre. Art, comm u n ication ,

to learn s c ie nce in the o nly way tha t it can be effectively

music, and t h e a t r e ar m d i um s of unde rsta n d i n g and

made

change whi h reward those who pa r t i c i p at e i n them,

probe i t, try i t out, experiment wi th i t , exp ri e n c e it.

a

part of their th i nki ng: to i ndepende nt ly que tion it,

Members o f t h e de part men t fac u l t y

whether as artist, scho l�u·, Ie r ner, o r a ud ien ce. Perfor­ ma nces by students, faculty, and gue ts of the ' c hool en­ hance the c u l tu ral p rosp er ity �hared by Pa cific Luth ran

J re

trai ned across

f modem b io l ogy, from population

the total pect ru m

bio logy through molecular bi ology, a n d have profeSSional

n iver ity and its sUfl"ollnding environs. The School pro­ motes ve nues for collaboration between arti sts and sc h ol­

t ea c h in g and research expertise Wilh a fu l l ra n ge of o rganisms: vi ruses, bacteria, fu n gi , plants, a n d a ni mal s .

ars, a m o n g a rtistic and intellectual m ed i a , a nd ben een the

The diversity of co urse s i n t h e c u r r iculum p ro vid e s broad

u n iversity and the co m m u n i ty.

coverage of contemp orary bio lo gy and allo\

FAC ULTY: S p i ce r, Dean; facu lty members of t he Departmt:nts of A rt, Communication a[ld Theatre, Jnd Musi . DEGREES OFFERED by t h e School of the Arts include the

sequenc

in t h e p r i n c ip l e s of b iolo gy. Plan n i n g

with

a

faculty adviser, the student chooses upper clivi ion b i ol o gy u u rses to meet i nd i i d ual needs and career objectives.

B.F.A. ( Bachelor of Fine Art�) i n art a n d co m m u n i ca t i o n and

theatre; the B. M . ( Bachelor of r-" I usic ) . t h e B.M.A. ( Ba chelo r of Musical Arts); the B.M .E. ( Bachelor of Mlisic Educa t i on ) . S t u ­ den ts may also earn t h e B . A . ( Bachelor o f A rts ), b u t t h i s degree i s awarded through the Co l lege o f Arts a n d Scicnce$. Ca ndida tes for �ll l degree m u s t m ee t general u n i ersiry r e q u i re m e n t s and the speci fi c requirements of the Departments of A rt, Com m u n i ­ c J t i o n and The:ttrt, o r M U ' i c F o r detai ls a b o u t t h e B.A.E. ( Bachelor o f A r ts i n Educatio n ) i n art, com m u n i c a t i o n and theaLTe, o r music, see the School of Educa tion. For cou rse offeri ngs, degree requirements, and p rogram s i n th o School of the Arts, see I\r/, CO lllllllllliwt ioll (I/ld Theatre, and Mllsic.

Exten sive facilities are available, including: herba r i u m , i nvertebrate a n d ve rte b r a te mLlseu ms. gree nho u se ,

research microscopy roo m , growt h cham bers , containment fac il i t ies for re combinant DNA r ese a rch , darkroom, walk­ in cold roo m fo r low-temperature e .x peri m e n ts , electro n i c i n strument room, v a r i o u s research laboratories, a field station located in Manchester S tale Pa rk, eq u i p p ed fo r studies

of Puget

a nd

a boat

So u nd . ' t udents are i n vited

to use these fa ilities for i n d ep en den t study aJld a re encouraged to partici pate ill ongo i ng fac u lt y research. Career aven u es for b i ology m ajors Facu l ty

members

are

n u merous.

a re committed to h el pi n g tudents

investigate c ar ee r opp rt u n i t i es and pursue ca reers whicb most clea rly m a t ch their in t e re s ts and ab ilit ies. The

Course Offering

department mai n t a i n s

341 Integrating Arts in the Classroom

file,

Methods

flexible

plann ing. Each biology maj o r c omp l t e � a three-cou rse

and p rocedures for inte g rating t h e arts ( m usic, visual,

drama, dao e ) in the c la s s ro o m and across the curri uhl m . Of­

fered for students preparing fo r elementary classroom teaching.

s

well

as a

til

a

comprehensive carecr i nforma tio n

devoted to g ra du ate t ra i n i ng in the

biological sciences.

FACUlIY:

l exa n de r,

17ail-;

Ca rls on , Crayto n, D ola n , Gee,

Meets state cer t i fication re quire m ents in bo t h m usic alld art. 1 1

1-10 llSen, Ler u m . Ma i n , DJ Ma. ti n , Matth ias. McGinnj , Meister.

(2 )

BACHELOR OF ARTS or BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR: The major in hiology is designed to be flex ible in m e e t i ng the needs aDd spec i a l i n terests of ,t udents. Several o p t i o n s fo r major pro gram s are available. In each p l a n tbe student m us t take the p r i ncipl o f b iology sequence ( 1 6 1 , 1 6 1 A. 1 62, 32.1 ) . Com p l t io n of this sequence (or an q u i valent general hi llagy 'equcnce at another in st i t u t io n ) is req uired before LIpper divis ion biology courses can be taken. I t is t:....-pecred .. that these courses will have been co m p leted with a grade of - or h igher. ' o urses not designed for biology major, ( I J 1 , 1 1 2 , 20 1 , 205, 20fl ) cannot be used to satis!,)' major requ i remen ts u n l 'ss th(lSC courses are tak n before completion o f Biology 1 6 1 ; LInder no circumstan ces CJn m o re th a n R hour from courses designed for non-maj or be

c o u n ted to\ ard com p letion or m a j o r req u i reme n ts. lndependcnt

study

(4 9 1 , 492, 495) and cooperative ed ucation may be used fo r of th upper d ivision biology ho u rs required

no more than six

34

P

A

C

I

F

I

C

L U T H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T Y


for t b e B. S. degree, and for no m o re than four of th e upper

- divi.sion biology h o u r req u ired for the B.A. degree . At least 1 2 h o u r s i n b i ology m us be earned i n res i d e n ce a t PLU. E a ch _

-

student must consult with a b iol o gy adviser to discuss selection of lect ives a p p r o p r i a te for ed u ca tio na l and ca reer goals. B as i c requirements under each plan for the major are l is t e d below.

Plan I-Bachelor of Arts: 34 s e m e s te r hours in b i ology, i n c l u d­ i n g 16 I , J 62, 3 2 3 , an d 497, p l u s 20 add.itional h o u rs . Req u i re d supporting c o u rses: Chemistry 1 0 5 or C h em i s t ry 1 20 an d Math 1 40 . Recommended s up po r tin g o u rs e s: P hysics 1 25 (with l ab o ra t o ry l 3S) and P hys i cs 1 26 (with l a bo r a t or y 1 36 ) .

Plan II-Bachelor of Arts-Comprehensive: 38 semester hou rs - in biolo , i n cl u din g 1 6 1 , 162, 323, and 497, p l u s 24 ad dit i o n al h o urs. Required su p p o rt i n g courses: C he mis try 1 20 and Math 1 40 . Recommended upporting co u rses: C h emi s try 23 1 (with laboratory 233); P hys i cs 1 2 5 (with laboratory 1 3 5 ) and Physics J 26 (with laboratory 1 3 6 ) . Plan Ill-BacheloT o f Arts-Chemistry Emphasis : 3 0 semester h o ur s i n b iolog , i ncl u d i ng 1 6 1 , 1 62 , 3 2 3 , and 497, p l u s 1 6 -- additional h o u rs . Req ui re d s u p p o r ti n g cou.rses: C h em ist ry 1 20, Chemi try 23 1 ( with l a bo rato r y 233), C h e m i str y 33 1 (with laboratory 3 3 3 ) , and either hem i s t ry 338 or Ch e m i s try 403; Math 140. Recommend�d s u pp o r t i n g co urses : Phys i c s 1 2 5 (with l a bo ra tor y 1 35 ) and P h ysi c s 1 26 (wit h laboratory 1 36 ) . _

Plan IV-Bachelor o f Science: 4 2 sem e ter h o u rs i n b i o lo g y, including 1 6 1 , 1 62, 3 2 3 , and 497 p lu s 28 add i t io na l hours. Required s u p p o rt i n g co u rse : h e m is t ry 1 20 and Ch e m is t ry 2 3 1 ( \ ilh la b o ra to ry 2 3 3 ) ; Math l S I ; Physics 1 2S (with lab o rato ry 1 35 ) a.nd P h ysi c s 1 26 (with bbor·atory 1 36 ) ' or P hy si c s 1 53 (with l a b o rato r y 1 6 3 ) and P hysics I S4 (with l a bor a t o r y 1 6 4 ) .

"-- Plan V-Bachelor o f Science-Research Emphasis: 42 se m est er h ollfS in b i o l o gy, inc l ud i n g 1 6 1 , 1 6 2 , 3 2 3 , 495, a n d 497, p l u s 26 ad d i ti o n a l hours. Required supporting co u rs es : Che m i st r y 1 20 , Chemistry 2 3 1 ( w i t h l a b o ra to r y 23 3 ) , a n d Chemistry 3 3 1 ( wi t h l a b o ra t o r y 3 3 3 ) ; M a t h l S I ; P hys i cs 1 25 (with la b o rato r y 1 3 5 ) ilnd P h ys i cs 1 26 (with l a bo ratory 1 3 6 ) , O T P hys i cs 1 53 (with laboratory 163) and P h y s i cs 154 (with laboratory 1 6 4 ) . 'BACH ELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: S t u d e nts i n terested in this degree deve l op th e i r b i ology p ro g ra m t h ro u gh th e Bi o lo gy e pa rt m ot in con j u nction with the chool of E d uca t io n . Such students hou ld have a b i o logy advi er. $ e th e School of Education section of the c a t a l o g for recom mended b i o lo gy cour e and othtr p e r t i n e n t i n fo rm a tion. �

MINOR: At l eas t 20 'c m es ter bour selected from any biology courses. grade of C or higher must be e ar ne d in each course. P rereq u is it es must be me t unless written perm i ss io n i g r a n t e d in advance by the i n str u c tor. App lic<J b iJ i t y of non-PLU bi o logy cred its will be det e r m i n ed by the depa r t m e nt chair. At least e igh t credit hours in bi ology must be earned in residence at PLU. Consult the d e p art m e n t chair fo r as sig nment of a minor adviser.

Course Offe rings I I I Biology and the Modem World

An in trod uc t io n to biology, designed p ri m a r ily for no n -bi ol o g y m ajor . Fundamental concept chosen from all areas of modern b i o logy i n c l u d in g the e nv i ron me n t , population, human anatomy and p hys i o l ogy, gen er i cs , evolution and biological controls. Lec t u res, laboratories, a n d d iscussion. I I I (4)

1 1 2 Humarustic Botany

An i ntroduct ion to t he b a sic p r i nc i p les of biology with an em­

p h a s is on plants and their i mpact on people. To p ics included are: basic plant structure a n d fu n ct io n ; poi s o n o us p l a n ts ; medicinal plan ts; {'(l o d plants; p ro p aga ti on of house plants; h o m e care of p l a n t s; plant identification. I ncl u de s laboratory. (4)

1 15 Conservation Biology An i ntroduction to the th eo r y a nd p r a c i t ce of conservation and management of bio d ive rs i t y. Ecological p rinc i p le s a n d p r a c t ic e s of wildli fe m a n a g e m e n t . D iscussions include decision processes in t h e theoretical and applied ecology of the s p a tial patterns o f species rich ness, fo res t fr a g me n t a t ion , extinction forces and processe s , maintenance of ge n et i c d ive rs i t y and the m a n age m e n t , conservation, and res t o r a t i o n of nature. Wo r l dwide ex a m p l es , wi t h sp e ci a l attention given to local co nse rva tion p rob l em" such as declining Pacific s al m on po p u l a t i o ns and overharvesting of

o

northwest temperate rain forest. (4)

161 Principles of Biology 1: CeU Biology ellular and molecular levels of b i olo g i cal orga n iza tio n ; cell ultra-structure and p hys i o l ogy, Mendelian and m ol e c ul a r g e ne tic s, energy transduction. I ncludes l a bo ra to ry. C o - reg i s tra t i on in C h e mi s t r y ( 1 04 or 1 20 ) reco mm e nd ed . I ( 4 ) 162 Principles o f Biology I I : Organismal Biology An introduction to animal an d p la n t tissues, anatomy, and p h ys io lo gy, with special emphasis on Hower i ng p la n t s and ve r t ebr ates as model systems, plus an in troduction to animal an d p l a n t d eve l o pmen t . Incl udes laboratory. P re re q u i sit e : 1 6 1 . 1I ( 4 ) 20 1 Introductory Microbiology The structure, metaboli,m, g row t h , and geneti s of m i c ro o rga n ­ isms, especially bacteria and viruses, w i t h empha is on their roles in human disease. Includes consideration of epidem iology an d immune responses. Laboratory fo c u ses on cultivation, ide ntifica ­ tion, and control of growth of bacteria. P rere q u is it e: CHEM 1 0 5 o r consent of instructor. I (4) 205, 206 Human Anatomy and Physiology First semester: ma tte r, cells and tissues; nervous, endocrine, skeletal, and muscular systems. La b or a t o r y includes cat dissec­ tion a n d ex p e r i m e nts i n m u s cl e p hysi olo g y and reHexes. S eco n d semester: ci.rculatory, res p i ratory, d iges tive, excretory, and repro d u ct i ve systems; metabolism, temperature regulation, and

stress. Laboratory includes cat dissection, physiology experi­ ments, an d st ud y of develo p i n g o rgan ism s . 205 ( 1 ) p rer eq u i s i te to 206 ( 1 I ) . (4,4) 323 Principles of Biology UJ:

Ecology, Evolution and Diver ity Evolution, ecology, b e hav io r, and a sy ste ma t i c survey o f LiEe on earth. I ncl u des l a b o ra t ory . Prere q uisite: 1 62 o r consent of d e p a r t m e n t chair. I ( 4 ) 324 Natural History of Vertebrates Cl ass i fi c a t i on , n a t u ral hi s t o ry, a n d ec on om i c i m p or ta nce of vertebrates with the exception of b i rds . Field trips and labora­ tory. P re requ i s i t e : 3 2 3 . I ( 4 )

326 Animal Behavior Description, c l ass i fica t i o n, cause, function, and development of the behavior of animals. Lectures emphaSize an e t h ol o gica l approach to the stu dy of behavior foc u s i n g on comparisons among s p ec i e s, as well as p h ysi o lo g ic a l , ecological, a n d evolu­ tionary aspects of behavior. L a b o r ato ry is not rigidly sch e d u l ed and w ill consist of a b eh avi or a l i nves t i gati o n of the st udents' choosing. Pre req u i sit e : 323 o r consent of instructor. II ( 4 ) 327 Ornithology The study of b irds i nclusive of their anatomy, p hys iol og y, behavior, ecol o gy and distribution. Special e m p h a si s on those attributes of b i rd s that are unique among the ve rte br a tes . La b o ­ rato ry e m ph a s i s on field id ntification, taxonomy, and anatomy/ topolo g y. P rereq u isi t e : 3 2 3 o r consent of i n s t ru c to r. II (4) 328 M ia-obiology The structure, p hy i o l o g y, gen e tics , and metabolism of m icroo r­ ga n i s m s with e mph a si s on the.ir d i ve rs i t y and ecology. The laboratory includes isolation of o rg a n is m s from natural sou rces, use of fu ndamental b a ct e r i o l o g i c a l t e ch niq u es, and e m p h a s i z es d e s ig n , i m pl e me n tation , and e va l u a t i o n of both d es cr i p tive and P

A

C

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N"

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

v

35


qu ant i ta ti ve p roject...

Prere q ui s i te : 323 o r co nsent o f i nstructor; one semest r orga n i c chemistry r o m m e 11ded . I I (4)

403 Developmental Biology The development of m u l t i ce l l u l a r organisms, em phasizing cellular and molecular bases fo r deve l o pme n t. Major topics i n c l ud e fertilization, early em b ryo n i c development, the o r igi n of

331 G.:netics Basi

con epts i n d u d i IlU onsid eration of m o lecul ar basis o f

ge n e ex pres � i()n , rec o l11h i na ti on , gene t i c >­

I!l o ...J

o cc

cell d i fferences during early d eve lop m ent, genetic co n trol of de velo p me n t , cellular di ffere ntiation, m o r p h o ge n et i c processes,

a ri a b i li t y, and

consideratio n of cytogen eti cs and p o p u la t ion gen etics . In cl u d es

and the speci fication of pattern in d eve lop i ng systems. Labora­

la bo rato r y. P re r quis it : 323 I I ( 4 )

340 Plant Diversity and Distribution sys te ma tic i n trod uct ion to p la n t d i vers i t y. Interaction bet wee n pla n ts, then ri � of vege tat i o na l distrib utio n . Emphasis on h igher p la n t taxo nomy. Includes la b o rat o ry , nd field trips. Prerequisite: 323. II (4)

tory a dd resses biochemical a n d m olecular aspects of develop­ m en t. Prerequ isite: 323. I (4)

407 MoLecular Biology An in t roduction to molecular b io lo gy, em ph a s i z i ng the cc ntral role o f DNA i n e u ka r yo tic cells. Topics i n cl u d e:

fou ndations ( DNA st r u c t u re as genetic storehouse, ce n t ral d og ma of mo l ecu la r biology, reco m b i n a n t DNA t e ch n o l o g y ) ; fu n c t i o n ( regulat i o n of gene expressio n, genome o rg a n i za t i on a n d rea r ra ngem en t ) ; fr o n t ie rs ( ca n cer, d e velo pm e n t , evol u ti on , ge n et ic e ngi n ee r ing - m et h o do l o g y, applications, trends, i mplicat i o n �) . Lab o rat o ry feat ures a n i n t ro d ucti o n to basic reco m b i nant D NA techn iques. Prerequ isite: 323. I I (4)

4 1 1 Histology Microsc l p i c study of normal ce l ls , tiss ues, organs, an d o rga n

systems of vertebrates. The e m p h a s i s is mammalian. This s tu dy is both stru c t u ra l ly and phI' iologically o r iented.

Pre re q u i s i t e : 5 2 3 . I (4) 424 El:ology rga n i sm s in rela t ion to thei r environment, i ncl u d i ng orga n i sm a l adap ta t i o n s, p o p ul a ti o n growth and i n teractions, and ecosystem structure and fu n c tio n . P r e requ i s i te : 3 2 3 . I (4)

425 Biological Oceanography The ocean as environment fo r plant and 3 n i l11al life; an i n troduc­

tion to the st r u c t u r e , dynamics, and hist o ry of marine ecosys­ tems. Lab, field t rips, and term project in addition to l ec t u re . Prerequis ite: 3 2 3 . I I (4)

426 Ecological Methods An exa m i n a t ion of m et h o d o l o gy used fo r disce rn i ng st ruc.ture

and fu nc t io n of natural ecosystems. The course will cover an 346 Cellular Physiology eals with how cells arc fu nc t i o n a l l y or ga n i zed ; enzyme kinetics and regulatory mechanisms, b iochemistry of m ac r o m o l e cu les , energy meta bolism, membrane structu re and fu nction, u l t ra­ str ucture, ca n ce r cells as mndel syste m s . Prerequisites: 323 a n d one semester o f org:mic chem i s t ry or consent of i ns t r u ctor. I I ( 4 ) 347 CeUular Physiology Laboratory A laboratory exp erie n ce in t chniques a n d types of instrumenta­ ti n often enc o u ntered

in b i o hem ical and ellular resea rch i ncl u di n g an imal ce.1I cul ture, ce l l fractiona t ion, usc of ra d i otrac ­ ers, biochemical assays, m e m b ra ne p h en o mena , spectro p ho t o m try, re sp i r o m e t r y. M ay b d e cted o n l y b y students with a serious interest for t h is ty p e o f t ra i n i n g; n ot r equ i red w i t h 346. orcqu isite/ pr requ i s i te : 346 or CHEM 403 and c o nse n t of instructor. I I ( 1 ) 359 Plant Anatomy and Physiology Higher p lant s tructure and function fro m germina t i o n to

A

C

I

F

i

e

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

u s e them to test

hypotheses about ecosyst ms. Wr iting of scientific papers and acces ing t h e sci e n t i fic l i t e rature will b e a n u n der ly i n g focus of

the course. Lecture, labo ratory, and field work. P re r eq u i s it e : 3 2 3 o r consent o f instructor. I I

(4)

441 Mammalian Physiology Functions of p r i n c i p a l m am m a l i a n organ s)'stems, emphasizing control mecbanisms and homeostatic rel a t i o n s h i p s . H u m a n­ o r i en t ed la bo rator y i nc l udes work i n c i rcuiJtion, cardiography, psychophysiology, and other areas. Pre req u i s i tes: 323 and CHEM 33 1 . Anatomy and b ioc h e m i st r y recom mended. I ( 4 )

resp onses: speci fic i ty o f i m m u ne reactions, types and ro le s o f receptors, and complement, regu lation of the immune response, hypersensitivity reactions, and immu nodeficien y d isea s es . Incl udes the theoretical concepts supporting e. p er iment al stra t eg ies and i m m u nochemical app l ication . Prerequisites: Any two of t h e following cou rses i n Biol ogy: 3 2 8 , 33 1 , 346, 403, 407, 44 1 . ( 3 )

is inc luded. Kn o wledge or vertebrate · t r u c t u re is

L

me tho d s used ill ecological studies a n d how to

ly m p h a t k c I s , characteristics o f immu noglob u l ins, anti gen

Prerequ is ite: 323. I I ( 4 )

P

methodology d iscussed will serve as a sa m pl i ng o f types of

substances, either from the external enviro n ment or se l f­ induced. Considera tion of t he biology a n d che m i s t ry of i m m u n e

of pract ical value to workers i n many fields of biology.

36

co m mu n i ty structure t o m easu remen t of productivity. The

446 Immunology

36 1 Comparative Anatomy o f the Vertebrates After a h i sto ry of the vertebrate body ( t he evo l ut i o n a r y story of the erte brates is be t te r known than any u ther a n im al gro u p ) a n d a n int ro d uct ion t e mbryolog y, the structura l a n d func­ tional a na to my of the v rtebrates is presented. In cl udes lah ora ­ tory d isse cti on s fo ll ow i n g J systems approach. Ma m m a ls are feat u red plus s o m t' observational and co m p a rat iv study with a er

s t ud ies, a nd m et h o ds rang i n g from desc ription of the ph y s ic a l

enviro n m ent, est imation of po p u l a t i on size, q u a n t i fy i n g

The s t ud y of an a n i mal's respo nse to the pw;ence of fo reign

sen scence, i n d u d i ng b asic anatomy, seed germ i n at io n , water rel at io n s, res p i ration, mi neral nutrition, p h o to syn thes i s, growth regu l a t o r s, and reproductio n . I ncludes l ab o ra t ory. P re rcq u i . ites: 323 and one semester of organic chemistry. I (4)

human cada

i n trod uctio n to general stat i.s tical t ech n iq ues used i n eco l ogi c a l

I

T

Y

447 Applied Immunology L a b o r a to ry ex pe r i e n c es in co mm o nly used i mm u n o b i o l ogic a l and i m m u nochemical t echn i q ue s i n cl u d i n g but not l i m i ted to


pre i p i tat ion, agg l u t i na t i on , ELISA, irnm unoblotti ng, fluorescence- based p r oced u re s and ce l l u l a r met.hods. Also

in lude discu . ion of res arch and cl i n i cal a ppl ic at i o n:; o f immunote IUlology. 446 must be t a ke n concurrently or as a p rerequisit ; not re q u i re d w i t h 446. ( I ) Evolution as a process: sources of va r iat io n ; forces overcoming gene t ic i n ertia i n p opu lat i o ns; spec i at i o n . Evo l u t io n of genet ic systems and of l i fe in relation to ecol og i ca l theo r y and earth h i s t o r y. Lecture :l I1d discussion. Term paper and m i n i - s e m i n a r req u i red. P rc re q u i ,; i t e : 323. 1 (4)

490 Seminar

Selected topics in b i o l o g y based on l i terature a n d/ o r o r i gi n a l

rcsear h. Open to j un i o r and se n io r b i o log y m a j o rs .

(l )

Lndepeodeol Study [nvesti�atjons or research in are(ls of s p e ci a l i n t e rest not covered by regu lar courses. Open to q ua l i fi e d j u nio r a nd s e n i or m aj o r s ; students s ho ll i d not elect i n d e pe n d e n t study unless they know in advance the spe c i fi c area they w is h to i n ve s t i g a t e and can demon trate a erious interest i n p u r s u i n g that invest iga t i o n . [ t i s suggested that t h e s t u de n t sp e n d o ne semester s e a r h i n g pe r t i ­ nent l i te r a t u re nd writing a p r o p os al (for one credit hour) and a second s m es te r actually carrying out the p roj ect ( for one more credit bour). P re req u isi t e : wr i tte n p ro po s al for the project ap­ prov d by a facu l t y s po n s o r and the de pa r t men t chair. I [[ ( J -4)

49 1 , 492

Directed Study

Original exp r i men t a l d i v isi on

Sci

s t ud e n ts

c e - Re sea rch

or

t h eo re tical research o pen to u p p e r

i n ten d i n g to g r ad u a t e w i th

a

Bachelor of

Emphasis. Requ i re s a w r i t t e n pro p o s a l

a p p roved by a fa cu l t y sponsor and the dep a r t m e n t

497

chair. (2)

Senior Seminar

The goal of th is course is to a s s is t st udents in the w r i t i n g a n d pre e n ta ti o n of

1 . Be o ffic ial l y a dmitted

d

paper c o n ce rn i n g a t o pic w it h i n b iol o g )! which

would i nte rate t h e various ele ments in the m aj o r p ro g r a m . A p ropo s a l for t h e topic m u s t be p resented to

t h e department ea r ly

in the spring term of the j u n i o r year. Cour�e adivities will

incl ude l i tera t ure search, s t ud e n t - l e d group d iscussions of th e naly'i� I.lf drafts ()f t h e paper by the and p ub lic presentation of lhe final p a pe r in eit h e r po ter or o r a l session. The sem i n a r may be linked to b u t not re p l a ced I y la b o r a t ry i ndependent s t u d y or i n te r n s h i p expe r i e n c e . Sa tisfies the senior semUlar re q u i re m e n t . ( 2 )

paper topics, c ritic(ll

3. H a ve a m i n i m u m cumulative grade po i n t a crage o f 2.50, and

4. Have completed and/or b e c u rre n t ly enrolled i n : MATH 1 28 ,

CSC[ 220, ECO

of B u s i n es ' i s to s t i m u l a t e tbe

developm n t and ongoing improvement of tbe

whole

per o n and co m m u n i t i es we serve by prov i d i n g relev a nt ,

in novative,

and qua l i ty bu

an d R U S A 20 1 ; a n d

u p pe r d ivision b u iness cou r es is l i m ited to st udents with a cumulative grad po i n t averag of 2.50 or above w h o h ave met the r equ i r ed p re req u i s i t e s .

z m \II \II

AFFILIATIONS: The School of Business of Pacific Lutheran U n ive r s ity is a me mber o f the American A sse m b l y o f ' olleg i a t e Schools of B u s i ness. The B . B.A., M . B . A . , and acco u n t ing p ro ­ grams are n a t i o n a l l y accredited by the Accreditation Co u n c i l of the AACSB. Th e School is pri v i l e ge d to have a s t u d e n t c h a p ter o f Beta G a m m a Sigma, the national b u s i ness h o n o r a ry s o c i e t y rec· o g n i z e d by t h e CSB. Pacific L ut h e r an LJniver ity i accred i ted reg i ona ll y b y the No r thwest Association of Schools and Colleges. DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: T h e

Bachelor o f B u s i n ess

dmi.nis­

tration degree p ro g r am consi. ts of a m i n i m u m of 128 se m e ster

h o urs completed with an over-all g r a d e

point a ve r ag e of 2 . 50 o r

a b ove as wel l as a 2 . 5 0 g ra d e p o i n t average separately i n bus iness courses. C- is the m i n imal acce p t ab l e grade fo r b us i ness cours s. At least on e - h a l f o f t he m i n i m u m tot al degree requ ire m en ts

are t aken in fields ou ts i de the School of Busi ness. At least 40 semester h o urs are t ake n i n re qui red and ekct ive busin ·s su bj e c t s . A m i n i m u m of 20 semester hours in b u s i n e s s must be takm in residence at PLU. B u sin es s d e g ree a.nd concent ration re q u i r e m e n t are estab­ lished a t t h e time of maj o r declaration. S t uden ts with , I declared maj o r in b u s i n e s who have not att nded the u n iversity for a p e r i o d of three years or 1110re w i n be held to t h e business degree requirements in e ffec t a t the time of re-entry to the u n iver ity.

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: Required foundation co u rses: MATH 1 2 8 Linear Modeb a n d Calculus, an I n t ro d uc t i o n or ( l S I a n d 230) C S I 220 Computerized Information ys t em s CON 1 5 1 - 1 5 2 Macro/Micro Economics STAT 2 3 1 I n tro du c t o r y Statistics P H I L 325 B u s i n e s Ethics (Prerequisite: P H I L 1 0 1 , 1 25 , or 225/226) COMA 336 Effective Busine s Presen ta ti o n ANTH/H I ST/POLS 2 1 0 GI ,bal Pe rs p e ct i e

4

4 4/4 4

2 4 4

28

Minimum semester hours in foundation courses:

Required business courses: BUSA 2 0 1 Tht: Bu s i nes s Enterpri e in Global Perspective

4

BUSA 204 The Fo u n d a t i o n s of Business Law

i ness education i n the liberal

2

4

BUSA 30 I .M a n ag i n g Careers and H u m a n Resources

arts s p i r i t . ......

231

Access to

School of Business of the c hool

1 5 I - 1 5 2, STAT

5. De cla re a maj o r or minor i n business.

e m i nar gr up,

The m is i n

to the university, and

2 . Have s u cces s fu l l y completed 24 semester hours, and

475 Evolution

495

ADMISSION: The pro fe s io n I B a che l o r of Business Adminis· tration degree pro g r a m i s co m p os e d o f an upper d i v i s ion b us iness c u r r i c u lu m w i t h a s t ro n g base i n l iberal a rts. To be a d m it t e d to th ' School of B u s i n e s s , a student must:

BUSA 303 Asse s s i n g and M a n a gi ng Financial Performance ( 6 )

students i n the Sch o o l of Business develop the esse n ti a l skills to hrough competency-based degree progra m s ,

BUSA 202 F in a n c ial Acco u n t i n g ( 4 ) and B U A 302 M ana g e r i a l F i na nce ( 4 ) 6 ( o r 8) BUSA 305 Cre at i ng a n d Lead i n g Effect ive Orga n izations 6 B SA 306/307 M a n a gi n g the Va lue hain [ I l l 8 B SA 405 Law o f the F i n an c i a l Marketplace or BUSt\ 4 0 6 La\\1 of the Workplace: E m p loyees, E m ployers, " hei r R i gh ts and Res ponsibili ties or

h e l p busi n ess meet the dem a nds of an ever-changing

environ ment. S t u d e n t . master the

funda men tals of problem-solving, leadership, m u l t i-cultu ral management, and h nge management to help t h e m bee m su cc sful leaders i n t ea m work , com mlUl ieatio ]], technology,

o r BUSA 407 Law o f the Marketplace: Con s u mers,

business organizations a n d i n the com m unity.

Co m pa n i e s , and P ro d uc t s or BLJSA 4 0 8 International B us i n e s. Law BUSA 409 S t ra tegi Management Upper division business or econom ics ele t ives

fACULTY: Me ann, J)ean; Ah na, B a n c ro ft , Barndt, Barnowe, Be r n iker, Fin nie, Gi.b o n, H g tad, Kibbe , ri a c Do n a l d , McNabb, . l i l ler, Moreland, Myers, Ramanlia, Sepic, T h ras h e r, Van yhe, Yager.

2

4 6 (or 4 ) 40

Minimum semester hours in business courses:

P

A

C

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

37


'" '" w

z

CONCENTRATIONS: A s tu d e n t may elect t o c o m p le t e one o r m re concen trations w i t h i n the Ba ch elo r of Business Admi nistra­ tion program. (Courses taken to fulfill concentration re q u i re­ men ts will also meet general B.B.A. requirements . ) The c o n ce n ­ tration, which is not d on the s t u d e nt 's tr a n s c r i p t , must be com­ p l ete d w i th at lea s t a 3.00 grade point a e ra ge . C- is th e minimal acceptable grade for concentration courses. A minimum of ei g ht seme tel' hours or the total req u i red for a co nce n tr a t i o n must be taken i n residence at PLU. 20 sem. hrs.

Financial Resources Management I3 A 405 Ldw of the Fi nancial M a rketp lace B SA 32 ] Intermediate cco unting I

2 2

One of the fo llowing: 4 ECON J3 1 I n ternational : c o n o mics (4) £ O N 3 5 1 I n t e r m e d i a te Macro-Economic A na l y s is ( 4 ) ECO 352 I ntermediate M icro- Economic A n a .lysis ( 4 ) ·C 36 1 Money a n d B ank i ng ( 4 ) Twelve sell1ester hours from the iol/oll'illg: 12 au A 320 Financial I n fo rm a t i o n Systems (4) BUSA 322 Intermediate Ac c o u n t i n g II (2) BUSA 422 Consolidations a n d Equity Issues ( 2 ) B U SA 4 2 3 Accou n t i n g for nt-for-Profit and Governmen tal Entit ies ( 2 )

B SA 424 Audi t i ng (4) B A 323 o s t A cc ou nt in g a nd Co n tro l Sys te ms (4) B SA 327 Tax A c co u n t i ng I (2) BUSA 427 Tax Acco u n t ing II (2) BUSA 335 Financial I nvestments (4) BUSA 430 E n t repreneurial F i na nce ( 4 ) B US A 4 3 7 Fi. n a nc i al An a lys i s a n d S t r a teg y ( 4 ) BUSA 4 38 Financial Resea rch a nd A na lys is (4) Profe

26 sem. hrs.

ional Accounting

2 4 2 2 2

B 'SA 405 Law of the Financial M a rk et p l a ce B SA 3 20 Financial I n formation Systems B SA 32 [ I n te rm e d i a t e Acco unti n g I B S 322 Intermediate Ac coun t i n g U B SA 422 Con so li d a t i o n s and Equity Issues B SA 423 A cco u nt ing for Not-for-Pro fi t and overnmental E ntit ies B U SA 323 Cost Acc ou n t i n g and Control Sys te ms B SA 327 Tax Acco un t i n g [ BUSA 4 27 Tax Acc o unt i ng II BUSA 424 u d i t i n g

2 4 2 2 4

Ruman Resource Management 22 sem. hrs. BUSA 406 Law o f the Wotkplace: E m pl oy e es , E m p l oyers , 2 Their Rights a n d Responsi.b i l ities BUS 342 Managing Human Re source s 4 ECON 32 [ Lab r Economics 4

Three of the followillg (at least two from B USA) :

[2 BUSA 3 4 3 M a n a g i n g Reward Systems ( 4 ) B 'A 442 Leadership and O r ga n iza t i o na l D ev e l o p me n t ( 4 ) B U S A 445 Quality I mp rove m en t Strategies (4) B SA 449 u r re nt Issues in Human Resource M an a gem en t (4) BUSA 4 9 2 1 n terns h ip ( 4 ) C MA 435 Orga nizational ommunication (4) C MA 437 A dvanced I n te rpers o n a l Communication (4) PSY 46 1 Psyc ho l og y of Work ( 4 ) PSYC 4 50 Ps yc h o l o gi c al Te s t i ng ( 4 )

International Business 18-34 sem. hrs. 2 BUSA 408 I ntern a t i o n al Business Law ECON 33 [ International Econom ics 4 BUSA 352 Ma n ag i n g in the M ul t i n a t i o n al En iro nment 4 B SA 355 Global pe r a tio n s 4

Olle a the fo llowing:

4

An a p p ro ve d area course from POLS, A TH, or H I ST (4) ill: B US A 460 I nternational Marketing ( 4 ) Option [ o f the College of Arts a n d Sciences fo r e i g n l a n g uag e re q ui reme n t ill: on semester of st u d y abroad 0-16

38

P

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

Marketing Resource Management BUSA 407 Law of the M ar ketpl a ce: Co n s u me rs, Co mp a nie s , and Products B USA 467 M a rke t i n g Research B USA 468 M a rke t i ng M a n a ge me n t

22 sem. hrs.

2 4 4

One of the followil1g: E 33 [ I n ternational E co no m i cs (4)

4

ECON 244 Eco no met rics ( 4 ) [2 Two of the follow il1g (at least one from BUSA): B US.A 363 Co n su m e r Behavior a n d Promo t i o n a l S trategy ( 4 ) B U S A 3 6 5 Sa l es and Sa les M a nag e m e n t (4 ) BUSA 367 B us i n es s to Business M a r ket i n g (4) B U S A 460 I nt ernat i on al Marketing ( 4 ) O M A 2 7 [ M as s Media ( 4 ) PSYC 462 Consumer Psychology (4) Entrepreneurship and New Venture Management 2 2 sem. hrs. B SA 405 w of t h e Financial Marketplace 2 B U S 358 En t re p r en e u rs h ip 4 B USA 430 Entrepreneurial Finance 4 4 B SA 492 I n ter n shi p l1vo of the followil1g (one must be

B USA):

8

BUSA 323 ost Accounting ( 4 ) B U S A 4 3 8 Financial Research a n d A na l y si s ( 4 ) B S A 3 6 5 Sales a n d Sales M an age me n t ( 4 ) B SA 3 7 1 O p e rat i o n s a n d I n for m at io n Te c h n o l o g y (4) BUSA 442 Le a de rsh i p a n d Organizational D e vel o p m e n t (4) B USA 467 Ma.rketi n g R esearch ( 4 ) ECOI 3 7 [ Industrial O rg an iza t i on and Public P o l i cy (4) ECO 3 6 [ Mo n ey and B an k i n g (4) Operations and Information Tecl mology B USA 405 Law of the Financial Marketplace

22 sem. hI'S.

2

ill:

B USA 406 Law of the Wo rkp la ce : Employees, Em p l oy ers , T he i r Righ t s and Responsibi.lities BUSA 3 7 [ O p era t io n ' and Information Te ch n o l o gy B U SA 374 Des i gn i ng a n d Ma n ag ing Operatio ns and Information Sy terns BUSA 479 I m p l e m e n ting Advanced Syst e m s BUSA 323 Cost Ac co un ti ng and Control Systems One of the following:

2 4 4 4

4 4

BUSA 3 20 Fina ncial I n formation Sys t e m s (4) B 445 Quality I m p ro ve m e n t St ra teg i es ( 4 ) CSCI 367 Data Base M an a ge me n t ( 4 ) � '(prerequisite: CSCI 1 44 )

MINOR I N BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION: A minimum o f 20 se m e ste r hours in bus in e ss co urse", i n cl u d ing BUSA 2 0 1 - The Business E nt e r p r i s e i n Global Per pective. ALI co u r ses must be comp l e t e d with a g r ade of C- or h i ghe r. A cumulative grade point a ve ra ge of 2.50 for all courses in t h e m i nor is required. At least 1 2 s e m es ter h o u rs must b e upper division, an d a t least 8 sem e st e r hours must be c o m pl et ed i n residence. ACCOUNTING CERTIFICATE PROGRAM: The ac co un t i n g certificate program is a va i la b l e for students who hold a baccalau­ reate d egre e ( a ny field) and wish to co mp l e t e the e d u ca t iona l requirements to sit for t h e C.P.A. ex a m i n a t ion . Co ntact the School of B u s i n es s fo r further i n formation. MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION:

See Graduate tudies.

Course Offerings

1 05 Personal Financial Planning and Consumer Law Basic financial and legal d ec i s ion making. I ncludes an introduc­ t i o n to el e m enta ry concepts in fi nance, economics, law, and con­ su mer p s yc h o l ogy. To p i cs include career planning, budgeting, th e use and mi s u se of cred it, ma jo r purchase d e c i s ion s, tax.es, insur­ a nc e, and i nvestments. ( 4 )


201 Tbe Business Enterprise in Global Per pective I nt r d uction to the tudy of how busi ness int racts with its environment. Designed for students who are taking a first look a t - the role of bus iness in society and who have not had extensive ·tudy in econ omics, busi ness law, or poli t ical science. I ntroduc­ tion of market and non-market control mechanisms. Thr ugh [he . tudy o f cases, stu c n ts s e e and discuss the means by which busin ess respollds external I)' a nd i n ternally to on g ing h,mge in domestic and global socie ty. Such changes cu rrently affect ing the evolution of b usines. inclllde the global­ i7-3tion o f competition, the expansion of the regu latory environ­ mCIlt, wo rkfo r e diversity, n w computer a n d com m u n ications technol ogies, and lhe informatio n explosion. Attent ion is g iven to the p rocesses by which business partici­ pate In the public policy process. Recurring concepts such as strategi issues managemen t and business social performance provide them<lti unity for the our ·e. ( 4 ) 202 Financial Accounting I ntroduction to accounting concepts and principles. Valuation theories i n lht: U. S. com pared to those i n other nations. Prepara­ tion and analy�is )f fi nancial reports. (4) 204 The Foundations of Business Law

Designed t J pr vide for all busi ness chool �tudents a shared f u ndation i n the legal environme n t of b usines ', the course meri an law, the structure of the U.S. court c >vers S urccs of syste m, altern,itives to litigation, and Constitutional guarantees appli able in a business con text. Also, in troduction to basic legal p rinciples of contracts, torts, intellectual property, agency, and business o rgan iza tio ns . ( 2)

301 Managing Careers and Human Resources An expl rat ion of individu al and organ iza tional practices and r spo nsibilities related to org311lZ;ttional ent ry, compet ncy developmmt, and performance i mprovement a s ca reers u n fold. Part I emphasize ne� areer developme n t paradigms, critical competen cie s required tor suc ess at work, self-assessment of tudents' abilit ies and stren gths, and development of career managemen t strategies and a S-ycar pcrsol1�li7.ed learn ing plan fo r competency development. Part 2 emphas ize be t practices fo r organization in acqu iring, developing, a l1d rewarding e m ­ ployees, a n d i n managing employee perform ance, diversity, and legal co ncerns in a global! ompetitive env i ronment. An e..x: peri­ ential approa h is used to develQP knowledge and :kills essential for managing careers and humJn resources i n the 2 1 st century. \) p rerequ isite, but 'uggest taking i multaneously with BUSA 305. ( 4 )

302 Managerial Finance l n tf()duction to the principal probkms, theories and p ro ce dur es of finan ial management; valuation, tlnancial plann ing, tlnancial statement analysis, capital asset , quisition, cost of cap i tal, fi­ nancing stratogies ( i ncluding capital SLru ture thear>' and d ivi­ dend policy) , management of working capiral accounts, and financial di men ions of intern a t i o nal trade. Prerequisi te : 'S 1 220. ( 4 ) 303 Assessing and Managing Financial Performance Study of th origins and llSes of financial i n format i o n . Logic, content, nd ormat of principal financial statements; natUJe of market values and their relationship to val ues derived from accowlling pro e es; princ iples and p rocedu.res pertaining to business I n estl11ent activity and fi nancing strategies, viewed from the standpoint of financial decision-m, king, i nvesting, and a e oun ling t h�ory and practice. Prerequisites: sophomore ·tand­ ing; eSC! 220. (6) 305 Crea ting and Leading Effective Organ.n.ation A st udy of how to organile and manage in today's context of

chan ging internal and external demands and expectations, with a trong emph a.s i s on co m petencies and practices which enha nce teamwork. Exp lo res how tasks, p rocesses, individuals, groups, and tructu re a re interrelated, and how they j(lintly im pact orga-

niza tional effectiveness. Topics include individua1 a.nd group behavior, motivation, work design, comm u n icat ion , de ision­ making, leadership, and organiza r ional cl imate and culture. Develops knowledge and kills essential for managing cont inu­ ous change using a team-based, experiential learning a pproach. No prerequ isite, but suggest taking simultaneously with BU, A 30 1 . ( 4 ) 306 Managing th e Value Chain J The co urse develops a n i ntegrated u n derstanding of value cre­ ation in b usin ess entities delivering goods and services. The focus of the first cou rse is on customer value and the processes that produce value using modern dpproaches to marke t l n g Jmi operat ions. I n addition, the integrating l i n kages bet\veen cus­ tomers, value, quality, and product and service o fferi ngs will be emphasized. P rerequisites: Sophomore standing; MATH 1 2 8 (or MATH 1 5 1 & MATH 230 ) ; ECON 1 5 1 / 152; computer spread­ sheet competency. Co-requisite: BUSA 303, STAT 2 3 1 . (4)

z m VI VI

307 Managing t h e Value Chain D This secon d course in the sequence contin ues to develop an in tegrated understanding of value creation. The focus will be o n measuring a n d ma naging economic performance using manage1 1 1 n t accou nt ing, concepts and practices, and on the r Ie of i ntegrated i n formation systems in sup porting business fu nctions. Emphasis on how these fu nctions deliver value to customers. Prerequ isite: B U S A 306. ( 4 ) 320 Financial Information Systems Study of the flow of i nformation through an enterprise, the sou rces and nature o f documents, and the control n ces ary to insure the accuracy and rel iability of information. Prerequisites: S [ 220, BUSA 303 (or BUSA 2 ( 2 ) . ( 4 ) 32 1 lnteImediate Accounting I Concentrated study of rhe conceptual framework or accounting, valuation theories, asset and i n come measurement, and financial statement disclosures i n the .S. a nd abroad . Prerequisites: CSCI 220; B SA 303 ( o r BU A 202 ). ( 2 ) 322 Intermediate Accou nting D Additional st u d y o f valuation theory. Advanced issues i n asset a nd income measurement and financial statement disclosure. Includes eva.luation of U.S. positions relative to those o f other nations and international agt'ncies. Prerequisites: !:leI 220; BUSA 303 (or 202), 3 2 1 . ( 2 ) 323 Cost Accounti n g and Control Systems A critical examination of systems for pro d u c t costing and mana­ gerial cont rol. Case analyses deal with the ability f a variety of traditional and n o n - t raditional product and service costing systems to ach ieve basic objecti es o f i nventory valuation, plan­ ning and operational contro l . E mph asis on developing the skills to critique cost systems and to understand the relationship be­ tween cost systems a nd production/service op e r at i o ns, organiza­ tional strateg y, and performance evaluation and control systcms. Prerequisites: MATH 1 28 ( o r MATH l S I and 2 3 0 ) ; SC1 220; STAT 23 1 ; ECON 1 5 1 / 1 52 ; BUSA 303, 306, 307. ( 4 ) 327 Tax Accounting I S tudy of i ncome tax conccpts, regulations and tax planning principl . Emphasis o n individual i n come taxation. (2) 335 Financial lnvesbnellt In-dep th exploration of fundamental principles gove rn i ng the valuation or particular securitie�, and knowledgeable construc­ tion, management, and evaluatio n of portfulios. Risk, return, bond and stock valuation, illterest rate determination and a p ital market efficiency are among the topics accorded particular em­ phasis. Prerequisites: ECO 1 5 1 / 1 5 2, eSCl 220, BUSA 303 ( or BUSA 302 ) . ( 4 ) 342 Managing Human Resowces D t ail ed coverage of pe rso n nel/human reso u rce proced ures in t h e U.S. and other co u n tries . . xamination of standard human P

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R A N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

39


11'1 11'1 .... z

resOLL rCC ru nctions: l 1 u m a. n re"o urce pl;r n n ing, recru i t mentl d ec ru i t m e n t. selection and p lace me nt , trai n i n g Jnd career develprnen l , p e rfo f"m a n e a p p rai�al, compensation and b e ne t-its, and safery/weJlnes". Review of changing st ra tegies fo r full use of e m pl yees in light f ongoing legal. and global developments. Prer q u isite: BUS 305. (4)

The s t u d y of operational bu siness de isians

!ld the i n f() r m a t io n

systems and models re q u i red to su p p o r t s u c h decisions. The

examination of decision s u p p o rt syste m s , com put rized plan­

n i ng and ontrol systems and t ra n sa c t i o n systems as they func­ tion in produ rive orgal1.iz·ltion . . The i m p l i c a ti o ns fo r operations managemen t and i n formation systems de s i g n . P re re q u i s i t s: M AT H 1 28 (or MATH J 5 1 and 2 3 0 ) ; S [ 2 20 o r 1 44; EC N 1 5 1 / 1 5 2 ; STAT 2 3 1 ; BUS 303, 306, 307. (4 )

343 Managing Reward Systems Detailed examination of reward sys tem de e l o p m e n t and prac­ tice" in cl u d i n g job a nal ys i s and eva l u a t i on , design of pay s t ru tures, performance measurement, the use o f i nd i v id u a l , g ro u p and o rga n i zati on-wi de incentives, and the design and a d m i n i s ­

374 Designing and Managing OperatioD and

t rat i o n of employee benefi ts. Review of I gal r e q ll i rem e nts and

information Systems

o in nov. lions wh.ich integrat e reward sys tems wi th other h u ­ m a n resource practices. Prereq u isites:

BUSA

3 0 5 . (4)

S J 220, ECO

Advanced service deliv ry syst�ms, manufactu ring ystems, and

1 5 1 / 1 52,

t

anlwo rk;

h u man r e o a rce practi es for global operaL ions;

m a n agi n g ethnic d i t!rsity and con flic t i n oth e r c u l t ures. Applica­

t ion of the theQretical base o f i nterna tional eco n o m ics to rcal ase situation . Com petencies involved in com mu nicat i ng and negoti.ari.ng a c ross cultures, Pre re q u i s i t e: E ' N 3 3 1 . ( 4)

t i o n . Prereq u isi tes : ECON 33 1 ; B S A .. 5 2 .

(4)

358 Entrepreneur hlp Inte ns ive study of issues and challe nges associaled w i t h start - up,

growth, a n d maturation of a new enterprise. 1ssu s covered i nclude t o pics such a! characteristics of 'uccessful \!n h 'cpreneu rs, s ec ur ing ca p ital , managing rapid growth, leJdership SucCt:ssi{ln,

and realizing alue through the sa l e or m e rge r o f tbe b usiness . Incl udes exploration of ryp '5 of 8lll, II b usi nesses s Llch a fam i l y o w n ed alld closely h el d companies.

(4)

363 Consumer Behavior and Promotional Strategy Co n cep ts of con, umer b havior to h Ip explain hnw buyers gain awa reness, estab lish pu rchasi ng criteria, selectively S C I' en infor­ mation and deci Ie. 11 pi s i n promoti o n i n c l u d e tapet a udi en ce defin i t io n, message design, media sel e c t i o n \ ithin a b u dg e t a n d eval uatio n/co n t rol of t h e promo tional m ix. (4) 365 Sales and Sales Management Fundamentals of sell i ng-pro pe ting, a ct i ve listt'll i n g , benefit p res e n t at i o n , ohjective ha nd l in g, c l o sing and territory manage­ m i l t. Issues ' u r ro u nd i ng management of sales pe rsonnel , i n ­ cludi ng sales budgets; fo recas ting, t e rri t o r y design, e m pl o ym e nt of represen tilt ive , tra i n i n g , motivation, and valuation tech ­

A

C

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

(4)

T

d

competi tive strategy, and m ea u rement and performance of costs

in perations. ase studie used to critique o p e r at i ons a.nd infor­ maLion sys tems in terms of thci I' su ppo r t of business objectives. ase s t u di es and real systems through c l ass projects provide thc basis for exploration of the impact o f i n for m< tion te hnology on b us iness processes . Projects involve the SKi l l s of systems devel op ­ m 'nt, with a fo c u s on teamwork, cha nge man a.Jemen t , a n d sys­ tems u sab i l i ty in the context of enlice and m a n u fa ct ur i n g op r­ alions. Prcreq uhtes: MATH 1 2 8 (or MATH 1 5 1 a n d 230); SCI 220 or 144; ECON 1 5 J / l 5 2; ST T 23 1 ; B SA 3 0 3 , 306, 307,

(4)

405 Law o f the Financial Marketplace Designed fo r students whose i n te r e st s are in finance, ac('oLl n t l n g, pe r so nal fi nancial ma nagement, or s i_mila r fields which demand a n u ndersta nding of th ldws <lffecting fioan i a l transactions. oncen tratioLl on the sections of the Un iJon n .ommercial Cock which affect financial t ransact ions , lIch as nego tiable i n st r u ­ ments ( check , nott'S, a n d other fi n a n c i a l i n st nUllents ) , banking relationship5, a n d secu red loan transactions . Other topics in­ clude: debtor-creditor ri g h t s, the fe deral secu ri t ies laws, issues of p rofess ion al l i abi l i t y, as wel l as oth r contempora ry controv [sies rel evan l to t he field. ( 2 ) 406 Law of the Workplace: Employees. Employers, Their Rights and Responsibilities Ex p l o ra tion f legal issues whi h arise in t h e wo r kp l a c e . Empha­ sis on the em p loyer-empl oyee r l atio n s h i p and ti mely ClJntrover­ sies such as privacy in the wo rkplace. overage i n c l udes an h i s ­ torical persp ective o n labo r relations a n d government regulation o f the employment rel a t i o n s h i p. Other to p i cs i n clude an exam i­ n a tion f the e m p l oy m en t contract, a su rvey of the basic legal p r i n c ipb defi n i n g the r i g ht s and r es p on i b i l itie of emp loyers a nd employees, an over iew of all maj o r e mp l o ym e nt I "'S such as the iviJ I igh ts Act of 1 9 64 . (2) 407 Law o f the Marketplace: Con umers, Companies, and Products Legal issues found in marketing p ra c t ic es and the regulatory fra m work s urro un di ng them. Ex planation of the ba ic legal pr i n c i p l e � that a pply to intel lectual pro p e r ty , consumer p ro tec­ tion, a dve r t i s i n g, governmcnt regulaLion of new products, p r od ­ uct liabi lity, a n d unfair t r ade pract ices. overag al. o xtends to cont mporar contro ersie, in marketing, such a t he confl i ct b tween free speech and gove r n men t reg u lation of , dver ti s i n g . 408 International Business Law

367 Marketing o f Business Services Ma na gi ng the service expe r ie nce for business c u st o m ers . reat­ ing and retai ning b u s i n '55 re lationships in a cu stumer- focu sed organization t h ro ugh marketing strategies . Student s are enco u r ­ aged t o gain i n -field knowledge o r h ow IOLal service prov iders

P

effect s of the global

(2)

(4)

deal with i n d ustri a l ti rms, resellers, and g ove r n me n t agt:Jlcies.

co m pe t it iv e

econom . Study o f o p e r a t i o n s and ilLFormation technology as

3 7 1 ( o r concurre n t ) .

355 Managing Global Operations Study of pract ical issues in operati ng globally: Produ l and [ocarion d� is ions, make/b uy sou r ing decisions, analyzing fo r­ eign cou nt ry business environments ( i n frastructure, po l itical, legal, a n d econumic constrai nts) , i ncentives fo r fo rei g n direct investment, establishing j o i n t ll t u res/strategic a l lia.nces, develping const rueti e rel ationsh ips with fo reign partners and host co u n trie" tech nology tran fer, l og i sli s and materials manage­ ment, headq ua r ters-sub s idia r y com m u n ications, and gl o b a l di spers ion f productive and R&D assets. xp l o r a ti on of envi­ ro n men ta l a n d other host and home gov rn menL pol icy i m p l i c a ­

ni q u es.

i n formation sys t e m s as i m p ac te d by high ca p i tal i n tensity, t i m e ­ based competit ion , and the

352 Global Management I n tegrated s t u d y of d ec i s i ol l S and chilllenges faced hy manage rs in large and sma l l c om pa n i es as they do busincs..� glob, l Iy. A n a ly­ sis of t h e ha n g jn g e.nv ironment of gl obal busine $; stra t e g i c choices in b ui l d i n g gl ob a l comp t iLive a dva n t age ; ass ss i ng ma r ­ kets and country risk; alt mative entry modes for globalization; how c u l ture a £li t s leadersh i p, motivation, com mu nication a n d

40

371 Operations and rnformation Technology: Concepts and Application

Y

An overview of t h e legal aspects of act i v i t ies involved in -on­ dueting a world business. Topics include selec t i ng a legal fo rm of busi ness org:l Ili2atinn; the i n ternat i o n a l �, Ies contract; exporting and i m p o rt i n g or goods an related activi ties su h as �hipping and in urance; direct invest men t ; use of n a t u ra l resources; the l ice n s i ng of pn.lcesses, patents or trademarks; e xp o r t i n g p e rs o nal s ervices such as ma rket ing. fi nanc ial , technological, t l'a nsport a -


tion or m an a ger ia l ex p er t ise ; a n d r es o l v ing i n ternational dis­ p u tes . Prerequisite: 13 SA 204. (2) 409 Strategic Management S t u dy of o rgan i za t i o na l adm i n is t ra t i o n from the per. pective of trategic d ec i si o n ma kers . For m ula ti o n and i m p l ementation of s trat egies and p ol i ie ' to i n teg ra t e a1t manag ment and business f U ll ions in sli pport of organizational objective�. Implicat ions of resou rce ava i l a b ility, tech nolo gy, and the eco n o m y; pe rso n a l allies, eth ics, and so ial responsibility; pllbli policy; i n t ern a ­ ti ? n, I rel at ion s; and compeLitive con d i ti o n s in " elec ting cou rses . oj actiOn. I n cludes c o mp re he ns i ve ca se a n a l y si . o m p l et i o n of this course atisfi ·s th Senior Seminar/ Proj ect requ irement. Prerequisites: MJTH I2Il ( o r M ATH 1 5 1 a n d 2 3 0 ) : SCI 220; ON 1 5 1 / 1 52; --rAT 23 1 ; SA 303, 305, 306, 307; enior stan d i n g. (4) 422 Consolidations and Equity Issues o n cent r a t ed stu d}' f equity m ea u r em nt inc l u d i n g the ac­ co u n t i ng a p ec t s of partnersh ips, c or po rat io ns , and con s o l ida­ tions. Iso includes a c c o u n t i n <T for m u l t i n a t i o n � J co rpo ra t i n n s . Pr ereq u i s i t e s : MATH 1 28 ( r M TH 1 5 1 and 230 ); 1 220; B SA 303 ( or B SA 202 ), 320, 3 2 1 , 322. ( 2 ) 423 Accounting for Not-for-Profit and Governmental Entities Study or fund account i ng, i nc l ud i n g its co n c ep t u al basis, its inst i t u t ional standard c t ting fra m e wo r k and current p r inciples and p ra c t i ce s . Prerequisite : S JI 220; BUS 303 (o r 202). ( 2 ) 424 Auditing Co m pr e hensiv e stu dy of a u d i t ing co nce p t s a nd p ro ced u res; a nal y si s of risk th ro ug h Lh study and c:valuation of internal con ­ t rols, and th ro ug h Lh s t u d y and c vo l uaL io n o f account balances; r porting of ri k; review of the de ve lo p me n t a n d m ea n i n g of prafe ional respon ibility and ethics; re iew of op r a t io nal aud itino. Prerequisites: 'SCI 220; B A 303 (or B USA 202), 3 20 , 32 1 , 2 2 . (4) 427 Tax Accounting U Concentrated tu dy of i n co me tax concepts, re g u l a t i o n s , and ta p l a n n i n g principles. E m ph asi s on b w; i n es � taxation. Prerequi'- site : CS 1 220; BUS 303 (or BUSA 202), 327. (2) 430 Entrepreneurial Finan(;e Fina nci'll strategies un i q ue to th creati n and/o r e: ansion of smaU, cl o sel y- hel d businesses. Topics include the de t r m i n ation o f c.' pi ta l re q u i re m en t s and mix, s ea rc h i ng for ca p i ta l from ource· ' u c h as venture capitalists, fi nancing ra p i d g ro w t h, and acquiring co m pa n ies . Prerequ i s i te ; S 1 220; BUSA 303 (or BUSA 30 2 ) . (4) 437 FioandoJ Analysis and Strategy I�termeJiate t rea t m e n t of managerial finance topics, incl uding rIsk, gl o ba l milrket · , capital i nvestme nt, fi na nc i a l p l a nn i n g, md fi nan i ng strategies. E mp h as is on devel o p me n t o f de isioll­ making ca p a bi l it y thro u gh exerci es that build res<::a r h a.nd teamwork skill . P re re qu is i tes: CO 1 5 1 / 1 52, CS 1 220, B SA 303 ( o r BUSA 302) . (4) 438 Finandal Research and AnoJysis S ' m i na r cou r 'e d i rected at current issues and dey I p me nt s . In co nsultation Wi t h the i ns t r uc t o r, advanced u n d ergr a duate stu­ den t · �elect appropriate, contempornr)' to p i � fo r reseMch, dis­ 1 5 1 1 1 52; S .I c u ss i on , . nd pr s e n t, t ion. Prerequ is ite·: E 220; BUSA 30 (or BUSA 302), a n d at least one u ppe r division BUSA p re fix elec t i e from t he list of Fi n a n c i al Resour es Man­ agement concen tration cours�s. (4) 442 Leadership and Organizational Development b(p erie nt ial course de igm:d to ex p l or the p r in c ip l e of orO',w " i­ z , t io na l dev el o p m e n t . Preparation of s t u d en ts to b e leaders i n effect ive, sys t e m a ti c planned change p r ogra m s. mphasi� on new orga n izational fo rms, cultural c h a nge , and t he inter ention proce . Prer q u i s it c : B SA 305. ( 4 )

445 Quality Improvement trategies Exa mi na t io n of h i s to r i c al develo p me n ts i n qu ali t), process un­ provement. in American busin sses. E m p h asi s on rece n t a pp l i a­ l ions of To ta] uality Manag ment an d C o n t i n u ou s Q ua l i t y I m p ro ve me n t ne e si tat e , llstomer focu� and us of p roces l m p ro v ment t h. n iq ue s. Exten ive application (J t he q u a l i ty tools, i nc l u d ing statisti at pr o cess control, that �uppo r t ontinu­ ous im provement in manufac.turin and service · e t t in gs . Prer 'q­ u i s i te: B SA OS. (4)

449 Current Issues in Homan Resource Management Sem i nar c o u rse fo cus ed on cur rent issu s and de e l o p m en t s in m a nagi n g human resources. Top i c a reas may include H RM's growi ng role in de vel op i n " orga n iza t iona.1 str, teg)" i nternational h u m a n resource managem nt, m an a gi ng the diver)e work fo rce, new paradigms in career d ev e lo p me n t , ma n a g i n g the down ide o downsizing, s tress m a nagement in the 90s, md trai nino strat gies for p repa rin g \ orkers for the 2 1 st entury. Ad va n ce busi­ n e s stu d en ts , in consultation with t he inst ructor, will �elect appropriate t o p i cs fo r r '� e ar c h and dis ussion. P re req u i ite: B SA " 5 . (4)

z

d

460 International Marketing I n trod uctio n to marketing p roblems and op p o r t un i t i es in a.n i n ternati onal context. Topics i n cl u d e changes in m a rket i n a pro­ [( ra ms when b usi ness i, conducted acras i n te rnat i onal b o rder and the e con om i and cultural fo rces that re q u i r e these changes. Prerequ isite: j unior standing.

(-Ij

467 Marketing Research Te hn iques and use of m arket i ng research in the busi ness d ec is i o n - m ak i n pro ces s . E m p h a s is Oil research design, VJIious s u r vey met hods, search in struments, and san1pling pl an s as they re la t e t ma rke t j ng consumer pro d u ct s i n do m e 'L i e and i n ternat ional en ironments. Prerequisites: ST T 23 1 , eSCI 220.

(4) 468 Marketing Management An i nteg r a ted appUcati n of ma r kdi n g mix concepts in a com­ petitive b u sin 55 s i m u la ti o n . Student teams apply m a rke ti n g stra t eg i e · to test thei r gro up skilb. devel p a bu ·iness plan, and construct an a n n ual repo rt. Prerequisites: B SA 306 a n d on upper divi i o n marketing c l ass . (4) 479 Implementing Advanced System i m p l mentation of I anc d manufacturing, i n fo r m a t i o n and service del ivery sy terns. Exami nation of proj ct m a n a g e m en t tt'�11l1ique · , o rg niza tional J n d tech nical chall 'nges and appro­ p n a tc dc sl. g n � fo r I m p l em en t i n g rga n iz.at i ons. Prere q u isite. : MATH 1 28 (or M TH 1 5 1 and 230) ; CSC! 220 or 1 44; E ON 1 5 t ! l 52; STAT 23 1 ; BUSA 303, 306, 307; B SA 37 1 . (4) 489 Study Abroad PLU - s p o ns ored academ ic or ex p e ri e n t i a l s t u dy in tries. P r r q u i i t e : j u n i r standing. ( 1 -32) 490 Special eminar Sem i n ar on specifica l ly se lec t e d

t

pi

t h er CO li ll ­

in business.

49 1 Directed Study l ndividual ized studies in co n s u l t ati o n wi th a n inSLJllctor. P re req ui s i tes : ju n i o r standin g a n d i n stru Lor approval. ( 1 - 4) 492 Internship Applicati n of busi ness knowledge in field etli ng. r dit gr a n t e d determined by hours spc: n t in working en ir oment and d ep t h o f projt t associat d with th . course of . I udy. 503 Unde.rstanding and Managing Financial Resour(;es I nt eg r at ed stlldy or mancial deci io n- nul k i n g v,uiable, ( l o t h b oo k a n d ma rket ) , the r l a t i n h i p s am n g them, a n d r el e va n t deciSIOn theories/models. Pri m a r y perspe t ive is that of t he financial manager, rather than the aC CQ u n t a n t or the external i nve tor. (4)

P

A

C

I

F

I

C

l

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

41


'" '" ....

z '"

504 Legal and Ethical Environment of Business Backoro lln d for u nderstanding and acting upon t he legal and thical issue" decision mak r in the b u s i ness world face today. An overview of the American legal system and government regulati u, and how both impact bu 'iness decision making. S u bstdntive areas o f law such as contracts, torts, p roduct liability, i ntellectual property ( co pyrights, patents, trademarks and tnld cre t s ) , methods of organizing a busines , and em ploy­ ment law. Students relate legal theory to real l i fe business situa­ tions ;U1d to solving contemporary business p robl e ms , such as how to stTLlcture a start - u p business or how to develop, co n t rol and protect p roprietary i n fo rmation. Independent projects will bl:' assigned t o allow students to p u rsue individual areas of inter­ est . (4) 505 Managing Effective Organizations Exam ines h ow leaders ma nage fo ur set of factors to achieve organizational effectiveness: the organ_ization's i n t e rn a l environ­ ment, b)' developing competencies in setting direction, commu ­ n iCHing, motiva t i ng, resolving confli ts, clarifying goals an d work roles, and developing teams; the organilation's env i ron­ mental context, thro u ' h analyzing organ ization design contin­ gencies and crea ting approp riate responses; cult ural differences associated with international operations, as well as home co u n ­ t r y diversity; and change, through continuous diagnosis, t r a n s i ­ tion p lanning, and a c t i o n i mplementation a n d evaluation. (4) 506 Managing the Value Creation Process I Development of an integrated perspective on the value creation process i ll bu:iness entities. This first course in the sequence focuses prima rily on cu st omer value and the processes that produce that value. Contemporary approaches to marketing and operations a re emphasized including market segm entation, m a rketing mix variable, work design for teams, i nventory man­ agement, quality management, and advanced manufacturing systems. major segment of the cou rse will i n tegrate marketing, quality, and operations in manufacturing and the services. Pre­ requisites: E ON 500, ECON SO L , BUSA 503. (4) 507 Managing the Value Creation Process n De elopment of an i n t grated perspect ive on the value creation process i n business e n t ities. This second course in the sequence contin ues the in tegrated perspective o n value creation with a focus on t he strat gic and supporting roles of management acco u nting in measurement of economic performance and of information systems i n monitoring and del ivering value to customers. Prerequisites: ECON 500, EC N 50 I , BUSA 503, B 'S 506 . (4) 509 Business Strategy i n a Global Context An i ntegrated study of business s trategy formulation and imple­ mentation undt:r c nditions of co ntinuing econ mic, techno­ logical, and competit ive change. Em ph, sizes the differences, simila rit i s, opportunities, and threats across the global business environment. Explore " industry, competitive, and company analysis and i mportant considerati o ns in d e v elo p i n g and sus­ taining a competitive advanta c. Includes advanced readings, seminar di ·cussions, co mprehensive case stud ies, and a field consulting project. PrereqLlisites: BU A 503, 504, 505, 506, 507.

(4 )

5 1 0 Strategic Management of Tech.oology Con epts and methods for form u laLing and i mplementing com­ petitive strat gy In a global conte.'t are discussed. Emphasis o n strategi choices \ hieh create sustainable advantage under con ­ ditions o f rapid t e hnologi a ! , political, e.nvironmental, and economic cha nge. Addr es how to i n tegrate technology w ith t h firm's s trategy, J nd the key internal a n d external forces t h a t deLermi n ' the vo i li t io n of trategy. Also de, b with key issues and methods in implementing a technology s trategy. Explores com peti t ive technology st rategy of multinationals. Prerequisites: 503, 504, 5 0 5 , 306, 507. (4)

42

P

A

C

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

535 Financial lnvestments

E mphasis on concepts, p r inciples, and issues relating to indi­ vidual sec u r i t ies: risk, return, and valuation of bond s, preferred stock, common stock, options, warrants, convertibles, and fu ­ t u res; determination and term Structure of market i nterest rates; ma rket transac tions structure, apital market efficiency. Prerequisites: E N 500; BUSA 503. (4) 537 Decision Models and Strategies for Financial MJl.Dagers In-depth examination of risk-re t u rn rel a t ionships in the con­ struction/revision of real a et portrolios and a . . oci, ted financ­ ing strategies. Focus is long-term. Primary perspective is that of the financial manager, rather than the accountant r the exte rnal investor. Prerequisite: EC N 500; BUS 503. (4) 54 1 M anaging Innovation and Technology Change Focus on the p l a n ning and implementation of m aj o r new tech­ nologies, processes. or systems which pose significant uncer­ tainty and the neces-ity for fundamental chan ge in the organization's de ign, culture, and industry structure. Condi­ tions that facilitate and i n h ibit innovation, typical pa tlem of innovation, devel opment, and pro e s rnethod� to enabL change. Prerequisite: B SA 505. (4) 542 Management of Change Detailed xamination of te hniques for diagnosing ppOrlUilitl requiring change. Planning, i m plement i.ng, i n ter elling, and evaluating changes. mphasis o n the problem a. essmcnt skills of i n ternal change agents. Prerequisite: BUSA 505. ( 2 ) 543 Designing Reward Systems Exploration of reward ystem p h i losophies and strategies in­ cluding consideration o f i n ternal consistency, external competi­ tivcnes . and allernatives to tradit ional reward systems. nder­ standing o f compen ation pra t ice . The role of m o t ivation in de vel o p i ng compensation sy · tems. Prerequisite: B USA 505. ( 2 ) 545 Continuous Improvement Strategies A study of continuous im provement stratcgi for orgnn i'l..<lI i om. Focus on managing for quality, inclu ding organizational analysis, process development, ;l nd selection of improvement tools. Strat­ egies fo r soliciting employee i nvolvement. Prerequisite: B SA 505. (2) 549 Contemporary Human Resource Management Seminar addres ing current issues in h u man resource manage­ m ent. Topics may include sta ffing, health care costs, training, team -buil di ng, e mployee involvement, workplace violence, substance abuse, ADA compl i�Ulce, harassment, and work pl ace diversity. Considerat ion of successful strategies f progressive companies. Prerequisite: B SA 505. ( 2 ) 553 Transnational Management Examinat ion of way in which t raditlonal approaches to globalizat ion-m ult inational adaptation, worldwide technology transfer, a nd global sta ndardiza t io n-may b e synLhesized into transnational s trategy and pradice. mpha i, on analyzing foreign env i ronments and poli tical r'sk, developillg ' n d manag ­ i n g global strategic alliances, integrating and controlling across borders, leveraging leadi ng-edge p radi es , negotiating across cultures. and developing global cornpetcnc ies for functio al. country, and top-lev I managers. Implicat ions for sma ll as well as fo r large organiza t i o n s . Prerequ isite: B SA " 0 5 . ( 2 ) 558 New Venture Management Examines the entrpreneurial skills and (ondit i o ns needed fo r effective new business start-up ". Specific issues su h a t he appropriate selec tion and cha racteristics of new venture leaders and staff, capital ization JIld financi ng, market ent ry, and m anagement o f transition challenges encoulltered across tht entlre life c)' Ie o f the venture are considered using case studies and prese.ntations. Prerequisite: BUSA 503. (4)

560 Global Marketing Management De ign ing and m anaging marketing activities across natio nal


bou.ndaries. To p i cs i n clude strategic marketing pl a n s , prod uct m o d i fication or c rea ti o n

for fore i g n m a r ke t s, i n te r a c t i ng w i t h po li t i c a l player a nd how culture, geo g rap hy, and economics affect marke ti n g planning. Pr er e q ui s i te : BUSA 506. (4) 566 Developing New Products and Services Study of t he pro ess re q uir ed fo r d evel op i n g a new

pr o d u c t o r

se rv ice . - o me areas addressed include the external e nvi ronment ( eco nomic condit io ns , competition, and intended market) and

s uch as res o u r ce s and company m issi o n . Small student t ea m s will c re ate a n e w product/service c on ce p t and es t a b li sh a t i m e l i ne fo r it d eve l o pm en t . P re req u i s i t e: BUSA 506. i n ternal var i ab l e s

(4)

567 Assessing Marketing Opportunities Leaming to i de n t i fy a n d a nal yze ma r ke t i n g opportunities. n d ers ta nd i ng market seg m e n t a t io n , p rod u c t pos i t i o n i ng and include research design, su rvey mdhods, and stali.stical a n alys i s . Emph asis is placed on being able t o i d e n t i f y p ro ble ms , selec t a p p ropriate research tools, interpret resu lts and c o n vey the results to en d - u s e rs of t h e prici og t h ro ug h res ea rch a na l ys i s . To p i cs

research. Prerequ isite: BUSA

506. (4)

574 Advanced Service and Manufacturing Delivery Systems The ourse dea ls with th e ma n a ge ri a l a nd o p e ra t i o n al ch al l en ge s of a d va n ce d service and manufacturing s y s t e ms characterized by tight i n teg ra t io n short time cycles and considerable v a r i e ty and scope. [n pa rti cular, co m pu te r i zed adva n ced m an u fa c t u ri n g syste m , nT, syn c hr o n o u s m a n u facturing, and customer inte­ grated service -ystems will be d i sc us 'ed. Such s ys t em s will be reviewed as com p e titive s t ra teg i es al ng with the a t t e n da n t organ izational i mp l i ca t i o n s . Prerequisite: BUSA 506, 507. (2) 577 Project Management St u dy of the unique condit ions, c h a l len ge s , r eq u i re m e n t s , and tech n i ques associated with d es i g n i n g and managing lU aj o r non­ rep litive u n der t ak i n g s. To p i cs include the applicabil i t y o f project management, the r e l a ti o ns h i p of the p r oj ec t life cycle to the nat ure of act ivi t ie s and com p o s i t io n of the p roj e c t team, proj ct mana ger roles, l e a di n g the project t eam, d ea li ng with u ncert ai n ty and unfamiliarity, project management structures, m an agemen t i n for m a t io n needs a n d uses, a nd pl an n i n g and control techniques. Prerequisite: B SA 505. (2) 578 Management o f Information Technologies & Systems F cus on issues concern ing the im pa c t of i n formation te ch nol­ ogy nd i n fo r m a t i o n systems on c o m p e ti t iv e strategies and or ga nizationa l structure. Understanding the ra pi dl y progressing field f i.nformation t e chno l o gy. Th key decisions for planning bene ts, allocating re s o ur c es , and de s i g n i n g information tech no log ic a n d systems to up port st rategies fo r success. Coms p a rti ci pa n ts are prov id e d with ways to id e n t i fy and manage a p plica t ions of info r m a ti o n technology at va ri ous levels w i t h i n an o rga n i za t io n and use of the " In for m a t i o n S u p e r Highway." Prereq uisi tes: BUSA 503, 505. (4) 590 Seminar Selec ted advan ced t op ic s .

(2-4)

59 1 Independent Study Individualized re a d i n g and st udies. Minimum su p e r v is i o n after i n itial plannin g of st u d e nt 's work. ( 1 -4)

Chemistry The history of civilization is inseparable fro m the history of chemis try. Ev rything that occurs in nature is chemi­ cally based: mental p rocesses and behavior, the fmniture we live around, the tools we use for work or play, the prob­ lems of pollution. Chemistry seeks to understand the fu n­ damental nature o f matter, as well as how its composition and energy content change. Use of thi knowledge i n flu­ ences our lives i n many profound ways. Whether in terested in the chemical p rofession i tself, including biod1emist ry, polymer chemistry, rad iation chemistry, and o ther speci­ ali ties, or i n chemistry in conj unction with other fields such as business, the social ciencrs, and the h um a niti es, students will have su itable programs available to me t their interests at PLU, D iversity in car e r pla nning is a key con­ cept in the chemistry depar tment. Programs are available which are broadly applicable to the health, biological, physical, environmental behavioral, and fu ndamental chemical sciences. The chem istry department's our es, c urri culum , fa c­ ulty, and facilities are approved by the American Chemical Society. The staff of six p rsons with doc torates has com­ posite experti e in vi rtually every field of pure and applied chemistry. The faculty are very active in basic and applied research, and most are also significantly i nvolved in the community, applying tbeir expertise to enhance the quality of life o f the c itizens. The department uses n u mero us scientific in Lrwn nts in the laboratories. Such major research and teachi ng equipment includ : 300 MHz Fourier transform nuclear magnetic resonance, Fourier transform i n fr ared , ultra­ violet, visible, emission, and electron spin resonance spec­ trometers; X-ray cry tallograpbic cameras; gas and liquid chroma tographs; gas chromatograph/ma ·s sp e ctro mete r; precision refractome ter; dipolometer; short path d istilla­ tion apparatus; scintillation cou nter; zone refiner; fluorometer, C-H-N analyzer, and I P-O S . Faculty resea rch projects involving student p articipation are in progress in mm1y important fields of chemistry. Some of the areas are: polymer s tructure and properties, laser spectroscopy, toxicology of tribulytin, synthesis of heterocyclic compou nds, chem ical cleavage o f ligni.n, envi­ ro nmenta l monitoring, structural and magnetic studies ()f i n o rganic complexes, organic kinetics, photochemical reactions, characterization of fun ga l enzymes, the role of n u trition in health, and the biochemistry of d rug actions.

"'

FACULTY: Swank, Chair; h yh le , Huestis, Nesset, To nn, Waldow,

D e g re e s in c h e m i stry are the Bachelor of Arts a n d the Ba ch e l o r of S ci en ce fo r s t u d e n ts wishing to structure their u ndergraduate ed u ca t i on around a full c h e mi s t r y major. The B . A . program is the m i n i m u m p re pa r a ti o n s u i table for fur t he r professional s t udies and is often combined w i th extensive study o r a second major in an allied fie ld. The B.S. p r ogr a m i nvolves additional chem i s t r y courses and serves both students g o i n g d i r· 'c dy into e m ployme nt on gra d u il t i o n �nd those going to gr a d u a t e programs. It is offe red with emphasis in hemis lry, b ioc hemist ry, or ch e m i ca l physics. The first option is :m American h mical Society certified program. The la tte r two op t i o n s are offered in c oo p e ra t io n w i th t h e b iology and physi c s departm nt. for stu­ dents wishin g to work at t h e i n terfaces bet, een ch e mis tr y and b io l o g y or physics. S tudents contemplating a major in cll mis t !")! are invited to P A C I F I C

L U T H E R A N

U N I V E R S I T Y

43


DEPARTM ENTAL HONORS: In recogn i ti o n of o u tstanding

d iscuss their i n terests a n d plans with members of the chemistry faculty at the. eartiest possible t i me. Opportun it ies fo r honors

work t h . designation

work in chemistry are described below.

to Bachelor of Science graduates by vote of the faculty o f the

S t udents deciding to major in chemistry should officially

> II:: I­ ....

:t u

chemistry department, based on the studen t' perfo r m a n ce i n t hese areas:

ha ing

1 . Course w o r k: The grade p o i n t average in chemistry co u rse must be at tcast- 3.50. 2. Wri t ten work: Prom t h timc a student declares a major i n

c

mple ted Chemistry 232 a nd after consultation with a

fa u l ty adviser in t h e chemistr)' depart men t . Transfer students desir i.ng to major in chemistry should cons u l t a departmental adviser no later than the begi n n i n g o f t h e i r junior year.

chemistry, copies o f o u t sta n d i ng work (e.g. , laboratory,

The o p ti o n req ui rement o f the Col tege of Arts and Scien ces

seminar, and resea rch reports) wilt be kept for later s u m mary

hOILld be met by Option I, preferably in G e r m a n . The chem istry departm e nt considers c o m p u ters to be

evalua tion.

3. Oml commllnicatiOIl: t u d e n ts must evidence ,lbi l it y to

i mportant tools in professional a n d personal activities. Labora­

co m m u n i cate effec ti

tory work in the department places considc'rable em phasis on

I y as indica t d b y the

Slim

of rh i r

participation i n class cii cuss i o l 1 , sem inars, help sess i o n

.::o mputer use. Therefore, the department strongly recommend s

leadership, a n d t ea c h i n g a s istants h i p work. 4. II/dependen t chemistry-related activitie·: Pos itive consider­ at ions include the extent and quality o f extrac u r r icu lar work

that a s t ud e n t plann ing to maj o r in chemis try tal e a l least o n e two-credit hour cou rse i n co m pu ter science.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR; Chemistry 120 or 1 25 , 232, 234, 3 3 2, 334, 3 3 8 , 34 1 , 342, 343, 460. Re quired supporting courses: Math 1 5 1 , 1 52; Physics 1 53, 154. 1 63, 1 64. BACHELOR OF SCI ENCE MAJOR ( t h ree a l ternat ives ) : 1 . GeIleml - leads t o American Chemica l Societ y certification; Chemistry 1 20 or 1 2 5, 232. 234, 332, 334, 338, 34 1 , 342, 3 4 3 , 344, 405 o r 4 5 0 or 456, 4 1 0, 4 3 5 , 460; tvI J t h 1 5 1 , 1 52 ; Physics 1 53, 1 54, 1 6 3 , 1 64. Fo r American hemical Society certifica­ tion, 450 and either 405, 440, or 456 are required.

done in backgrou Jld reading, in dependent s t u dy, and reseHrch;

a ss i s t i ng in laboratory p re paration , teach i n g, O r advising; any other chem ist ry- re lat ed em p loymen t, on ca m p u s or e lsewhere; and participation i n campus and professional c.hem istry­ related o rga n izations. The departmental honors designation wilt appear o n a graduat­ ing chem istry major's transcript.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: S t u dents i n tere ted in this degree de\relop their c h e m i stry program t h rough t he department in conjun tion w i t h the School of Educa t i o n . See

2. Biochemistry emphasis: Chemistry 1 20 or 1 25, 232, 234, 332, 334, 338, 3 4 1 , 343, 403, 40S, 4 1 0, 435, 460; Biology 1 6 1 , 1 62, 323; fou r h o u rs selected from Bio logy 326, 328, 3 3 1 , 346, 359, 38S, 407, 4 4 1 o r h e m istry 342; Math 1 5 1 , 1 52; Physics 1 53 , 1 54, 1 63 , 1 64. 3. Chelllicul-pllysics emphasis: Chemistry 1 20 or 1 25, 232, 234, 332, 334, 34 1 , 342 , 343, 344, 460; Math 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 253; Physics 1 53. 1 5 4 , 1 6 3 , 1 64, 3 3 1 , 332, 336, 356;

MINOR: 22 semester hours, i nduding 1 20 or 1 25 , 232, 234, 332, 334 o r 336, 33tl, and 4 h o u rs of additional 300 o r 400 level

Gene.ralized Chemistry Curriculum for the B.S. Degree

chemi t ry course (s) completed with grades of C or higher.

FALL

Prereq uisite and coreqlJisile re qllirements are st rictly enforced.

School of EdllCll l iol1 sec t io n . CHEMICAL ENGINEERING: S t u de u ts i n t e rested i n p u rsuing studies in chemical engineeri ng should see the c urse o ut l i ne in the Engilleerillg section o f this c a t a l og. T h department chai r should be consulted for assignment of a program adv iser.

SPRING

Fresh /1/(.1/1 ( l ) Chemistry 232, 234

hemis try 1 20 o r 1 25 Math 1 5 1

Math 152

Critical Conversation or

Physic:; 1 5 3 , 1 63 ( 2 )

Writing Seminar

Course Offe rings 1 04 Environmental Cbemist.ry Basic priociples of hem ical str u c t u re and rea tions, w i t h

Writing Seminar or

Core course

Cri tical

PE 1 00 or aClivity

app lications to h u m a n activit ies and t he na tural environment.

onversation

No prerequisit ; �tudents w i t ho u t h i g h school chemist ry are encouraged to take 1 04 berore t a k i n g 1 0 5 or 1 1 5 . Also s u i ta b le

PE 1 00 or a tivity

Sophomore Chemistry 332, 3 34

Chemistry 338

Physics 1 54, 1 64(2)

B i o lo gy 1 62(2)

Biology 1 6 1 ( 2 )

Core courses

fo r environmental stud ies, general science teachers B.A. in e a r t h sciences, and general un ivers ity core requirements or College o f Arts a n d Sciences OptiOll I l l . St udents must meet the LIlli ers i t )' entrance require men ts i n mathem a t i cs before enrol ling i n t h e

Core courses

cOllrse. I (4)

Junior hemistry 3 4 1 , 343 Core courses

Chemistry 342, 344

1 05 Chemist.ry of Life

Chemistry 4 1 0

Organic and b i ochem istry perti ne n t to chemical p rocesses in the

Chemistf)/ 460 C h e m is t ry 435

s t udents, and prospective teachers. St uden ts who have n o t

h u m a n organism; su itable fo r l iberal a r ts st ude nts, n u rs i n g

Sellior Chemistry

460

Elect ives

completed h i gh school chem istry r e en tly should t a k e

1 20 GeneraJ Chemistry

1. Refer to the D i v is ion of Natural Sciences section of t h i s

An i ntrod u c t i o n to the fu ndamental nature of chemis t!"),. To pics

catalog fo r o t h e r begi n n i ng c u r r i c u l u m op tions.

i n cl u d e energy and mat ter, atomic and molecular theo!' )r,

2. The department t-resscs the i m p o r tance o f t a k i ng physics d u ring either the fres h m a n or the sophomore year.

periodic p roperties, n o menclat ure, states of matt r, chemical

his

calculations, solution propert ies, acids and bases, e qu ili brium,

permits a better lU1dcrstand i n g o f c hemistry and enables a

and kinetics. The maj o r emphasis of the lecture a n d laboratory

sludent to complete degree requirements wit h no sc hedu ling di ffic u l tic' in the j u nior and se nior years. Students i nter

will be the a p p l i cation o f chemical p rinci pl es and theory on a

ted

in t.he Bachelor of Science with b iochemistry emphasis should

plan to take biology i n tht: alternate year.

the health sciences (e.g., premedical, prudential, prepharmacy)

ption I, or who desire

wou ld usually begin chemistry w i th this course. One year of high

to attain o r m a i n t a i n a language proficiency', . hould take a

school chemistry is requ i red. S tudents with no h igh school

lan guage cou rse as p a r t of their o p t io n a l selections. P

A

C

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

need to k n ow basis . Designed p rimarily or · t udenls who want to major in chem ist ry, biology, engineering, env i ro n m enta l science, geol ogy, or physics . These and other majors who are i nterested in

3. S t u dents desiring to fu l filt the College of Arts and Scienccs fo reign language requi rement u n der

[ 04 before

taking 105. Il ( 4 )

Electives

44

may be granted

declare their intent as oon as possible and not la ter than after

. w

with Departmental Ho nOl's

T

Y


che m i st rr or a weak ma t h em a t i c a l backgro u n d should take C h e m i s t r y 1 04 before t h is course. C or e q u i s i te : M ATH 1 40 or matI placement in a course h i gh e r than 1 40. 1 ( 4 )

1 25 Advanced General Chemistry An advanced level i n troduction to c h e m is t ry. This co u r c w i l l - ex p lo r e general c h e m i st ry fro m a n advanced theoretical an d a p p lied perspective. To pics i n c l u d e t h c r m o d )' n a mi c s , a t o m ic - structure, valence bond a n d mo le c u l a r o rbi ta l t h e or i e s , co m p l ex equ il ib r i u m , kinet ics, macro m o lecules, a nd coordination _ c he mistr y. This co u r se is open to all students with an excellent h i gh sch 01 science b a ck g ro u n d and who desi re to pursue fu rther s tudies b ey o n d the bachelor's d e g re e . St udents w it h a n - o u tst a nd in g record i n a one year high school c h e m i s try co urse or advanced high school c h e m i s try should elect this co u rs t: . Co-

- re q u i s i t E': MATH 1 5 l . I (4) 210 Nutrition, Drugs, and the Individual - An i n t ro d u ction to basic metabolic interactions, general end c r i n olo g y, mind and body interactions, and roles o f d r u gs i n _

m o di fy i n g biological and behavioral fun c t io ns. N u t r i tion topics

i n clude food p re pa ra t io n , " t he ba lan ce d m e al p h i lo so ph y," n u t ri t i o na l m y t hs , the e ffects of stre s, env i ro nm en t a l and - societal i n fluences on d i e t . Prereq uisites: one year of h i gh school c h em i str y or e q uiva l en t s u ggest e d . Meets general un iversity core r e qui r eme n ts. I (4) _

_

L

232, 332 Organic Chemistry An i nt erp re ta t io n of pro p er t ies and reactions o f al i ph at i c and ar maric com p ( unds on the basis of c u r re n t chem iGll t h e o ry. Prereq u i i te : 120 or 1 25. Corequisites; 234, 334. J r , I (4, 4)

234, 334 Organic Chemistry Laboratory Rencti I1S a n d conventional and modern t e c h n i q u e. of sy n t h esi s , - �ep a ra t i o n, and analysis of o rg a n i c com po u n d s. Microscale tech niques. Must a cco m p a ny 232, 332. l l, I ( 1 , I ) '-336 OTganic Special Projects Laboratory I n d i vidual pr o je c t s e m p basizing cu r re nt pro fessional-le vel - met.hods of sy n t h 'sis and proper t y d e ler m i n a t i on of o rg a ni c compounds. This course is an alternati\re to 334 a n d typically '-- req u i res so mewhat more time c o m m i t m e n t . S t u d e n t who wish t o prepar for c a reers i n c he m i s t ry o r related a reas s h ou l d appl y fo r d part mental approval o f t h e ir admission t o t h is course. II 338 Analytical Chemistry

Chemical methods of quantitative a na l ys is , in cl u d i ng vol u m et r i c, Prerequisites:

g ra v i m e t r i c, a n d s e l e c t e d i n s t r u m e n tal methods.

1 20 o r 1 25 and MATH 140. II (4)

34 1 Physical Chemistry A s t u d y of the rel a t i o n s hi p between the e n er g y content of ystcm s, \. ork, and the physical and chemical p r o p e r t i es o f matter. Top ic s i ncl u d e classical and s ta ti s tic al thermodynamics, therm ochemistry, s ol u t io n properties, and phase e q u i l i b r i a . Prerequisite: CHEM 1 20 or 1 25, MATl-! 1 5 2 , PHYS 1 54. 1 (4)

342 Physical Che.mistry A study of the p hys i c a l p ro p e rt i e s of a t o ms , molecules and ions, and lhe i r correlation with s t r u c t u re . Topics i n cl ud e c l assical a n d modern quantum m e c han i c s , b o n d i ng t heo ry, atomic nd m o l e cul a r struct u re, spectrosco py, and chemical kin e ti cs. '-- Prerequis ites: CHEM 1 2 0 or 1 2 5, MATH 1 52, PHYS 1 54 . 1 1 (4) _

343, 344 Physical Chemistry Laboratory Experiments in thermod naIlli , s o l u t io n behavior, a n d m o l ec u l a r structure designed to ac q u a i n t s t udents wi th i n stru­ m enta ti o n , d a t a h a n d l i n g , correlations with t h eo ry, and data reliab i l i t y.

omputer usage is enco uraged. Corequisite or 34 1 , 342, 343 or consent of instructor req u i red for

prerequ isite:

344. I II ( I , l ) 403 BiochemiStry n overview, i n c l u d i n g bioc hemical structure, mechanisms of re a c t i o n s , metabolism, genetics, a n d the b iochemistry of the c e l l . Ma j o r s a re e n c o u ra g e d to take bo t h 403 and 405 fo r a more

co m p le t e underst anding of b i oc he m i s r r y. Also fo r B.A. and non- majors interested in biochemistry as a

of kn ow le dg e. Prerequisites;

maj or ·

su pp o rti n g field

2 , 334. I (4)

405 Biochemistry A s t u dy of c he m i cal reaction · and s t r uc tu re. in l i v i n g cells. To pics include e n zym e kinetics and mechanisms of catalysi , metabolism, and bioch emical gc net i s. Concepts i n t ro d u ce d i n P h ysi c a l C he mi s t ry a n d B i o ch e mistr y w i l l be a p p l ie d in this co u r s e . Lab ratory des ign e d to t i m u l ate c re a t i vi r y and problem­ sol vi ng ab i l i t ie s t h ro u gh the lise of m od ern b iochemical te ch n i que s . Designed for student s i nterested in g ra d u ate school o r research. Prereq u i s i t es : 3 3 2 , 334, 3 4 1 a n d/ o r 342 or p e rrllis ­

m

sion, 403. II ( 3 ) 4 1 0 Introduction t o Research A course d es ig n e d to i n t rod uce the stud nt to l abor ato ry rese a rc h tech n i qu es , use of the c h e m ical l i terature, i ncluding co mp uterized l i te ra t ur e sear h ing, research pr p )5al and r p o rt w r i t i n g . mphasis on the s t u de n t deve l op i n g a nd ma ki n g progres ' on an i n d e p e n d e n t chemical re search problem chose n in co nsu l t at i on with a memb r of the c h e m i s t ry facult y. S t u de n t w i l l a ttend s em i n a rs as pa r t of the course requirement. n ( 2 ) 435 Instrumental Analysis Theory and p ra c t i c of i nslr u mental methods along w i t h b as i c e l ec t r o n i c s . S p e ci a l e m pha s is p la c ed on electronic , spectropho­ t ome t ri c , radiochemical, and mass spectrometric methods. Pr ere qu i ites: 3 3 1) , 34 1 and/or 342, 343. II (4 ) 44.0 Advanced Organic Chemistry t u de n t s will develop a repertoire of �ynthetic meth odology and •

reaction example. sYllthet ic or" a nic strategi' a n d desi n, the a nalys is of cl assi and recent total syn t h eses fr( m th e literature, and a dvan ced applications of i n s t r u me n t a t i on in organ i c c h e m i str y. Prereqllisile; 332. a/y a general unders tand ing

of a

variety of organi

me ch a n i s m s . To p i cs ma)' i n c l u d e, for

1 994-95 I I (2) 450 Inorganic Chemistry Te ch n i q ue s of st r uct u ral determination (JR, UV, liS, M il. , X r a , E P R ) , b o n d i n g pr i n c i p les , n o n - me t al co mpo u n ds , coo r d i n a ­ tio n ch em i s t ry, organometa l l i cs, donor/acceptor on ce pts, reaction

pat hways and biochemical applicati ons are

co vered.

La bo r a to r y i n c l ud es syn t h e si s a nd an i n -d e p lh e c p l o ratiol1 of t h e physical properties of non- metal, coordin atio n a n d o rga n m e ­ tall ic com p o u n d s. Prerequisites: 332, 34 1 · orcq u i s i te 342. a/y LI (3) 456 Polymers and Biopolymers A cour. e pre sc n t i ng the fundam n ta ls of p o l Y lTl e r ynt h is, solution t he rmodyna mic pro perties, molecular ch arac ter iza tion, molecular wei g h t di 'tr ib u t i o n , and sol utiun k i n e t i cs . Free

radical, condensation, ionic, and b iopolym

r systems

are

c o ve re d , with i llustrated a p p l i c a t i o ns taken from the m ed i c a l , engineering, a nd c h e m ic a J fields. The one- red it l a bor a t o ry eXJminin" p o ly mer synLhesis t h ro u gh e:"'Pcriments i op t io n al . P rerequ is i te : 34 1 ; Co re q u i s i t e , 342. a/y I I ( 3 )

460 Seminar Se nior c a p st o n e experience. P re se n t a t i o n by s t u de n t s of k n owled g e gained by perso na l l i brary or l aboratory r searc h , su p p l e m e n te d w i t h seminars by p ra c t i c i n g scientists. Parti i p a ­ tion of a l l se n i o r chemi t r, majors is required and aU o t he r chemi s t ry- o riented st u d e n ts are en c o u ra ged to partitipale. Semi n a r program

will be

held

during tb

ent i re yea r b u t credit

will be awarded i n the spring semester. I [] ( 2 )

491 Independent Study Library and/or l ab o ra t ory s t u d y of topics no t included i n regularly offered co urses. Prop o s ed p roject I11U t b e approv d by d ep a r t m en t cha i r and supervisory re s p on s i bi l i t y accepted by a n i n s tr u c tor . Ma)' be taken m o r e than o n c c . I I I ( 1 ,2, o r 4 ) 497 Research E x p er ime n t a l or theoretical i n ves t i g at i o n open to u p per division P A C I F I C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

45


students with consent of departmcnt chair. May be taken more

Electives: ( 1 2 semester hours fro m at least two additiollal

than on e. Generally consists o f an expanded study o f the

departmen ts)

research project developed i n 490. I I I

( 1 ,2

or 4)

Ant h ropology 345 C hi n ese 371

597, 598 Graduate Research

-

Con temporary ChiJ1ese Culture

C h i n ese Literature in Translation

History 338 - Modern China

Open to m a ster's degree candidates o nly. Prcrequ isite: consent of II'

-

History 339 - Revolut ionary Chi.na

department chair. I I I (2-4)

Music

W

1 05 J - The Arts of China 233 - Religions of China· ....

Religion

Business 352 alld In tegrated Stu dies 351 may count fo r program credits only when the studwt 's co u rs e project isfocused on

Chinese Studies The W II' W

z J: U

China and is approved by the program cha.ir.

hinese ' tudies p rogram is an i nterdisciplinary

*'

History 496 may be cou nted toward program re q uirements

... �

Religion 132 may be substituted with the permission of the

when it fowsf!5 spec(fica lly UpOIl China.

p rog ra m which is designed t o provide s t u de n ts i n terested in China

a broad fo unda tion in

hi nese langu age, c u l t u re,

progra m chair.

and h i s tory, a n d an oppo r t u n i ty to fo cus on the rel igious­ ph.i1o ophical world view and the economic structure of

With the approval of the p rogram cha ir, selected January-term,

China. The program requires that major and m i no r

summer, st udy abro<ld, a nd experimental course may also be

stud

included in the major or mi nor.

nls complete cOLl[sework in a t least three diffe rent

d iscipline : Ch i nese language, h isto ry, and a n th ropology,

with opt ional work in the arts, religion, business, and, fo r appl icable students, integrated studies. St udents wh

Classics

parti cipate in the university's China

exchange pro grams (cu rrently a t Sichuan Union University and Zhongshan University) may request t h a t credits earned th ro ugh these

Depar tments of Languages, History, Philosophy, Religion,

programs be co u n ted toward the

and Art. I ts goal i s to un i t e the "heart of the liberal a rts"

major or mi nor. With the approval of the p rogram d irector, selected January- term, s u m m e r, and experi men tal courses may be included

in the major o r m i n o r.

Guldin, Chair; Barnowe, Benson, Ingram, McG i n n is, Vinje,

of 40 semester hours, includ in g a t least

one

year o f one of

the class ical langu ages and two of the other (

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 36 semester h o u rs

(24 required,

elective); s t udents must take a t least one C h i nese h istory

CLASSICS COMMITTEE: S nee, Coordinator; Jansen, Oakman,

Required Cou rses: (24 semester hours)

A n thropology 343

-

P i lgrim.

East Asian Cultures

Chi nese 1 0 1 - Elementary ,hinese Ch i nese \ 0 2

El ementary

-

Latin

h i ncse

Chinese 20 1 - I n termediate

1 0 1 -202 - Elementary

Latin 20 1 -202 - Intermediate

h i nese

Greek 1 0 1 - 1 0 2

C h inese 202 - Intermediak C hinese C h i nese Studies 400 - The Senior Project

-

Elementary

Greek 20 1 - 202 - I n termediate

(4)

Art 1 1 0 - i n trod uction to Art

A project, thesis, or internship whi c h demonstrates compe­

Art 1 80 - History of Western Art [

tence i n m u l tiple dimensions of C h i ne�t: Stud ies. Must b e

Art 386

approved by c h a i r o f the Chinese Studies Program; taUy card

Classics 23 1 - Masterpieces of European Literature

-

ontemporary

-

P h i losophy 3 3 1 - Ancient P h i losophy

h inese 3 5 1 - Compos i t ion a n d Conve rsation Chinese 3 7 1 - Chi nese Literature in Translat i o n History 338

-

Modern China

H i sto ry 3 3 9

-

Revo l u t ionary China

History 496

-

Seminar: The Third Wo rld (A/Y on C h i n a » '

-

MINOR:

I n tegrated Studies Seminar>

Chinese 1 0 2

-

EI ment ar),

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

R

Ancient

Religion 330

-

Old Testament Stud ies

Religion

-

N

ew Testament S t u d i es

The program i s designed to be flexible. I n consultat ion with not o n the classics course list. All core class ics courses are taught out of the Depa rtment of LanguJges.

A

'hurch History

the Classics Comm ittee, a student may elect a course or courses

h i nese

E

-

re ligion) in which their i n t erest lies.

,hinese language)

approval of the program chair)

C

ReLigion and Literature of the New Testament

Religion 2 2 1

331

Religion and Literature of the Old Te tament

that part of the program (art, l i terature, history, p h ilosophy, or

( o r o n e equ ivalent year of u n iversity level Chinese, upon

A

-

Students are expected to become fa miliar with the read ing list for

20 semester hours (8 required, 1 2 elec tive)

Requi red Cou rses: (8 semester hours in Chinese 1 0 1 - Elementary C h i nese

-

Selected January-term Courses

Religions of China»H -

Religion 2 1 1 Religion 2 ! 2

I ndependent Study Courses

Music 1 05 J - The Arts of C h i n a Religion 233

Classical Mythology

Natural Sciences 204 - History of , cience

h i nese Culture

Managing Global Bus i n ess'

Integrated S t udjes 3 5 1

-

Classics 322 - Roman Civ ilization

Electives: (12 semester hours) B usiness 352

Imagery a n d Symbolism

Classics 3 2 1 - Gre.ek Civilization

departmen ts or programs may subst i t u te for this course. Anthropology 345

-

lassies 250

pon ap plication of the student, sem i nars in ot her

required.

reek and

Latin). The rema inin g cou rses are selected from the l i s t below i n consultation w i t h t h e program coord i nator.

course.

P

soul, through rel i gion, and to embe l lish this trinity o f Thi in terdepartmental m a j o r requ i r es t h e completion

u,

Youtz.

46

with the mind, through history a n d philosophy, and the themes w i t h t h e visual experience of a r t .

FACULTY: A commi ttee of fa culty admin is ters this program:

12

The Classics Program i s a cooperative effort among the

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y


College of Arts and Sciences

ompletioll t h rou g h the first year

II.

of college level of a fo reign sat isf)1 the for ign language

entrance requirement. This o p ti on may a1

Division o/ Hu manities

be met by

0

sat isfac tory scores on a p roficien cy examination a d m i nis­

En gL i h

Ill.

Languages and Li teratures

tered by t h e PLU Department of Languag Fo u r semester

hours

a n d L i tera t u res.

s

i n histo ry, l i tera t u re, or language (at the

20 I level. or at any level i n a language

other thall that used to satisfy the foreign l a n g u age entre nee requ i r ment) in addition to co urses a pp l ie d to t h e general univers i t y requ i re­

Phil osophy Re l i g i o n

Division of Natural Sciences

ment5. d n d

Bi ol og y

Chemistr

ther than t h'lt u!ied to

langu, ge

Fo ur

r

Compute r Sc ien ce

,

c: z

req u i remclJ!S.

E ngi neeri n g

Geos icnces

High school

Math.ematjcs

l a ngu age s used to sati 'fy any of th above o p t ion�

m u st have been completed with

Phy. i s

gr des o f C

or

h igh

r.

Courses used to satisfy either l i ne of O p t i o n I I [ of the Col lege

of Arts a nd Sciene

Division a/Social Sciellces

s

[equir ment may

not b

used

lO

sat isfy

general u n iversity requi rem ents. Any college- l evel foreign

Anth ropology

o z

or above used to s d t is fy Option [ and dl1y completion of col legel -Ievel la ng uage through 1 0 2 used to satisfy O p t ion I I may also be used to s a t isfy the Pers p ect ives

langu age c o urse nu mbered 2 0 1

Econ omi History

Ma r r i a ge and Family Therapy

on Diversity req u i rement in

Polit ical Scien ce

'andidates for the

Psyc ho logy Soci ol ogy

3: 3:

hours in lo g i c mathematics (courses num­ bered l OO or abov ) , computer science, or statis�ic$ i n add i t io n to c o u r e s a p p l ied to t h e gener.ll u n iversity semester

n o

r oss -

ultural Per pecti ves .

English,

n gl i s h

with con centration in

and Social Wo rk

. in

B.

,

or the

IT!

. in Education

B.

tudies. fo r

for tbe B. A . i n Global

in I n tem a t i onal Bu 'i ness. a n d for ele ct i o n to the Arete Society must meet O ption I above. the B . B . A .

DEGREES OFFERED: Bachelor of Arts, I3 achelor of Science

IT!

MAJOR REQUIREMENT: A major i s , se qu e n c e of co urses i n o ne are a . usually in one department. major s h o u l d b e sele te d by t h e end of t he soph o m o re year. The choice must he approved by the dep ar t m ..: n t cha i r (or in c e of s pec i a l academic p ro­ grams, th� program coordinator). Major req u i rements are pedfi.ed in t h is c at al o g. The quality of work must be 2 . 00 or be tte r. D grades may be counted toward graduation but nor toward

a

major.

RECOGNIZED MAJORS:

Anthropolog, p p li ed Physics Art

Hi tory

Chemistry Chinese S t u d ies

Norw gian P h i lo s op hy

Classics

Physics

C o m m u nication

P olitical

Computer Engineering

Psychology

Computer Science

Rel igion

Individual ized ' t udy

Mathematics

B i o l o gy

Music

c i e n ce

Scandinavian Area Stud ies

Earth Sciences

Social Wor k

Eco nomics

Socio logy

Communication and Theatre

English

Sp nish

rench

Theatre

The faculty of the Department

Pngi neering S c i e n ce

(3-2)

e rma n

Not m o rE' than 44 semester hours ear ned i n one department may b appl ied t owa rd the b a c. h el o r s degree in the ,ol lege. '

COllEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES REQUIREMENTS: In addition language

lan g ua ge,

to

meeting the en trance r eq ui rement in foreign

( two y

<irS

of high school 13 nguage,

ne

year of college

equ ivalent proficiency), candidates in the CoL lege f Art and Sciences (all B.A., B . S. , B, A . Rec. , BA P.E . a nd B.S .P.E. degr e ) I11 U t meet o p tio n I, I I , or I I I bel ow : I. ,ompletion of o n e foreign language c hrough the secon d year of college l evel. This req uirem n t may abo be 'a t i s fied by com p l rion o f four year. of high school �t udy in one fo rei g n or

demonstrated

l a nguage or by satisfactory scores on

a

profici ency exam in a­

t i o n a d m i n ister d by th<:' PLU Departm Il t of [ a ng uu ges and Literatures.

of Commu nication

and

Theatre is committed to a ph jlosoph ical perspect ive

n

com m u n ication as the p roces by which s hared under­ st a nding ar created between a ud i e n ce s t h rough the

of symbol

use

. Im pl ici t within this un de rs ta n ding is agree ­

ment u pon the assum ption th�lt people i o t ract w i t h o ne a n o th r fo r the p u rp e o f a c h i ving out ornes, alld tbat this i n teract ion i s accomplished t h r ugh a var iety of In

dia.

balance th.e n cd to prepare students com munic ators with the need 1'0 locate the learning of tho skill ' to the b roader context of the Liberal art t rad iti o n. We strive t.o produc tnden ts w h o have m astered the com petencies dema nded in their fi ld of co m m unication study. We al 0 endea or to i nsure Teach i ng m ust

with spec ific skills as

t ha t OLl r stlldents have an J pprec ia tion of all aspects of the

P

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

47


I roader understand­ of the process by which shared m ea n i ngs are crcated.

communication spectrum as well as in�

With in the

epartment of Communication a n d

Theatre, five dist iJ1C\ , yet i n t e rrel ated areas of h u ma n co m m u n ication may b explored: broadca ting, c r i ti cal communication t ud i s , journalis m , p ub l i c relations, and theatre. Students majoring in any of t h ese areas a rticulate and test th ei r ideas, dev lop their individ ual abili ties, and w

by an adviser.

gain competence in various st rategies fo r i m proving

h e y acq u i re know l e dge a nd

e ffective comm u n i ation.

skills t h at apply to n ea r l y every aspect

of their p r i va te and

p ublic l ive .

for ·tudents trained i n communication elle nt A per on's ca�ree r may ultimately to be qu ite different (ro m what was origi nally

Career pro s p e c ts z o � < u

and theatre turn out

are ex<

a nt ic i pat ed , of cow-se, but in

a

rapicl l

hanging world,

fo r

ce r ta i n fundamental skills and resources are necessary

ada p ta t i on and success . As the work environment in the

bee mes i ncreasi ngly oriented toward com m u nication , it will be crit ically import nt for s tu d nts to hay (h e abil ity to com m u n icate dearly and effec ti vely, both orally n d in w r i t i n g . Those who m aj o r or m i n o r in o n e of the c o mmu n ica tion arts will be fa r ahead of their contemporaries who negl ec t to prepare fo r the wo rl d of tomor row. com i n g decades

FACULTY: fnch, Chili I'; B a r ta n e n , Becvar,

Harney, Lisosky,

Parker, Rowe, Spicer, Weber. CORE REQUJREMl!NT: Only

the following cou rses from Ollll11unication and Theatre may be used to meet the general university core requirement in the a r ts: [5 [, [ 60, [ 6 2, [ 63 , 2 4 [ , 358, 359, 363, 364, 458.

DECLARATION OF MAJOR: S tu d e n ts who want to declare a commu nication major with an t'lnphasis i ll pr i n t/b ro ad as t .j ) u r n a l i s m, cri tical c o m m u n i c a t i o n studies, or public relations:

of declara tion, have a c u m u l a t i ve grade point

2 . W i l l have successfully co m pl ete d t h e Co m m unication Core ( 1 23 , 27 1 , and 283) with a grade point average o f 2 . 5 or higher. Tr an s fe r students will be giv n the opport uni ty to pa:;s a pre -tes t o n mater ial taught i n 1 2 3 , 27 1 , and 283. Maximum of 44 se m es te r

1 . Crit icill Con'lll I lJl1iCrllioll Studies - req uired courses: 1 2 3 , 27 1 ,

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

See School of Educatioll. MINORS: tudies: 20 semester h ours, i n c luding 1 23 , 283 , 330, 333 or 433, 328 or 436. 2. Public Rela tions: 20 semester hours, including 1 2 3 , 2 7 [ , 2 8 3 , 385, p l u s 4 hours from 00-400 level commu nication courses l. Crit icill Com m u n ication

selected in co n�ultation w i th adviser.

Physical Education.

5. The Publ ishing Ilnd Prin ting Ar ts Millor is cross-referenced with the Department of En gl i h. ee the description of that m in or under English.

Course Offerings: Communication

F

All candidates for the B.F.A. degree m us t satisfactorily co m p l ete a fo rmal i n te rn s hip of I to 8 semester ho urs under the supervi­ sion of a faculty member. S tuden ts may regi ster for Com m u n ica­ tion or Thea t r e 225 or 425 or may register fo r Cooperative Educa t i o n 376 or 476 . t n the l atter case, regular Cooper a tive Educat ion guidelines must be fo llowed.

4 . The Da nce Minor is cco s- referenced with the School of Physical Educat iun. See the descr iptiun of that m i n o r under

2. Prin t/Broadcast j0 1 4 malism - required [()u rses: 1 23, 27 1 , 2 8 3 , 3 84, 480, p l u s 2 4 addil lonal hours rom 00 and 400 level co m m u nication courses selected a ter con ulta tion wilh adviser. Required s u p p o rt i n g areas: 3-4 h o u rs in eco n o m ic s, " hOllrs in stat ist ics or research metho and 1 2 ho urs i n social science Q[ a minm ap proved b )' an 1ldvi ser. S t u de n t s must earn a grade of B in 28 or have the in t ructor's permi sion in order to advance in the sequence.

I

1 . Broadcastillg - requ ired courses: 1 23, 2 7 1 , 2 8 3 , _ 7 3 , 3 74, 378, and 3 8 1 , plus 26 hours selected i n consultation with adviser. 2. Th ea tre - Act i/ l g/Direct ing Emphllsis - required courses: 15 [ , [ 60, 24 [ , 250, 352, 357, 363, 364, 454 , plus [ 8 ho urs selec ted

consultation with adviser.

283, 328, 330, 333, 433 plus [ 2- [ a d d i t io n a l hours fro m 300 and 400 level co m m u nica t i o n courses selected a ft er consulta­ tion with advi er. Required supporting areas: 3-4 hour ' in cc nomics, 4 h o urs i n statistics or research methods, and [ 2 hours i n social sci nee o r a mi n or a p p ro ve d by a n adviser.

C

t least 54 semester h o u rs

in any of the two areas of concen tration:

3. Thea tre: 20 semester hours, i ncl uding 1 5 1 , 100, 24 1 , 250, plus 4 h o urs from com m u n ication and theatre course selected in

ho urs in any of the areas of concentrat i o n :

A

BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS MAJOR:

BACHELOR OF ARTS JN EDUCATION:

average of a t least 2 . 5 .

P

Arts and Scien es .

hours selected in consultation with adviser.

They cannot he taken concurrently.

48

>

i n consultation with a d viser.

journalism, c r i t ic a l com m u n i cation studies, and p ubb c relation� m, jors must take a ll in i t i a l core of courses as fo llows: [ 23, 27 [ , 283. . TE: [ 23 and 2 7 [ m us t h e takeIl i n rhe sequence l isted .

BACHELOR Of ARTS MAJORS:

4. Thea tre - Acting/Directing Emphasis - req uired collnes: 1 5 [ , [ 60, 225, 250, 352, 357, 363, 364, 425, plus 6 h o u rs from co m­ m unication and theatre course in consultation with adviser. 5. Thea tre - Design/Techll ical Emp hasis - Teli ll i red cou rses: 1 5 1 , [ 60 , 2 2 5 , 250 o r 454, 352, 356, 363, 364, 425, 452 or 453, plus 6 hours fro m c o m m u n i c a t i o n and theatre courses i n co n s u l ta­ tion with ad iser. All cand idates fo r th e B.A. degree must sa ti s fa cto ri l y complete a fo rmal i n ternsh ip of [ to 8 semest r hours under the supervision uf a faculty member. Students may register for Co mm unicat i o n o r Theatre 225 or 4 2 5 or may regi t e r for ,ooperative Education 376 or 476 . In the latter case, regular Cooperat ive Education gu idelines must be fo l l owed. Internships d o not co u n t part o f t h e 44-hour maxi mum in a n y of th e areas o f concen tration. In a dd i t i o n to requirements l isted above, cand idates fo r the B . A. degree m us t meet the op t i on requirements in the Colle ge of

3. Theil l re - Design/Tech niCCII Emphasis - req uired courses: 1 5 1 , 225, 2S0 or 454, 3 5 2 , 356, 3 6 3 , 364, 425, 452 o r 453, plus [ 8

COMMUNICATION CORE SEQUE.."lCE: Print/broadcast

I . \-Vi l l , at the time

3. Public Reill tions - req u i red cou rses: 1 2 3, 2 7 1 , 283, 385, 435, 378 o r 384 or an a pproved writing cour e, plu 1 6-20 ad di t i o nal hour. from 300 and 400 level communication co urs es sele cted after consu l t a tion with adviser. Required s U pportj11 g areas: 3-4 hours in economics, 4 hours in statistics or research me t h o ds , and [2 h o ur s i n social sciences or a m i n o r ap p ro ved

1 23 Communication and heatre: A Way of Seeing, A Way of Sharing

I n t roduces the - tudy of c o m m un ic at i o n and theatre. An over­ vi ' w of the na t u re of h u m a n co m m u n ication; theatre as a distinct com m u n ication for m ; the systematic analysis of c o m ­ m u n icdt ion by scholars. Use of a critic;}l perspective rather than a h i storical on e. Students learn how to lise criti cal tools to

Y


examine communication in various forms, indud'ing i n te rp e r ­ sonal ont ·ts, theat re, tde ision, film, and p r i n t . Introduction of the research and r e a s o n in g tools neces ary for p eo pl e seeking a

car er i n

a

communication fidd. (4)

225, 425 Communication Practicum One sem' ler hour credit may be earn d each semester. but only 4 sem tel' ho urs may be used [0 meet un iver s i t ), requirements. tudents pur clas roo m theof)' to pra t i c al app l i ation by individually completing a project rel a t i ng to n Jspe t o f comrn unication. A n i n s t ru c t o r i n t h e area o f interest must app rove th e project and agree to pr vide gu i d ance . 234 Introduction to Research in Communication The s tudy of methods of gathe r l n g. in terpreting. and evaluating data i n t he study of human commu nicatio n. Both q u ant i ta t i ve - a n d q u a li t a ti ve research m e t h o ds . (�) 271 Media Uteracy Introduces the LTitical study of m e d i a and their effects by discus ing three elements of m ed i a literacy: un derstanding the technical nature of mediJ and p r ov iding rudimentary kn wledge of !.heir ope rat io n ; u nderstanding the media as an i ndustry and how the profit motive affect s production, p re sent a t i o n and consumption of media; and understanding the effects of mediated messages on i,ndividual and collective behavior. (4) 283 Communication as Process: Speaking a n d Writing I n trod ll c s w r i t i n g and s p e ak i ng a s d i s t i n ct yet i n terrelated parts of the communi ation process. lass divided i n to two groups; eac h gro up will spend half the se m ester in the writing seminar a nd the other half i n the sp eaki n g seminar. Writing sem inar int rod uces copy formats and style r ules fo r writing in com m uni­ cation · related careers. S tudents complete a number of diverse writing assignments to appreciate the mechanics or wri t i ng and the role of audiences. S pe a k i ng seminar i ntrod uces t h e basic re h n i q u e s of public spea k i n g . S tudents campi 'te several types of speeches to I f'ar n basic skills such as t op ic select io n . research, organization, aud i e n ce an alysis, and de li ve r y. (4) 32 ) The Book in Society Se EngIi h 3 1 1 . (4) 322 Publishing Procedures See Engl ish 3 l2 . (4) 324 Nonverbal Communication Focus on the nonverbal aspects of com m un ic a t ion within the framework of interpersonal i nteraction. Prerequisite: C om m u n i ­ (a t-ion core o r consent of i nstr u c tor. ( 2 ) 326 Group Communication Su rvey nd analysi of small gro u p communica tion t h eo r y and research. (4) 328 Argnmentation The study of rea s o n - �,'-j v ing in social decision-making. An a l ysi s of the gen res . forms. a nd t ech niques 6f a rg ue rs. Particular mphasi is giwn [0 st u dy i n g a ademic, legal, and punl ic po licy d bales. (4) 330 PllbUc Speaking Focus on a vari�ty of sp ea ki ng si t u ations and presentational methods. To p ics vary according to the skill level of c ou rse parti c i pants. Potential to pics i ncl ude audience amdysis, te ch n i c al reporting. us in g visual aid . . and persua�ion. Open to both majors a nd n on - maj o r . (4) 333 Foundations of Communication Theory An i n t ro d u ct i o n to the thcoreti I c o ncepts nd research to o l s of i nt erpe rs on al and mass commun ication research. P rereq u isites : 'ommu n ication core or onsent of instructor. (4) 334 Gender and Communication Attempts to analyz and u n d e r st a n d the relationship between gen de r and com m u n ication behavior. Comparison Jnd contrast

of male and fe male co m m u n ica t i on styles. s i m i Ia ri t i es and di ffe r nces in language usage, in terpersonal d i a l0 3u es , group discus ions and l i s t e n i n g in personal and professio nal arenas. Analysis of the impact of gender-based co mm u n i ca t i on i:sue ' s u c h as assertiveness and aggression, power and (onflict reso lution, dominance and int e r r u p t i on. (4)

335 IUlercnltural Communication Workshop esigned to acquai n t stud�nts with the influence of cultural backgrounds, perceptual systems, s o c ia l )rga n ization, language, and non erbal messa 'es in in tercu ltu ra l c om m u n ic a t i on . Interc u ltura l experiences outside the c1assr o m are arranged and will be required. Intended for those whose work or l ifestyle is l ikely to intensely involve them with s o m e o ne from a no t he r culture. (2)

336

n o E: E:

c z n » --I

Communicating i n Busine s and the Profess ion

Business "o mmunicator must p resent their ideas cl e a r l y and pers uasively; c ondu c t effective informa tion gat he ri n g and info rmation giving interviews; and understand the s i g n i fica n c� of com mun ication in the organizat ional c on te xt . Fo cus on the nature of communication processes i n orgalllzational settings and opportunity to devel()p specific comm u nication skills. Through reading . discussion, ob ervat io n, exper ience, and evaluation, studen t will be i n t rod u ced to public peaking tech­ n i qu e s used in i n formative a n d p e r� u as iv c contexts, i nterviewing strategies, and the role of listen i ng. (4) 373 Audio Production Elements of a u d io pr o d u c t io n , analysis of p rogram des ig n , scrip t i ng, a nd pr od u c ti o n tools and techniques. Lecture and laborat o r y. Pre requ is i te : Commun i cation core or consent of instructor. (4)

o z

--I J: m

» --I ;10 m

374 Video Production Analysis and a p p llc a t i n of p rogram design, wr i t- i ng and production tools and te h n i q ues. Lecture and laborato r y. Prerequisi.te: Communication core or consent of i n s tr uc tor . (4) 378 Broadca t Journalism Technique f b r oa dca ,t journalism. A p p l i ca t i o n s of news g at he ri n g , writing, and rep o r ti n g in a broadcast context. News and fe a t ure a ig n me n t s using b roadcast equipment in the tield and studio. Prerequ isite: Com munication core or co n se n t of in. truct f . (4) 380 Newspaper Editing, Layout, and Design Selection and editing of news copy and headline w r it i n g . S Ie tion, sizing, and cropping of photos. Function, of layo u t . Pr i nc i p les o f newspaper design nd the i r p r act i ca l applications, Prerequisite: C o m m un ica t io n core or con s e n t o f i n s t r u c tor . (4) 381 Media Law and Prindples The theory and ap p li ca tion of law in news gathering. publishi ng, and broadcasting. ( 4 ) 384 Advanced News Reporting Repo rt ing of POlilics and police . courts and oth er governmmtal fu nctions, i nvestiga t i ve rep orti n c and writing. Blend f fi el d trips and wr i ti ng exercises. Prerequisite: C o m m u n icat i o n core or consent of i n s t r u c t o r. (4) 385 Introduction to Public Relations I ntroduction to !.he the ry. p ar h, and p ractical aspects of public relations. P rob lem-solving toward creating -hared u llderta n d i ng;, between profit < nel n on- profit o rga n i z a ti o ns and their \' [ious consti tuencies. Strong emphasis on wri t ing. Prerequisite: Com munication core or con ent o f i n s t ru ct o r. ( 4 ) 388 Editorial Writing Research and writing of editoriaL- and commentaries for newspapers and broadcast. F unc t i on of the edi torial and ed itorial pages in the news media. Prerequisite: C o m m u n i c a t i on core or c nsen t of instructor. ( 2)

P

A

C

I

f

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

v

49


w

UJ

390 Ethics in Communication Start ing from basic principles of moral philosophy, students exp lo re eth ical issues involving those engaged in communica­ t ions profess ions, such as j o urnalism, p ublic relations, broadcast­ i ng and advertis ing, both from the st'1 l1dpoint of the individual and from that of the profession. Clas d iscussion centers on case studies as tudents learn to recognize ethical dilemmas and create strategies for dealing with them. (4) 433 Rhetorical Theory urvey of the rhetorical dimension of commu nication. Investiga­ t i o n of domi nant theorists and critical methods from a rhetori­ cal perspective. Particular emphasis on how messages cao be understood and evaluated using a rhetorical framework. Prer�quisite: Com m u n ication core or consent of instructor.( 4)

z

435 Organizational Communication

o

ommu nication systems and studies within formal organi/Al­ tions. Focus on theory and research of i n formational and d i rective com m unication as related to channels, structures, status , i nvolvements, mora:e, and leadership. Prerequ isite: Communication core or consent of i nstructor. ( 4 )

480 In-Depth and Investigative Reporting Group reporting in depth on a s ingle issue. tudents select th e subject, organi7.e the staff, resear h and i n terview, provide illustrations, edit copy, a nd lay o u t the completed work. Sub­ mission of the students' work to The Mast fo r po sible p Llblica­ tion. Prerequisites: 380, 384. (4) 485 Intradisciplinary PeTspectives in Communication A seminar to a quaint senior level om munication major with the relationship of com munication theory, maS5 communication, and theatre as parts of the discipline o f lwman communication. Lim ited to 16 students who have completed the bulk of their major requirements. Discussion of research and philosophical issues common to the three areas. St udents complete a research paper covering some application of the i ntradisciplinary nature of com m u n ication. Prerequ isite: Communication core or consent of i nstructor. (4) 49 1 , 492, 493 SpeciaJ Studies in Communication Investigations or research in area of special i nterest not covered by regular courses; open to qualified junior or senior students. A student should not begin registration for i ndependent stud)' until the specitic area fo r investigatio n has b en approved by a departmental sponsor. ( 1 -4)

436 Persuasion Analysis and evaluation o f the dimensions of persua ion i n communication emphasizing contemporary theoretical models and research. Investiga tion of how research and models may be applied in contemporary settings . Prerequisite: Communication core o r co ment of instructor. (4) 437 Advanced Interpersonal Communication The study of the theories, concep ts, and applications of commu­ nication at the dyadic \evel. How people interact at this level and h ow the quaEties of those interactions influence their comm u n i ­ c a t i o n competence a n d success. Prerequ isite: Communication core o r consent of i nstructor. (4)

500 Effective Communications A look at commu nicat ion processes in organ izations with development of pecific communication skills; incl udes pubEc speaking techn iques, i nfor ma tive and persuasi ve communica­ tion, interviewing strategies, dnd the role of Ii tening. ( 2 ) 596-598 Research in Communication For graduate students only. ( 1 -4 )

Course Offerings: Theatre 1 5 1 Stage Technology Basic theory and procedure of all bac' tage elements in the t h eatre, costumes, scenery, props, lights, makeup, and manage­ ment. (4)

438 Advanced Public Relations Through case studies, students exami ne current issues in public relations research and practice. Emphasis on research models, issues management, intluence of organizational culture on the public relations fu nction, and public relations m a nagement. Prerequisite: 385 or consent of instructor. (4) 439 Intercultural Communication Analysis of contemporary theory and research on the effects of a variety of cultural variables on communication a mong people. The intluence of cultural backgrounds, perception, social organ i ­ zation, language, a n d nonverbal aspects of me ages in intercul­ tural setti ngs. Interc ultural experiences outside the classroom required. Prerequisite: Communication core or consent of i nstructor. (4)

440 Conflict and Communication Understandiog of the role played by com m unication in the creation, management, and resolution o f h u m a n conflict. se of the theories of prominent conflict and peace 'cholars and signi­ ficant case studies to develop a method for better understanding the nature and resol ution of conflict. Prerequisite: Communica­ tion core or consent of instructor. ( 4) 450 Workshop in Effective Public Speaking Audience al1Clly is, topic select ion, organization of idea for various ud iences, types of speeches, use of visual aid. , and delivery. Designed fo r both novices and those who have had some experience as speakers. A week-long series of lectures, di ·cussions, reading , exercises, and practical appl ications to help participants become more comfortable and effective as speakers. <

(2)

475 Advanced Media Production Prod ucing, scripting, d i recting, performlng and evaluating so­ phisticated audio and video p rogram mi ng. Prercqui ite: 3 74 . (4)

1 60 Introduction to Theatre Study of both practical and theoretical aspects of theatre. Exposure to theatre and its numerou, offshoots ( e.g., 51m, television, rock concerts) through audience participation and personal contact. Development of hei"htened awareness and appreciation o f what makes for good thea tre. ( 4 ) 162 H istory of American F ilm oncentrates on the develop ment a n d growth of t h e motion picture in the United States from 1 895 to the present. Emphasis on the fil m director, whose i m p lementation of fi l m tech nique and theo ry serves as th fo rmative artistic force i n t he cinema . Societal i n fl uences such as economic factors, p ublic attit udes and mores, and p o l itical positions reflected in the nited States thro ugho ut the past 75 years, which provide the fil m media with shape Jnd themat ic focus, w t ll provide parallel points of reference. (4) 163 History of the Foreig:n Film Concentrates 0 0 t h e develo pment and growth of internationa l fil m. Societal infl uenc s such a s e onomic factor . public attitudes and mores, a nd politica l positions reflected i n tl1"' world throughout the past 75 years. (4) 225, 425 Theatre Practicum ne semester hour cred i t may be earned each semester, b u t only 4 semester hours may be Llsed to meet university requ i rements. St udents p u t classroom theory t p ract ical a p p lication by individually com pleting a p roje t relating to an asp ct of theatre. An instructor in the area of interest must approve the project and agree to provide guidance. 241 Oral Interpretation of Literature The art of com m un icating the essence of a p iece of literature to

50

P

A

C

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y


an a ud ience; i n terp ret ing i t experientially, logical ly, and emo­ tionally. fndividual and group performance . ( 4 )

in working with childre n . S ( 4 )

250 Fundamentals o f Acting An

'1{

m i nation of th work of actors and actresses, their natural

and learned skills; exercises in memory, imagination, and obs rvation; i mp rovisat ion and scenes from modern pla)'s. ( 4 )

351 Stage Makeup Specialized work i n planning and a p pl ication of techniques from straight make u p t h r ugh aging, t h ree d i mensional, and special ef� ets. ( 4 )

--

352 Stage Management Al l of the facets of managing a theatrical production: planning, scheduling, rehea rsal process, documentation, and i n terpersonal relationships. (4) Stage lighting from lhe development of electricity and l i gh ting i n struments to the complete design of lighting a show. ( 4 ) Study of the actor on today's stage. Work on the a n alysis and performanc e of the modern realistic play. Practical experience i n the art of the actor through perfo rmance of scene from p lays of tb e modern theatre , emphasis on the i mportance of play analysis by the actor, dnci exa m ination o f current acting theory.

(4)

Study of the work of an actor; character analysis and e m b o d i ­ m e n t , using scenes from p l ays; includes styles of acting as defined by h istori al period. P rerequ isite: 357. ( 4 )

359 Acting for the Non-Actor S t u dy of the actor's c raft and the i mp lementation of theory. Specifically designed fo r tho e who have nourished 11 cu riosity to explore the art o f acting but have been i n t i m idated by a la k of knowl ed ge or p rior experience. Introduction of act ing theory to those who have never part icipated in any theatrical endeavor. Emphasis o n individual awareness and i n terest. Not open to

(4)

363 History of the Theatre: Aeschylus Through Turgeniev Theat re as it evo lved from its pri m i t ive origin throu gh represen­ tative societ ies; Ancient Greece, Rome, Renaissance, Modern uro pean, and America n . mphasis on re ligious, philosophical,

and p o l itical thought as reflected in the drama o f each peri o d .

( ) 364 Hi tory of the Theatre: Ibsen Through to the Present (See descri ption fo r

student sh o u ld not begin registration for i ndependent study un til the speci fic area fo r inves t igation has been app roved by a

363.) (4)

452 Sc:enic Design Developm nt of arti lic and technical abili t ies in the field of scenic design incorporating many periods and styles as well as preparation of models, rendering, and draftings. (4)

:!:

departmen tal sp nsor. ( 1 -4)

Computer Science Computer science deals w i t h the theo r y, design , and appl i­ cation o f computing systems and the study o f the storing o f computer science broadly divides i n to six general a reas:

m Z n m

software d es ign , p r ogra mm ing language concepts, algo­ rithms, data structures, computer elements and architec­ t u re, and th eoretical foundations. The pro-!,'Tam at Pacific Lutheran Univer ity provideS

a

broad

base core of funda­

stresses a nalysis an d design experi en ce s with substantial laboratory work, i ncluding software development. In addi­ tion, students are exp osed to a variety of programming languages and systems. Students can ch oose from

ber o f uppe r level

evelopment of artistic and technical abiliti

s

in the field

f co t u m e design incorpo rating histo f)', p a t terns, and render­ i ngs. ( 4 )

454 Play Di.Tection Thl! rol of the d irec tor, historically und cri tically; an i n tensive study that i s both practical and theoretical in its approach to the art of the p l ay d i rector. S t u dy o f many d i fferent directing p h i lo­ soph ic . Ea h student is required to direct scenes from plays

Prerequisites: 1 5 1 , 250, and junior statuS. ( 4 )

458 Creative Dramatics D · ign d to acquaint the student w i t h material , technique , and lh eo ri e _ of creative dramatics. Students participate in creative dra mat ics. Intended for elementary and j u n i o r high school

teach r or prospective teachers, theatre majors, religious leaders,

num­

as

an underst anding o f

current developments in t h e fi ld. The Bachelor of Science degree in compu ter science has been accredited by the Compute r Science Accredi tation Commission o f the Computing Sciences Accred itation Bo ard , Inc.

FACULTY: Hauser, Chair; Blaha, Brink, Ediso n, Garvey, Rosenfeld, Spillman.

BEGlNNlNG CLASSES: There are se veral begi n n ing level classes in computer science designed for students with va rio u� ne ds: Compllter Sciellce 1 1 5: Solve it with the Comp uter' Especially fo r students with l i llIe or no backgro u n d i n com­ p uter science who wish an i ntroduction to the use of the co m­ p u te r fo r problem solving. Not recommended for students with strong mathemat ics backgro u nd s . This course also satisfies the Mathematical Reasoning requirement.

Co mp u ter Science 220: Compu terized Irlformatioll Systems Espe­

cially appropriate for businc$S majors and other st udents wishi ng a n i ntroduction to the computer and a p p lications of software packages.

Computer c;ence 1 44: Introduction to Comp llter cience (Pascnl) For students major i ng in computer science, engineering, m a thematic , most cience majors, and the M I S concentration i n busi ness as well as others wishing a strong experience in com p u ter progran1 m ing.

Comp uter Science 270: Data Structures This i s the second course in the major. Vlith departmental approval, students with a st rong progra m m i n g background may receive advanced pl ace m en t i n to this course.

re presen tative of all periods of theatre his tory. A

final p roj ect, contemporary scene, will c u l m inate the course.

a

courses wh ich insure a depth of know l ­

edge in the core material a s well

453 Costume Desjgn

consisting o f a

n

o

mental material in each of these areas. The program

358 Advanced Acting

theatre majors or m i nors.

Investigations or research in area of pecial interest not covered by regular courses; open to qualified j u n i o r or senior t udents. A

and manipula tion of data and i n formation. The core study

- 357 Intermediate Acting, The Actor A t Work

P r erequis i te : 250.

49 1, 492, 493 Special Studies in Theatre

596-598 Research in Theatre For graduate ·t udents only. ( 1 -4)

356 Stage Lighting

-

youth and camp counselors, day care workers, social and psychological workers, and co m m u n i t y theatre leaders i nterested

COMPUTER EQUI PMENT: Ail students have unlim ited access to the u n iversity

o m p u ter Center's lIser- room fa cilit ies. These include 52 IBM P _ , 2 5 Macinto he.'>, and 20 terminal all o f w h i h arc networked t i1 AX4700 and an AX. P 3400S. Stud ents also have access to th se t ime- shared computers from their resi­ dence hall rooms via the campus fi ber optic network. The DeP

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

51


partm�nt uf u m puter S ience a bo m aj n l ai n s two l(lbora tories of its uwn . The fi r�t n e is t-he upper level lab whi h con t ains eXT, M a c i n t o sh , S ll , and Windows workstations. T h e o ther

M INOR IN INFORMATION SClENCE: Com p u ter Science 144, 270, 367, B u s i ne.ss 202, 320, plus 4 h o u rs from Busines� 37 1 , 74. S t ro ngly reco mmended: C u m p u t er Science 242 or 243. _

lab is used as a teaching laboratory and ope n lab; i t has fiftc n

Windows NT worksta t i o ns ,!ld comp uter p roj ect i o n e q u i p m e n t . w U Z w

u

All machines are on t h e etbernet and a re accessible t h rough the

ca m pu s netwo rk and have ae esS t o I

o u

Schoo/ oj" Educa tion.

COMl'UTER CAREERS: G raduates \ i t h c o m p u te r sci nee dt:gr't" have a w ide range of c a ree r opportuni ties open t th m, i n c l uding suftware d velopment, S)'. t n1. analYSIS, h a rdware develo pmen t, database manage men t, com p u te r product Sl l P­ port, education, and applications progra m m ing.

STATE ENDORSEMENT REQUIREMENTS: Sec descr i ption u n der School

of Education.

MASTER OF ARTS IN COMPUTER APPUCATIONS: ee Gril dllate St udies.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE:

See Gradllate Silldies.

study and is often combined w i th cxtcnsiv study or a second

Course Offerings

major in a n aUied neld. The Bachelor of cience is J st ro n g , sc i enti fi c d 'g r e e wh i c h conrains addi tional COlJ l"ses i ll co m pu te r

A grade of C o r h igher is st rongly reco mmended i n a l l

scienc , m a t h e m a t ics, a n d science and serves both st ude nts goillg

di rect l y into e mp lo y m en t on graduatiun and t h o se go i n g i n to g ra d uat e program . R o t h d g rees are based on the ame core n u rses: Cc) m p u t er Scie nce 1 44, 270, 380, 486, En gi nee ring 346, M a t hematics 1 5 1 , 1 52, 245, 2 3 0 (or 3 3 1 ) . S t u d e n t s should begin C o m p u ter Science 1 44- 270 and Mathemat ics 1 5 1- 1 52 possible. o m p ute r Science

The

as e <1 r ly i n

their program as

486 cou rse sat isfi es the co re

co u n t as co mputer science co u r ses .

p to 4 hours may be subst i ­

can be

co m bin c

I with m a t h ­

d uced to a spread$heet pa ckage and other computer to o l s used in the p r oble m s ol v i n g process. Topics from e l e m e n t a ry statistics,

financial tral15actions, dnd u t h er areas where mathem a t ic. <md

data 3re used in every day l i fe. Prerequisite : fu lfi l lment of the entran e rel[uirelT1 � n t i n mathemat iCs. ( 4 )

1 44 Introduction t o Computer Science An introd uct ion to comp u t er science including algo r i t h m d sign, s t r u c t u red progra m m i ng, n umerical/non-numerical appl i­

BACHEWR OF SCmNCE MAJOR: 40 semester hours i n com­ puter s ci e nc e p l u s 3 0 ho urs o f suppurting courses in m a t hem a t ­ ics a n d sci ence. The 4 0 semes ter hours of computer science must i n cl u de 1 44 , 270, 343, 375, 380, 486, Engineering 346 , and 1 4

add i t io na l c re d i ts of approved elective (O u rse�, une of which m llst be from 367, 4 .2 0, 436, 444. E lective c o u rses submitted for appr v a l are to be se.lectcd from the co mpuLer science courses numbered above 329 ( exce pt 449 and 50 1 - - 0 9 ) , E n gi nee r i n g 446,

480, 48 1 , or hours fro m I l a t h 356 not co n n t ed to\ Jrcl the 30 h o u rs of r q l J i red s u pp o r t i n g courses. The 30 h o urs of s u pp o r t ­ ing co u rs es in m at he m a t ic s and science m us t incl ude:

cations and use of data fi l es . Ethical and sucial i m pacts of com­ p uting will be discu sed. Re q u i r e d fo r computer science majors a nd m i n o rs . Prerequ isite: 4 yea rs of h i gh � hool m athematics o r

M a t h 1 40 or equivale n t . I I I ( 4 )

1 9 9 Directed Reading Supervised st udy of to p i c s selected to meet the i n d i v idual's needs o r i n terests, p r i marily for students awarded a dv a nce d pldc men! in co m p u t e r scie nce, d m i ,,, i o n only by d ep art ment i nvita t i o n . ( 1 -2 )

1. Math 1 5 1 , ] 52 , 245, 230 (or 3 3 1 ), 345 (or 3 4 1 ) . m i n i m u m of J h o u rs of app rove d science (o urses which i ncludes a year's seq u en ce of a l a b o ratory science \ Physi s 1 53- 1 54 with 1 63 - 1 64, h e m i st ry J 1 5 - 1 16, B i ology 1 6 1 - 1 62, Earth Sciences 1 3 1 - 13 2, 1 3 1 - 325, 1 3 1 -3 3 5 ) and two add i t i o na l _

a p proved science course s. 3. The r e m a i ning h o u rs , if a ny, may be cho en from <my math course nu mbered above 329 ( cept 446) or any approved science c( j L1 r� e .

2 1 0 Introduction to Computerized Information Systems I n t ro d u c t io n to o l11 pu ter� includjng op era ti ng sy tems, word

processing, spread shee ts, and database manag m e n ! . E x a m p l '5 on I BM PC's. S t u d e n t s cannot take both 2 1 0 a n d 220 for cre d i t .

Prerequisite: MATH 1 2 8 or 1 4 0 or equ ivalent.

(2)

220 Computerized Information Systems I n t roduction to computers and the ir usc i ncluding ma n age m ent i n for mation syst ms dev l o p men t , teleco m m u n ications, operat­

i n g systems, spreadsheets, gral h ies, and Exa m ples on I B M P proce.

A pp ro ve d scienc s courses are: a n )' Bi o l og y except j 1 I , I J 2 ;

sor.

'�.

database manage- m en ! .

St u de n t s wil l d e m o nst rate u s e o f a word

( Additional c la . s sessions on word processing arc

a n)' Chemistry exce p t 1 04, 1 05, 2 1 0; any Eart h Scie nces exce pt 222; any Physics ex ept 205; Engineeri ng 234, 333, 334,

available, i n eeded. ) Stude n ts cannot take both 220 a n d 2 1 0 for

345, 434.

240 FORTRAN Programming An ac celerated introd u ctjon to the F RTRAN p ro g r a m m i n g lan­ guage. S t u d y of t he rules o f statement format i o n . Top i s i n clu de

The Bachel o r of Scie nce degree i n

" om

p ut e r Science has been

d i t e cl b the omputer c i enee Ac c re d I t a tio n Co m mjssion of the C()ll1 p u t i n g Sciences Ac red i t u t i o n Board, Inc.

ac r

M I NO R IN COMPUTER SCIENCE: omputcr Science 1 4 4 , 270, 380, and En g i n ee r i n g 346 plus a seco nd co m p uter l a nguage. Req uired supporting: Math 1 :- 1 or 1 28 .

P

co m p u ter

ematical re a s o n i n g t o solve problems. St udents w i l l be i n t r o ­

tuted from M a t h 34 1 , 345, a n d 346. Required su pport i n g : Math 1 - 1 , 1 52, 230 o r 3 3 1 , 245.

4.

1 10 BASIC l n t r ti u ct i o n to i n t e rac t i e co m p u t i n g, branchi ng, loop i n g, subscr i p ts, fu ncti ons, i n p u t / o u t p u t , subroutines and s L m p le file techniques in the cont Xl of the BAS I C langu age a n d system development. at n o r m a l ly taken by com p u t e r science majors. Prerequisite: hig h school algebra. (2) Teaches how u se of the

BACBEWR Of ARTS MAJOR: t l east 26 semester hours o f c m puter science i n cl u d i n g 1 44 , 2 70 , 3 80, 4 8 6 , Engi neeri Jlg 346, a second omp uter l a n g u a ge (240, 242, 2<13 or 343 are suggested ) . The re ma i n i n g h o u rs are from com p u t r science c urses n u m ­ bered abo e 329 (exclu d i ng 449 ) . Engineeri ng 446, 4 8 J nd 48 l

2.

prerequisite cou rses .

1 15 Solve It With the Computer rt:q u i r� ­

men! for a s n i o r sem i na r/ project .

52

Scho ol of Edllwlion.

ELEMENTARY TEACBING MAJOR: Sec descri ption u nder

TERNET.

COMPUTER SCIENCE MAJOR: Students majoring in c:o m p u e r science may choose to earn e it h er a Bachelor of Arts degree or a Ba chelor of Sc i en ce degree. The Bachelor of Arts program is the m i n imu lll preparation s u i t a ble fo r fu rther p rofessional :E

SECONDARY TEACHING MINOR: See descript ion under

A

C

I

F

I

C

l

U

T

Ii

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

credit. Prcr q u i s i te:

MATH 1 28 o r 1 40

or equivalent. l ll

(4)

i np u t / o u t p u t , comp utation, branch ing, lo o p i n g , data t y pes, and · u bprograms. N u m e r i c and non- n ll meric problems will be solv cl. Some pr ious x p rience with progra m m i ng is reC0111mended. Prereq uisi te: M ATH J 28 o r 1 40 o r equ ivalent. a/y ( 2 )


242 COBOL Programmin g

Prese n ta t ion and a p pl ica t i o n of t h e C0 13 0 L p ro g r am m i ng lan­ gu age to busi ness p rob lems. P re requ i si te : 1 44 , 1 1 0. 220, o r con�<!n t of i ru.t I U tor. aly I I ( 2 ) -

-

243 C Programming

A wor ' hop in th C pro g ra m m i n g language fo r ex p e r i en c e d progra m mer of otht:r h ig h - I e el langu< ges. Prerequisite: 270 or eq uivale n t knowle ge of a high l evel progra m m i n g langu'lge.

243 a.nd 343 ca n n o t both be taken fo r c red i t . �

II ( I )

270 Data Structures

Study of object-orien ted progra m m i ng t e c h n i q u e s a n d fundamental data s t r u c t u re abstractions a n d i m plementations i n c l u d ­ i n g l ist, s tack, qu LI , t re e , and someti mes graphs. A plications of t hese fo rm to s o r t i ng , sea rc h i ng , and da t a sto rage will be made. P re req u isi t e: a gr a d e of � - or h i g he r in 1 44 . r II (4) 322 Microcomputers i n the Classroom

- L,troduClion to the use of m icrocom p uters in e d u c a t i on al set­ t ings. Ti pics: I ) The com p uter as a teacher too l using word - proce sing. spreadsheet, and grad i ng p r o gra m s . 2 ) o mp u ter assisted i n stru c t ion , 3) oftware eva l u a t i o n , 4) l n t eg r at j ng s o ft ­

wart' into the cu rricul u m , _ ) opyright laws ilnd p u b l ic domain software. and 6 ) Software cu rrenLly u se d i n ed ucation se ttin gs . Pre or co- requisi te : ED C 2 5 3 or 262. Does n o t co u n t toward - degrees i o co m p ut er science. ( 2 ) _

330 Introduction t o Artificial lnJelligen<:e

- An i ntro d uc t i o n to c neepIs of art ifi c i a l i n t e l l i gen c e , i ncl u d ing expert y tems. na t u ral l a n g u a ge processing, image understand­ L i ng, and problem s o l vi n g tech niq u es . Consideration given to the e t h i c al and social d i l e m m a ' p o ed by A!. The AI p ro g r a mm i ng la nguage L IS P will be ta u g h t and used in several p roj ect s . Prereq­ - u i s r te: 270, Math 245. a/y 1 996-97 I (4) 343 Programming Language Concepts s t udy

and c(

mpa rison o [ fea t u res fO l1 l1d in d i ffe re n t co m p u ter languages . I mpC[, tive ( in l u d i n g C ) , objec t - o r ie nted, fu n c t i o n a l , - and d.-darntiv l a ngua ges w i l l be s t ud i ·d. Pr og r a m s w i l l be writ­ ten i n several of t h e languages. P rere q u i sit e : 270 . [l (4) - 348 Modeling and Simulation _

386 Computer Networks

An i n t r o d u c t i o n to o mpu t e r networks and c o m p u t e r COlll m u ­ nica tion. To p i c s i n c l ud e sy s t e m to p o logy, m essa ge a n d packe t switching. bus st ru c t u re s a n d d a ta - l i n k transmission. Pr requ i ­

o

3 9 1 Problem Solving a n d Programming Seminar

e p r ob l e m s o l vi ng a nd p rogra m m i n g skLUs, i nc l u d i n g ad anced data tructures. A goal of the c o u rse is participation in the r e g i o n a l ACM p rogra m ­ m ing competi t i o n . Pass/F,l i l o n l y. Students m a y t a k e t h i s C O ll fse m o re than o n ce . Pre req u isi te : 270 o r consent of instructor. I ( 1 )

This cour

e

is des i g n e d to improve ad

4 1 2 Computer Graphics

A st u d y of t h e te c h n i que , m d t h e o r y used to generate c om p u t e r g r a p h ics . Both two-and t h ree-dirue n ' ional representation. w i l l be covered including ge o m e t ri c transformations, windowing, h i d d e n surfaces. and r n dc r i n g tec h n i q ue s . Coune work includes se ve ral p ro g ram m i n g .1S ' i gn me n p l us a p roje ct . Prerequisites: 270 a n d MATH 230 or 3 3 1 . aly 1 996-97 ( 4 )

mal path .

,

tudy o f t h e com plexity a nd storage re q u i re m en t s o f

t he algo ri thms . Use of top- doVJI1 a nd struct u red program ming. Prerequisite: 270, MATH 245. I ( 4 ) 380 Assembly Language and Computer Organization

Co m p u t r assembly lan guage a p p l i e d to various p robkms. Top ­

i cs i ncl ude data fo r m s. inst ruction forma ts, addressing, l i n k - i n g , m a c ro defi nition, a n d compu ter architecture. P re r e q u i si te : 270. ..- Strongly recom mended: EN R 346 . (4) 385 Compnter Architecture

An engineering

a p p roa c h

m

z n

m

to t h e development of la rge software

struct ured programming, s o ftwa r e desig'n, sp ecifi c a t ions, a n d

software t es t i ng . Consideration g i ve n to s o c iet a l and ethical issues su rro u n d i n g software e n gi n ee r i ng . This ou rse i ncludes m aj o r s m a l l - gro u p p ro j e c t . Prerequisite: 270, M TH 245. aly

a

1 996-97 II (4)

436 Pattern Recognition

The use of the c om p u te r to recognize pat terns in data. Topics i n cl ude a rtificial i ntelligence, luster a n a l ys i algorithms, I arnjn g

algori t h ms, an d pattern processing. The course w i l l d iscuss is ues associated w i t h mak i n g d e c i s i ons fro m dara a na lyz ed by ma c h i n es and the s o c i e t a l and p ri v a c y i mpl icat i o ns and e t h i c a l con ems invo lved in th o s e ki nds of decisions. The co u r s e i nc l u de s a m aj o r sm a i l - gTo u p pl"l1ject. Prerequi ites: 270. M T H 245. a l y IT (4)

The de

e lo p me n t

of Al s ys t e m s which o p e ra te

t the level of a

h u m a n expert. S t udents will ex p lore the structure of ex:pert sys­ tems and usc an expert system de ve l op m e n t too l su c h as OPS 5 .

Prerequisite: 330 or onsent of i n st r u c t o r. aly I I ( 4 )

449 Computer Sden<:e in the Secondary School

Method a n d maleri,lls in sec n d a r s h o o l computer science t e a ch ing . L J O, P I LOT, etc., may be co n s i d e l·cd. Does n o t co unt tOI a rd a major in compute r sc ience. P re requ isi te: 1 44. aly 1994-95 I I ( 2 ) 455 Compilers An introduction to t h e organ iza tioll, >peci fica t i o n , and analysis

of p ro gr a m m i n g l a n g u ages . Top ics i nd u di n g sca. n n i ng, p, rsing, ohjcct code, run-time machi ne structures and op t i m izat io l l . P rerequ isite: 3 8 0 , M TH 245. a/y 1 996·97 ( 2 )

An i n t roduc t ion to the ,tructure and opera ti .llg of l a r ge com­

475 Theory o f Computing

puter systems. Top ics i n c l u d e d a t a representation, mem ory

theory of com p u t a t i on . Tu mi n g mach ines. fo rmal l ang ua g -, reclHsive t h eo ry, co m p l ex i ty, P-complctenes$, an [ the h a l t i n g problem m il)' be co ns ide r ed . Prereq uisi tes: 270, Nt TH 245. air (4)

s t r ucture, I /O processing, m u l t i -p ro c s s i n g sy,� tems s u c h as pa ral l el , p ip el i ne , and stack mac h i nes. Examples of the a r ch i te c -

II"> n

packages. Topic� in lude Sll ftwa re requ irements d e fi n i t i o n ,

444 Operating Systems An i n trod u lion to compu ter op er a t i o n i n clu d i n g batch p r o cess i n g ystems , i n terac ting sy · 'ems, m u l t i- prog ra m mi ng s)'stems, sto rage m a n agem en t t ec h n i q ues and re o urcr co n t ro l . I n addition, t h e co urse i n cl u de� an n a i , j s of t h e deacllock p ro b l em and basic file �yst ill S . Issue. of ccurity, pri vacy, a n d p ro p erty rights as t h e y relate to op e ra t i n g system fun [ i o ns w i l l be d i sc u ssed. T h e course i n cl u des a maj r m al l - g ro u p proj ec t . P re re q u isite : 380, M TH 245. I ( 4 )

Ba i d,l t, tr u c t u r s r viewed <lnd applie I to the a n a lysis of

m

420 Software Engineering

367 Data Base Management

problems assoc i a t e d I"ith searcbing, so r t i n g, s t r i ngs , and m i n i ­

:!:

an

438 Expert Systems

375 Design and Analysis of Algorithms

n

site: ENGR 3 4 6 . a l y 1995-96 ( 4 )

An a p p l ica t i o ns structured p rog ra m m i n g co u rse so l v i ng va r i o u s problerns. Statist ics. data struc t u re s, m ath e m a t ica l m od e l i n g , simulation, ocuru ntation, a n d I am p ro gra m ming t e c h n i qu es wil l be applied . Prereq u i ites: MATH 245, C CJ 270 a nd ei t h e r MATH 45 or M TH 34 1 . aly ( 4 )

- An i n t r o d uc t i o n to ttl fu ndam en ta l conce ts n ecessary fo r t h e p design, use, and i rn plementati()n of data base sy s t 1115. The -: n t i t y­ - relations h i p a n d re l a t io n al models are s t u d ied in deta i l . I rrJi­ vidual. o rgan iz<l tio n , a n d s o cietal concerns related to accu racy � a nd privacy o f ddta will be d iscussed. The cou.rsc i ncludes a major mal l-grou p project. P re re q u i s i te : _70. II ( 4 ) _

t ur e of several l a r ge sys te ms are a n al y zed i n c l u d i ng TI " C, Cr a}, and I n tel Hypercube. Prereq ui.site: 380, MATH 245 . ( 2 )

Study of the

P

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

53


t io n a l setting Does n o t co u nt towa rd degrees i n co mp u t e r

486 Senior Seminar Wrillen and oral presentat i o n of a topic o f

science. ( 1 -4 )

interest by the

student under the superv i s i o n o f a facu l t >, rnell1ber. D i scussion

o f the skilb need d. [or good tech n ical com m u n i c a t i o n . Study of t he socia l i m p l ica ti o n s of c m p u t i n g .

w

U Z

w U III

o m p l e t i o n of t h i s course

satisfies the core req u i r ment for a senior seminar/projec t .

Prere q uisites: Senior compu ter science major o r consent of

d e p a rtm e nt c h a i r. II ( 2 )

538 Expert Systems

490 Seminar in Computer Science Sell' red t p ic (rom t h e l is t below or topic of cu r r e n t interest i n t h e disci pline. ( 1 -4 )

Requi res s t l l de n ts to generate an expert sys te m , in ad d i t i on to cove r i n g top i cs of 438. Pre requisite: 3 3 0 or consent o f i n s t r u c tor. a/)'

a. }Q uit To/erallt Computillg: An introduction to t he methods o f fa u l l delt:ctiun dnd l o c t i o n in digital system s a nd to t e c h ­ n i4ues for the reliable design of comp u t i n g 'y st e m s .

p rogr J m acces t o

u

study o f the protecrion of data and

o mp u t e r s}'stcm. To p ics include data en cr ypt i on . code b reak i n g t e cl m i q u es . access c on t r o l s and i n ferenc co n t ro l s. Prere'luisite: 270. MATH 245.

:iE o

Compllter Security: The

c.

tech n i ques userl i l1 the desi g n of p a ra l l el p \'ogram� including

570 Mathematics of Computer Science The tec h n iqu es of proof commonly employed i n o mp ut e r science ( constructive, induct io n , and re c u r re n e reb t i o n s ) , s c h e d uling problems, ers, relations, posets, gra m ma rs, c o m p u t ­

MATH 245 .

b i j jstic

Parallel Programm ing:

n i n t roduction to the theory and

a b il i t y. selec ted topics fr om a l go r i t h m j c graph t heory. proba­

implemenLatic n on several machines. Prerequisites: 270. d.

Obje ct - a / jellied D('sigl/

and Prog/lI Il1 ming: The ry, methods, and a pp l i cation of techniq ues fo r using objects and obj e c t­ oriented la ngu a ge fo r solv i l lg pro g r <t m m i ng problems. Prer quisite:

survc, of seve ra l of the archil'ctur s i n clu d i n g s h u ffle­ excha nge, b u t terfly, n-cube, a nd Moebiu s. Prerequisites: 270. MATH 245. f. Gelletic Algo ri thms: A survey of the field o f g e n e t i c a l gor i t h m . the cour,e explores their gen e ra l st ruc t u re , t h e i r m a thematical fOl i ndaL i o m . I heir implementa t ions and app l i c a t i o n s . r

Prereq u is ite: 2 7 0 . g . Robotics: An i n t wd u c t i o n to t h � desi an, operation, a n d application o f robots, coveri ng issues i n robot c i n e ma t i c � and robot vision . Prereq uisi tes: 27U and ENGR 346. in the t heory and opera t ion of h. Nellral c two rks: A cour neural omputing systems covering the neural structures in t h e bralu, model. )f n eu ral system', i m p lement a t i on of associat ive memories u s i n g arti ficia l neurons a n d t h e design of neuron-based learning syst e m s . Prerequisi te: 270. t. ProiJleln So/villg Seminar: Develop i ng the necessary s k i U s to use computers fo r solv i n g c o m p k x problems. Ide nt i fy i n g lusses of p roblems; l ea rn i ng ho\v to di,sec t p roblems i n to sma l l , easily m a n a ge a h l e u n i t s ; a n d lhen p u t t i ng toge t her t h c:se u n its to io rm a com plex sol u tion. P rob lem s modeled a fter tho e a p pearing in the ACM p r o gr a m m i n g co mpeti t ion. F oc ll s on b u i l d i ng a la rge vocabulary of dato structures and on com­ b i n i.ng data s t r uctures and algo r i t h ms to form a c om p l et e progra m . Prerequisite: 2 70 or c qu i va l o n t . j. Graph icn l ser lurcrjiJCc Developmcllt: Tech niques fo r wr i t i ng programs using graph ical u er i n te r fa ces for M iLro o ft Windows. I n c l ude object )riented i n terface p JCkagcs and a s t udy of in h t'rita nce a n d p o lymorph ism of objects. S t udents use ava ilable visual c.o l1l p i ler tools and com p l e t e. a p roject commensurate with the i r abihtles and backgroun d . Prerequisites: 2 7 0 a n d

an i n t roduction to objects.

491, 492 Independent Study Prereq u isite: consent of depa rt m e nt

chair. ( I

495 Computer Science Research Th s t u tlent becomes in 'olved in an o ngo i ng research proj ct i n com puter science un de r the supervision of :l fac u l ty membe r. Prereq u isi te : conse n t o f instru tor. ( 1 -4) 503 Work hops i n EdoQltional Technology o r ks hops designed to expand teach el-s ' knowl edge a b o u l th"

in ed uca-

JPpli .ation of new computer a n d related l cchn o lo g P

A

C

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

cryptography).

and N P-

o m p l eteness. Prereq u i s i t e : 3 7 5 . II (4)

270.

sta ndard superco m p u t

a nd a p p roxi mation al g o n thm s. gro u p s and fi n i te fields

( appl icat i o n. to coding theory and

e. Parallel Pro essillg Topologies:

54

(4 )

544 Advanced Operating Systems ·o n t i n uat iOl1 of topics in 444 I atl i n g to the development o f an o p e r a t i n g system. Empil<lsis o n the i n teraction benveen the hard­ ware str ucture a nd the opera t i l1' �ystem; opera t i n g data struc­ tures; and op e ra ti ng system security. Pre re q u i : ite : 444. II ( 2)

Prerequisite: E N G R 346.

b.

520 Advanced Digital Design o n t i n ll<l t i o n of topi s from Enoineering 346. The design o f digital control systems, asynchronous ircuits; d i gi tal igna l pro­ cessors; digit a l fi l ters; t im i ng con s i derations; use o f computer­ aided design tools. P re re qu i s i te : E GR 346, , 1ATB 1 52 . (4)

Y

580 M icroprocessor Development Systems Development of software on 8 a n d 16 b i t microp rocessors; m i croprocessor applica t ions; i n terfacing; m icroprocessor o r ga n i ­

z a t i o n ; i n terr u pt structu res. Prerequisi tes: 3 8 0 . E

JR 3 4 6 . ( 2)

586 Graduate Design SemiJlar Written anti oral p re s e n t a t i o n of a to p ic of i n tere s t to the s t u d e n t under the s u p e r is ion of a fac u l t y member. D i s c u ss i o n o f meLhods a n d te c h n i qu e s a propriate to t h e d i s c i p l i n e a nd st u d y of the so ci a l i m p l ications of' c o mp u t i n g . Students may not receive redit fo r t h is o u rse if they re ce i v e cred i t fo r 593. Thesis. Prerequisite: Full grad uat standing and the completion o f at least o n e graduate l eve l cou rse. 590 Graduate Seminar elected t o p ic or' current i nterest. Possible topi include Modeling and i m u l a t i o n . Com pu ter Arch i tec t ure, o mp uler Network . ComputC'r , raph i . Software Eng i neer i n g , Pattern Recogni tion, C om p il e r I mplemen t a l i n, Theory of Co m p u ting, Fa u l t To l e ra n t C o mp u t i ng. Computer Sec u r i ty, ParaUeI Program­ m ing, Object- Ori ente d De�ign and ProgrJl11ming, ParaLIel Proce s s i n g To p o l o g ies , Genetic Al gori thl1ls, Robo tics, Neural Networks, Pro b l e m S o l v i n g Seminar, raphical scr Interface Development. A re earch project is req u i red. Prerequisite: ,raduate stand.ing. ( 1 -4)

591 Independent Reading and Research I ndivid ual re a ding and reseJ.r h on select topic. I nt e n ded for ad anced graduate s t uden ts . M i n i m u m s u p e \,\ i s i o n after i n i t i al pla n n i n g o [ s t u dent's pr j e t . Prereq uisite: co n s e nt of depart­ ment. ( 1 - 6 ) T

593 Thesis

Re 'carch st udy to meet thesis op tion re q u i re m e nt f()r M.A. or M.S. degree. ( 1 -6)


for helping to establish the learning agreement, and fo r deter­

Cooperative Education Internships

mining a grade.

Lea rn i ng is facil itated through:( I ) use of a " Learning

Agre ment"; ( 2 ) completing an academic project; ( 3 ) periodic

Cooperat ive education assumes that expe rient ial

learning

can be an appropriate compo nent o f any quality educa­ tional p r ogra m .

and p rac t ica , it

measurable indicators of lea rning, and also incorporates

lea rn i n g th ro ugho u t

their u n dergraduate programs, rather than concen trating

on p r a c t i ca l cou rse work a t the end. As the n ame suggests,

bet:\veen

the

university a n d a

a

system, t ic co op era t i on

variety of employers in the

Contact between the faculty sponsor and the student m ust be

sufticient to allow the sponsor to serve as a re source and provide academic supervision. TypicaUy, this can be

a cco m plis h

e d d ur i ng

the progTam's ca reer-related advan tages are

ed ucat io n provide ' t i mely and extended oppo r t u n i t i es fo r developi ng co m mu n ication skills o rally and in writing. A cooperati e e d u c a t i o n program

become aware of oppo r t u n i ties

can

enCl ble s t udents

to

to co n tr ibute c rea tive l y to

the changing d i m en s i o n s o f work in p rese n t-day society.

T he u n iversity and employers benefi as wel l . The

u n i ve rs ity

d eve lop s stronger and more c rea ti ve connec­ tions with its c om m u n i ty. Employers d eri ve a more effici en t device for t ra i n i n g and recruiting. More i m p o r­ ta ntly. the pa rt ner h i p p rov id e a un i q u e oppo rtu nity for emp l oyers to participate in an important educational ervice to the community. FACULTY: Mar ti ns on ,

m

n

campus may maintain co ntact through periodic phone confer­

l> -i

ences, when site vis its are i m p ractical. Employers are r e sponsible to: ( I ) provide opportunities fo r

students to achieve the i r learning objec t ives w i thin the limits of

o z

their work 'ettings; ( 2 ) help students d e velop skills related to

the contextual aspects of the work world (such as relations hips with co-workers); and ( 3 ) facilitate sl-udents' integration into their work 'etting so that their employment proves valuable and productive. Students are required to register for at least one credit hour a fter accepting a Co-op position. Throughout an undergraduate academic

areer a student may receive a maximum of

1 6 seme

-

ter hours of credit in cooperative education.

Course Offerings 376 Work llxperience I A supervised educational experience in a work setting. Requires

Chair, Cooperative Educa tion Council;

Phelps, Genernl Mml age r

TWO MODELS: Thl? Cooperative Education Progra m accom­ modates both pa rt- tim e and full-time work modes. Part-time work which allows ,tudents the opportunity to tal<. on-campus

c o u rses COnCtHr ntly is labeled t he "Para l lel Model." A fu ll-time work experience fits under the " Iternati ng Model." In most

ca.e t , ludcnts will follow one

< m o c

tion program may arrange to meet with the sponsor on campus.

b e nefi t s are educa tional. Stu d en ts gain a n appreciatio n of th e re l a t i o ns h ip b e t wee n t heory and application, and may l ea r n , both ea r l y and firs t - ha n d , about new d e ve l o p m nts in a particulClr fi e l d . Coo p erative

s

is signed by the stude nt, the faculty sponS O l', the program director, and the work supervisor, each of whom receives a copy.

Those involved in "al ternating" programs some di:;tance from

obvioLl , i t s main

ments or

pa tion i n work-related training sessions. T h e learning agreement

one or two site visits. Students in a "parallel" cooperative educa­

com m un ity.

Although

m

supplementary resources such as reading materials and part ici ­

tio nal work exp e ri e n c e e arl y in th e i r academic careers a n d

cooperative education rep re s e n t s

o

assistance of a faculty sponsor, lists learning objectives with

di ffe rs in se veral respects.

work and

o

The learning agreement, d ev eloped by each student with the

C op rat Jve education i n t roduces studen ' to a n e d u c a ­ weave. opportun ities fo r

n

who accepts the responsib ility to function in a resou rce role.

ho u g h it shares this assumption wi t h

Mher experiential learning strate gi e s such as fieldwork p l a cem en t s

contact with the faculty sponsor; (4) attendance at one work­ shop during the work experience; and ( 5 ) an on-site supervisor

or

the other, but some depart­

hools may develop sequences that combine b o t h

p < rallel and alternating work llwde .

Ful l - t i me , u m m e l' work, or e ample, would be classified as a l ternating coo perative ed uc a t i on experience, and many s u m mer jobs provide fo r learning that relates to st ud e nts ' aca­ demic objectives. an

THE PROCESS FOR STUDENTS: In order to be eligible fo r ad mission i n to the Coo p' rative Educati o n Progra m

a

student

must have completed 30 semester hours and be i n good standing. S t udents who w ish to parLicipate apply to either the , o · op Office i n Ramstad Hall or to a Co-op faculty coordinator or s p o ns o r erving thi s function in s p ecified d p a r tments, divisions, o r sc h�) () ls . BOLh w r it te n applica tion and personal inter-view are req u i red in order to dctermin eligibil ity, te r m s for placemen t, areas of i n terest, , cade m i c requirements, and kinds of pos itions

the completion of a Cooperative Education Learn ing Agreement in consultation with a faculty sponsor. ( 1 -8 )

476 Work Experience n

A sup rvised educational experience in a work setting providing fo r advanced level of responsibility. Requires the completion of a

Cooperative Education LearnLng Agreement in consultation with a fa cul ty sp onsor.

( !-il )

477 International Work Experience A super vised educational experience in a fo reign se l l ing. Requires co m pl e t ion of the International Coope rative Education Agreement, comple t i o n of a clearance checklist, and an approved plan of r po rtin g in cons ultation with a faculty sponsor.

( 1 - 1 2)

576 Work Experience ill

A super ised educational experience a t the graduate level. Requ i res completion o f a C oop e r a tive Education Agreement in co nsul t a t i o n with a faculty sponsor and the student's gradua te p rogram adviser. ( 1 -4)

available, Studenti> Me res ponsible fo r their learning activ ities during

their coopcrati ' education p sitlon. Each student must se�k out and arrange fo r a ademic supe rvis ion from a faculty co ordi n ato r or sponsor. Faculty are responsible for insuring that the work experience pro

ides appropriate learning opportunities

P

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

C;

T

H

E

R

.A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

e,

I

T

Y

55


1 5 1 Principles of Macroeconomics Th is cou rse introduces ·tudent.. to the eco nomv as a whole and m aj o r issues such as i n thtion, u nemployment, � cono t11 ic gro w t h , and international t r a de . These and other is s u e s dre <lJ1 .d)'Zed by study i n g the ho usehold, busi ness, government, nd i n t e rn �l t i o n al sectors. Marl)' a l t rnative c 'planations for the economy's p e rform an ce wil l be exam ined. ( 4 )

Economics " Wan t is a growing giant whom the coat of Hav large enough to cover. " - RALPH WALDO EMERSON V\ U

:E o z o u w

was never

Econom ic ' is the study of how people establ ish social f, r producing a nd d istributing go o ds a nd servi ces to su -tain .. nd enha nce human life. Its main objective i ' t o d te r mi n a wise use of li mited economic resourc s so that people receive the maximum po ible benefit a t the lowes t cost. arrangements

Th economics discipline embraces

a

1 52 Principles of Microeconomics The cou rse introduces tudents to the s t u d y of economic decis io n making b y firm� a n d i n d ividuals. Econom i c tools and concepts s u c h as markeLS, suppl)' and de m an d , and efficiency are

applied to contemporary i sues including wage and price detcmlination, i nco m e distribution, environ mental protection, a n d global p ro du c t i o n. (4)

body of tech­

niques and conceptual tools that are useful

for

under­

standing and analyzing our com plex economic system.

244 Econometrics I n t roduct"ion to the methods a nd too l s of e co n o m e tr i cs as the b as i s for applied research in economics. Speci fication, est im a t io n and te_ ling i n the cl a ss ic a l I in ar re g re ss i o n model. Extensions of the model and applications to the analysis of e ollomic data. P re req u is i l : STAT 23 1 or equi valent. (4)

n u m rou , s i nce their understanding Df the economy and their p roblem - l i n g and t h i n king abilities are ap pl i cable t o a wide ran g e of activities in busine s anC/or gO Y rn ment. Career avenues for graduates a re

FACULTY: ugent, Cha ir; Erue, R. Jensen, N. Peterso n, Reiman, Vinje, Went\ orth. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: ( A) M i n i mu m of 40 semester hours, i n c l u d i ng 1 5 1 1 52, 3 I , 352, 4 6, 1 2 h o u rs of electives in ec on om i cs, 4 ho u rs selected from Statistics 23 1 o r , 1 a t he m at ics 3 4 1 , and 4 hours selected frolll Economic 244, 343 ( i f n o t used as ec o n omi cs electives), Bus i n es s 202 or 303, Mathematics 348, or up to 4 hours i n computer s c ie n c e . (B) A grade point average of 2 .50 in aU classes included in the 40 semester hours toward t11c major. With dep a rt m enta l approval, Economics 1 3 0 may be substituted for Ecollomics 1 5 2 fo r purposes of m aj o r �nd mi.nor re qu i re men t s. Economics 486 meets the senior sem i n ar/project requirement. For s t u d en ts p l a n n i ng gra du a t e work in e co n om i cs o r b u sin es s, additional lll:l!h preparation w i l l be neces ary. For spe ific courses, co n s u l t you r m ajor adviser. HONORS MAJOR.: O utstanding s t u de n t s may ch oose to pursue graduating i n economics with h o n o rs . I n addition to meeting .tli ther major reCjuirements, in ord r to be granted dep a r t me n tal honors a student must: (A) have an ovt:: r a l l u n ivcrsity grade p o i nt aveTage o f 3.:5 or better; ( B) take fo u r h ours beyond the standa rd major i n 49 5, Honors hesis (S tudenLS apply for adm iss io n to this course in the eWlld semester of th e i r junior year. The dep a rt m e n t gra n ts admission to 495, Honor Thesis, based o n the s t u de n t's p ri o r work i n economics and the qual it of the ge n er a l research propo a l . ) ; (C) present the results of th work completed i n 495, H o n o r s Th e si; , at a meeting of Om i c ro n Delta Epsilon ( the economics honorary ) . MINOR: 2 4 semester hours, including l S I , 1 52, 35 1 or 352, a n d J 2 ad d i t i o n a l hOUfS o r electivcs, 4 o f w h i c h ma y b e in statist ics. ECONOMICS HONORARY SOCIETY: The d ep a r t m en t offers members h i p in Omicron Delta psilon, the International Econo m ics Honorary Society, to q ualified majors. For s pecific cr i t c ria , �ce an)' department:t1 fac u l t y member. BACHEWR OF ARTS I N EDUCATION: See School of

130 GlobaJ and EnvironmentaJ Economic Principles What is the "correct" amount 0 pol l u t ion? What is the va l u e f an ancient ed ar t ree? What does pop music have in common with .S. auto p ro d u c t i o n ? Micro-economic p ri n c i pl es are used

to analyze t hese J nd o t her env ironm n ta l and global issues. A n a l ysi s of p u b l i c policy a nd private behavior; appropriate pricing, resource valu t i o n , taxes and ubsid ies, t ra d e po licies, sustainable development, ancl i n c o m e gro w t h and d i s t ribution. S tude n ts cannot take b o th 130 and 1 5 2 for credit. (4) A

C

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

33 1 International Economics Re g i on a l and i n ternational special ization, com parative costs, i nternat io nal payments and exch ange ra tes; n a t i o n a l policies which promote o r restrict t rade. Prerequisites: 1 3 0 o r 1 52, or co n sem of i nstructor. (4) 3 4 1 &onomic Development: Comparative Third World Suategies A nalysis of the theoretical fram ework fo r development with applications to alternative eco n o m ic development slrategies used in th e newly mer gi ng d ve l o p i n g countries. Emphasis on comp:Jrison between countries, asse.s menlS of the relat iw i mp o r ta n ce of c u l t u ral a l u es, historical cJt perien , and govern­ mental p o l i c ie s in the development process. Pr req ui s i t es : 1 30 or 1 5 1 , or consent of in structor. (4)

345 Mathematical Topics i n &onomics An introduction to b a ic a p pl i ca n o n s of mathemat ical tools us ed i n economic analysis. l eJ p i cs i nclude · i mp l e l inear models of s upply an d d mand, single Jnd multivariable ma.ximization model , and linear dif� rence and differential equation models of economic growth. Prerequisites: 1 30 or 1 5 1 or 1 5 2 , or consent of instructor. (4)

Course Offe rings

P

330 Environmental and NaturaJ Resource Economics The first half of the cou rse examines the theory of external i t ies, c onges t i o n and the common-pro p ert y basis for environmental d e gra dati on , and the val ua t ion of enfironme nta l a m en i t i es . ase s tud.i es in Iud air and water P l l lu t i o n , "green" trade pol icy, wildemess pre ervation , and o u tdoor recreation. Consideration g i ve n to e nv iro n me ntal problems in developing nations. The s ec on d pa n of tbe cour t' develops analy tical models fo r t h e use of re n ew a b le and exbaustibie resources over time. ,:\se studies include the fishery, forestry, land, m in er a l s , and energy. Empha­ sizl's the Pacific North\ est where p os s ib l e. Prert'Cj u isit : 130 or 1 5 2 , o r c o n se n t of i nstructor. (4)

343 Operation Re earth Quantitative methods for decision problems. Emphasis on l i n e a r programming and other determ i n istic models. Prerequisite: TAT 2 3 1 or equivalent. ( 2 )

lidtlcatioll.

S6

32 1 Labor Economics A n a l ysi s of Jabor markets and labor market issues; wage deter­ m i nation; investment in h u man capital, u n i o n i s m and collo:ctive b a rga i n i n g; law �lnd public policy; di. c r i mina t i o n ; labor mob ility; ear n i n gs inequality, unemployment, and wages a.nd i n flation. P rere q uisites : 1 30 or 1 5 2, or c nsent of instructor. (4)

Y


35 1 lntermedjale Macro Econ omi c Analy is

economists, �nd the Keynesians. Prerequisite: 35 1 or 35_ ( may

wi t h i n

requirement.

be taken conc u r rently). Meets the seni r sem i nar/project

a Lio nal income detcrmin.ation i n c l u d i ng p o l i cy i m p l icat i o ns

the i nsti t ut i o n a l fra mework of the . . economy. Pr requi i tes: 1 30 or 1 5 1 , a n d MATH 1 28 0r 1 40 or I 1 . ( 4 )

490 Seminar Seminar in e onomie probl e m s an d p o lic i e s w ith emphasis on

3 5 2 Intermemate M icro EconomJc Analysis Theory oC consumer behavior; p ro d uct and actor p r ices under

encouragino the studen t to i n tegrate problem-solving met ho d ­

conditions o f monopoly. comp tition. and intermediate m arke ts; _

(4)

1 30 or 1 52. or consent o f 1 28, 140, o r 1 5 1 . (4)

welfare eco n omic . Prereq u i s i t e s :

parti ipants and instructor.

instructo r a n d M Anl

(

361 Money and Banking

The n a t u re a n d ro le of m o ney; m a n tary theory; to ols :U1d I ITIp lCmentalion o f monetary pol icy; reg u l a t i o n o f i n termediar- ies; banking ac t-ivity in financi;t\ markets; i n t e rn a t i o n a l conse­ quences or and co n s tra i n ts on m o n e t a ry p o l i c y. Prerequisites: 1 5 1 o r consent o f in tructor. ( 4 )

m

ology with tools of ec o n o m i c a n alysis. Top ic( s ) se l ected by class

n

P rerequ i s i te : consent o f inslrll tor.

o z

1 -4)

491, 492, 493 lndependent Study

o

P rere q u iS i t e : consent of the d�p a r t l1lent a n d completion of e i th e r·

:!:

495 HORors Thesis

n VI

35 1 or 3 5 2 . ( 1 -4 )

I nd pend 11 1 research su per i ed by one or m o re facult y

m e m b ers . Research proposal and topic developed b

the s t udent

in the j u nior year. App l i cation to enro l l i s made in the second

semester of the j u nior year. P rereqllis i t ; economics major and

co nsen t of the d e p a rtme n t . (4)

500 Applied Statistical Analysis An intensive intr duction to stat istical methods. Emp h a sis o n t h e application o f i nferent i a l statistics t o concrete s i t Llatio ns.

To p i cs i n c l ud e measure of Joe a t ion a nd va r i a tio n, probabili ty, es t i m ation , hypothesi ' testS , a nd regression . (4)

501 Analytical M ethods for Decision-Making The c o ncep ts uf prob G b i l ity, sa mpl i ng , statistical decision theory, l i near p rogram mi n g , and

other d et e rminist ic mo d e l s a pplied to

m anagerial pr blems. P rereq u i s i te: 500. (4)

520 Economic Policy Analysis An intensi e i n t roduct ion to the c o n cep ts of macroeco nomics and microeconomic '" i t h a n emphasis o n pol ic), for mat i o n w i t hi n a

global framework.

(4)

53 1 l nter nat i onal Economics and Finance Pas t . prese n t. and future trade pattern�

global economy on 362

i nci den

e

-

......-

t he

tions; econ om ic rel a tionships between bala n ce , ) [ paymen t ,

i nternat. i o nal value o f a c u r rency, a n d a (J u n tris do mes t ic Ll ne m p lo y me n t , a n d the d i st r ibutibn o f income. (4)

of taxes, t he p Ll b l ic deb t and the provision of p u b l ic

goods such as nat ional defense. ed ucation . p u re a i r, and water. Prerequisites; 1 3 0 or 1 52, or consent of i nstructo r. ( 4 )

e c o n o m i c pe r fo rman c e rda ting to i n t1 a t i on ,

37 1 Indu trial Organization and Public .Policy An a naly is of t h e �tructure. conduct, aod perfor mance of merican in dustry a n d p ubl ic po l i cies that foster and alter in u tri al structure a n d hehavior. Topics i ncl u d e th econom ics of firm size, motivations of the firm. concentration, m rge r s ,

590 Graduate Seminar Selected t o p i cs as :m nounced. Prerequisitc: c nsent of i n structor.

( 1 -4) 59 1 Directed Study ( 1 -4 )

p a t en ts , a n t i trust , p u b l ic uti lit), regu l a t io n . publ i c ent r p rise,

595 Graduate Readings

i nstruc tor. ( 4 )

598 Research Project ( 4 )

38 1 Comparative Economic Systems An an:tlysis and comparison of contemp o ra ry economic systems.

599 Th esis (4)

Ind pende n t s t udy card required. ( 4 )

- anll sll bsidiz.1 Jioll. Prerequisites; 1 30 or 1 52. o r conSent of -

of co u n t ries witllin

theoretical and ca e study basis; trade

policy issue.'> foc u sing on t a ri ff,. q LIotas, and free trade associa­

Public Finance

Public ta; a t i o n al1d expen d i t u re at all governmental lcve l s ; th e

-

a

The course i.ncl udes e ' a m i u G tion of the capita list, m i xcd and centrally p l a n ne d models, inclu d i ng a n histo r i al per pe tive . The eco n om ic systems of sel ected countrie.s w i l l also b' studied, Prerequ isi tes:

151

r

1 52, or consent of i ns t m ·tor.

cll l t u ra l l i ne in the P rspe c tives on Di cr�ity

r

Fulfill cross­

quireme n t .

(4)

3 99 lnternship A rt: earch and writing pr jeet in connection with a studen t's

- approved off-campus ac t iv it y. The primary

goal

is to gain i ns ig h t

i n to applications of the ideas and methodologies of econorui s.

_

Prerequi s it es : sophomore -tand ing p l us one co u rse ill eeo no m i

a n d consent of the departmenL _

486 Evol u tion

,

( 1-4)

of EconomJc Tbought

tho ught from a n c i e n t to modern t i me ; emphasis on L he p e r i o d from Adam S m i t h to I.M . Key nes; the clas kal econom iSIS, the soc ial i sts the ma rginalists, tht: neoc la sieal Econo m i c

,

P

A

C

r

F

r

c

l

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

r

T

Y

57


-

E :2 o

w

The School of Education offers programs of st udy leading

to cer t i ficat io n fo r elementary, seco nda ry, and spec i al education teachers, administrators, reading s p eci ali s ts, a n d school librarians. The curriculum is designed to pro vi de grad u ates with a blending of tbe Liberal arts a nd a var iety of p r act i c a l exposures to guided field experiences begin­ ni ng arly in the educational sequenc . The faculty i$ co m m itted to the d e ve lo p me nt of educational personnel sensitive to the va ri ed individual needs o f learners. MISSION S'IATEMENT: The School of Educatioll is

a

COlllll1 ll11ity

offawlty, administra to rs, staff, and student whose m ission is to educate responsible decision m akers-teachers and admil1istrators - who

a re

i llformed by current research alld who are thollghtfu l

about the m o ral, eth ical, social, and political implicatiolls of their work. Therefore, we model and practice tile qualit ies, skills, and

sensibilities necessary for professional leadership and ser v ic e

in

schools. Witllill the co l1 text of a liberal arts education, we believe that edllclltors IIn derstand, reflec t 011,

nnd respond to diverse nlld

complex value systems ill school and society. In service to the ulliversity a n d regional K- 1 2 educational communit ies, we ['ngage in scholarly activi ties about reflective teaching and learning practices that contrib ute to educational excellence at local, state, and national levels.

FACULTY: Brickell, Dean; Reisberg, Associate Dean; Baughman, Churney, Ford, Gerlach, Glasgow, Lamoreaux, Leitz, Lewis, Mc "ra\ , . 1inetti, Mosher, Mulder, G. elson, F. Olson, Owens, Ric.kabaugh, Wentworth, G . Williams, Yerian, Yetter.

The School of Ed ucation is accredited by the ational Council for Accreditation of Teacher Educatton (N ATE) , the ort hwest Association of Schools and Colleges, Jnd the Washington State Board of Education fo r the preparation o f elementary and secondary teachers, principals, program a d m i n istrators, and special educat.ion teachers, with the Master of Arts i n Education the h ighest degree approved. The accreditation gives PLU graduates reciprocity with many other states. Programs for the preparation of schoo l administrators and school l ibrarians are availabl . The School o ffers coursework toward the conversion, renewal, or reinstatement of teaching certificates. For preparation o f school nurses, see School o f Nursing section o f this catalog. The School of Educa tion offers graduate degrees in Class­ room Teaching, Educational Administration, Educational Psycho logy, Li teracy Education, Special ' du cation, and the master's degree with Initial Teaching Certification. I n formation regarding these programs is available from the director of graduate programs in the School o f Education (535-7272). ELIGIBI LITY REQUIREMENTS FOR PROFESSIO NAL STUDIES (Undergraduate or Certification Only): Students seeking to register for Education 302 or for Educational Psychology 2 6 l !Education 262 must apply t o the School of Education, in order to receive a registmtion num ber. Official transcripts o f all coUege/university work, writing samples, and official documentation of college a dmission test scores must be submitted to the School of Education by the first Friday in ctober or March before being admitted to the School of Education and allowed to enroll in education co urses the following term. Requirements include:

I. Evidence of verbal and quantitat ive ability as illustrated by one of the following test scores : ' a . Sch o lastic Aptitudt: Tc:,l ( SAT) Verbal 425 or above; To tal 9 J O or above**

58

b. 'vVashi ngton Pr -CoUege Test ( \Al P T) or (TETEP) erbal 48 o r abov(,; Total 1 03 o r abo e" c. American C o ll e g e Tes t Assessment ( T) Verbal 20 o r above; Composite 23 o r above"·

School of Education

P A C I F I C

L U T H E R A N

U N I V E R S I T Y

*

All elernetL wry applicants between tlze ages of2 1 (I/ld 25 arId all seco ndary app lica n ts over the age of2 1 , who have not tokell

ACT,

WPCT o r TETEP must silb/n i t

a

SAT,

TETEP sco re.

"" 'fest score " equ irelllents nrc set by the State of \l\'asll illgtoll mId are mbject to change.

2. Sopho more standing (30 or more semester hours) 3 . Cumulative grade point averag (GPA ) o f 2.50 4 . Psychology 1 0 1 : grade of C or h igher 5. English 1 0 1 : grade of

or higher

Applicatio n forms and procedures for admission to profes­ sional st udies in education are available from the School of Education. Students who do not meet all the requirements may exercise the a ppeal process tl)[ admission to Education 302 o r Educational Psychology 26 1 /Education 2 6 2 . Admission appeal process forms are available from an adviser in the School of Education. AU students admitted to Education 302 or Educa t ional Psychology 26 1 1Education 262 are admitted provis ionally to a program of p ro fessional studies, subj ect to conditions and p rocedures iden t i fied i n the Elementary/Secondary Initial Level Certification Handbooks, available in the School of Education. Continuation in the program of pro fessional studies is subject to continuous assessment of student development and performance. BAE and/or CERTlFICATlON REQUlREMENTS: Students become candidates fo r certification when they have success fully completed the following: 1 . All course work with a cumula tive grade point average of 2.50 or above. 2. Pro fessional Education Sequence fo r dcmentary or secondary teaching. 3 . An approved teaching majores) or c.oncentration(s) (see requirements as list d under Academic P reparation ) . 4 . All courses in educati n and i .n major and m inor fi el d s with grades o f o r h igher ( for secondary edu ation, B-or higher required in education cou rses). 5 . Achievement of profi iency in writing and math skills. 6. Anthropology 2 1 0/H istory 2 1 0 or Anthropology 1 02 fo r secondary teaching Jnd Anthropology 1 0 2 for elementary teaching. 7. Coursework or courses on the issues o f abuse, as approved by the School of ducation (SPED 480). 8. A student teaching experience. S tudents must co mplete ,Ill necessary p rocedures by the last Friday in October fo r fall student teaching or the last Friday i n November for spring s tuden t teaching. 9 . A vali d first aid card. TEACHER CERTIFICATION Initial Teaching Certificate: S t u dents who successfully complete a program of professional studies in the Scho ol of Education, and \ ho meet all related academic requ irements for a d grcc or a cert i ficate, will be recommended by the School of Education for a Wash ington initial teaching certificate. Addi tidnal state re­ quirements for the certificate indud . a Washington State Palrol check, an FBI fingerprint check, and a passing �core on state ent ry- to - practice test . Informat ion regarding aU st a t e require­ ments and procedures for cert i fication is available in the School of Ed ucatio n . Stare req uiremellts are subject to immedia t e challge. Stude llts should stay in close coutllcr with their School of Education advisers for updates i n program or applica t ioll requirements.

Initial Teaching Certi.fi.cate Renewal: Under star reg u la t io ns in effect at the publication of t his catalog, the Initial CertifIcate is


valid for fo ur years, and may be re n ewed for an a dd it i o n al t h ree years by m et in g the fo l l ow i n g requirements:

ART 34 1

1. In order to be eli g ibl e to renew or have ao i n i t ial ce rtificate reis lled, an i nd i vi d u a l must have completed all cou rsework re quirements for c on ti n u i n g certificltion or have c om p le t ed 1 0 semI' ter ( 1 5 q u ar ter ) h o u rs of stud )' ince the i suance of T i n i t ial .ertificate in the role for which the MOST R ' r� n ewa l or rci s s ua n ce is b ing s ough t (W 1 0-79-065 ) ( 1 ) ( a ) . The i n d i v id u a l m u s t also meet t h e recency requirement described b e l o w. I n som e cases the s a m e cre d i ts may apply io b th t be r newallreissuance require ment and t he recency

M U 1 34 l

req u i rement . 2 . I n o rder

t o b e eEgible t o obta i n , ren ew, or ha e 3n in itial

c e r t i fic a t e reissued, t h e individual must have co mp l et ed 1 0

semester ( 1 5 q u a rter ) h o u rs within the seven years p rece d ing appiJcation fo r the in itial certificate. The recency requirement do 5 not ap p l y t o ind ividuals w h o are seeking h e con t i n u i n g certificate. ( W C 1 80-79-065) (3) 3. An i n d i v i d u al must complete t h e renewal appl ication form and send it to the School of Educa t i o n , w i t h the $ 1 5 renewal tee

(ch eck / 1 /ade payable to

Pacific Lutheran Univcrsity).

4, An i n divid ual mus t have a copy of h i s or her I ni t ial C :ertificate o n me in tbe ch o ol of Educarion.

Converting to the CoDtinuing CertiJkat� At t he t i m e of publication of this c talog, st3te req u i r ments in I ud : I . 30 seme�ter h ours of up pe r divi ion or grad u a te IeI'd post­ ba calaur ate study. - 2. 1 80 d a ys of lIJI-time teach ing, of which 30 da ) s m u s t be with t h e " , lI n e empluyer. _

'

_

3. Two

4.

-

ndorsement .

our ewo r k in issues of abuse,

Altho ugh the mast r's degree is no lon ge r req uired , an)' School of E d ll ca t i fl M AE degree can be Lls<.:d to meet the acade.mic re­ q u i r ments r the continuing certificate, Other means by which the hool of Ed uca t i on can he l p persons mect c o n ti n u in g cert i ­ fica ti o n I' q u i reme n t s w i l l b e consider ' d a s they bccome known.

-

Professional Education: IDementary Program SPED 200 I nd iv i d ua ls w i t h Special [ eeds ( 2) 'D 302 Human Lea r n i n g: Grol t h a n d D evelo p m e nt ( 3 ) - ED C 30 3 Field Ob ser v a t io n ( 1 ) E D U 357 M e di a and Technology in K-Il l as s ro o ms (2)

3

EDV EDVC

Practicum I 00

(I)

To pics i n El ementa r y Edu a t ion: Classroom I ss u es and i nstructio nal S t ra te ,ies

Practicum I I

-E

(3)

Mathematics in K-8 Education ( .:»

ED ED EDU

(1)

410

ED

C 4 12

ED

430

- ·DV ' 435

Literacy i n K-8 Ed u at ion ( 3 ) Scicnce/Health in the Elem e n t a r y School ( 3 ) Soci�l S t u d ies i n t h e Elemcn tari' School ( 3 ) S tu d e n t Teach i n g in K-8 Educati n ( 9 ) ( o r EDV 4 3 4 for d u a l student te a c h i n g ) To pics i n Elementary E d u ca ti o n: lass room P rac ­ tice in the Con text of Educa tional Foundations ( 3 ) ( EDUC 430 and 435 llleet t h e sen ior e m i n a r / project requiremen t ) Te ach in g for Individual Differences - E le mentary ( 2 ) '

P D 499

( eqt/ireri

only for n01/ ,pe

Music in the Elementary School ( 2 )

or

SOTA 3 4 1 PI-I E D 322

l a ss roo m (2)

I n tegr a t i ng Arts in the

Physical Educa t i o n in Elementi1l')' S hoals

inl edt/Cr1tioll majors ,lIId

1II;II01'S)

(2)

m

o C f"\

ELEMENTARY SEQUENCE (Regular and certification only): Cou rses m Ll t be taken in Lhis sequence: Term I:

ED

302

EDUC 3 0 3 S P E D 200

:to --I

H u m an Learning: Crowth and De e lop m<'n t ( 3 ) Field Observa t iun ( I ) pec i a l eed, Lea r ne rs (2)

o

The followitlg collrses IIlZLst b e takc/( after Term I: PJ-lED 3 2 2 P in Elemt'n tary Scho 1 ( 1-2) A RT 34 1 El em e n t a ry A r t Edu ation ( 2 ) MU

las room Tea hers

Musi fo r

1 34 1

z

( 1-2)

Child Abuse ( I )

SPED 48 0

(req!flremCflt by Stale 0

T erm IT: EDU 357 DVC 358

EDU ' 406 E V 408

Washillgtoll)

MediaiTech nology in the Cbs. room ( 2 )

(I ) Elementary Math Methods ( 3 ) Li teracy III K - 8 Educatiun (3)

Prac ticu111 I

Te rm III: ED

Topics: Issues/ Strategies ( 3 )

ED

P r ac t ic um I I 0 )

C 400 40 1 410 ED 4ll D SPED 499

Elem ntary Science Me t h o d

'

(3)

EIt:mentary Social 'tu dit:� Methods Teaching fo r I n d iv i du a l

'Jimn I V: ED 4 0 E D ' C 435

(3)

£1 m. ( 2 ) major ,md minors)

i f h nccs -

(re'juireri o llly/o r 110/1 special ecIrrcatio/l

ELEMENTARY PREPARATION General requirements: In addition to thc ge n er a l un iversity and core re q u i r ments in all curricula, cer t ai n �pccific rcquirem nts i n gener.1i ed ucation must be met, - 1. A n t h r pology 1 02 , E xp lo r i n g Anth TUpol gy; Culture a n d ociety (r com mended) or n thropology 2 1 O/H istory 2 1 0, ,Iobal Perspe ct i es, or the equiva lent must be taken. 2. Mathemat ics 2 2 3 or eq uivalent m us t be t � k e n .

_

Elem ntary Art E d uca t i o n ( 2 )

atld

Student Teac h i ng ( 9 ) ( EDVC 434 fo r dual stuuent teach ing) Topics i n Elemen t a ry Edu a l i o n : r ; u l1 darions (3)

ELEM. ENTARY EDUCATION MINOR: S t udents pr ep ar i ng for lementaf )' las room t aching hould ch osc one of t he following fo u r options: I.

Cross-Disciplinary Studies ( 1 2 hours required)

Sell'cl J 2 hOllrs fro Ill:

h i l d ren's Literature

o m p u ters in Education

Speech

hild J)evelopment

eography

peciaI E lucation

2. Special Education ( I8 hour required) (see listing under Special Education K - 1 2 ) 3. Reading Endorsement ( 16 hour required) ED 408 L i teracy i n K-R Edu ca t i on ( 3 ) EDUC 490/ 5 1 0 T h e Acqu isition a n d Devel op ment of Language and L i t er a cy (2) E D U 4 1 1/ 5 1 1 S t rategies fo r Language/Lit.:racy Develop­ ment ( 2 ) E D C 4 1 3/5 1 3 La nguage/Literacy Dev lopm n t : As e s smrn t and I ns t r uction ( 4 ) E D U C 438/538 Strategies fo r Whok Li ter;\C)' Inst ruction K- 1 2 ( 2 ) Irildr(,/( 's Li te ra/li re COll rses

EDU

426/52()

Spe ial To pic

DU

427/527 42 8/528

M u l r icultural Childrcn' Li terat u re ( 2 )

EDU

EDUC

Children's

in

it rature ( 2 )

' h i ldr'n's

i terat u r e i n th

K·8 Curriculum

(2)

429/529

Ad o l scen t Literature i n t h e Secondary Curriculum ( 2 )

·May slIlmiwte ENGL 333

or 334 or eqlli1'll/crr/

4-hour

children's iicem trrre course for ·DU , 4281528 a/ld tile chilJren's

literature electives.

P A C I F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

v

59


4.. Teaching English as a Second Language ( 1 6 hours required)

z o l­ e:( U ::I C loLl

TH 102

Exploring A n t h ropology: Culture and Society (4) LA G/EDU 445 Methods for Tea hing Foreign Languages nguage and E ngl ish as a Second LANG 446 Theories 0 Language Acq u isitio n ( 4 ) LANG/EDUC 475 Practicum i n Teaching English as a Second Language ( 1 ) LANG/ EDU 470 Curri ulum, Materials and I nstruction for Teaching English as a Second La nguage (4) A

SECONDARY PREPARATION Genera) requiremenls: In additio n to th general univers ity requirements i n all c u rr icula, certain specific req uiremen t s for general edu al ion must be met. J . Anthropology/History 2 1 0, ,1 )bal Perspectives ( recom­ mended) or Anthropulogy 102, Culture and Society, must be take n . 2. Co m pu te r Socnce 3 2 2 , Microcomputers in the Classroom, m ust be taken (Physical "Education a nd Music Ed ucation degree m ajors excepted ) . 3. M i n i m u m grade requ i rements includ a cum ulatiw grade poi n t average of 2.50 for the following: <l. Entrance to professiunal sequence. b. Enrollment in any course in professional educa t ion. c . Jraduation and/or ert itication. 4. Grades of C or higher in t h e following: a. All courses in majors and m i n ors. b. Engl ish 1 0 1 , Psy hology 1 0 1 , nthropology/History 2 10 o r An th ropology 1 02. c. Com p u ter 'cien e 322.

ED C

262)

req u i rement)

Ulldergradrwte SllIdel l ts

EPSY 26 1 , D 262, 263 . . ... .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .... .. . 7 honrs .PSY 31) I , SPED 362 . . . . . . ........ . . ... . . .. . .. . . . .. ................. ......... 7 hour:; EDUe 46 1 , 462, 44X . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 hours EDUe 468 9 h o u rs .

.....

.

. . . .. . .

.

..

...

. .

.

.............

...

.

.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........... . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. ......

Gradllate SlIIdell/s (with B.A.lB.S. degrees) E PS Y 2 6 1 , EDUC 262, 263 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 hours

P

A

C

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

..

..

.

.

...

. .

. .

.

......

.

ACADEMIC PREPARATION: A major from those listed must be completed . Completion of a leaching major/minor in a seco nd academic area is strongly recom men ded . (Students do not major i.n educati o n ) . �'aching m jors a r e offered in the fol lowing a reas: an thropoIOb,),' art, biology, chem istry, drama, earth s ciences, economics, English, French, erman, history, jo urnalis m , language arts, mathematics, m usic, rwegian, p hysical educa t i o n , physics, political science, psychology, science, social studies, sociolog)', Spanish, and speech. Minors only , re available in Chinese, computer science, health, ami La L i n . T h e majors a n d minor i n t h e elementar ' and seco ndary education progra ms have been revised because of changes in the Washington Administrative ode . Except in the areas of English/ language arts, science, social studies, physical educa tion, and fo reign languag s, the elementar)' major ful fil l s areas of study requ ired by the State fo r endorsement. See an education ad iser for cu rren t informat i o n .

SPECIAL EDUCATION (K- 12): The 31 semester hour teaching major and 18 semester hour minur must be taken i n co nju nction with an academic tea hing major. Studen ts co mpleting thi major along with the required professional educaiion �equ nc > for elementary or secondar teac hers will be recommended for an endorsement in spe ial education. Stucit-nts n o l majoring in educa t i o n may he excused from the requirem nts of taking Education 302 o r Educational Psychology 2) l I Edu cation 262. Major (32 hours minimum)

Required ou rses (minimum or 21 hours): SPED 200 SPED 292

S P E D 390 SPED

391

SPED 393

SPED 394 SPED 396

SPED 4 0 1 S P E D 402

Recommended Sequences: .

......

Psycholog

. .

.

PREPARATION FOR K- 1 2 TEACHING: t lld nt� prepa.ring fo r K - 1 2 teachi n g in art, m usic, foreign language, or physical education must have student teachjn<T �perience and course­ work i n methodology on both the delllentary nd secondary levels. Detailed i ntormation r('gardin K- 1 2 cert i fica t io n is available in the · ch oo l of Education oHic . A S hool o{ Educa­ tion adv'iser is required i n addition to a n adviser ill art, m usic, or physical education.

for Teaching ( 3 ) ( Prerequisite: EPSY 26 1 ) Teachi n g (o r I ndividual Differences - Secondary (4) SPED 362 ( P rerequisites: ED C 262/263, EPSY 26 1 ) ( o t requ i red for special edmcat io n m a j r s o r minors) ED UC 44X Subject Area lethods ( 3 ) (Prereq ui. ites: EDU 262/263, EPSY 26 1 , 36 1 , SPED 362) C 4() 1 General Teachi ng Methods - Se ondary ( 3 ) E ( Prerequ isites: . 'SY 2 6 1 . EDUe 2 2 , concu rrent enrollment i n EDUC 462) E D U 4 6 2 Teacher Assisting - Secondary ( I ) ( Prerequisill:s: EPSY 26 1 , E D UC 262, concurr e n t e n rollment in ED C 46 1 ) E UC 468 Student Teachi ng - Secon d ary ( 9 ) ( Prerequ isites: EPSY 2. 1 , 36 1 , EDU . 262 , 263, 46 1 , 462, SPED 362, enior ta nding, cum ulati e CPA of 2.50 or higher; a valid first aid card m ust be on file before student leaching placement ca n be finalized ) ( EDUC 468 me ts t h e senior seminar/project

60

.

.

PREPARATION FOR SENIOR ruGH SCHOOL TEACHING: St udents preparing fur sen ior high lea hin ' must complete approximately 32-69 semes!t:r hours in the academic area i n which t h e y plan t o teach. A minor i n a s e o n d teaching area i 5 recommended. tudents may also fi nd it adva ntageous to their career goals to 1 ) develop skills in o ne or more coaching areas i n response to Title IX legislation, 2 ) develop competencies i n special education i n res ponse to federal speci a l education legisla tion, and 3 ) develop pro ficiency in one or more langua"es, particularly Spanish a n d Asian languages. I n aU cases, st udents must discuss their program with an advi er from t be School of ducation.

Professional Education: Secondary Program (mini.mlUD of 30 semester hours); H u ma n Relations Developmen t ( 3 ) (Prerequ isite: E PSY 20 I Ad mission to the sequence) EDU 262 Fo u ndalio ns o f Edu a t i o n ( 3 ) ( P rerequisites: Ad m ission to the sequence and oncurrcnl en.rull­ men t in E PSY 26 1 ) EDU 263 School Ob�crvation ( i ) ( P rerequisites: Adm ission to the . equencc and concurrent en rolm ent i n EPSY 30 1

PSY 36 1 , ED e 46 1 , 462, S P E D 362 .. ... . . . .. .. . . . . . . 1 1 hours EDU 44X, 468 . . . .. . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . .. . .... .. . . ... . . . . 1 2 ho urs

Y

SPED 404 SPED 407 SPED 480 Olle

i n d ividuals with Special N eds (2) or equivalent Assessmen t tl1 Special Education ( 2) Tea ch i ng Life and Vocat ional Skill ( 2 ) Pracl icum in L i fe Skill, ( 1 ) Teaching tudents with Behavior Problems (2) Practicum in Behavior Problem ( I ) Instructional Management ( 2 ) Academic In structional Strategie� for Learners w i t h Special eeds ( 3 ) Practicul1l i n I nstructional Strategies ( 1 ) Com m u n ica tion and Collaboration ( 3 ) Curriculum . Tnstruction, a n d Technology ( 4 ) C h i l d Abuse ( 1 )

of the following cou rses:

SPED 2% S P E D 408 SPED 49 2

Medicall Fragile ( 2 ) Tra ns i t io ns from School to ommunity ( 2) Methods of Tea ching Young Chi] ren ( 2 )


Phi Srudent T ach il /g: SPED 4 8 " tu d en t Teachmg - Elementary ( 5 ) . PED 439 Student Teach ing - Secondary (5)

E D U C 555

Minor ( 1 8 hoW' minimum) SPED 200 I nd i vi d ua ls \ ith Special Needs (2) or etjU iVClient S P E D 292 s 'es:;ment in peciul Edll at ion ( 2 ) SPED 390 Teaching L i fe and Vocational Skill ( 2 ) SPED 3 9 1 Practicum i n Life Skills ( I ) or

{ SPED 393 �

Teachi ng Students with Behavior P ro b l e ms ( 2 ) Prac tic u m i n B e ha v io r Problems ( I ) In tructional Ma nag ment ( 2 ) Academic Instructional 'trategies fo r Learners with S p e c ia l eed..., ( ). ) S P J) 402 Pr ac l i llm i n Instructional Stratcgi ' S ( I ) SPi:. 07 urriculLlm, I n s t r u c t i o n , ami Technology (4) ' h i l cl Abuse ( I ) SP D 480 Please not e: Special Education 200 IS a p rereq uisite /0 ALL special

P D 394 SPED 396 SP D 40 1

edllcation cullrsework. 261lEduC{l tion 262 is pecial Edllcatio/l

Il

Educa t ion 302 or Educa t ion al

Psychology

prerequisite fo r Al.L 300 or 400-/evel

cou rses.

Stlldellts

/lot

l1Iajoring in

educatio/l

may

be excmed from t h is requirement.

Non-Teaching Minor ( 1 8 hours minimum)

-

Required

Courses (12 hours):

SI:' 1 95 SPED 2 0 I SPED 404 SP 480 SPE 399

SPED 4 0 8

I ndividuaJs with D i sa bil i t i es ( 4 ) Ob ervation i n Special Education Programs ( 1 ) omrnu nication and Collaboration ( 3 ) Issu e s in C hild Abuse and Neglect ( l ) Practim rn in Special Education ( 1 ) Transitions from School to c,omrn u n it y ( 2 )

,0rlcentration,S (choose 6

PED 390

SPill 3 9 1 SPED 393 SP D 394 P D 490 SPED 292 SPED 296

SPED 3 9 5 S P D 475

SPED 485 SP D 494 P -D 497

hOLlrs ji'o ll1 the fo llowillg ) :

Teachi ng Life ancl Voca t i o n a l k i l ls ( 2 ) Practicum in Life , kills ( 1 ) 'leaching Students with Behav i o r Disorders (2) Pra ticum for Be.havior Pr ob le ms ( I ) Early Lea rn i n g Experiences fo r Special e ds Ch i ld ren ( 2 ) Assess me n t in Speci, I Education ( 2 ) Educating the Physically Challenged and Medically Fragile ( 2 ) Introduction t o Langua ge D e ve l op m e nt a n d Di,orders ( 2 ) Su p e r v i s in g Par a- P rofession als and Vol u n tcer�( I ) The ifted Child ( 2 ) omputer Ap plication in Special E d uc a t i o n (2) I n d ependent Sludy ( \ -2 )

EARLY CHILDHOOD - SPECIAL EDUCATION See radl/ate Stl/dies. LIBRARY LEARNING RESOURCE SPECIALIST: Preparation of School Ubrarians ( 1 6 semester hoW's) Students in terested in preparing for the responsibil ity of a d m i n istering a . chool library may meet suggcsted standards thr ugh the followlng progra m : Prrrequisite:

EDU

2 5 3 o r EPSY 2 6 1/£D C 262, o r teacher ce rt i fication .

Reqllired:

ED too-

ED C EDUC

P D lI EDlIC

EDUC

Media enter Ma nagement ( 2 ) 507 Principles o f Information Organ ization, Retrieval, and Ser ice ( 2 ) 508 Principles o f Bibliographic n a lys is and Co nt ro l ( 2 ) 509 Foundations o f Collection Development ( 2 ) 53 7 Media and Technol g y for School L i b r ary Media S pe c ia l ists ( 2 ) 5 3 8 Strategies for Whole Literacy I nstruction C - 1 2) (2) 506

Foundat ions o[ School L ib rary

528 ED C 529

Chiklrcn's Literature in K-8 Curriculum ( 2 ) dolescent Literature in the Secondary Curricul u m

EDlIC 456

St o ry te l l ing (2)

ED

Student Teaching eminar ( I ) ( S P D 4 3 8 , 439, a n d 440 meet rhe enior s e m ina r/ p roje t r quirement)

SPED 440

{

Curriculum Development ( 2)

Electives - one of tile following:

(2)

m

PRINCIPAL'S AND PROGRAM ADM INISTRATOR'S CERTIFICATE: Pr paration programs l e adi ng to certification at tbe initi I I and cun t i n u i ng kvcls [or school and d ist riel-wide program admin istrators a r e available through t he School of EducaLion. Sp cific requi rements fo r th c c r t i fic.lte. drt' iden t i fied in handbooks a ailable upon request. Master' degrees in educa t ional admini tration are described in t he raduCl te St u dies section of this catalog.

o c: n » -l o z

CERTlFlCATION REQUIREMl!NTS fOR SCHOOL NURSES: Educa tional Staff s�ociate cer t i fication for school n u rsc� is i n d i iduaJ ly designed Lh ro ugh the chool o f u rs i ng . F r i n D rmation regarding school n urse cert i fi cation, on tact the School of u rsi n g (535-8872 ) . Teaching Major/Minor Requirements

ANTHROPOLOGY State elldorsemellt req llirements: ( I )

ulturaJ Anthropol og)', ( I I ) Physical Anthropology, ( I l l ) rc haeo log )l. Seconda ry teach ing lilt/jar: 32 semester hOLlr re q u i re d . Antll 1 0 1 ( I l ) ; 102 ( 0 ; 354 ( I I ) ; 4S0 ( I ); hours [rom Anth 220, 2 2 5 ( I ) , 23 0 , 330, 336, 345 , 343; 4 hours from A n th 2 1 0, 350, 360, 3 75, 3 0 , 392, 490 ( I ) ; 8 h o u rs fr )m: A nth 1 03 , 332, 365, 70, 465, ( 3 3 1 + 370) (II, 1 l I ) . S eco n dary teaching millor: 20 semest r hours req u i red. AntlL 101 ( I I ); 102 ( I ); 8 hOUL rom A nth 2 1 0, 220, 2 2 5 , 2 3 0, 330, 336, 343, 345, 354, 490 ( 1 ) ; 4 h urs f rom Anth 1 03, 332, 365, 370, 465, ( 33 1 + 370 ) ( Jl, 1 l I ) . Elementary teaclzilzg major: 24 semester hour required. Anth 1 0 1 ( I I ) ; 1 0 2 ( I ); 354 ( I I ) ; 8 h o u rs from A n t h 2 1 0, 220, 330, 6, 345, 3 54 , (343/225 + 490) ( 1 ) ; 4 hours from A n t h 1 03 , 3 2, 365, 70, 465 (33 1 + 370) ( I I , I I I l . ART rt history, ( I I ) Aesthetics or ( 1 l I ) Drawing, ( IV) Pa i n tinu, (V) Sculptu re, ( V l) lnstructio[};]l me th o d s in a rt. K- 1 2 reaching major: 34 s c m c tel' h o u rs r quired. A rt 1 60 ( l I J ) ; 1 96 ( 1 1 ; 226 ( V ); 230 ( V ) ; 250 ( IV ) ; 3 5 ( I I ) ; 3 4 1 ( VI ) ; 4 hours from : Art 296, 32 6, 3 70; 4 hours from A r t 1 80 , I I , 80 ( I) Art minor: 26 semester hours required. Art 1 60 ( i ll); ] 96 I I ) ; 2S0 ( V ) ; 365 ( IV ) ; 34 1 ( 1 1 ) ; 4 hours from Art 230, 326, 370 (V); 4 hours fr01l1 Art 1 80, l X I , 380 (1). Elementary Art m'Jjor: Same a s art m i nor. Sta te elll/orselllt'11I

requirements: ( I )

philo 'ophy o f art,

BIOLOGY ttlellrs: ( I ) cm'tics, ( I I ) E ology or evolution theory, ( Ill ) Bota ny, i ncl u d ing laboratory e:<peri­ ence, ( T V ) Zoolog" inclu d ing laboratory cxperien e, (V) Laborat ry management a n d saG t y, ( V I ) c i cnce te hnology and society o r bioethics. Secondary teachillg major: 40 semester hours req u i red . B io logy 1 6 1 ( I ) ; 1 6 2 ( I , m, IV ); 323 ( I I , I V, I ); 340 or 359 ( 1 1 1 ) ; 20 1 or 328 ( 1 ) ; 424 0r 47 ( 1 1 l ; . 24 r 3 26 0r 3 6 1 ( IV); 33 1 o r 407 ( I , V I ) ; 4 hours of electi es I I ' 111 Biology 205 or above. Required supporting: Chemistry 1 05 or 11 5 . Secon da ry teaching lIIil1or: 25 semester h o u rs required. Biology 1 6 1 (I ) ; 162 ( I, III, i ) ; 323 ( I I, IV, V I ) ; 8 ho u r of e l e ct ive from Biology 20 I or above. R 'quired s upporting; h emistry 1 05 or I I . Elementary teaclJing major: 2 se mester hours required. Same as secondary It'aching minor.

tote endorsemellt reqllir

P A C I F I e

L

U

T

H

E

R A N

U

N I V E R 5 I

T

Y

61


CHEMISTRY

z o I­ � U ::J o w

above.

semester hours required . Chemistry 1 04 ( I and l l ) ; 1 05 ( 1 ) ; 1 2 0 ( l I l ; or 1 25 ( 1 1 ) ; 2 1 0; 8 hours of electives from one or more of the following: Chemistry 232 or above; Biology; Geosciences; or Natu ral Science.

Elementary tea ching major: 24

ENGLISH/ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS State endor-emen t req u i re m en ts :

State endorselllellt requirem

nts: ( I ) Writing/co m position in the designated foreign languagt', ( I I ) Conversation in the designated fo re ign language, ( I l l ) Reading in the designated foreign language, ( I V ) History and culture of the designated foreign language. Secondary tea c h i ng minor: 24 semester hours required. hinese 1 0 1 , 1 02, 20 1 , 202, 30 1 , 3 7 1 . Also r quired: LA N G/ 445. ED Elementary tea ching major: 24 semester hours required. Same as secondary teaching m inor.

and Communications 1 23, 328, 330, 436, 450: Theatre 24 1 ( V I ! ) ; 8 hours drama from Theatre 1 5 1 , 250, 352, 45S ( V I ) ; R hours in journalism from Communication 2 8 3 , 3 8 0 , 3 8 1 , 3 88 , ( VI I I ) .

Elemen tary teaching major: 2 4 seme ter hours required. Engli�h 241 ( I I ) ; 2 5 1 ( I I I ) ; 327 o r 328 ( I ) ; 4 hOllrs from English 4 03; L nguages 200 ( I V ) ; 4 hour from English 333, 3 3 5 ( I II ) ; 4 hours from ommunication 1 23 ( V ) , 330 ( VI ) , 4 5 0 ( V l ) , Theatre 24 1 ( V I ) , 4 5 8 (V).

DRAMA

ting skills, ( I ! ) Theatre production, ( I II ) Theatre history or history of drama, ( I V ) Creative d rama, (V) Theatre directi.ng. Secondary teachillg major: 3 2 semester hours required. Theatre l S I ( I I ) ; 1 60; 24 1 ( I & I V ) ; 250 (I & I V ) ; 352 ( I I & V) ; 3 5 7 ( I & I V ) ; 3 6 3 o r 364 ( I V ) ; 4 5 4 ( I l l ) . Secondary teaching m i n o r: 20 emester hours required. Theatre 1 5 1 ( 1 1 ) ; 250 ( I & I V ) ; 4 hours from Theatre 1 60, 363, 364 ( I ll); 8 hours from Theatre 3 5 1 ( I I ) , 3 5 2 (II & V ) , 454

State endorsell1ent req uirements: ( I ) A

( 1 1 1 ) , 458 (IT & I V ) .

Elementary teaching major: 24 semester hours required. Theatre l S I ( I I ) ; 1 60 ( I l l ) ; 250 (I & I V ) ; 8 hours from Theatre 3 5 1 ( I I ) , 3 5 2 ( I I & V ) , 454 ( I I I ) , 458 ( 1 1 & I V ) ; 4 hours of electives. ECONOMICS State endorsement

ENGLISH

( I ) VVriti ng/composition, (m American l i teratu re, (m) World literature representing a variety of d iverse cultures, including British Literat ure,

State endorsement req u iremen ts:

C

I

f

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

'

V

E

R

State endorsement req uirements: ( I )

Writing/composition in the designated foreign language, ( I I ) .onversation in the designated foreign language, ( I I I ) Reading in the de ignated foreign language, ( I V ) H istory and c u l t u re of t.he designa ted foreign language. Secondary teaching major: 34 ,emester hours required beyond French ! O 1 - 1 02. French 20 1 ( U , OJ, I V ) ; 202 ( n , I II, I V ) ; 3 2 1 ( IV ) ; 3 0 I ( I & I T ) ; 3 0 2 ( I & II ); 42 1 ( I I I ) ; 422 ( m l ; 43 1 or 432 ( 1I I ) ; 495. Als o required: LANG/EDUC 445. Secondary teaching minor: 20 semester hours beyond 1 0 1 - 1 02. French 2 0 1 ( II, I l l , [V); 202 ( II, III, I V ) ; 32 1 (1V); 30 I ( I & I I ) ; 302 ( I & I I ) .

Eleme ll tary teaching major: 24 semester hours b eyo nd 1 0 1 - 1 02.

5

I

T

GEOSCI ENCES

Physical geology, ( I I ) Historical geology, ( T I l ) Environmental geology, ( I V ) o .eanograph , ( ) Astronomy, ( V I ) Meteorol gy Seconda ry teaching l1Iajor: 4 -46 semester hours required. Earth Sciences 1 3 1 ( I ) ; 1 3 2 ( I I ) ; 1 0 3 or 1 04 ( I I I ) ; 1 0 2 ( IV ) ; Natural Sciences 206 ( V ) ; 1 0 5 ( V I ) ; 1 2- 1 3 hour from E rth Scienc 323, 324, 325, J26, 3 27, 328, 3 3 0 , 334, 34 1 , 350. Chemistry 1 04 o r 1 20 . Physi s 1 25, 1 35. 4 h o u rs from Math 1 4 0 o r higher o r one course from Computer Science l i S, 1 4 4 o r 220. Seco nda ry teaching minor: 20 semester hour� requi red. Earth Sciences 1 3 1 ( I ) ; 1 3 2 ( II ) ; 1 03 ( I l l); 1 02 ( I V ) ; 1 04 ( l l l ) ; Natural ciences 2 0 6 ( V ) ; 1 05 ( VI ) . Ele mell tary teachillg II/ajor: 2 4 s mester hours required. Same as secondary teaching m inor with 4 additional hours of earth sciences electi e at the 300 level or higher. Select from 32 3 ,

State endorsement req IJ irement,: ( I )

324, 325, 3 26, 3 2 7 , 3 28, 329, 334, 3 3 5 , 350.

( IV) Linguistics or structure of language. A

FRENCH

Same as secondary minor plus 4 ho urs from upper division electives.

requirements: (. ! ) Macroeconomics, ( I I )

i\1. icroeco nomics, ( I I I ) History and/or development o f economic thought. Secondary teaching major: 32 semester hours required. Eco nomics 130 ( I I ) or 1 5 1 - 1 5 2 ( I ) ; 3 5 1 ( I ) ; 352 ( l l ) ; 4.86 ( I l l ) ; 8 hours from Economics 3 4 3 , Statistics 23 1 , Math 34 1 , Business 202, o r a n elective i n computer science; 8 hours of electives in economics, 4 hours of which may be statistics and/or including Economics 399, 490, 492, 493 for variable credit. Secondary teaching minor: 20 semester hours required. Economics [ 30 ( I l l ; 35 1 ( I ) ; 352 ( f I ) ; 486 ( 1 I l ) ; 4 hours of electives in economic which may include statistics. Elem n tmy teaching major: 24 semester hours req u i red. Same as secondary teaching minor with 4 additional hours of electives in economics or statist ics.

P

( I ) Wri ting/composition,

( I I ) American l iterature, ( I L l) World literature, ( I V ) Linguis­ tics or structure of language, (V) Drama, ( V I ) Speech, ( V l l ) Journalism. Secondary teaching major: 44 semester hours reqUired. English 24 1 ( l l ) ; 2 S 1 ( 1 1 1 ) ; 327 0 1' 328 ( I ) ; 403 ( I V ) ; 4 hours from English 2 1 6, 2 1 7, 2 1 8, 23 1 , 334 ( 1 1 1 ) ; 8 hours in Speech

CHINESE

62

Language requirement: Secondar English majors must complete at least two years of a foreign language at the university level. Secolldary tea ch ing Inaj or: 36-44 semester hours required beyond English 1 0 1 . English 24 1 ( I I ) ; 2 5 1 ( 1 1 1 ) ; 0 1 ; 328 ( I ) ; 403 ( I V ) ; 4 hours from English 2 1 6, 233, 3 4 3 ( I I ! ) ; Educltion 429; ( J 2 hours from periods and surveys ) ; 4 hours from Senior Seminar. Secone/ary teaching m i nor: 1 8 semester hours req u i red beyond English 1 0 1 . EngLish 24 1 ( I I ) , 2S 1 ( I [ l ) , 328 ( 1) , 403 ( I V ) ; 4 hours from English 2 1 6 , 233. 343 or Education 429 ( I I I ) . Elementary teaching major: 2 4 semester hours required beyond English 10 I . English 2 4 1 , 2 5 1 , 328, 403; 4 hours from nglish 333, 334 o r Education 428 o r 429; 4 hours from Communica­ tion 1 23, 330, 450, Theatre 24 1 , o r 458.

Foreign

Organic chemi�try, including laboratory experience, ( I I ) Inorganic hemi�tTy, includlng laboratory experience, ( I I I ) Analytic chemistry, including laboratory experience, ( I V ) Physical chemistry, ( V ) Labora­ tory manGgement and safety. eco lldary teaching major: 50 semester hours requ ired. Chemistry 1 20 ( II ) ; or [ 25 ( I l l ; 232 ( I ) ; 234 ( I ) ; 332 ( I ) ; 334 ( I ) ; 338 ( I I I ) : 3 4 1 ( I V ) ; 342 ( IV ) ; 343 ( N ) ; 344 ( I V ) ; 40) ( 1 ) . Required supporti ng: Math l S I , 1 52; Physics 1 53, 1 54 , 1 63, 164. Secondary teaching minor: 2 2 semester hours required. Chemistry 1 20 ( I I); o r 1 2 5 ( I I ) ; 232 ( I ) ; 234 ( I); 332 ( I ); 334 ( I ) ; 338 ( I I I ) ; 4 ho urs of electives from Chemistry 34 1 o r Sta te endorsement requirements: ( I )

Y


GERMAN Sta te elldorsement requi rellients: ( I ) Writ i n g/composition i n the de i nat d f(l rcign language,

( i 1)

foreign language, ( I V ) Hi tory and c u lture of the dcsignated fo rei gn l a n g u age.

Secondary reachllg maJor: 34 semester hours required bcyond 1 0 1 - 1 02 . German 2 0 1 ( I & I I ) ; 2 0 2 ( I & I I ) ; 3 2 1 ( I V ) ; "30 I ( I & I I ); 3 0 2 ( I 8< I I ) ; 4� I ( 1 I l ) ; 4 2 2 ( I I I ) ; 495. Also req ui red : LANG/ED C 445 . Secondary teachillg millor: 2 0 s mestcr h o u rs r q u i red beyond erman 1 0 1 - 1 02. German 20 1 0, 1 1 ) ; 202 (I & I I ) ; 3 2 1 or 322 ( I V); 301 ( I ' l l ) ; 02 (I & ll). - Elemen tary teaching major: 24 se m est er h o ur s required beyond German 1 0 I - I 02. arne a s secondary m inor p l u s 4 hours from ___

,erman elective.

HEALTH - State endor ement req Lliremellts: ( I ) Su bstance use and abuse, ( I I ) We l l ness a n d il lnes , ( I I I ) N u t rition, ( I

) H u m an physiology,

( 5 ) S a � t y education. Secolldary tea ch ing mil1or: 1 6 semester h o u rs required. H e a l t h 260 ( I I I ) ; 270 ( I I ) ; 292 ( V ) ; 295 ( I I ) ; 3 2 1 ( I V ) ; 3 2 3 ( 1 l ) ; 3 2 5 ( l l & I l l ) ; 3 2 7 ( I ); 2 h o u rs o f elect ives ap proved by health coordinator. _

Elemelltary teac hi l lg major: 24 ernest r ho urs required. Same as secondary teaching m i nor, and 1 0 hours o f elec tives in health eduCc1ti o n .

H lSTORY Sta te enclorsemellt requirelllents: ( I ) Washington State or Pacific No rt hwes l h i story and gOY r n rn e n t , ( I I ) United States h i s tory,

( 10 ) V Qrld,

e s t e rn , or Pacific Rim h istory or civilizati ons.

- Se olldary tcm:hing l/1(ljor: 3 2 semester hours required. 8 h o u rs form H istory 25 1 , 252, 253 ( I I ) ; 1 07 or 108 ( I I I ) ; 460 or 4 6 1 ( I ); Senior Seminar; 4 hours of electives from non­ West rn history ( 205, 3 3 , 338, 340, 380) ( I I I ) ; and 8 h o u rs of upper division electives i n history.

'--

Secondary teaching minor: 20 em es ter h o u rs required. 4 h o u rs from History 25 1 , 252, 2 5 3 ( l I ) ; 107 or 1 08 ( I I I ) ; 460 or 4 6 1 ( I ) ; 4 hours of lectivcs from non -Western history ( 205, 3 6, 3 8, 340, 380) ( I I ! ) ; and 4 hours of upper division ekct ives in hi 'tory.

Elemen tury teaching major: 24 semester h o urs requ ired. Same as secondary teaching m i n o r. A n t h ropology 354. INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY (Computer Science) Stil iI' elltlorsement requirements: ( I ) Te chn ology and society, i . e . , e t h i · 1 use, ( I I Com p u ter netwo rks and teleco m m u n i cation systems, e.g., I n ternet, ( I I I ) I nstructional hardware usage and classroom appli ations, ( I V ) I nstruct ional software, in l u ding word processing, data base m a nagement systems, spreadsheets and use of m u l t i media tools, e.g., ound, video, hypertext, and graphi

s,

IV), o r 4136.

.......

ary teaching m i n o r, plus

2 ho urs from Special Education 494.

JOURNALISM State endorsemellt requirements: ( I ) News and feature wri t ing, ( I I ) Copy editi ng, ( I I I ) New� production, (IV) Copy makeup Jnd dcsi"l1, ( V ) Legal rights a n d liab il ities of th press. Secondary teaching major: 32 sem es ter h o u rs req u i red. Communication 1 2 3; 2 7 1 ; 283; 333; 380 ( 1 [ , III, I V ) ; 3 8 1 ( V ) ; 384 ( I); 3 88 ( I ) ; 4 h o u rs of elect ives. Seconda ry l ea chi ng minor: 2 0 sem ester h o u rs req u i red. >

_

m

o c n > -i

designated fo reign language, ( I I I ) Re a d i n g i n the designated foreign language, ( r V ) H istory and c u l t u re o f the designated fo reign language.

Secondary teaching minor: 24 semester hours required. Lat i n 1 0 1 ( I I I ) ; 1 02 ( I l l ) ; 2 0 1 (I, I I ) ; 202 ( I , I I ) . Classics 250 or 322 ( I V ) ; 4 h o u rs from upper division Latin electives. Elementary tea cil ing major: 24 semester hours required. La tin 1 0 1 ( I l l ) ; 1 0 2 ( I l l ) ; 2 0 1 ( I , I I ) ; 202 ( I , l l ) ; lassics 250 ( I V ) ; 322 (IV).

o z

MATHEMATICS State ellnorsement requiremen ts: ( I ) uclidean geometry, ( I I ) Non-Eucl idean geometry, ( I l l ) D i fferential calculus, ( I V ) I n tegral c a l c u lus, ( V ) Discrete mathematics (a co mbination o f at l e a s t two o f t h e fol lowing: probabi lity, statist ics, combina­ tories, busi ness a p p lications, logic, set theory, fu n c t i o ns ) .

Secondary teacilillg major: 4 1 semester h o u rs required. Math 1 5 1 ( I l l & IV); 1 5 2 ( I II & IV); 203; 245 ( V ) ; 3 2 1 (I & I I ) ; 3 3 1 ( ) ; 4 h o u rs from Math 34 1 or 433; 4 h o u r of elec­ tives from upper division Mathemati

or Comp uter Science

( excluding MaLh

446 and Co mp uter Science 322). Required supporting: Com p uter Sciene 1 44; Ph)'Sics 1 5 3 ; 1 6 3. Secondary teaching mi llo r: 22-24 semester hours required. Math 1 5 1 ( III & I V ) ; 1 5 2 ( I I I & IV); 32 1 (I & I I ) ; Computer Science 1 44 ; 2-4 hours from Math 230 or 33 1 (V); 4 h o u rs M a t h 245, 34 1 , 433. ElemclLtary teaching major: 24 se mester h o u rs req u i red. S a m e as secondary teaching m inor.

MUSIC State ndorsemen t requirements: ( I ) Score read i ng , ( I I ) Music theo ry, ( I I I ) M u s ic history and/or c u l t u re, ( IV ) onducting, ( V ) I n structional m u sic, ( V I ) Inst ructional methods in general m u sic.

K- 12 Teaching Major (musi.c specialist): See the requirements for the degree Bachelor of Music Education ( B. M . E . ) as listed under Music in t h is catalog:

B.M.E. - K- 1 2 Chnral R. M.E. - K- 1 2 Instrumental ( Band E m p h asis) R.M.E. - K- 1 2 I nstr u menta l ( O rchestra E m p hasis) Elemelltary teachillg major: 2 4 semester hours req u i red. See music minor ( general) req u i re ments listed under Music in t h is catalog, plus M u s i c

34 1 .

NORWEGIAN State endorsemell t requirements: ( I ) Writing/composition i n the designated fo reign language, ( I I ) Conversa t i o n in the

( V ) Development o f student learning activities

Elelllell t(lry teachillg m a jor: 26 sem ester hours. Same as second­

a

384 ( I ) ; 388 ( I ) .

LATIN State endorsement reqLliremellts: ( I ) ""riting/composition in the designa ted foreign langu age, ( I I ) Conversation in the

designated fo reign lan guage, ( n I ) Rea ding in the designated

which i ntegrate technology tools and telecom m u n ications.

Secolldary teachillg rIIinor: 2 4 semester h o u rs req u i red . �omputer Science 1 44 ( I ) ; 270 ( I V ) ; 3 2 2 ( I l , I l l , I V, V ) ; 3 80 (l I , I I I ) ; 449 ( I I , r I I r , V ). Req u i red su pporting: Math 1 28 or 1 5 1 . 4 hours from C S 1 1 1 0 ( IV ), 2 1 0 ( 1 1 , I V ) , 220 ( I , l I , I I I ,

1 23; 27 1 ; 283; 380 ( I I , I I [ , I V ) ; 3 8 1 ( V ) .

secondary teaching minor plus

Conversa t i o n in the

de ignated foreign language, ( I l l ) Rea ding i n t he designated

uppe r division

Commu nication

Elemerllary teachillg major: 24 semester h o u r s required. Same

foreign language, ( I V ) History and c u l t u re of the design ated fo reign language.

Seco ndary teachilLg major: 34 semester hours required. Norwegian 1 0 1 (I, 1 I , 1 I I ) ; 1 02 ( I , IT, r I l ) ; 20 I ( I I ) ; 202 ( I I ) ; 30 1 ( I & I I ) ; 3 0 2 ( I & I I ) ; 4 h o u rs from u p p er divis i o n electives in candi navian culture and 4 hours from u p per division elective in Scandinavian literature ( r V ) ; 495. Also req uired: LAN /ED 445 . Se co ndary teaching minor: 24 semester hours required. Norwegian 1 0 1 ( I , I I , I I I ) ; 1 02 (I, 1 I , 1 I I ) ; 2 0 1 ( 1 1 ) ; 202 ( I I ) ; 3 0 I ( l or I I ) ; 4 h o u rs from u pper division dcctives i n Scandinavian cu l t ure ( IV ) . Elementa ry teaching major: 2 4 semester h o urs req u i red. Same as secondary teaching m i nor.

P

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I V E R S I T

Y

63


State endo rsement req uiremen ts: ( I ) Care :lnd prevention of

z o

...

student i nj u r , i nduding first a i d , ( I I ) Kinesiology, ( I I I ) Exercis' physiology, ( rV) School p hysical education, sports, or athletic 1<11 , (V) Sociolo gy and/or psychology of sports, ( V I ) Instruct ional n e th od s in physi.cal education for t h e handi­ capped, ( V n ) Tnstructional meth ds in physical education. K - 1 2 tcaching major: 5 3 seme ter hours required. Biology 2 0 5 ; 206; H ea l t h Education 28 1 ( I ) ; Physical Educa­ ti o n 277 (V); 279 ( V I l ) ; 2 93 ( V [1 ); 294 (VII); 296 (V U ) ; 2 9 7 ( V I I ) ; 298 ( V T ! ) ; 3 2 2 ( V I I ) ; 3 2 6 ( V ! ) ; 3 4 4 (IV); 3 8 9 V); 478 (V); 4 8 0 ( I l l ) ; 4 8 6 (il); 4 9 0 ( VH). K- I 2 tl'(lchillg minor: 1 7 semester hours re qu i re d . HeaIth Education 28 1 ( I ) ; Physical Education 279 ( V 1 I ) ; 322 ( VI ! ) ; 326 ( \11 ) ; 334 (II & I T I ) ; 344 (IV); 3 8 9 ( V ) ; 2 hours from Physical Education 293, 294, 296, 297, 298 ( Vl l ) . Elementa ry academic major: 25 semester hours requ ired. Health Education 28 [ ( l l ; P h y s i cal Education 283 ( V n ) : 288 ( V I ! ) ; 322 ( Vil); 328 ( IV ) ; 334 ( I I ) ; 345 ( I I l ; si m i lar to K - [ 2 m inor x ept 8 hours from Physical Education 293, 294, 296, 297, 298.

en do rsemen t

( 1 ) Mechanics, including lahoratory experience, ( 1 I J Electricity and magnetism, including laboratory experience, ( I I I ) Light and sound, including laboratory experience, ( I V ) Thermodynamics, mo dern physics, or astrono my. Secorulary teachillg mnjor: 4 2 semester h o u rs req ui re cL Physics 1 5 3 ( I, n, I T I ) ; 1 54 ( I , n, ! I l l ; 1 6 ( I ) ; 1 64 ( 1 1 , r I l ) ; 223 (IV); 33 J (In; 333 (IV); 336 ( I ) ; 3 54; Math 1 5 1 ; 1 52; 253. SCCOtlriary teaching minor: 2 5 - 26 semester h o urs required. 10 hours from P hy s i c s [ 2 5 ( I ) ; 1 26 ( U , UI ) ; 1 3 5 ( I ) ; 1 36 o r 1 53 ( II , I I I ) ; 1 54 (T, n . l I I ); [63, 164 ( I I ) ; Chemistry 34 [ ; Physics 354; Natural Sciences 206 ( IV ) . Requ i red supporting: 1 5 1 , 1 5 2. Elell lellt(lry teachillg majo r: 25-26 semester hours required. S a me as secondary tea hing m inor. reqll irelilents:

POLITICAL SCIENCE

State endorse mell t req uirements: ( I ) American government, ( 1 I )

International relations o r tudies, ( I l l ) Comparative govern­ ment or political 'y�lems, (IV) Political theo ry. Secondary teaching major: 32 s me ter hours require d . Pol itical 'cience 1 0 1 , 1 5 J ( I ) ; 4 hours from Political Science 23 [ , 3 3 1 , 338; 4 hours from Pol i tical Science 2 J O, 3 8 1 , 84, 3 - , 386. 387 ( 1 II ) ; 4 hours from Political Science 3 2 5 , 3 2 6 ( r v ) ; 8 hours from Political Science 3 4 5 , 3 5 4 , 3 5 7 , 3 6 1 , 363, 364, 368, 37 1 , 372. 373; 4 hours o f electives i n political s ienee. Secollliary teachillg m inor: 24 semester hours required. Political 'c ience 1 0 [ ' l S I ( I ); 4 ho urs from 345, 354, 357, 3 6 1 , 363. 364, 3 8 , .3 7 1 , 372, 3 73; 4 h o u rs from Political Science 23 [ , 33 1 , 338 ( [ I ) ; 4 h o u rs from Pol i tical Scie nce 2 1 0, 3 8 1 , 3 8 4 , 3 8 5 , 3 8 6 , 3 8 7 ( I l l ); 4 hours from Political Sc ience 325, 3 26 (IV). Elemclltary teachillg major: 24 semester hours requi red. Same as se o nda r y teaching mjnor. PSYCHOWGY State e ndorse ll lent requiremen t,;:

( I ) Human behavior, ( I I ) Learning theories. ( Ill) Developmental p s ych o l ogy, (IV) I n terpersonal psychology.

Secondary teaching major: 32 sel1l e�t ··r hours requi red. Psych ology 1 0 1 ( 1 ) , 242, Statistics 23 1 ; 4 h o u rs from Psychol­ ogy 342, 343, 348, 349 ( [ I) ; 4 hours from 3 5 2 . 442, 444, 446 ( I I I ) ; 4 hour� from 22 [ , 325, 354, 454, 456, 46 1 , 462, 47 1 ( fV ) ; 8 hours o f ('lecti e s i n psychology. Secorldar), teu ch i llg fII inor: 24 semester hours required. Psy holog), 1 0 1 ( 1 ) , 242, S ta tistics 23 [ ; 4 hours from 342, 348 ( I I ) ; 4 hours from 3 5 2 or 444 ( I I ! ) ; 4 h o u rs from 325, 462, 471 (rV).

64

P

A

C

I

F

SCIENCE

endorsement requ i rements: ( l ) Chemistry, ( I l) Physics, ( I I I) Biology, (I ) Earth Sci nce. Secol/dary tea ch i ng major: 63 -69 s rnester ho u r: required. Biology 1 6 1 ( I II ) , [ 6 2 ( II I ) , 323 ( I I I ) , ";he.mis tf)' 1 04 ( 1 ) . [ 0 5 ( [) . Earth Science 1 33 o r 222 r v ) , P hys j 1 25 ( t I) , [ 26 (II), 1 35 ( ll ) , 1 3 6 o r 1 53 (1I), 1 54 (II), [ 63 (II), 1 64 ( 1 1 ) ; 8 h ou rs from Geosciences 1 3 1 ( f V ) , 1 3 2 ( I V ) ; 4 h ou rs from 300 o r h igher. A m i n o r i' required in onc of the foUowing: biologv, ' chemi ·try, geosciences, or physics. Ele m e nta ry teaching m a jo r: 24 semester ho urs required, i nc lu d i n g 8 h o u rs in l i fe science, 8 hours in p h ysic a I science, and 8 hours of electives. State

SOCIAL STUDIES State e1ldorsemellt reqll irenrellls:

PHYSICS

State

semester h O Li rs required. Psychology 1 0 1 ( I ) , Statistics 23 [, Psychology 3 52, 444 ( I l l ) , a n d 8 hours of clectivc� determined i n consultation with el mentary ed ucation advise.r ( 'uggestions i nclude Psychol­ og)' 342, 348, 350, 440, 450, 45 3, and s p e c i a lty courses offered through the depart m e n t ) .

Elementary teaching major: 24

PHYSICAL EDUCATION

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

( I ) Economics, ( I I) Antbropol­

ogy, sociology, or psychology, ( r I l ) Geography, (IV) PoLitical

science, ( V) History - A.) Washington State, B.) United States, C.) World, Western or Pacific Rim, ( V I ) American govern­ ment.

em ester hours requ i red. 1 30 ( I), History [07 or 1 08 (V-C), 2 5 1 o r 252 or 253 ( V-B), 460 (V-A), Pol itical Science l S I ( V T ) , So iol gy [ 0 1 ( I I ); 4 hours i n non-Western history ( V-C); 4 hours of upper division political science ( IV); 8 hours of upper division electives chosen from n>,1O of the following disciplines: anthropology, conom ics, psychol­ ogy, or sociology. Elementary feaching major: 2 4 semes!t:r he urs required. Anthropology 354 ( I l l ) , History 25 1 o r 252 o r 2 5 3 ( V- B ) , 4 6 0 ( V-A); 4 h ou r s from History 1 0 7 or 1 08 or n o n - Western ( V-C); 8 hoUl's of electives £rol11 anthro pology, econom ics, political science, psychology, o r sociology (I, II, I V ) . Secondary teaching major: 44

Anthropology

354 ( I I ! ) , Economics

SOCIOWGY

State endorsement req u i re m en ts: ( I ) Group behavior, ( I I ) Social institutions, ( I I I ) Social p rocess, ( I V ) Th ory and h is t o r y of

sociology.

se mes ter hours required. Sociology 1 0 1 ( 1 ) , 2 6 0 ( T ) , 396 ( IV), 397 ( IV ) ; 8 hours from 240, 326, 334, 336, 386. 440, 473 ( H I ) ; 8 hours from 324, 330, 35 1 , 380, 9 1 , 434( I l ) . Secolldary teaching millor: 20 h o u rs req u ired . Sociology [ 0 1 ( 1 ) , 396 ( 1 V ) , 397 ( I V ) ; 4 hours from ociology 330, 3 5 J, 3 80, 39 [; 4 hours from Sociology 240, 336, 386, 440. Elem entary teaching major: 24 semester hours required. Same a s secondary teaching minor with 4 <ldditional h o u rs of electives in sociology.

Secondary teaching major: 32

SPANISH

State e ndorsement requircmen (s: ( I ) Writi ng/composit ion in Lhe desi gnated fo re i g n language, ( I I ) Conversat ion in the designated foreign l a n gu a ge , ( II I ) Reading in the designated fo reio n language, ( IV ) History and cult ure of the designated fo reign langu�ge. Seco ndary tellcilillg major: 34 semest er hours required beyond Sp a n ish to 1 - I 02. Spanish 202 ( I J 1 & IV), 32 1 ( [V ) , 322 ( I V ) , 3 0 1 ( I & 1 1 ), 302 ( 1 & II); 12 h our s from 42 1 , 4 2 2 , 43 1 , 432,

495. Also required: LANG/EDUC 445. 20 s mester h urs req uired beyond 1 0 1 - [ 02 . pan ish 20 1 ( l J l & I V ) , 202 (HI & IV ) , 3 2 1 or :)22 (IV), 30[ ( I & I!), 3 0 2 ( I & I I ) . Elemel1 tczry te a ch i ng major: 24 serne.st·er hours required beyond Spanish 10 I - 1 0 2 . pan ish 2 0 1 ( I I [ & IV) , 202 (rn & f V ) , 3 2 1 ( IV ) , 3 2 2 ( I V ) , 3 0 [ ( l & 1 1 ) . 302 ( I & I l) .

Seco11dary teaching minor:


342 Methods o f Teaching Typing

SPECIAL EDUCATION

State endorsement req uirements: ( I ) Excep t i ona l i ty, ( I I ) Alterna­

t i ve delivery system and strategies for special education, ( I l l )

S tudent ass

smen! a n d evaluation. ( I V ) Procedural and

subst antive legal issues i n special education, ( V ) Instructional m et hods in special education.

K- 1 2 teaching major: 32 se me ster ho urs required. Speci a l Ed ucation 200 ( I , I l , I V ) , 292 ( I l l ) , 390 ( V ) , 3 9 1 ( V ) , 393 ( l V, V ) , 3 9 4 ( V ) , 3 9 6 ( V ) , 4 0 1 ( V ) . 402 ( V ) , 4 0 4 ( I I ) , 407 ( I I I , I V, V), 480 ( I V ) , one of the fol lowing: 296, 408, 492, 438 or 439, 440. K- 1 2 teach ing minor: 1 8 semester hours required. Special Education 200 (I, I I , IV), 292 ( 1 1 1 ) , 390/39 1 or 393/394 ( V ) , 396 ( V ) , 40 1 ( V ) , 402 ( V ) , 407 ( I l l , IV, V ) , 480 ( I V ) . State endorsement requirements: ( I ) Public speaki ng, ( I I ) Debate ( I l l ) Group p roc

s

( I V ) I n te r p ers onal com m u n icat ion.

Secondary reaching major: 34 semester h o u rs required.

offiffi u n ication 1 23 ( IV ) , 283 ( 1 ) , 326 ( I I I ) , 328 ( I I ) , 330 ( I ) ,

3 3 3 ( I V ) , 4 3 5 (III) , 4 3 6 ( I l ) . Secondary teaching minor: 1 8 semester hours req u i red. Com m u ­ n i c at i o n 1 23 ( I V), 326 ( I l l ) , 3 2 8 ( I l ) , 330 ( I ) , 3 3 3 ( I V ) . Elementary teaching major: 24 semester h o u rs required. Same

'--

s e co n d ar y tea c h i ng m inor with 6 additional h o urs

of e.lecti es.

t h e teach ing of bookkeep ing. Prerequisite; BUSA 28 1 .

(l)

I'll

o c: n

344 Methods of Teaching General Business Subjects Application of research fi ndi ngs a n d psychological principles to the teaching o f ge ne r al busi ness, con um r e conomics,

»

economics, busi neso law, l us iness mathematics, a n d business com m u n ications s u bj ects. Prerequisites: ECON 1 5 1 - 1 5 2 and BUSA 28 I .

-I

(I)

o z

345 Methods of Teaching Secretarial Subjects the teach i n g o f shorthand, o ffice p r ac t i ce, s i m u l a t i o n , word

pr o cess i ng, and related s ubj e c ts. P rereq u isite s : adva n ced typing

and advanced s ho r t h an d . ( 2 )

357 Media and Technology in K-8 Classrooms Consideration of the role of media in t od ay's society and its

potential in the learning p ro ce ss as a way of fac il i t at i ng learner empowerment. Opport u n ities to practice the o p erat i o n ,

application, and integration of a var i ety of current tech n o l og i e s in dassrooms will be provided. Prerequisit s: EDUC

302 , 303.

358 Practicum I Extended experience a n d participa t i on in an assigned p ublic school classroom. Prerequisites: ED

262 Foundations of Education I nt rod ucti o n to teac hi n g ; histo r i c al , p h il o s op h ical , social, poli­ t ical, ethi al and legal fo undations. Federal a n d state legislation fo r special populations. Prerequisites : E

G L 1 0 1 . PSYC 1 0 1 , test

scores, so p ho m o re s tand i n g , cumulat ive GPA of 2.50.

(3)

263 School Observation b ervation in schools. Concurrent w i t h 262. ( 1 )

302 Buman Learning: Growth and Development

with 357, 406, 408.)

(I)

C 3 0 2 , 303. (Concurrent

400 Topics in Elementary Education: Classroom Issues and

Instructional Strategies Considera t i o n of c u rre n t theory into prac tice as p e r t i nent to effective teaching and learni ng, i ncluding classroom man age­ ment, organ ization of classroom environments, and meeting the needs o f diverse learners. Synthesis and ap pl i ca tion of cont n t from previous a n d curre n t methods cou rses including lesson

O verview of theories of h u m a n develop men t emphasizing the

p l a n n ing, role of reflective practice, pedagogical philosophy and

individual cognitive, linguistic, socio - c u l t u ral, emotional, a n d

belief systems, and evolving defi n itions o f t e ach i ng and lea rn i n g .

p hysical development of children and adolescents in and o u t of

school. Course expe rie n c e s p rov ide opportunities to connect

develo p m e ntal theory with current practice and to consider age­ a p p r op riat e and pedagogically ound approach es to foster learner's con tinued grow th. I n itial cou r se i n Elementary

Education certification program; permission required. (Concur­ ren t with 303.) ( 3 )

Observation of the d ev elo pm e n tal nature of gr ow t h in learners in various set t i ngs i ncluding

K-8 schools. Emphasis on the

d eve l o pmen t o f the skills of o b se r va t i o n and i n formal assess­ m e n t. (Con u rrent with

Emphasis o n self-evaluat ion, analysis, and c ri tique o f t h e development o f p er sona l teaching t rengt h s. Prerequisites: 302,

303, 357, 358, 406, 408. (Concurrent with 4 0 1 , 4 1 0, 4 1 2 . ) ( 3 ) 40 I

Practicum II

Extended expe rie nce and participation in an assigned public school classroom foc u sing on a pp l i ca t i o n of co nt nt methods courses. Includes collection of video lessons. P rereq u i s i tes : 302,

303 Field Observation

302.) ( I )

303, 357, 358, 406, 408. (Concu rrent with 400, 410, 4 1 2.) ( 1 ) 406

Mathematics in K-8 Education

Exploration of mathematical principles and practices consistent

CTM curriculum standards.

with

mphasis on de m onst ra t i n g

the usefulness of math in a variety of real-world settings a n d

322 M icrocomputers in the Classroom

across curriculum areas. Practice i n methodology, pl a nni ng , a n d

I n troduction to the use of m i c roco mp ut e rs in educational set­

assessment as developmen tally a p propriate fo r learners.

t ings. To pics:

Prerequ isites: 302, 303. ( Concurrent w i th 357, 358, 408.) ( 3 )

I)

The comp uter as a teacher tool using word

processing, spreadsheet, and grad i ng programs, 2) Com p uter assisted i nstruction, 3) Software evaluation, 4 ) I n tegr at i n g soft­

ware i n to the curriculum, 5) Copyright laws and p u blic domain software, and

6 ) Software cu rrently used i n education setti ngs.

Pre o r co-requisite: EDUC 253 or 262. Does not count toward

-

A ppl ication of research findi ngs and psychological principles to

(Concurrent w i t h 358, 406, 408 . ) ( 2 )

Course Offerings

raded

the teach ing of typ ing. P re req ui s ite: advanced typing. ( 2 )

343 Methods o f Teaching Bookkeeping

Application of research find i ng s a n d psyc h ologica l principles t o

SPEECH

-

A pp lica tion o f research findings and psychological p r i n ciples to

degrees i n co mpu ter science. ( 2 )

34 1 Philosophy o f Vocational Education

Objec t ive of h igh school b u s i ness educa t i o n p rograms, th e

busi ness c u r riculum, layout a.nd fa cili ties planning, the evalua­ tion of b u s i n ess teachers and competence for b usiness occupa­ tions. Exam ination of information resources and current thought i n busine� education, cooperative education, a n d d is t rib u t ive education. ( 2 )

408 Literacy in K-8 Education Participation in t h e development of appropriate curricu lar stra tegies and i n s t r u c tional methods for supporting the diversity of learners' languagelliteracy growth. Daily and long range lesson

planning and eva l u a t ion tec h n iques w i J .! be p ra ct i c e d

as

thq'

relate to li teracy educa tion. Prerequi ites: 302, 303. (Concurrent

w i th 357, 358, 406. )

(3)

410 Science/Health i n K-8 Education S t rategies for teaching science by using i nquiry methods a n d p roblem-solving techniques will b e employed to explore i nteractive c u .rricula from

a.I1

environmental po i n t of iew. Issues

of n u t rition a n d health will also be addres ed. Da.ily and long range lesson planning and evaluation t e c h n i q u es will be

P

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

65


z o

.... e( u =» o

p ract iced as they relate to science/health education. Prerequisites: 302 , .3 03, 3 5 7 , 358, 406, 408. (Concurrent with 400, 40 1 , 3 1 2.) ( 3 )

and of tel ling stories. Some off-campus practice. Demonstrations and joint storytelling by and with instructor. ( 2 )

4 1 2 Socia] Studies in K-8 Education Focus on drawing connections between the content of social snldies curricula and the lived experiences of human lives. ourse con tent incl udes investigation of issues related to democratic values and beliefs active citizenry, multicu.lt uralism, global perspectives, and the environ ment. Daily and long range lesson planning and eval uation techn iques will be practiced as they re1Jte to social studies education. Prerequ isites: 302, 303 , 3 5 7, 3 5 8 , 406, 408. (Concurrent with 400, 40 1 , 4 1 0.) ( 3 )

457 The Arts, Media, and Technology Students use a variety of techniques, equ ipment, and materials to explore ways of seeing and expressing how they see and experi­ ence their environment. Exploration of ways to i n corporate these techniques i nto the classro om. Comp uters, video cameras, book­ production, models, a n i mation, cartoons, photography, and posters, along with the standard fa re o f tape recorders, slide shows, movies, film strips, and overheads are manipulated as media to express a view of the world creatively. ( 2 )

430 Student Teaching in K-8 Education Teaching i n c lassrooms of local public schools under the direct supervision of School of Education faculty a nd classroom teachers. Prerequi ites: EDU 302, 3D}, 3 5 7, 358, 406, 408, a rt, music, and physical education methods. 2.50 GPA. Concurrent enrollment in 435. (Meets senior semi n a r/project requirement.) (9)

461 General Teaching Methods - Secondary Skills and understandings related to decision-making, instruc­ tional techniques, evaluation and testing, classroom manage­ ment, and discipline. Prerequisites: 262, 263; concu rrent with 462. ( 3 )

>

434 Student Teaching - Elementary (Dual) Designed for persons who do dual student teaching. Ten weeks of teach ing in cla srooms of local p ublic schools u n der the direct supervision of School of Education t�lculty and classroom teachers. Prerequisites: EDU . 3 02, 303, 3 57, 358, 406, 408, art, music, and physical education methods. 2 . 50 GPA. Concurrent enroll ment in 435. ( Meets senior seminar/project requirement.) (9) 435 Topics in Elementary Education Classroom: Practice in

the Context of Educational Foundations School-based experiences w i ll be explored in the context of the historical, socio-cultural, polit ical, legaJ, fi nancial, ethical, and philosophical fo undations o f education. Student teaching experience will be shared and a n al yzed to encourage the u nder­ s tanding of broader educational issues. Prerequisites: 302, 303, 3 5 7 , 3 5 8 , 406, 408. (Concurre n t with 430.) ( 3)

English as a Second Language

44X Subject Area Methods

Instructional strategies, long and short range planning, curricu­ lum and other considerations specific to the disciplines. Pr requisites: 262, 263, E PS Y 2 6 1 , 3 6 1 , SPED 362

(3)

445 Methods o f Teaching FOTeign Languages and English a s a Second Language (Required for foreign language endorsement and ESL m inor.) (3) 446 Mathematics in the Secondary School ( 3 ) 447 Science in the Secondary School ( 3 ) 448 Social Studies i n the Secondary School ( 3 )

449 Computer Science i n the Secondary School ( 2 ) 456 Storytelling A combination of discovery and practicul11 i n the art of story­ telling. I nvestigates the val u e s and backgro u J1d of storytelling, the various types of and forms of stories, techniques o f choosing

A

C

I

F

I

C

L U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Application of language teaching methodology to various i nstructional situations. Design and implementation o f teaching materials and lessons i ncluding adaptation o f exist ing texts to specific teaching goals and educational environ m ents; special emphasis on language arts and reading instruction. (4) 473 Parent-Teacher Relationships Issues a n d skills i m portant i n coruerencing and parent-teacher relationships. Emphasis on etlective communication skills. Special education majors and teachers exa m i n e relevan t placement processes and parent needs. ( 2 ) 475 Practicum in Teaching English as a Second Language Extended experience and participation in an assigned ESL setting. Prerequisite: LANG/EDUC 445 (Concu rrent with LANG/EDUC 445 ) . ( 1 )

440 Art in the Secondary School ( 3 )

P

467 Evaluation Evaluation of school experiences; problems in connection with development, organization, and administration o f tests (stan­ dardized and teacher- made ) . Required of fifth-year students. Prerequisites: student teaching or teaching experience; 262, 2 5 3 , . PSY 3 6 1 . May be taken concurrently with student teaching. G (2)

470 Curriculum, Materials and Instruction for Teaching

437 Alternate Level Student Teaching - Secondary A course designed to give some knowledge. u nderstanding, and study o f children, subject matter fields, and materials in the st udent's alternate teachi ng level p l us student teaching on that level. Students who have completed elementary preferred lewl student teaching should enroll in thi. course. Independent study card required. (Meets senior seminar/ project requirement.) (6)

66

466 Student Teaching - Secondary (Dual) Designed for persons who do dual student teaching. Ten weeks of teaching in the public schools under the d i rection and super­ vision of classroom and un iversity teachers. Prerequ isites: 262, 46 1 , and EPSY 36 1 . 2.50 GPA. May be taken concurrently with 467. (8)

468 Student Teaching - Secondary Teaching in public schools under the d i rection of classroom and u n iversity teachers. Prerequisites: 262, 263, 46 1 , 462; EPSY 26 1 , 36 1 ; SPED 3 6 2 ; senior standing; cumulative GPA o f 2.50 o r higher. ( Meets senior sem i nar/project requiremen t . ) ( 9 )

436 Alternate Level Student Teaching - Elementary A cou rse designed to give some knowledge, understanding, a n d study o f children, subject matter fields, and materials i n the student's alternate teaching level plus ·tudent teaching on that level. Students who have completed secondary preferred level ·t uden t teaching should enroll in this course. (6)

444 English i n the Secondary School

462 Teacher Assisting - Secondary Guided i nstructional assistance and tutoring in schools; concurrent with 46 1 . ( 1 )

Y

485 The Gifted Child A study of the gifted child, characteristics and problems, a n d school procedures designed to fur ther development. G ( 2) 496 Laboratory Workshop Practical course using elementa ry-age c h i ldren in a classroom situation working out specific problems; provision will be made fo r some active participation of the u niversity students. Prereq­ u is ites: conference with the i nstructor or the dean of the School of Education. 497 Special Project Individual study and research on educati o n problems or additional laboratory experience i n p u b l i c school classrooms. Prerequisite: consent of the dean. ( 1 -4)


50 1 Workshops Graduate worksh ups in special ti elds for varying lengths of time.

( 1 -4)

development in reading and writing thro u g h the elementary grades. Prereq uisite: 5 1 0. ( 2 )

503 On-Campus Workshops in Education

5 1 3 language/Literacy Development: Assessment and

On -camp u gr<ldu3te wo rksh o ps i n education for var y i n g lengths o f t i m e ; e n ro l l men t s u bjec t t o adviser's ap prov;]!.

Instruction

505 Issues in Literacy Education Initi,)1 (ll Llrse re q ui re d fu r all stud�nts in the master's progra m i n literacy educa t io n . Over view o f historical a n d cu rren t th e o ry,

p racti e, definitions, and researc:.h i n language and l i teracy acq u jsition and deve lopment i n a n d o u t of school s. iscussion o f p o ss ib i l i t ies for program i nvolvement, projects, goals, and col labora tio n . Reqli i red o f any track o p t i o n selected. (2)

506 Foundations o f School Library Media CeDter Management

·Function of the chool l ibrary med ia center with particular

on the ro l es and res ponsibil it ies o f the sc hool l ibr a r y media specia l ist w i t h i n instructional a n d a d m i n i strative arenas. The taxo nomies o f chool l ib rary media center man, genwnt" i n c l u d i n g the planning, deli ery, and eval uation o f programs. ( 2 )

empha.s is

507 Principles o f Information Organization, Retrieval, and Sel'vice -

Ex p lora t ion of a broad range of da ta and i n formation in primary

and se(on dary so u rces, i nc l ud i n g document, b i b l i ogr a p hy, fu ll­

tex. t, stat ist icnJ, visu,.d, and recorded formats. Access p o i n ts and stral<'g;ies or effect ive i n fo rm ati o n retrieva l i n p r i n t, m e d i a , and electro n ic resources. Infor m a tion i nterviewing tec h n iq u es, i ustrllc t i.o nal s tra teg ie s fo r l ibrary med ia center i n fo rmation resou rces, and local, reg i o nai , and n a t ional i n formation

net works. ( 2 )

508 Principles o f Bibliographic Analysis and Control T h e o rga n i za t ion and truct u re of a b road range of i nformation

-

successful teaching and learn ing. Focus o n stages of literacy

fo r ma ts with an em phasis on the analysis of standard biblio­ graphic components prescr ibed by nat i o nal bibliogra p h i c d at abases . Techniques to const r u c t bi bl iog ra p h i c records u s i n g nat i o llal standards, i n c l ud i ng MA RC ( 1 adl ine Readable Catalog i n g ) , AA R2 (Ang l o - A me rica n Cata loging Rules, Seco n d Edition ) , a n d the Dewey Dec i mal Jas.� t1ca tion System. T h e selec t i o n . geoeration of data, and mai nten ance o f elec t ronic bibl iogra p h i c database s ys t e m s . ( 2 )

509 Foundations o f Collection Development The p hi!.oso ph i al bases a n cl paramete rs of collec t io n d eve l o p ­ m e n t in the chool library m.e dia center. Te c h n i q ue s fo r c o m m u ­ n i t y anal sis, collection eva l u J t i o n , <l nd collect i o n m a i n tena nce. B i b l i ogr ap h i c resources for select io n of m a terials w i t h spe ial emphasis on the c riteria fo r eVJ.!. u a t iu n of p r i n t , m ed i a , and electron i c fo rmats . The acquisitio n p rocess for inst ructi on al ma t e rials i n t he K- 1 2 s y s t e m . A major e m p h,1s is is the analysis of a school l ib rary media center's s u p p o r t of school/district curri ula; goa l� a n d o bj e ctives . (2)

Understanding of a wide variety o f strategies and tools fo r asses s i n g a n d facilitating students' devd(.l p ment i n reading,

m

Q z

intervention strategies to pro m o te the devel o p m e n t o f readers and writers a t all le vels. The major course project i ncludes

a reader, de v e lo p i n g a p rofile o f a p propriate rea d i n g strategies, and designing a nd i m plementing a n i nstructional p l a n to h e l p the reader develop effective, efficient re a d i n g s t rategies.

a sse ss i ng

Prere q u isite: 5 1 0; h ighly reco m m ended to b e taken a t the end of the track sequence. (4)

515

Professional Seminar; Continuing Level, Teachers

The preparation aDd s ba r i n g of seJected top ics related to the

m i n i m u m generic standards neech of the i n d ivid ua.I participants. Required fo r the c o n t i n u i n g level cert i fication o f teachers. ( 2 ) 5 1 6 Teache r Supervision

Ident i fication a nd develo p m e n t of supervisory ski l ls fo r teachers who work w i t h other ad ults i n the clas ro o m . Supervision o f s t u d e n t teachers, consultants a n d resource special ists, parent

volunteers, classified aides, and peer and cross-age tuto rs.

(1)

526 Special Topics in Children's Literature

Stud ents explore the va rious themes of social issues fo und i n c h ildren's l i terature through d i scussion gro u p s a nd t h e construc­ tion of text sets a n d thematic unjts used i n elementJry a n d m iddle s c h o o l classroo ms. ( 2 )

527 Multicultural Children's literature Exploration of multi -c u l t ural issues in the c.ontext of children's literature. Rea d i n g of <l va riety o f texts across genres, a n d incorpor a t i ng a v a r i et y o f strategies fo r u s e of m ulti-cultural t ex ts in teac h i n g and learning. (2) 528 Children's Literature In K-8 Curriculum

Investigation of genres of contemporary c h ildren's l i terature and development o f a p e rs o n al repertoire fo r classroom use. Current issues and trends i n c h ildren's l iterature a n d profeSS ional resou rces avajlable for teachers a n d l ibrary media speciaLists to evaluate and select appropri�ltditera ture. Possibilities for the i n tegrJ t i o n o f literature as cur ricular text to enha nce/extend K-8 cur ricu l u m . Stra tegies include the use o f l i terature c i rcles, writing, and fiction and non-fiction in the content areas. Tech­ n iques fo r i n t roducing c h ildren's l i terature i nto t h e classroom

a nd library media center. ( 2 )

529 Adolescent Literature i n the Secondary Curriculum

Genres in adolescent L i terature and exploration of strategies for

Strategies for Language/Literacy Development in

-t

m iscue a nalysis, a n d the teaching and learning o f appropriate

5 10 The Acquisition and Development of Language

511

:t>

resou rces and their a p p ropriate use, the use o f p o r t fol io s , tech niques fo r observations/anecdotal records, experiences with

and literacy

Invest iga Liun of how yo u n g ch ildre n ac qu i re their fi rs t I nguage and \vhal they know as a result o f u l is l e a rn i ng . ll1phasis on the relationsh ips among meaning, fu nction, and fo r m in lang u age acquisition as well as the re l a t i o ns h ips between c o gn it i o n and language a n d their p a ra l i c Is to l i teracy ac q u i s i ti o n . Tne b as i s for pro moting a school environment t h a t maxi m i zes language learn­ i n g/te-a c h i ng poten t i al. (2)

o c n

w r'i t i n g , listening, a n d speaking. Emphasis on a broad runge o f possi b il i t i es in assessment, eval uation, d iagnosis, and i nstruc­ tio nal implementa t i o n . Topics include a n overview o f t e st i ng

i n tegration of yo ung adult materials a.cros the m i d d le and secondary school curriculum. Cur ren t issue·' an d trends i n

adolescent l iterat u re J n d professional resources available for teachers and libra ry media specialists to evaluate and select approp riate li terature. Techn i q ues for i n t roducing ado lesce nt l i terature into the clas. room a n d l ib rary media cen ter. ( 2 )

530

ChildreD's Writing

Current theory and p ra c t i ce in the teachi ng a n d learning o f

Classrooms

writing in elementary classrooms. I mplemen tat i o n strategies,

The develop mental nature of lit e ra c y le a rn ing w i t h e m p hasis o n

includ ing the i mportance o f models and demonstration, the p l a c e of talk and dialogue in the teachingllea r n i n g process, the use o f conferencing and response, app rop riate deve l o p me n ta l spelling expectations, the role of child ren's l itera t u re, a n d wr iting across t h e curricu l u m . Particular c mp h a s is on a process

t h e vital role of la nguage a n d t h e i nterrelatedness a n d i n terde.­ pe ndence of l isten i ng, speaki n g, readi ng, and w r i t i n g as language processes . E m phasis o n developing srrategies for p u tti n g a n u nderstand i ng of language acq u isit i o n a n d develop ment i n t o effect ive classro o m p ractices t h a t w iJ I promote co n t i n ual,

P

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

67


app ro a c h a nd t he set t i ng up of a Wr i t i n g Wo r ksh o p based o n

556

537 Media lind Technology for School Library Media Spedalists

fhe m a nagem e n t of me d i a ;.ll1 d tec h n olo gy se rv i ce i n the s c h o ol

z o

l i b r a r y m.:dia center, the fu n c t i o n a n d o p erat i o n of media e q uip­ men t and mater-iab used i n school lib rar y media en ters , and the trends and issues invo lved i n media and technology. Special

te hnologie� used i n K- 1 2 inst r uc t io nal ( D-RO M, interactive v i d e o . d i sta u ce lea rni n g , c o m p u ter techn o l o gies ) . ( 2 )

c'mpha is on e. me rg i n g prog rams

w

their begi n n i ng s to the presen t . Critical i s sLi e s in the ed ucation s cene today.

(3)

558 Instructional Snpervision D i fferentiated m odel s of s u p e r v is i o n , i n cl u d i n g te c hn i que s i n clinical s u p erv isi o n , teacher evaluatio n, d i sc ip l i na r y action and d ismissal. P re req u i si tes : Ad m i ss io n t o t he grad u a te program, 544,

559 Personnel �agement K n owl e d ge and skill d e v el o p m ent in w or ki ng w i t h p e r so nne l i ss u e s , i n c l ud i n g legal p r inciples in h i ri n g , fi r i n g , i n -service and staff deve l o p me n t , support services, and contract n e go tia tion . Prerequisites: Admission to the gra du a te program, 544, 550, 553. ( 2 )

mph asis on Was h i ngton State I nformation Skil ls Curr icu l u m

(2)

560 Practicum

544 Re earch and Program Evaluation K n owl edge of eva l u a ti o n techniques, i n c l u d i n g por t fol i o s , and of resea rch de ign; ab i l it y to i n te r p ret educational res ea rc h ; t o identify, l o c a te , a n d acquire t y p i ca l research a n d related litera­ t ure; to use the re s u lt s o f research or e valu a t i o n to propose p rogram cha nges , !ld write grants . ( 2 )

Gu ided instructional assistance and t u t or i n g in schools.

Des i gn e d for MAICert Program. ( 2 )

562

545 Methods and Techniques o f R e earch Sem i n a r in research m etho d s and tec h niques in e d ucat i on with em p hasis o n desig n i ng

a

re 'earch p roj ec t i n the st uden t's a rea o f

interest. Requi red for M . A . Prerequisite : Admission to t h e

Schools and Society

Individual and cooperative s t u d y of the socio- c u l tural and c u l t u ra l , p ol i t i ca l , legal, historica l , a nd p h i l o so p h i c a l fo u n da t ions of c u rrent p ra ct ice s o f schoolin i n America. e mph a si s on the c urrent status of s ch ools and the evaluation of t hei r pa t, p r ese nt , and fu t u re. Pr req ui s ite : AdmissiOll to t h e M AICe rt P ro g ram or con se nt 0 i ns t ruc t o r. ( 3 ) 563 Integrating Seminar

p ro g ra m; 544; m i n i m u m o f 2 4 semester hours o f coursework lead i n g to the M . A . ; con s u lta t i o n with st u den t 's graduate

adviser.

educatio n . Devel o p m e nt of sec o n d a r y a n d m id d le schools from

550, 5 5 3 . (2)

538 Strategies for Whole Literacy Instruction (K- 1 2) The u�c of l a n g u age as a tool for l e a r n i n g across t h e c u rr i c u l u m , and t h e roles of l a n g u a ge in a ll k i nds o f teac h i n g and l ea rn i n g i n K- 1 2 cJas,rooms. S t ra tegie� fo r reading/writing i n co n te n t areas, t he ma ti c teac hing, topic study, a n d i n t eg r a t i n g curric u l u m . The concept o f i n formation l ite rac y and models o f in · t ru c t ion with Models.

Secondary and Middle School Curriculum

A variety of facets of s e c o n d a r y a n d middle school programs: fin a nce, c u r r i c u l u m , d i sci p li n e , eval uati o n , classroom manage­ ment, the ba s i c ed ucation bill, l eg i s l a t i ve changes, a nd sp e c ial

u rrent resea rch . ( 2 )

S t u dents work coo peratively a nd in d iv i d u a l l y to i n t eg r a te e d u ca ­ t i o n c o u rsewo rk, field exp e r i e n c e , and individu�tl pe rspec t ive

(2)

t h ro u g h o u .t the MAl

crt program. Focus Oil c urre n t issues in­ cluding c h i l d a b u se, m u l ticultural and diverse pop ulations, l aw, teacher collaboration, May be re p e a te d fo r cre d i t . Prerequis ite: Adm ission to the MAl .ert program. ( I - 4)

550 Educational Administrative Theory I n t r o d u c t i o n to the rol e and fu n ct i o n of the

p ri n c i p al s h i p w i t h

e m phasi s on t e a m b u i l d i n g a nd i nterper$onal p ro feSS i o n al rela t i o n s h ips a nd et h i al decision- making. P r e r eq u i si te: Ad m i ss i o n t o t h e

adviser. ( 3 )

564 T h e Arts, Mind, a n d Body An ex pl o r ati o n of met ho ds to fac i l i tate creativ i ty and mea n i n g ­ ma ki n g i n the classroom through visual, musical, n n - verb al!

g rad uate program or p er m i s s io n of g ra d ua te

551 Educational Law

physic a l movement, and dramatic arts. Involvement i n d i rect

Study of contemporary federal, state, and local talut!' , re fula­

artistic and p hysical education experiences

tions, and ca

p ro v ide s the fo u n da t i o n for u n d e rs t a n d i ng the teacher's role in enha nc i ng c h i l d ren's th i n k i n g and concept t!.. x p l o r a t i o n in t h e las roo m. ( 2 )

law a nd t he i r ap p l ica t io n to p ub l i c an d p r i v a te chonls ( K- 1 2) . Prer q u i ites: Ad m i ss i o n to t he g rad u a t e e

program; 544. ( 2 )

565

552 SChoo] Finance Lo ai, s t a t e , a n d federal c o n t ri b u to r s to s ch oo l finance, its ph il o s op h y a n d dev e l o p m e nt ; the d ev e l opm e n t and a d m i n istra­ tion o f a s ch oo l b u d ge t . P re req u i s i tes: Admission to the g r a d u a te program; 544. ( 2 )

p r oj ec t � , m i c ro - teaching experiences, a n d reading repres e n t i n g different perspcctiws, p a rt i c i p a n ts w i l l p r a c t ice and assess a v a riet y of o p t i o n s fo r d es ig n i ng , i m ple ­

me n t i n g , a nd ass es s i n g les ons a nd u n i ts that i n t e g r a te math­ ematics, sc i enc e , social science, language arts, and physical

education in K-8 classrooms. De vel o pmen t of assessment p ro­

553 SchoollCoDlDlnnity Relations K no wl ed ge and skill de v-d o p me nt for c o mm u ni ation patterns in the school setting an d with associated age n c i es , i n cl u d i ng medical, leg a l , and social serv i ces , as wel l as with s t u de n ts , parents, and stall. P re re q u isi te : Admission to the g rad u a te

cedures for u s e wi th i n tegrated instructional un its. Pa r t i c i pan ts

ex p lo re ways to e tab l i sh , manage, and l ead a c lass roo m environment that will o p ti m i ze l earn i ng and be c o nsi 'tent with t h e i r i nd iv i d u al pe rso n a l i ty, tea c h i n g s t yl e , a n d p h i l o s o p h y. ( 6 ) wi l l

568 Internship in Teaching I n te r ns h i p in classroom s e t t i n g s . Fou rteen weeks of t e a c h i n g under the d i rect s u p er v isio n of c o o p era ti ng t e a ch e rs a n d u n i ve rsi t y s u pe rv i ors. De i gn ed for s t ude n t s in the MAleert p r ogra m . (6)

program. ( 2 ) 554 Seminar in Educational Administration The p re pa ra t i o n , n d ha r i n g of s Ie ted p resentations related to needs 0 individual parti i p a n ts . Re q u ired fo r co n t i n u in g certi­ fication of p r i nc i p a l s a n d program adm i nistrato r. . Regist rat i o n must take place i n the fall se m es t e r a nd p arti c ipati o n w i l l be contin uous fo r the academic year. ( 2 )

555 Curriculum Development Typ s or curriculum organiza t i o ns, p rog ra ms and t e c h.u i q u e s of c u r ri Ltium development. Prereq u i s i tes: d m i s s i o n s t o the g ra d ­ uate

The Art and Practice of Teaching

Through a p p l ica tion

program, 544. (2)

585 Comparative Education C o m p a rison and investigation of materials and cultural syste m s o f educat i o n t hro ugh o u t th e wo rld , Em p h as i s on ap pl y i n g kn o w le d ge for g reate r u n de rs ta ndi ng of t h e d i ve rs e p o p u l a t i o n s in the K- 1 2 educ,llional system. (3) 586 Sociology o f Education Viewing the e d u c a t i o n a l system as a complex and changing

s o c i al i n s t i t u tl. o n . Emphasis on value o rie nta t i o n s from diverse

68

P

A

C

I

F

J

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y


human p p ulatl o n s and their i m pa c t on K- 1 2 e d u c a t i o n and educati 11al is ue�.

(3)

A s t u dy of great men an

a n d resear h in human lea rn i n g and the i r i m p l i cat i o n s

Principl

fo r c u r r i c u l u m a n d inst r u c t i o n . Prereq u i s i tes: E D UC

587 Hi tory of Education .. h .l p ed and conu nue t

368 Educational Psychology

women

whose

lives and wri t i n gs have

ha p e the character of American

educati n. Empha. is o n tr a c i n " the int rdisc i p l i nary

a ntecede n ts of Am e r i c a n

education. ( 3 )

(4 )

23 1 , 2 5 3 .

50 1 Worksbops

a n d diverse

- 589 Philosopby of Education Ph t losophica l nd the reLical fo undation' of mer ican educa­ t ion as well as the soc i al p h i l os o p h y of grow ing diverse po p u l a ­ tions i n t ht: K- 1 2 chu I . ( 3 ) 590 Graduate Seminar A workshop jj r aU Master of Arts c a n did a t e in t h e S h o o l o f Education wh i ch p ro v i d es a fo rum fo r c. h a n ge of re earch ideas and p rob l e ms; - a o d id a tes sh o ul d reg i ste r or th is semi nar fo r assbta nce in fu l fi l l i n g requ i rements. No c re di t is given, n o r i s

Graduate wor k s h o ps in s p ec ia l fields fo r va rying lengths of t i m e .

m

( 1 -4 )

o c n

5 1 2 Group Process and the Individual A h u m a n i n te ra c t i o n l abo ra to ry to fa c i l i ta te t h e explo ra t i o n o f the sel f c o n cep t th ro ugh t h e mecha n i sms of i n terper. a n a l

, nd feedback. Emphasis p l a ce d on tbe a c quis i t ion of skill in sclf-explllration, ro l e identification, and climate- making. G (2) i n teraction

535 Foundations o f Guidance The focus is on de e lO p i ll g an u n derstH n.d i ng

of the ser ices an d

processes al'ailable to a s si s t i n d ividuals in mak i n g p l a n s a n d

t u i t i (111 as essed.

d e c i si o ns

595 Intern hip in Educational Administration Students will reg is te r for 2 erne ter h n u rs in l:ach of two sem es te rs. I n ternship in educati nal ad m i n istration j o i n t l y p l a n n ed a n d su pe r vise d by the School of Ed uca t io n and pu b l i c <Ind/or pr i va te c h o o l adm i n i t r a t rs in fu ll co m p l ia n c e w i th s t a te req u irement s . Prerequisites: A d m iss i o n to the g ra d u a te

536 Affective Classroom Techniques Exp l o r a t i o n of various tech n iques designed to fac i l i tate u n der­ sta n di n g of se lf a n d others; methods fo r wo rking w i t h students. Prerequisite: st udent te a c h in g or grad uate s ta t u s . Laboratory

. rogram or to the!

ed ntial i ng program;

ed u ca tio na l a d m i n istra t i o n - adviser. (2, 2 )

c

concentration;

c

m pl e t i n

of

n u lt a tio n

\

ith

596 Graduate Seminar Student regi ter fo r 1 se mest r h o u r i n e a c h of two semester . Profession a l e m i n a rs a re sch e du .l e d and p resen ted b can d i d a tes , th ir u n iver ity professo rs , a n d I rofession a l coli ag ul"s i n the schools in part n ershi p. Prerequ i i t es : completion of coursework i n educational administration concentration . (2)

597 Independent Study Proj e of varying length re l a ted to e d u ca t i o nal issues or c ncems f the i n d i v i d u a l p , l rti ci p a n t and ap p roved by a n 'l p p ro pri a t facu l t y memb('r a n d the dean. ( l -4)

598 Studies in Education A resear h paper or project on an educational issue selected - jointly b) t h e student and tbe gra d ua te adl' is�r. Prer quisi tes: dmission t the g ra d u .He program; 544, 545; minimum of 26 h o u rs of cour \!wo r k le ad i n g to the M.A.; cOll Sultation w i t h t h e student's adviser. (2) 599 Thesis

will be c h o �e n from l he candidate's major field of on cenlratiOIl a nd must be app roved by t he ca n d i date's graduate com m itte!e. Candidates are expected to de fe n d their thesis in a final 0 I e xa m i na t i o n conducted by t h ei r committee. ( 3 -4.) Th

th

is problem

a z

their own l i fe pattern. G

, cco rd ing to

xperience as a r r a n ge d . G

(4)

(2)

550 Beginning PracticllDl Learn a nd p ra c t i ce the basi c o u n se l i n g skills in a ,tr uctured and c l osely upervi. d enviro n m e n t . Learn t h ro u gh ro l e - p l ays , obs r­ vat io n , co u n sel i ng clients and feedback via peers. i nstructor, clients, t r a ns c ri pt io ns , a u d io and video tapes. Cl i e n t s used in t hi s practicum

will be re l a ti vely h igh fu n c ti o n i ng a n d w i l l usually be

seen in an o bse r vnl io n roo m . ( 3 )

555 Practicum In addition to those skills learned in B egi n n i n g Prac t i c u m , learn and p r a ct i c e va r io us c o u n s e li n g a p pr oa ches . s k i l l and tech· n iqu es with i n d ividuals fro m diverse p o p u l a t i o n in co m m u n it y or various sc hool se t t i n gs . In a d d i t i o n to u n ivers i t y fac u l ty. there will be on - s i t e slIpervi i o n by co u n selors. Prerequisites: EPSY

330

560

and

56 1 . ( 3 )

Communication in Schools

of the theories a nd concepts of those he l p i n g skills f-a cilitate problem-s l v i ng a n d p erson a l and acadcrl1ic g row th with a p pl i c a t i o n to the classroom and to i n t e r ac t i o n s w i t h professional co ll eag ues . Prcrequi ite: Adm i 'sion to MAl ert p rogram . ( 3 ) The study needed to

561 Bask Relationships i n Connseling A st udy of t h e th e o ry, proc " te ch n iqu e " and c h a ra c t e ris t i cs of the co u n sel i ng rel a t i o ns hi p . A basic c o u rse fo r M . A . students i n the Co u n s e l i n g a n d C u i d a n e pro g r a m . ( 4 ) 563 Practicum in Group Process and Leader hip A human i n te ra tion l a bo ra t o ry which explores i n terperso nal

operations i n g ro u ps a n d fac ilitate ' the deve lop me nt o f seLf­

Educational Psychology

26 1 Homan Relations Development Study and l abora t o ry 'xp erie n ces in the de elopm nt of h u m a n rel a t i o n s ski l ls, especial ly rh o se skills needed to bc i l i ta re prob lem-so lvi ng dnd pe rso na l , soc ia l , a n d moral developm e n t ,

and d evelop men t of s ki l l i n diagnosing individual , group, a n d organizational beh avio r i n s i ght ; emphasis on leadershi p

p a t terns and i n tl u l1ces. S t u d .: n t s w i l l co-fac ilitate a l a b o r a to r y group. Prerequisite:

J5Y 5 1 2. ( 2 )

565 Advanced HllDlan Development

including both h e al i n g a n d gr '11 t h . Prereq u i si tes: E

A c o m p a rat i ve s t udy of hum a n development , t v ariou s levels

2.50. (3)

i ns tr u men t s: e.g.,

GL 10 I , PSYC 1 0 I , te't core�, sop h o m o r s t a n d i n cr, cumulative PA o f

36 1 Psychology for Teaching Principles and resear h i n h u man deve l o pmen t and i e, m i n g , es p eci a l l y re l a ted to t ea c hi n g and to the psycb o l og i ill growth, relationsh ips, a n d adj ust m e n t of i n d i v i d u a l s . Prerequisites: £DUC 262, 263; EP Y 26 1 . ( 3 )

t h rou gh observational asse sments

u ' i ng non-standa rdized ' o c i o rnet r i c s , l es , a u tob iographies, i n terviews, interaction a n al ys is , and ot11er a p p ro p r i a t e measurements. A p r a c t ic u m (a m i n i m u m of one h o ur each week) is r e q u i re d in a s c h o o l or a p p ro pr i a te agency. Prer qui . it<.!: F i ft h year or gT�duate s t a t u s . (4)

566 Advanced Cognition, Development, and Learning Th

· t u d y o f p r i n c ip l e

a n d c u r rent th o u g h t and rese, reh i n

cog n i t io n , development, and l ear n i n g . Appli a t i o n

to

the

or aniz<l t i o n , pi n n i n g , and d el i ve r y of i ns t ruction. Prerequisite: Admission to the MMCert p ro gra m or consent of instructor.

(3)

P

T

A

C

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

Y

69


NOTE: PREREQUISITE FOR 3001400 LE EL SPECIAL DUCATIO : EDUC 302 o r EPSY 26 jfEDUC 262 or consent of instructor. Students not majoring i n education may be excused from this requirement.

569 Career Guidance A study of careen, theories of choice, and guidance techniques. (4)

z o

570 Fieldwork in Counseling and Guidance A culminating practicum of field experience in schools or agencirs lIsing theory, skills, and techniques previously learned. A variety of work e.xperiences with both individuals and groups. St udents i n corporate consultation experience following the Adlerian model. (4)

362 Teaching for Individual Differences - Secondary Curriculum modification and teaching and management methods for working effectively with excep tional learners in regular classrooms. ( 4 ) 390 Teaching Life and Vocational Skills Examination of knowledge and skills related to the development of independent living and vocational skills. ( 2 )

575 Mental Health B,lSic mental health pri nciples as related to i nterpersonal rel a t i o ns h ips. Focus o n self- un dersta nding. Laboratory experi­ ences as arranged. (4) 578 Behavioral Problems Adlerian concepts pro v i d e the basis fo r observation, motivation, modification, and l i fe style asse sment. Skills for assisting people in developing responsibility for their own behavior. Laboratory experience as arranged. (4)

393 Teaching Students with Behavior Disorders Examin ation of knowledge and skills related to t h e instruction and management of le arn e rs with behavior disorders. ( 2 )

583 Current Issues in Exceptionality The characteristics of x ce ptional students a n d current issues i n vo lv i n g the educator's role in dealing with their special needs. G ( 2-4)

394 Practicnm (OT Behavior Problems Experience with children and youth who have behavior prob­ lems. Must complete 45 clock hours in an educational setti n g and take concurrently with SPED 393. ( I )

597 Independent Study Proje ts of varying l e n g th related to educational issues or concernS o f the individual participan t , nd approved by a n appropriate faculty member and the dean. ( 1 -4)

395 Introduction to Language Development and Disorders I ntroduction to language disorders, assessment, and in terven­ tion. Focus on theories of language development and norma! language acquisition. ( 2 )

598 Studies in Education A res e arc h paper or project on an educational issue selected jointly by the student and the graduate adviser. It will be reviewed by the student's graduate com m ittee. ( 2 )

396 I nstructional Management Examination of specific instru m ents a nd tech niques that promote positive classroom environments within inclusionary special education setti ngs. Prerequisites: SPED 292, 390, 393. (2)

5 99 Thesis The th e si s problem w i L l be chosen from the cand.idate's major fi Id o f concentration and must be approved by the candidate's graduate com m ittee. and.idatcs are expected to defend their thesis in a final oral e amination co nducted by their committee. (3-4)

399 Practicum in Special Education Experience with children and yo uth who have special needs. 1 hour credi t given after successful com p l e tio n of 45 clock hours and specific course competencies. Pre req u isi t e : SPED 290 or consent of instructor. ( 1 - 2 ) 401 Instructional Strategies (or Learners with Special Needs Examination of knowledg and skills needed for academic remediation of students with lear n in g and other mild disabilities. Prerequisite: SPED 292. ( 3 )

Specia l Education

195 Individuals with Disabilities An i n trodu tory course rocu iug upon persons with disabilities. Emphasis on persons with disabiliti(!s in families, schools, the com m u n i ty, and the work place. Both social i sues and legal and ivil rights will b e addressed. I ntended for students outside the School o f Educatio n. (4)

402 Practicum i n Instructional Strategies Experience with children and yo uth who have mild disab ilities. Must complete 45 clock hours in an educational setting and take concurI' ntly with SPI 40 1 . ( l )

200 Individuals with Special Needs I ntroduction to the needs and characteristics of individuals with special needs. Federal and state legislation, cLlrrent issues, and s e r v i c e delivery systems will be included. Pre req u i s i t e for all � PED and Elementary Certification coursework. ( 2 ) 201 Observation in Special Education Programs Obs rvation in special education p rograms, schools, and

community sett i ngs. For majors and minors i n special education on ly. Others by recommenda tion. ( I )

292 Assessment in Special Education Examination of knowledge and skills LI ed in formal and informal assessment tests and procedures. Includes the role o f assessmen t in eligibil ity and p rogram plann ing. ( 2 )

P

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

403 Parent/Professional Partnership in Special Education Me t hod s for commu nicating effect ively with parents of special needs children. ( 2 ) 404 Communication and Collaboration FOCLls on knowledge and . kills necessary for effective collabora­ tion and supervision with parents, professionals, and para­ educators. ( 3 ) 407 Curriculnm, Instruction, and Technology

Examination of knowledge and s k ill s needed for teaching academic, social, and a dapt ive skills to learners with special needs. Includes writing I EP's, data based instruction, task analysis, and computer assisted instruction. Prerequisite: E U 400 and SPED 292, 390, 3 9 1 or 393, 394 and 40 1 . (4) 408 Transitions from School to Community Examination of kno\vledge and skills related to career vocational transition and l i fe adjustment. (2)

296 Educating the Physically Challenged and Medically Fragile The course focuses on meeting the psychological, social, and educational needs of individuals who 3re physically ch al len ge d a nd l o r medi ally fragile. An overview of tbe most common medical p robl e ms and necessary modifica tions o f curriculum and inst ruc tiona l techniques. (2) 70

391 Practicwn i n Life Skill Experience with chil dren and youth who have needs in life and vocational skills. Must complete 45 clock hours in an educational setting and take c o ncurre n t ly with SPED 390. ( I )

438 Student Teaching in Elementary School Teaching i n special education programs under the direction and supervision of school and university personnel; 8 weeks. Prerequisite: instructor consent. ( Meets senior sem inar/project requi rement . ) (5) Y


well as

Tea

a b u se, a nd s u i c i d e p re ven t i on . ( 3 )

h i n g in spe ial du a t i o n prognlnlS u nd e r the d i rec t i o n and s upe rv isi o n o[ s hool a n d u n i ve rsity personnel ; 8 weeks. Prerequisit<:: ; i nst r u c t o r consent. ( Meet senior seminar/project req ui rement. ) (5)

523 Educational Procedures for Students with Learning

« 0 Student Teach:i:ng Seminar

roo m

A sem i n a r which meet concu n-ently w i t h student teaching and nhances sk.i lls and knowl edge req u i re d tor s t ude11t te J c h i ng . ( 1 ) 475 Supervismg Para-Professionals and Volu.nteers i- E m p hasis

on t h e .:ffectivt: management of para-p ro fessi o n a l s and

vol u nteer, i n t h e clas room.

(l )

Scope and prob l e m s of c h i l d abu e, ne g le c t , and fa m i l y violence,

includi n g behaviors 'xhibited by abused Jnd n g le c t ed childre n and adolescents. I n c l u des identification a n d reporting proce­ dur' , , n d th' l e ga l and professional responsibilities o f the e.du­ cat o r. Method · for teach i n g p e rso n al s a fety w ill be add re sse d. ( 1 ) stud)' of the g ifted learner's characteristics and needs. Focus on i nstructiona l p rocedures des ig n ed to further development. ( 2 ) 4 90 Early Learning Experiences for Special Needs Children Impl ications of normal and a t y p i cal c h i l d de ve l o p me nt for the

(2)

492 Methods o f Teaching Early Childhood Special Education

Early childhood method , materials, c u rriculum, and techn i q ue s for teac h i n g chI ldren with special nee ds . Prerequisite: SPED 490 or con ent of i nst r u c t o r. ( 2 ) 494 Computer Application i n Special Education An i n t rod u cti o n i n t o t h e

applicatio n o f computer tech nology for learner w i tll sp ecial n ee d s. Focus on c u r re n t issues a n d uses of co mpu t er te h nology in cl u d i ng co m p u ter assisted i nstruction, soft \ are eval u a t i o n , p u p i l and data management, and as si s t i ve devices. ( 2 )

497 Independent Study

Projects of varying l e n gt h related to t re n d s

Designed for students in the Master of Arts 0 E d uca t io n ; C l a ss Teac h i ng - Certification. An i n t roduction i n to teach i n g p r o c e d ure s fo r studcnts with l ea r n i n g disabilities. I ncludes c on cep t s i n dwracteristics, assc ·sment, and instructional p ract ices. Prereq ui s i te: Admission to the MA/Cert program. ( 3 )

­

m

o c n

524 Educational Procedures for Students with

Designed fo r t u denls in the Master of A r t s in E d u c a t io n : Class­ roo m Te a c h i ng - Certi fication . An exa m i nation o f t h e em o t i o na l , oocial, p h ys i c a l . and mental characteristics of individual.s w i t h de vel opm enta l disabili ties. I nclud e s assessment and i n s truc-rion

issues in spec i a l education a nd ,Ipproved b y an appropriate fa lIlty member and the dean . 0 -2) and

499 Teaching for Individual Differences - Elementary De s i gned to give pre-sen'i e te.achers skills and k now ledge in t h e areas of JsseSSment, inst ruction, �lIld management of l e a rn ers w i th s p e c i a l needs. Prerequisite: 200. ( 2 )

z

from medical, ps)'chological, social, and educational view-points. Pre requi s ite: Adm ission to t h e MAICert program. ( 3 ) D e si g ne d for students i n the Master o f A rts in Ed u ca t i o n : Classroo m Te ach i n g - Cert i fica t i o n . An ex a m in a t i o n o f instructional a n d m a nagemen t p roce d ure s for learners w i t h b ehavi o r d i s o rd ers . I n cl u des st u d y of a c adem i c a n d behavi oral C h �H,l c te r i s t ics of t h ese · t ud e n ts. P re r e q u i s i te: Admission to the lvlA/Cert progra m . ( 3 ) 526 Advanced Practicum i n Special Education

D e s i g n e d for studellts in the Ma s te r of A rts in E d u c a t i o n : Classroom Teaching -

er ti ii ea ti o n .

x p er i en ce w i t h c h i l d ren

a n d youth with s p ec i al n eed s . C red i t give n after successful

completion o f 90 cll>ck h o u rs and specific c o u rs e competencies. P r e requ i s it e : SPED 520/5 2 1 or equiv;llen t. ( 2 )

530 ClU'I'eot Issues i n Assessment

Current issues in t h e use o f assessment i n formatioll for m a k i n g educational decisions about st ude n ts. Prerequisite: , ]JED .198 o r co nsent of i nstructor. ( 2 ) 53 1 Severe and Profound Disabilities

I ntroduction to the p h ys i ca l, social, a n d ed u c a ti o n needs o f i ndi v id ua ls with s evere a n d pro fo u n d d i sa b i li t ies . ( 2 ) 532 Education and Training of Individuals with Severe and

Profound Disabilities

50 1 Off-Campus Workshops in Special Education

In-depth study of educational p rescription and prog ra m m i ng for learners who are s ve re ly and profoundly d isabled. Em p h as is on t ea c h ing strategies and cu r r i c u l u m m o d i ficat ion as they apply to this p o p u l at io n . ( 2 )

Off-ca m p u s grad uate workshops in special education for vary i n g

5 3 3 Current Issues in Developmental Disabilities

lengths of t i m � . ( 1 -4 )

503 On-Campus Workshop i n Special Education O n - camp u s gradllate wo r ks h o ps i n s p e c i a l education fo r va r y i n g

l e n g t h s of tim

o

525 Procedures for Students with Behavior Disorders

485 The Gifted Child

learn i ng process.

D isabilities

Developmental Disabilities

480 Issues in Child Abuse and Neglect

. ( 1 -4)

5 1 3 LanguagefUteracy Development: Assessment and l nstmction

Cmrent i ssu es related to t h e education of i n d ividuals with

developmental disa b i l i ties. P rerequ i s i t e: SPED 390 or cO l lsen t of

instructor. (2)

534 Current Issues i n Behavior Disorders

Current i ss u es related to the education of i ndividuals with beha ior disorders. Prerequisite: SPED 393 or consen t of

(2)

See Educatic n 5 1 3 .

i n s tru tor.

520 Teaching Special Needs Students in Elementary

535 Current Jssues in Learning Disabilities

PrOgt8DlS I n t roduction and o ver iew of services fo r sp ec ia l needs studenL� in el e m e n t a ry program:. Includes pro ced u ra l and s u b s t a n t i v(:, legal issues in spe ial educ:atiun, p rogram modi!"] at i o n , a n d cl a ss r oo m ma n age m en t . ( 2 ) 5 2 1 Teaching Special Needs Students i n Secondary Programs

Current issues related to the ed u c a t i on of individuals with l ear n i n g d i s ab i l i t i e s. Pre re q u i si t e. SPED 290 or consent of ins t r u c to r. ( 2 ) 5 3 7 Current Issues i n Language D isorders

C u r re n t isslles and app ro J ch es in asses s i. n g a n d re med i a t ing

c h i l d re n with language d i s o rd e r s . Prerequisite: SPED 3 9 5 o r

consent

i nsrructor. ( 2 )

0

ducticlI1 and overv iew of services fo r spec i a l need, s t u den t s in s e con d a ry programs. Indud . p roce d u ra l a n d substantive l ega l lSsues i.n s p e c ia l education, program m od ifi ca t io n , and classr om management . ( 2)

538 Current Issue in Early Childhood Special Education

522 The Role of Health Professionals in Special Education

539 Administratjon o f Early Childhood/Special Education

This c ou rse i n t rod uces health professionals in the school to learn'rs with special needs. Tup ic s i n c lude rol es of ptlrents as

Programs

Intr

'urren t i ss u es rclatcd to yo u n g ch i ldren with special needs. Prerequisite: PED 490 o r conS nt of instructor. ( 2 )

In-depth s t ud y of the administration of early ch i ldhood prop

-

m edi ca l concerns, earl), intervention, te a mi n g , s u bst a n c e

439 Student Teaching in Se.condary Scltool

A

e

l

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

71


em phasis on re med j a t ion techniq ues and trallsdisci­ pl i n a r y approaches. Prerequisite: S P ED 538. ( 2 )

592 Research in Learning Disabilities

grJms with

cour ewo r k and ind ependen t st udy in early learning di s ab il i t ies . , pcciaJized study in a selected t o p i c . Prerequi i te: SPED 535 or consent 0 instru tar. ( 1 )

A com bination of orga.nized

540 Early Intervention Programs

urrent pra tices in medi al. therapeu tic. and educational intervention techn iques used in the rehabilitatiUll of sp ec i al needs children from b i r t h to age six. ( 2 )

593 Research in Behavior DisordeTS A combination of o rganized coursework nd independent tudy

i n behavior rusorder . Spe c i alized study in a selected top i c . Prer qui.� ite; SPE D 534 or co nsent of i n stru c to r. ( I )

541 Assessment o f Infants and Preschoolers Use of appropriate tools and p roc e d u res in di ag n o s i n g and w w

evalua t i ng

)'oLlng ch.ildren's needs. leading to

t i onal p rog ra m m ing . Prereq ui s ites: S PED

594 Research in Developmental Disabilities A mbination of o rg a n i ze d coursework and independent study

relevan t educa­

492. 5 4 0 . ( 2 )

i n developmental disabilities. to p i c . Prere quisite: SPED 533

z I!I Z

tudy io a sele ted permission of instructor. ( 1 )

pec ial ized or

595 Spedal Education: Internship Projects of varying

w

edu ca t i o n and

the dean. ( 1 -4)

length related to trends and issues in special a p prove d by an appropriJte fa c u l ty member and

597 Independent Study Projects

0

.

varying le n gt h related to trends by an ap p ro p r ia t e

e d uca t i o n and a p p roved

the dean. ( 1 -4 )

and issues

in special

f.:tculty member m : d

598 Studies in Education

research paper ar p roj e c t 1 1 an e d u ca t ion a l issu elected join tly by the s t u de n t and the grad uate adviser. It will be revi wed by the tudent's graduate com m ittee. ( 2 )

A

599 Thesis

The thesis problem will be chosen from the ca ndidate's major field of concent ration and must be approved by the c a ndid at e' s graduate committe . Candidates are xpected to defend their thesis in a final oral exa m i nation co n d u c t e d by their comm i ttee. (3-4) 56 8 Internship in Special Education

Internship in special education s ett i ngs. Fo urteen weeks of under th direction and su pe rv isi o n of co ope r a t in g teachers and u n ive rs i ty supervisors. Designed for students in /eert p rogram. ( 6 ) t ea ch i ng

the

Engi nee rin g.

570 Applied Behavior Analysis for Teachers A survey of the princip les and tec h n i q u es of applied behavior

to

fU llding models. (3)

tion. ( I ) 59 1

selected t op i cs

in spec ial

ed uca­

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

adv [se effects

on

human beings a n d the

purpo e p roperty

f engineering - "to safeguard l i fe, heal th, and

and

to p ro m o t

the public

R

wel fare." The goal

S I T

of

e n gi. n ee r i ng education a t Pacific Lutheran University is to combine the skill.

)f mathematics, the knowledge of

ern,

to p rodu ce competent s,

and

p ro vi d

cI

r

pon­

str ng base

and engineering. Such

changes i n technology. PLU program '

Research in Early Childhood/Special Education

C

its p o te n t i a l

environme n t . The engi neeri ng code o f eth ics s t ates the

a

fo u n d a ­

tion will enable P L U graduate to adap t readily to future

p rem ise that the e n gi neeri ng

re

based on the

pr fes ion req u ires l ife-long

lea rn i ng .

rn the developm e nt and implementa tion of technology, respon ible £ r project conceptualization, design, study. testi ng, c o n t rue t i n. and maintenance. Such engi neers are

(1)

A

practiced with an appropriate awa reness a n d concern fo r

PLU's progra ms i n enginee ring

in >arly ch ildhood/special education. Special ized stu d y in a s ele cted topic. Prerequisite: SPED 490 or consen t of instructor.

P

to our dail y lives. At the same t ime, en gi nee r i ng must be

in mathematics, physi

A combination of organized cou rs ework Gnd i ndependent s tud)!

72

( 1 990 A.D. ) . Eng ineering uses materials and

sible engineering.

590 Research in Special Education on

re

memory c h i p

inte rest a n d con

pu p il pbcement procedures. student sta ffings. program re i m ­

research

recently, t h e 1 6 -megab it random-access

A . D. ) , and m

science. and the techniques o f e n gi neeri ng design. along with a n apprec i a t i o n of the broader areas of h u man

5 88 Administration of Special Education Programs investigation of e x i sting pecia! c:c1 ucation administra t ive units,

of current

pyramids o f ancient

imagi nat ion . cr a t iv ity. and in piration to provide benefit

educators. ( 2 )

Review

50

vast spect rum o f

knowledge fro m science and m the matics with CA ']Jcri e nce .

576 Communication Skills for CoUaborative Consultation in Special Education Em phasis on the interpersonal skills nee sary for the consulting t e a c h e r in speci a l edu .ation. The co u r se will e plore th .. variables involved in deve l op i n g conperation between profes­

and federal

a

M eso p otami ( 2000 B.c. ) , the Colosseum of Rome (75

575 Introduction t o CoUaborative Consultation

bursement p roced ure .

pr ac t i c al a r t and pfofe sion. is more t han

achi evements. incl udi ng the

;

sio nal

a

centuries o l d . I ts h e ri t age boasts

analysis. I nclude behav ior modification and its ethical applica­ t ion self-con rol tec h n i qu es , cogni t ive beha io r modification, Qrganization and reseiHch design. ( 2 ) I n t r dUdion to the p ri nc i p l es a nd practices of a con.,ulting teacher m od e l i n s p e c ia l ed L l c a t i on . 'oeus on i n s L r uc t i o n a l del i ve r y a p p ro p r iate fo r p rov i d i n g d i re ct < nd indirect services lea rners with special needs in mainstream cia scs. ( 2 )

Engineering

Y


p rojects u s u a l ly inv lve econom ics, personnel m a nage­ ment,

od admi n islra t ion. 0 ten technical

proj

req uire

cts

co m m u n ication with peers, managers, and government represen tativ s. PLU is un iquely qua l i fied to educate engineers

for such

tec h n ical cour-cs

e it c mb ines l iberal arts curricul um.

res p onsibilities becau ith the

T h e Depart men t o f En gi neer i ng �)ffers Bachelor

fo u r -year

f Science ( B. S . ) d eg re e programs in

Engineeri ng. -

<I

The d

p a r t ment a l s )

o m p u ter

ffe rs a five-year 3 - 2 o r

dual- degre program wh ich leads t o

B. S . i n Engilleering

Science from PLU and an engineering degree from I-.

second institution.

At the second

i n s t i t ution, the e ng inee r­

ing specialty may be hosen from discip l i nes.

losely as ociated

with he se

a

a

v a r iety of engineering

two program i s a B.S. i n

Appl ied Physi s . This program offers c . I1ce n t raliolls i n Mech a nic a l Eogin ering an d

Electrical

Students int .re t d in an engin '- should contact

a

me mber

f th

Engineering.

ring degree program

engineering fac ul ty fo r

assistance and advice.

FACULTY: Spil l m a n ,

_

hiliI'; H a u ei s en , Kakar, Sabeti.

Computer Engineering C o m p u ter e ngi n eeri ng is a relativ ly new engi neering s p e ci a l ty that has grown out of rapidly e olving micro- and m jn i omp u t er tec h no l o g . . The c ur r ic ul u m consists f s ential a n d advanced element fro m computer science and ele c t r ic a l e ng in eering, de vel op i n g both hardwdre and software EleCl ives permit concent ration in areas such

as

B.S. MAJOR IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING: Engineering 1 3 1 , 1 32 , 245 , 2 46, 3 45, 346, 4 8 5; M at h ema t i c s J 5 1 , l . 2 , 253, and either 245 or 33 1 ; o m p u t r Scienc 1 44 , 270, 3 8 0 ; P hy sic [53, 1 54 , 1 63, 1 64 ; t chnical electives - I hours from nginee r i n g 445, 446, 480, 48 I , , om p u te r S knce 34 , 367, 375, 385, 444, 4 5 5 , Malhem atics 356, Physics 33 1 , 332, 3 4; te c hn i cal electives must inclucle oll r hours fro m Physi s r 4, Mathematics 356.

A typical c o m p ute r engi neering ro g ra m is as foil ws: Engin ering 13 1 , 1 32 Fresh mil 11 Physic 1 53, 1 63 Mathemat ics 1 5 1 , 1 5 2 omputer Science J 44

Sel1ior

8.5. MAJOR IN ENGINEERING SCmNCE: The re q u i r eme n t · fo r this B. S. degree from PiU are the succ ssful co m p l e t i o n of: ( 1 ) the PLU core c u rr i c u l u m , ( 2 ) the e n gi ne eri ng and science

19i n ee r i ng 345 omputer cience 3RO !Jthe.mat ics 33 1 c hn ical elective

'II chnical e le c t i ves (2) ngin '('ring 4 R 5

m

z " z m

courses I i ted belm , and ( 3 ) an engineering degree at the second school. T11 . ge ne r al u n i ve r si t y requ i rements that do not apply are: ( I ) co m p l e t i on of a m i n i m um o f 1 28 se m es t e r hours o n t he PL tr a n s ript, ( 2 ) completion of a m i n i mu m of 40 semester ho u r s fro m (o u r s numbered 300 and above, ( 3 ) at lea t _0 of the m i n i mu m 40 semester h o u rs of upper d iv i s i o n work must be taken at PLU, a nd (4) th fi n a l 32 semester hours of a s tu de n t s p rogram m u st be c o mp l e te d in res i d e nc e at PL . Engi neer i n g: l 3 1 , U 2 , 334, Mat hematics 1 5 1 , 1 5 2, 253; Physics 1 5 3, 1 54, 1 63, 1 64, 354; Compu ter S cie nce 1 44 o r 240; he mist ry 1 20 ; technical e lt:c t ives-three co ur se s from Engi ­ neer i n g 245, 246, 345, 346 (elecL rical specialty) and Engi nee r i ng 23 3, 234, 3 3 3 , 434 ( mechanical specialty).

'"

:lO z "

A t ypi c a l en gi n e e ri n g science program is as fi Hows:

FreshmlltJ

E n gi nee r i ng 1 3 1 , 1 32 Physics 1 53, [ 63 M t hemat ic 1 5 1 , 1 52

Sophu/1lure

Eng i neer i ng 233, 234 Mathematics 2 5 3

or

Engineering 245, 246

Physics 1 54, 1 64, 354 Com p uter Science 144 or 240 Fngineering 245

Junior

or

233

En g i n e e r i n g 334 h mi st r y 1 20 For 3-2 chemical engineerin g , req ui red cou rse, are Enginee r i ng

1 3 1 , 1 3 2, 233, 234; Ma tbe m a t i cs 1 5 1 , 1 52, 2 5 3; Physics 1 53, 1 54, 1 63, 1 64, 354; hemis t r y 1 20, 2 3 2 , 234, 34 1 , 343; Chemistry 32, 334 and 45 ) are h ighly recommended. The foll ow i ng is a t y pi c al program: Fres/I11/{1I/

Engineering 1 3 1 , 1 32 P hysics 1 53 , 1 63

Mathematics 1 5 1 , 1 52 Chemistry 1 20, 232, 234 Sopho/llOre

Engin ering 233

Mat h e m a tics 253

hemistry 332, 3 3 4 Physics 1 54, 1 64

ri n g 245, 24 . 346

Mathematics 2 3 mputer Science 270 P hysics 1 54, 1 64, 54 JUl1ior

The five-year, 3-2 program provides the opportunity to i n tegra te an e�,cellent liberal a rts b ac kg ro u n d a l o ng with s t u d y ll1 en gi n e e ri ng in a va ri ety of disciplines. The stu ienl has the further advantage of beginni ng s t u d y in t h e atmos phere of a sm a l l e r school where m p h a sis is on teach i ng and a t t e n t i o n is given to i nd i idual st udents.

int grated circuit

tion software developme nt, a nd a r t i fi c i a l int I1igence.

ng i n

e ngi n e e rl ng school can ea s i l y be arranged.

' pe r t i se.

des ig n, m i c ro pro essor a pplications, comp uter design, applica­

Sopholllore

City) and Washington Un i versity ( 't. Lou i s ) ; transfers to other

Physics 354 Engineering 3 4 hemistry 4 1 , 343, 456

Jtl llior

In this program, E ngi ne eri n g 333 rna)' be s ubs tit u ted for Chemistry 34 1 , I t is al 0 reco mmended that Chemistry 338 b e t ake n i f l i m e p e r m i ts .

Course Offe rings 1 3 1 Introduction to Engineering 1

Engineering Science

The d gree i n engineering science is awarded in the 3-2 E n g i ­ n eering pro am. he 3-2 or dual-degree p ro gr a m c n�ists of t h rc years of i n lrod uct o r y sciene ' and n gine e ri ng at PL followed b two yea rs of study at a � ec ond scho I offering a desired e n gi n ee r i D g specialty, res u h i n g in on g ree fro m each imtitution. The 3-2 program is appropriate for st udents intere led in a w i de va r iety of <:!ngineering d i s i pl ines i ncl u d i n g me h3n ical, h e m ica l , civ i l ae ro na u t i ca l , and others. PLU has form a l 3 - 2 agreements wjth olu rn b ia U ni ve rs i t y (New York

An in t rod u tion to the engineering pro fe sion and development of basic skills i m p o rt a n t to

tht' profes�ion, i nc l u d i n g problem

solving, enginee ri11g design, graphics, lise of omp u tcrs, comput r pro"ramming, eng i neeri.ng econoll1ic.�, ,md ethics in e n gi neer i n g . Sem inar series of lectures by speakers from industry, universities, a nd a l um ni . Prerequisite: om pl e tio n of coJlege�p reparalor)' m a thematics. 1 ( 3 )

1 32 Introduction to Engineering n An introd ucti n to t h e en gmeeri n g profess i o n and development P A C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R A N

U

N I V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

73


of ba s i c skills i m p o rta nt to the p ro fess i o n , i n cl u di n g p roblem statistic� e n g i n ee r i n g desi g n a n d graph ics, e n gi n e eri ng

480 Microprocessors

ec onom ics, a n d e t h i cs in engineering. P ro j ec t- t ea m work is an

systems. Data repre.selltation,

tudy of m i c rop rocesso rs and l h c i r

use i n mi c ro co m p u ter programm ing, i n t e rr u p t . , lIO i n terfaci ng, data com m unications, ava i l able ,oftware, and progr� m develo pm c n t stud ied i n le c t u re and I J b o r a tory sess i o n s . Prerequi sites: 346, 380. r (4)

sol ing,

i n tegral pa r t of the

oursc. Prerequisite:

1 3 1 . II (2)

233 Statics En g i neeri ng st a t i cs u s i n g vector al geb ra ; conditions fo r

equilib­ resultant fo rce S)'.' tems, centroid and center o f g rav i t y, methods of v i rtual w o rk , fr i c t i o n , ki n e m a ti c s o f p a r t ic le s . Prere q u isites: P H YS 1 53. I (2) ri u m ,

....

z UJ

48 1 Computer-Aided Design of D igital Systems n i nt ro du ct ion to use of CAD s ystems

a nd other co m p u te r - J i d ed design tools are deve lop ed.

d efo r m a b l e ' o l i d bodies, defo r m a t i o n , � t t'es,�, con­

0

:i litutive equations fo r e l a st i

materials, thermoelasticity, tension,

fl ex u re, tor i o n, s ta b i l i t)' o f eq u i l i b r i u m , Prerequisite: 233. II 245 Electrical Circuits

P re re q u is i te : .346. I I ( 2 )

485 Senior Design Project

(4)

Individual or

I

or team with one fa c ult y member for t he design p roje ct a n d w i l l be required to p r e p a re a te h nical rep o r t a n d p r o v id e a p resentatio n . The goal of this d es i gn project is to e xp o s e the w i l l work di re ct l y

inclu ding Ohm's and Kirchhoff's LJws ,md the fu n c t i o n o f Ind u c t ive a n d capacit ive e l e m en ts . Prerequisite: PHYS 1 54.

246 Electrical Circuits n Theory of electri cal c ir c u i t s i n d u d i ll� transient

re

I (4)

s t u dent t

ponse, AC

steady state-si ngle and t h ree phase, fre q u e nc y and an a l ysi� , computer a nalysi s o f stea d y state and

s m a l l-team p r o j e c t that takes a des ign concept

from the proposal st age to the tes ti n g stage. Ea h student

l n trodu c t i o n to the fu nd a m e n ta l concepts of DC c i r c u i t s

time domain transient

response u ing SPI .E. Laboratory work is part of the course.

Pr req u is i te ; 245. I I

design .

re vi ewed . S i m LL l a tors, computer h a r dware d escrip t i o n l a ngu a ges,

234 Mechanics o f Solids Mechanics

for d i g ita l

Basic pr i n c iples o f comb i n a t i o n a l a nd se q u en tia l l o g i c design are

engineering design which invo lves CT<:ativity, t h e

experience

of open-ended p rob l e ms with a l te rn a te so lu l ions ,

a nd the use o f d es ign methodo lo gy. It is also planned that the s t u d en t will c o n fr o n t realistic co nst r a i nts such

as e c o n o m i c

factors, saiety, re l i ab i l i t y, ethics, and so c ial i m p act . o m p l e t i o n o f l h .i s cou r'e sa tis fie s the core re q u i reme n t for a senior semina r p roj e c t . I II ( 2-4)

(4)

333 Thermodynamics C o n c ep ts and eq u a t i on s of classical, macroscopic thermodyn<11l1ics : th eml >dynamic cycles, flow a n d non- now systems, proper­ t ies a n d m a t h ma t i ca l r l a t i o n s of pur substances, m ix t u res an d so lutions, phase t ra n s i tion, and in tro du ct i o n to statistical therl11od)'namics. P re req u i s it e: P H YS 1 54. 1 (4)

491, 492 Independeut Study Projects of va ryi ng l e n g t h reb ted to a student's major. S t u d e n t s m a y expand t he i r Senior Design Project by taki Jlg o n e to fo u r hou rs. The project mLlst b e a p p roved before e n ro]J lllen t by t he faculty adviser and t h e depa rtment c h a i r. I I I ( 1 -4)

334 Materials Science Fu ndame nt a ls of engineering materials i n cl ud ing mecha nical, chemical. thermal , and electrical p ro p e r ti e s a sociated w i t h

metals, ceramics, p o l y m e rs , composi tes, a n d semiconductors.

English

Fo cus on how useful m a t er i al p r o p ert ie s can b e engi neered t h ro Llgh c o n trol of microstructu re. P r e req u is i te : PHYS CH-

1 54,

Engl ish

1 1 5. 1 I ( 4 )

th i nki ng, ski l l i ll writing, djscernment i n hum an exp e r ie n ce and ae ' lheti c val lies, and t h e processes of critic I and creat ive expre ssi on. Busin 55, governm nt, educatio n , and pub­

345 Analog Electronics An i n t ro d u t ion to analog i n tegrated c i rcuit de s ign t e ch n ique s , i n c l u d i ng single and multistage a m p l i fie rs. frequency resp o n se and feedback mdhods. L ab o ra t o ry work is p a r t of this c o u rse .

reading, a n a pprec i a t ion of

l ishjng are a reas where our gra d ua tes freq uently make

Pre req ui si t' : 246. I (4)

t he i r careers.

346 Digital Electronics Analysis

of d igital design te ch n i q u es ,

Our

including a re vi e w of

as well

co m b i na ti onal lQ g i c , flip fl o ps , reg i st ers , c o u n t ers , a n d ti mi ng

434 Transport: Momentum, Energy- and Mass Co nce pts and equations or classical c o n t i n u u m fl uid m e c h a n ics : momentum, ene rgy, and m a s s transpo r t , t r a n s p o r t coefficien ts ­ visco s i t y, thermal conductivit y, mas · d i ffu s ivi t y - i nviscid a n d l a m i n a r Bows bo und a r layers, experimental a n d ll u m e r i al m o d el i ng of t r a n sp o r t pro esses. Prerequisite: 3 3 o r c o n se nt of

(4)

445 Linear Systems and Control M o d el i ng , ana lysi�, co mpu ter s i m u l a t io n, and des ig n of contin u o us and d iscre te- ti me m e ch a n ica l , lect rical, and e l e c t ro ­ mechanical feedback contro l systems. L a p lace tra ns fo r ms ,

freq uency response, a n d s t atc- space t e c h n i Illes are used to lise

also

supports the

study a b ro ad program , and we o ffer study tours t o such places as Europe,

Australia,

and the Caribbea n .

FACULTY: D . Seal, Chair; M . Ben t o n , P. B e n t on , Bergman, a riton, Cady, Campbell, Eyler, J a nsen, J o n e s , M a r c u s , D. M. M a r t i n , Rahn, Tem p l e - T h u rs to n .

ENGLISH MAJOR (EMPHASIS ON LITERATURE): The

En g l is h

maj o r w i t h an em ph as i s on l i ter a t u re introdu ces s t u ­

dents to t h e great l i terary traditions o f B r i t a i n , North America, a n d the

Engl isl1-speaking world. The major in l i terature p l a c es

c o ur es

organ ized b his t r i cal period at the h e a r t of t h e

student's program, all ow i ng st udents to read the great works that 1 1 1 w h i ch

c ul t u ral

co n te x ts i m p i nge upon the l ite ra r y i m a gi n a t ion . S t udent · who

of exa m p les and case s t ud i es to

select t he t'l11pha i s on l i t e ra t u re can expect to l e a rn how sen s i ­

d eve l o p r b u st PI, P D, and PID co n t ro l le r s and compensator::;.

tive readers engag� texts through

Prerequisite: 246. I (4)

74

concen trations in childre n's L i terature and

define the periods, a n d to ex p l o re t h e ways

develop performance pa rame ter , exa m i ne s t ab il i t y, and design

co n l rol l ers . Extensive

program offers emphase ill l i terature and wri ting,

as

p u blish i n g. The English Depa r t m e n t

circ u its. I I I ( 4)

i n st r uc to r. II

of ers exceUent prepa ration for any future requ i r­

ing i n tegrat i ve

their own speak i n g and w r iti ng , lan­

fo l l o w i n g th e i r i n si gh ts into the rich pleas u res of l i t e ra r y

446 VLSI Design An i n t rodu c ti o n to the des i gn of very large scale i n t eg ra t ed sy'tcms usi n g co m p u ter-a ided design m e t h o ds . Tllpics include

g u a g e a n d gro\ ing m o r e so ph isticated i n const ructi n g effect ive l i terary arguments . They w i l l also be intr d u ced to the wa which maj o r critical t raditions fra me o u r a p p ro ache

MOS dev ices, fabricali n procedu res, chip a r c h i tecture, ch ip

ture and d fine

topolog)', and system t i m i n g . P r ere q u is i te: 346. U

( 2)

releva n t

P

V

A

C

I

F

I

C

l

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

t

f

il

S

I

T

Y

the issues ill o u r l ives.

111

to l i tera­

that keep l it e ra t u re mea n i n o fu l a n d


S tu de n t s c o nsi d eri n g E n g lish

as a major, but

wi th a n e m p h asi s on l iterature

who are still llndecided, might begin with

3 2 7 , I m a g in a t ive ''''riting I I 3 2 6 , Writing fo r Children b. Expository Writing 22 1 , Research and Wri ting 323, Writing i n a Professional Setting 328, Ad va nc e d om position fo r Teachers c. Creative Nonfiction 224, Tr av el Writing 225, Autobiographical Writing 324, hce-lance Wr i t i n g 325, Personal Essay 2. Senior Project/Seminar (at least 4 h o u rs in the following) 425, 426, Writing on Special Topics 427, Imaginat ive Wri t i n g fII 428, Seminar: C r i ti c al T he o r y 3. E l e c ti ve (at l e a s t 4 hours fr o m l ines I or 2 above)

200level cou rse. Even though no 200-level course is re q u ired for m aj o rs, students rna, request that ne a p p ropri a t e 200-level cou rse be substituted for 9ne similar Periods and Surveys course at the 300 level. S t ud ents a re e n c o u raged to take S h a kes p eare early i n the major. C rr' ' p on de n ce cou rses and i n d e p e n de n t studies may not be used to fulfill gene ral university o r core re q u i re m e n ts .

Foreign Language Requirement! All English

a

m aj o rs

mlIst compl ete at least two years of a foreign language at the university level, or the eq uiva l e n t (See ColLege ofArts and Sciences Foreign La/lguage Requirements, Option

I) .

Major Requirements: At least 36 and up to 44 h o u rs in English beyond 1 0 1 , a t least 20 h o u rs o f which must be upper division. Th following course distributions are re q u i re d o f majors with an em p h a si s on l iterature: A . Shakespeare

B.

follow i ng lincs):

-

-

(at least 4 h o u rs fro m each of the

I. E RLY 35 1 , English Medieval L i te r atur e 352, Chaucer 353, n g l ish Renaissance Lit erat u re 2. M I DDL_ 36 1 , English Re ·toration and 1 8 t h C entu r y 362 , n g l i h Romantic and Victorian Literature 37 1 , Stu d i e s in Amcrican Literature, 1 820- 1 920 3. L TE 367, T\ en Lie t h - ent ury British L i t e ra t u re 372, wentieth-Ce n r u ry American Po e try 373, T\�'e l1 t i t h - C ent u r y American Fiction and Drama 4 . LITERATURE AND D l F FERENCE

-

Fe m i n i s t App roaches to L i t eratur e 343, Po�t- (llon ial L i te ra t u re 374, Am e ri ca n Ethnic Li te r a t u re

C . Sem ;l1ar

(at

least 4

C. Elective

hours)

in children's literature.

MINOR (EMPHASIS ON LITERATURE): 20 se m es te r hours

( excluding 1 0 1) , distributed a ' fo l l o w s : 4 h o u rs of Shakespeare, 8 hours from " Periods and u r veys" (:ee literature "tvIajor Requirements"), and 8 hour ' of electives. MINOR (EMPHASIS ON WRITING): 20 s emes t er hours (ex­ cluding 1 0 1 ) , w i t h at lea t 1 2 h o u rs in upper di v is i o n , distributed as fol lows: 1 2 hours in writing, 4 hours i n l it e r a t u re, 4 h o u rs of elective.

and Educa tion. this ca t a log.

a/ the

at PLU is part o f a growing awareness in colleges and

English, and has been d es ign e d for a b ro a d spec trum of s t u d e n t s , from those wishing t o focus on fiction and poetry, to th os e interested in more p rag m a t ic type of w r it i n g , to tho e set on e.. x pl ring theoretical issues in rhetoric and composition.

E n g l is h l i terature: one course American literature: one course Comparative literature: one COurse (2 14, 2 1 6, 2 1 7, 2 1 8, 232, 233, 34 1 . 343, an app ro pr i a t e e m i na r ) Ling u i st i s or structure of language: one course (403)

I).

Writing/Composition: one course ( 3 28 is especially recommended)

Major Requirements: A t l e a s t 3 6 hours in E n g l i s h ( exc l u d i n g 1 0 1 ) , distrib ute d as fol lows:

1.

both Ellglish

satisfy the state certification requirements.

Foreign Language Requirement: All Engl ish majors must complete at least two years of foreign language at the university lev I, or the e qui va l e n t (See College ofArts ami Sciences Foreign

A. Writing (at least 20 ho u rs ill writ ing, with at least'

adviser in

Please also see the chool o f Education sectiolJ of

or senior high school may earn either a B ach e l o r o f Arts in English with certification from the chool of Education, or a Bachelor of Arts in Education with a teaching major in En­ glish. The English major with an emphasis i n literature and the En g l i s h major with an emphasis in w ri t i n g may both be p u r s ued by p r o sp e c t ive teachers. Secondary ducation stu­ dents m u s t fulfill al l requirements for the English major: Option I of the F o r e i g n Language Re q uir e men t s ( 2 yean; of a fo r e ign language at the u nive r si ty level, or the equivalent); t least 36 and no m o re than 44 c re d i t hours in English; and a l l the sp e c i fi c re q u i re m e n ts for the major either in litera t ure or in w r iti n g . State certification for te ach er s also m a nd ate s the fo l l o win g req u i r e me n t s, which are an o verla y to the m ajor. C o u r ses taken to satisfy the major can also be cou rses that

universities of the i m p o r t a n ce o f writing within programs of

upper division)

Students p repar i ng to teach English

Secondary Education: Students p repa r i ng tLl teach in junior

substitute an appropriate 300- level co u rse .

Langllage Requiremen ts. Op t io n

10 1)

ho urs from . 26, 334, 3 3 5 or other approved co u rs es (all with grades of B o r higher) will be recognized fo r s p e c i a l competence

ENGLISH MAJOR (EMPHASIS ON WRITING): The w r i t i n g e mphas i s

b eyond

CHILDREN'S UTERATURE: Students co m p le t i n g 333 a nd 8

education, in t he senior year. Under certa i n c i rc u mstances, coll rse

(at least 4 elec t ive hO ll rs ill English

ill secondary schools should arrange fo r an

Semin r: C r i ti ca l T h e ory 45 1 , S e m i n a r : A u th o r 4 5 2 , Seminar: Theme, Genre Senior Semillar Projec t : The se nio r seminar project is a general u niversity requir ment in all program and majors. Students will c u st om ar il y satis fy this requirement in E ng lish i n their Sem i Jl U ; course as a c u l m i na t i o n of thcir u nd e rg ra d u a t e students m y

division)

S t udents are e n c o u ra ge d to take literature courses which

PROSPECTIVE TEACHERS:

428,

D. Writ ing (at least 4 hours of any writ ing 200 t o 400 levels). E. Electives (8 h O llrs)

r-

MINOR (EMPHASIS ON PUBLISHING AND PRINTING ARTS) : See separate l isting under Publishing and P ri n t i ng Arts.

34 1 ,

-

hOll r,;, with at least 4 hOllrs upper

CI

contribute to t h e i r go a l s a:; w rit e r s , and which e xp a n d their experience with the history and genres o f wr i t i n g .

(4 h o urs)

30 I , Shakespeare B. Period.s and Su rveys

Litemt llre (12

m

z

P r o s p e ct i ve teachers may take Ed ucation 5 29, Adolescent Literature i n the S e c ond a r y Curriculum, as an elective i n th e

1 2 h o urs

English major.

t l ea s t 1 2 h o u rs , from at least two of the following lines: a. Imaginative Writing 227, Imaginative Wr itin g I

Elementary Education: Students preparing

to t e a c h in el­ ementary schools following the Language Arts cu rr i c u l u m ,

P

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

75


m ust take 24 h o u rs m in i m u m in Engl i s h , and ar ad v is e d to follow Lhe s tr u c t u re of the ng li s h major i n satisfying state certification requirements. 'o n s u l t your a d v i s e r in the c h o ol of Education.

428, Sem i nar: Critical 'heary 4 - 1 , S e m i n a r : Author 452, , em inar: Theme,

All /itcra t u re

courses

fulfill the general un iversity corr req uirement

in l i terature.

I. Lower Division Courses w

he following co ur s e. s were desioned for students who are not

English maj o r s , and o r st udents considering an Engli h

major,

324, Free -Lanct' Writing' 325. Pe rson al Essay" 326, \ riting fo r C h i l d ren

to satisfy the ge n e r al u n iver s i t y requirement in l i t e ra t u re. Upper

J ivision co u rs e s in l iterature o ffered by t h Department of Engl i sh w i l l sat isfy the gener<11 u n i ve rs i t y req u i rement in l i t ra­ t ure a: wel l , but the following co urses arc particularly recom­ mend d. Thc�e lower d i vi s io n cou rses in l i terature give primary

a tte n t i o n to the act of r e a d i n g in different con texts and genres. Us ing imaginat ively co mpellin g litera tu re from a varicty of c u l t u re s and historical pe r i ods , the course g u i d e students into u nderstanding how e du ca ted readers engage a text. Re a di n g is u nJ e r ' t o o d as a n active p ro cess on the p a r t o f the rea d e rs , and the cou rses fOC LlS on h e l p i n g students discover not simply a particular themati onte nt, but more br acliy the kinds o f questi,ms t h a t ophisticated readers ask o f texts. The courses emphasiLe for students the wa ys in wh ich fr a m i ng the re a d i n g exp e r i e n c e hy d i fferent kinds of que.st ions reveals d i ffe rent texts, a n d e nr i ch the imagi native experience of reading, l ea d i n g more t o i ns i gh t on the p ar t of the reader t h a n final answers. A. Topics

Shake.-.peare.

Women's Literat ure Post - o l o n i a l Li terature Env i ro n mental Literature

American Tr a d i t io ns in Literature British Tr a d i t i o n s in Literature

Examines the development of short fictjon, co ncen t ra t in g

th e mes and

216 Fiction: Emphasis on Cross-Cultural Perspectives ( 4 ) 2 1 7 Fiction: Empbasis o n Alternative Perspectives ( 4 ) 2 1 8 Drama

An i n t roduction to the b as ic "I ments of dranl <t

resea.rch papers are pract iced, in clu ding develupin<' appro p riate research topic , locating and u s i n g a v ar i e t y of relevant so urces, su b stan t i G t ing generaliza­ tions, and lIsing pa ra.ph rase and c itat io n acc urate ly. Meets t he general u n ivers i t y writing req u i rement. ( 2 or 4) S t ra tegies for writing ac adem i

224 Travel Writing Wr i t i n g about trav-I, while t r avel i n g or upon rerum. Studcnts keep travel jou rnab, produce sh o r t t ray I t!ssays , and read St:­ Jected t ra ve l \ riters. Emphasis Oil both interior and (!.'{terior

334, . pecia.1 'D"pi s in hild ren's L i t era t ure 335, Fantas}' and Fairy Tales

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

lay

221 Research and Writing

373, Twentieth-Centllf)' American Fiction and D rama

C

(plot, mara tcr,

la ng uage ) and on the trad iti o n a l genre ' ( tragedy, co nJl'dy) . stress dif� ren t c u l t aral tra d i l i o n :; . (4)

3 74, American Ethnic Literat u re C. ."ipccial 'til dies 34 1 , I;cmin ist p proac h es to L i te ra t ure 34 3, Post- o l on i a l iterMute 333. hildren' Literature

I

on

tech niq ues of the genre. St resses t he Euro-American

trad i t i o n . (4)

3 5 3 , English Renaissa nce L i te ra t u re 3 6 1 , Restorat i o n and 1 8t h Centur y Li te ra tu re 362, English Ro mantic and Victorian Literature 367, Twenticth- 'cntmy British Literatu re It Am 'ricQIl L i teru t u re 3 7 1 , S t u d ies in A m e r i ca n Literature 1 820- 1 920 372, Twentieth-Century American Poetry

F

(4)

2 15 Fiction

30 1 , Shakespeare 35 1 , English Medieval Lit e ra t ure 352, C h a u ce r

I

eneral Ulliversity R eqlliremerr!, The F resh ma ll Year Progm llJ .

2 14 Poetry A study of poems and convent ions of poet!"}' fTOm the dassi s to modern projecti r verse. I n t e n d ed to develop the reader's abi l i t y to r p od w i t h sen s i t iv i t y and discrimill d t i n t o a rich variery of p oet i c fo rms. (4)

A . British Literature

C

3 1 2, Publishing Procedu res 3 1 3 , A r t of the Book 1 3 1 4, A n of t h e Book I I

2 1 3 Topics i n literature: Themes and Author A variable-content course that focu�es on the act of read ing and i n terpreting texts. Amon t h e q u sli )I1S asked: Wha t is l ite rawre? What does it mean to read? How does a l i t e rary t ext rclate to authors a n d c u l t u re ? To pics a ro u nd "h ic h a course migh t he o r ga n i ze d i n clude heroes, the n�at p()ets, an introd uction to

n. Upper Division Cour es Designe d pa r ti ul a r l y fo r upper division s tu d e n ts, usually but not exclusiv I y with thc major i n m i n d .

A

l V. Publishing and Printing Art 3 l l , Book in Society

(4)

R naissance

P

4 2 1 , Tuto rial i n Wr i ti n g 425, 426, Wri t i n g on Spec ial To pic s 4 2 8 , e m i na r : rit ical Theory * [l1dicntes cou rses that W I l fulfill the generai llrll versit)' writ illg ,·eqll il'ement.

See

B. Gen res 2 1 4, P o e t ry 2 1 5 , Fict ion 2 1 6, F i ct i o n : Cross - C u lt u ral Emphasis 2 1 7, Fiction: Alternat ive Perspect ives Emphasis 2 1 8 , Drama C. Tm dit iOlls 2 0, on temporctry Litcrature 23 I , Masterp ieces of Eu ro pea n Li t e ra t u re t h ro ugh th e

76

327, 427, Imaginative Wri t ing f T , I I I 328, Advanced Com p os i t ion fo r Teac hers ' 403, The E n gl i sh Language

1 0 1 Inquiry Seminars: Writing for Discovery

2 1 3 , Topics i n Litera t u re: Theme and Authors

232, 233, 2 4, 24 1, 25 1 ,

Research

I ll. Writing, Language, and Theory I O J , I n q u i ry eminar: Wri t ing for Di sc ove ry ' 2 2 1 , Research and Wri t i ng� 224, Travel Wr it i ng · 2 2 5 , Autobiog r a p h ical Writing' 22 7, 1m agina rive Wr i ti Ilg I 323, v r i l ing i.n Pro fessio n al Settings'

Course Offe rings ..J

enre

4<) 1 , 492, I n dep ndent Readina and 597, rad ua te Research

journeys. ( 4 )

V

E

R

5

I

T

V


225 Autobiographical Writing Reading a u to b i og ra p h y and writ ing parts of one's own, with an emphasi on how w r i t ing s tyl e and personal identity co m pl e ­ ment each Ol her. (4) 227 Imaginative Writing I A b eg i n n i n g wor hop in w r i r i ng poetry and short fiction. Include a st u d y o f techniques and forms to d ev el op critical standards , nd an understanding of the wr i t i n g proc ss. ( P rereq­ u is i te : 1 0 1 01' its e q u iva l e n t , Advanced P la c eme n t , or consent of in s t m c t o r. ) Does not meet the ge n e ra l u n iversity w r iting re qu i reme n t . (4) i-- 230 Contemporary Literature E m phasis on th e ctiversity of n ew voices in American fiction such

as To ni M or r is o n , LC'lie Silko, icholson Baker, Joyce a rol at s, o r m ac I Cartb y, and Amy Tan, from the emergence of p ost - m o d e rn ism to the most i m p o rt a n t curren t fictio n . ( 4 )

23 1 Masterpieces o f European Literature Representative wo rk s of clas i c al , medieval, and e a rl y Renais­ '-- Sance l itera t u re . ( ross-referen ced \ ith CLAS 2 3 \ .) (4) 232 Women's Literature _ An introd uction to fi ct i o n , poetry, a nd other literatures by wo m e n writers. I nc l u de an exploration of women's way ' of rea d ing and writi ng. ( 4 )

"--

233 Post-Colonial Literature rirers from Africa, India, Australia, ew Zealand, Canada, and the aribbean c nfron t the legacy of c ol on i a lis m from an insider's pe rs p ec tive. E m p h as i s on fic t io n . ( 4 ) 234 Environmental Literature Exa min e representations of nature in l i terature, and the ways in which h u m a ns define t hemselves and their re lationship with n a t ure t h rough those representation . Focuses on the t r ad i t i on o f nature wriling in American l itera ture from Thoreau and Mu ir to Ba r ry Lopez and Annie Dil lard, a n d i ncludes imaginative works fro m oth r cultures. (4) 24 1 American Traditions in literature Selc:: c ted themes that disti nguish American literature from B r i L i sh tradition. , fro m colonial or ea r ly national roots to cu rrent branches: for exam p le, confronting the divine, inventing selfhood, co p i n g with ra c i s m. (4) 25 1 British 'fradilions in Literature elected the mes that define B r itish Literature as o n e of the great l iteratures of the world, fro m A ngl o - S a xo n o r i g i n s to post­ modern re be l li o n s : for exam plc, idcntit)', society, and God; l ov e and desirc; i n d u st r y, sciencc, and c u l t ure. ( 4 ) 3 0 1 Shakespeare S t u d )' of representative wo r k s of the great poet as a central figure in the ca non of English l i terature. I nc ludes histories, comedies, and t r aged i es , as wcll as p oe ms and so nn e t s . Special attention is given to Shakespeare's l a n guag e, his use o f va rious dramatic genrcs, and such co n ce r n s as character a nd gender, h istory and p o we r. (4) 3 ) I The Book in Society A crit ical s t u d y of the r ol e of b o oks in o ur hi s to r y, society, a n d d a i l y lives. Top ics include the p a p e r bac k revo lution; gellder i s s u es in books and p u bl i h ing; censorship and m a n i p u l a tio n, fo r children; small p resses and "alternative" espe i a l l y i n boo p u b l i s h i n g ; t e ch n o l o g ica l horizons; and t e n s i o n s betwcen the cult u ra l and co m m e rc i a l di mensions of book publishi ng. (4) 312 Publishing Procedures A workshop i nt rodu ti o n to the wo rld o f book publishing, involving stu dents in decisions about what to p u bl is h and how to p ro d uce it. Editi ng, de igni ng, and p rep a r i n g a m a n u sc r i p t for pr od u t i n. Plans for marketing a fin ished p r o d uc t . (4)

313 The Art of the Book I The co m b in a t io n tudio course and seminar expl res the visual p r op er ti e s 0 l a n gua ge . It i n t rod uces the h istory, principles, and

tech niques of typ o gra phy, printing, and the book a rts t h rough (4)

b o t h cla s ro o m stud)' and a v a r i ety of studio p roje c ts .

3 1 4 The Art of the Book I I Individual projects t o ex pl o re fu r t h e r t y pog raphy an I fl ne bookmaking. Production of a small edition of an o r iginal text­ selected, edited, designed, i l l u s t rated , p r i nted, and b o u nd by one o r a t e a m of s t u d en ts. ( 4 ) 323 Writing i n Professional Settings ana l yze the rhetorical St udents working i n p rofessional ettin demands of their job - rel a te d writi ng. . ing t h ei r \vork- i n ­ p rogress, st udents produce o r revise d o c u m en ts t h a t meet tho e demands effect ively. Meets the general u n ive r si ty writing re­ q u i r em en t . (4)

m

Z G'\ III ::t

324 Free-Lance Writiug A \ o rk sh op in writing for p u b l i ca ti o n , with p r i m a ry e m phas i s on th . feature article. I n tend d to h e l p srudents produce w ri t i ng that is informative and t!Xp res;ive, to cnhan e t·h�ir se ns e o f audi ence, a n d t o i n t roduce t h e m to procedu res for submitt ing fo r m a ga zin e p u b l ica t. i o n . M ets t h e ge ne ral un iversity writing requ jremen t . (4) 325 Personal Essay Students write essays on t op i cs of their choice. working p a r t i c u ­ . rely les up o n fo r m a l l o g i al l ar l y o n voice and style. The e es'a structures than u p n p e rs o n a l thought and the i n teg rat i o n of ev n l s and ideas in the w r i ter's l ife. Rea d i n gs w i l l provide a range of ap p roa hcs and cont nts, and may cent e r on a specific theme. Meets the ge n e ra l u niversity writing requ i re me nt . ( 4 ) 326 Writing for Children A workshop in wTi l i ng tlction and non - tl c ti o n fo r children and teenagers, with a n introduction to the variet ies of contemporary chi l d re n's literatur . Does not fulfill general u niversity req u i re­ me n ts. (4) 327, 427 Imaginative Writing £I, I I I me An advanced workshop in , r i ting poetry and s h o r t fiction. attention \ ill bl: given to p roc ed u res fo r submitting manuscript fo r p ubl ication. Doc:s not fulfill ge ne ral university r eq u i r e m Ilts . Students ma}' e n ro l l i n this cour e a second time as 427. (4) 328 Advanced Composition for Teachers Students are introduced to p h i l osoph ical, s c i a l , a n d p r a g m a t i c is s ue s c o n fr o n ti n g t 'achers of writi n g . Re,p\ln d i ng to composi­ tion theories that a d d ress t hese iss lles, s tu de nt s obtain extensive pra tice in ex os itory w r i t i n g . Req u ire d for certification by the School of Educat ion. Meets t h e g neral u n iv er si t y w r i t ing re ­ q u ire me n t . (4) 333 Children's Literature An i n t r o d u ctio n to a ri h l i t<:raT}' tradition, with an a l y si s in depth of such a u t h or as H.C. Ander on, ToLkien, Lewis, Pott r, Wilder, and Le , u i. n . (4) 334 Special Topics in Children's Literatme Content varies each yc::ar. Pos i b le topics i n c l u d e "enres, t h e m e s, hi s to ri cal pe r io d s, a nd t ra d i ti on s. May be re pe a te d for credit with different topic. (4) 335 Fairy Tales and Fantasy Fairy ta.les arc told and i nterpreted; i n te.rpreLive lTI o d e l s and t h eo r ie s from se era I psychological t r a d i t io ns are ex p l or ed. Fa n t as y is lo o ked at both as i m a ge and as story. ( 4 ) 34 1 Feminist Approaches to Literature I n trodu tion to a variety of feminisms in contem porary theory as frameworks for rea d ing feminist li terat u re and fo r appr ach ­ ing t r a d i t ional l iterature from fem in ist positions. (4) 343 Voices of Diversity: Post-Colonial Literature and Theory Using the theories of F a no n , Gates, and others , this course P

A

C

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

n


fo cuses on the po I i t i c i zat i o n of art t h at th e s t ru ggl against i mperialism precipitated. P res e n t s the w o rk s of major m o d e rn writers from the po s t - co l o n ia l world (Soyi nk a, Wa l co t t , ord i me r ) . ( 4 )

l: V\

IJ.J

351 Studies in Medieval Literature A s ur vey of the fir two periods of En gl is h literature: Old En­ g l is h , i n cl u d i n g t h e epic Beowulf, a n d Middle E ngl i s h , ra n gi ng from the romance Sir Gawain and the Green Knight to the b e g i n ­ ni ngs of E nglis h drama i n Everymall. (4)

352 Chaucer s tu d y of Geo ffrey Chaucer's m aj o r works, e s pec i a l l y The Canterbury Tales and Tro illis and Criseydc, and of the intellec t u a l , s o c i a l , a n d p ol i t ic al circumstances of their p ro d uc t i o n in fou r­ teen th-century E n g la nd . (4) 353 English Renaissance Literature Studies the Golden Ag e of F. n g li s h literature. Selected poets from Wya t t to Marvell, i n cl u d i n g S i d ney, S p e ns e r, Shakespeare, Donne, and Jonson; selec t ed playwrights from Kyd t o Webster; scI . ted prose fro m More to Bacon and Browne. (4) 361 Restoration and Eighteenth-Century Literature Sur eys the l i vely d ra m a , n e o c la s sic a l po et ry, g ot h ic fiction, and e a r ly novel of a p er io d marked by re l i g i o u s controversy and p h i l o s o p h i ca l o p ti m i sm. Selections from Pope and Johnson, Ap h r a Behn and Mary A s te l l . ( 4 ) 362 Romantit and Vktorian Literature A s u rve y 0 the richly v a ried writers of n i net ee nt h -c en t ury Eng l a n d seen in the context of a rap id ly c h a n g i ng social reality­ fro m ro mant i c re vo l ut i o n a r i es a n d dreamer ( B lake , Wordsworth, K , t s) to carnest c u l t u ral criti and myth- m a kers ( A rn o l d , Ha rdy, Tennyso n) . (4) 367 Twentieth-Century British literature A s u rvey of E n gla n d 's l i te ra ry la n ds c ape from th

rise o f mod­ th r o u gh m id -c e nt ur y reactions (Au den, Amis, Larkin) to c on te m p o r a ry i n n ovations ( Barnes, Carter, I s h i g u ro, Fenton ) . (4)

ernism ( Yeats, Wo o l e J o )'ce , L WIenee)

37 1 Studies in American Literature, 1 820-1920 The mutual i nfluence of l i terary t ra d i tio ns and American culture in idealism ( Emerson, Thoreau, 1elville, Ha wt h o rn e , Whitman, Di c ki ns o n ) , realism ( Twa i n , James, C h o p i n ) , and naturalism ( rane, London, D r ei s e r ) . (4) 372 Twentieth-Century American Poetry Major vo i ces in American p o e tr y from Frost a n d Eliot, Wil liams and Pound, t h ro u g h t h e p o s t-wa r ge n e r at i o n of Roethke an d Lowell, to rece n t poets like Le ve rt o v a n d S n yd e r, Lorde and Dove. (4 ) 373 American Ethnic literatures Attention to the l iteratures and p o p u l a r traditions of A m e r ic a 's ethnic communities. I ncludes African and A s i a n Arneri ans, ative Americans and C h i c a n o/ a s . (4) 374 Twentieth-Century American Fiction and Drama i\ll ajor a u t h o rs and fo rms, b o th co nven t i o na l and experimental, from the g e n e r at io n of 0 ' ei l l a n d F a ul kn e r to post-war writers Lil< Baldw i n , O'Connor, and Albee. (4) 403 The English Language S t udies in the t r u cr ure a n d history of EngUsh. I n cl u d e s syntacti­ cal and st yl isti c a nalysi s, issues of u. age, and i n t ro duc t o r y read­ ings i n seman tics, psycholinguisties, sociolinguistics, and the phil o s o p hy of language. Co n s i d e rs the h i s t o r y o f E n g l i s h and its cross -cul t u ral res ona n ce s ( E n gl i s h as an amalgam, as a world la n gu a ge , as a set of d ia l ec ts ) . ( 4 ) 421 Thtorial i n Writing Guided work in an i nd iv i du al writing p roj ec t. A p l a n of stu dy mu t be a p p ro ve d before the student ma)' re gi st e r for the c o u r se . ( I -4)

78

P A C I F I C

L U T H E R A N

U N I V E R S I T Y

425, 426 Writing on Spedal Topits In a ros - d iscipl i nary s m i nar, students wiil read an d w rite abollt a o n temp orary issue from m ul tip l e p ers p e c tives. R e p re ­ se n tat i ve to p i cs might be e nv i ro nm e nt al j u s t ice, lit eracy, o r multiculturalism, and will vary fr o m emester to semester. Wr i t i n g in a wide ra nge of a ca d e m ic and creati e ge nr es deter­ mi ned by their p a r t ic ul ar educational goals, s t ud e n wil l shape t h e i r papers t o me e t the rh et o r ical demands o f p u b l ic at i o n s relevant to their academ ic or p ro fe s s io na l future. ( 4 ) 428 Seminar: Critical Theory Issues in l i terary studies and in rh et or i ca l theory are d iscussed i n relationship to influential movements such a s reader- response, c u lt ura l studies, fe m i nism, and deconstruct ion. I n s om e senJes­ te rs , the focus w i l l be On one represcntati,'e m ov e men t o r o n a particular t h e or is t wh ose wo r k has p ro vo ked response fro m a range of theoret ical per s pect i ves. Reco mmended fo r pr sp ec t i ve g radua t e students. (4) 451 Seminar: Author Concentrated study of t h work. Efe , i n fl u e n ce. and critical re puta t i o n of a ma j o r author in the E n gl i s h - s� eaking w o rld (e.g., Malo ry, Wh i t m a n , Bronte). The course i n c l ude s careful attention t o the relat ions of the au thor to cultural c o n t e xt s , t he fr a mi n g o f critical a pp ro ac h es th ro ug h l i te ra r y t heo r y, substantial l ib ra r y research, and a m ajor writing p roj e c t . (4) 452 Seminar: Theme, Genre o n ce nt r a t e d st udy of a maj or L i t e ra ry t h e me or g nre, as it mi gh t appear in various p e r io d s , allthors, a n d cult u r ' . 1 i gh t i n clude sllch g en re s as a sa tire and t r a rr cd y, or such t h em es a . the fa m i l ), or the representation of gays and lesbians in l iterature. The course i n clu d es careful attention to prac t i ca l c r i t i c i s m , the framing of critical a p p r oach througl1 literar)' theo ry, su b s tan­ tial library research, and a maj or wr i t i n g p ro j e c t . (4) 49 l , 492 Independent Reading and Research An int n s iv e course ill reading. May i n c l ud e a the�is. I n t e n de d for upper division m aj ors . ( 4 ) 597 Graduate Research (4)


Engl ish as a Second Language PLU M inor

An i nterdisciplinary minor in Teaching English as a Second Language is available. This program can be used to meet the m i nor requirement in Elementary Education and leads to an additional endorsement for elementary or secondary edu cation students. Students majoring in foreign languages in the College o f Arts and Sciences may also find this minor a useful addition to their programs. TEACHING ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE ( 1 6 h o u rs requ ired) Ex p lor i n g Anthropo logy: C u l tur e and ANTH 102 Soc ie t y (4) LAN lEDUC 445 Meth ods for Teaching Foreign L a ng u a ge s and E n g l i s h as a Second La ng u ag e ( 3 ) Th eo r i e s of L a n g uag e Acquisition (4) LA G 446 LA lEDUC 475 P ra c t i c u m i n Teaching English as a Second L a ng u age ( I ) LA GfEDUC 470 Cu rriculum, Materials and Instruction for Te a ch in g En g l i sh as a Second La n g u a ge (4) A.C.E. Language Institute

The .C.E. Language Institute ( operated by the American Cultural Exchange) is a n affiliate o f PLU offering intensive English classes, which are designed to prepare interna­ tional students for studies in U.S . colleges and universi ties, or fo r professional work requiring English proficiency. FACULTY: C o t h re n , Director; Biggs, Coglan, Gillis, He rz i - H odg e s , Lamb, Littwin, Morgan, Reisman. The fac u l t y at A.C.E. La n g u a ge Institute has ex t e n s ive training and e.xperience in te a ch i n g E n gL i s h as a Second La ng ua ge , and all hold t h e t e r m ina l d e gr ee of M.A. in TESL or i t s equ ivalent. Ha v i n g lived, traveled, and t a ug h t E n g l ish in many co un t r ie s t hrou g ho u t the world, both the fac u l t y and staff have gained an awareness of other p eop l e s , th e i r l a n g u a ge s , a n d t h ei r c ul t u rc,s .

A.C.E. CURRICULUM: The A.C.E. curriculum is an i n tensive five-level program fr o m Beg i n n ing to Profi c i e n cy. S t ud e n t s s tu d y re q u i re d courses for 20 h ou rs per week and can ch oo s e an add i t i o na l 4 ho u rs of p ra c t i ca l skills classes. The A.C.E. curricu­ l u m is based on content and e xperi en t i a l l e ar nin g which allows stu de nts t o i m p ro ve their l a n g ua ge p ro fi ci e n c y wh i l e l e a rn ing about new topiC' and e xp l o r i n g the local co m m u n i ty. U p o n arr ival, students w i l l take a p l a ce m en t test to determ ine th eir sta rti n g level. Each level re q ui res one semester to co m p l e te . CERTIFI CATES AND RECOMMENDATIONS: Certificate of General English: Students who s ucces s fu l ly co m p l et e t h e Advanced Level ( level 4 of 5) will be awa r d e d the Ce r t ifica te of C o m p l e t i o n for General E n gl ish . Certificate of Academic Proficiency: Students who successflllly co m p l e te the P ro fi c i en cy Level ( level S of 5) will be awarded the Ce r t i fi ca te of Co m p l e t io n for Academic Proficiency. Director's Recommendation: PLU's English language p rofi ­ ciency r eq u i re m e nt s for ad m is s i on can be sa t i s fied with a recommen dation from the A . C .E . d i rector. Students who maintain good attendance and <, a r n a gr a d e of A or B in a l l Proficiency level classes qualify for this reco m me n d a t i o n .

Course Offerings Beginning Level Re adin g and Wri t i n g Comm unication Skills Li s te n i ng Vocabulary Building

m

Z G\

Intermediate Level Read i n g and Wr i t i n g tvl ov i e Li s te n ing and Vocabulary Gr a m m a r Comm unication Sk i l l s

High Intermediate Level

\1\

Reading dnd \"rri tin g Commun ication and Co m m u n i ty In te rac t i on C u rre n t Even t s L i st e n i n g and D i,cussion C o m p u te r S k i l l s

» VI m n

Advanced Level Re a d in g and Writing

o

Research a n d O ral Pres e n ta ti o n Academic Listening G ra m m a r

z o r-

Proficiency Level Academic Skills

» z

Grammar and Wr i ti n g Re a d i n g and D is c u ssi on Skills Sp eak i n g S k i ll s

G\ C

Credit Courses: Q u al i fied advanced level s t u den ts may re que st p e rm i s s i o n to take re gu l ar un i v ers i ty classes for credit Thi s p rov i d e s s tu de n t s a n o p po r tu n i t y to earn c r e d i t5 toward their de g re e w hi l e c om p le tin g their advanced courses in F n gl i s h as a second l an g u a g e .

» G\ m

To enhance formal ed uc a t i o n a l ex p e r i ence , the foll o w i n g are also available to A.C.E. La n gu a ge In st i tut e s tu de n t s :

RESOURCE CENTER: Students a re e n co ura ged t o ta k e a dvant age of the resource center wh i ch is equipped with audio and v i d e o tapes and e qu i pm en t , t e xt book s, rea din g materials, and comp uters t o h el p students work on their l a n g ua ge 'kills outside of the regular cl a ss roo m a s si g n m ents . A p rofe ssio n al tutor is available 10 hours per week to gu ide students with their st u d y g oa l s . Co m m u n i t y members can also make use of the resource ce nt e r for a m o n t h l y fee. HOST FAMILIES: A . C.E. Language Institute has a l on g established communit y- based host fam i l y program for s tud e n ts who w i sh to live with a U. S . fam i ly for one or m ore semesters. The American fa m i l ies--all s creened by t he I nstitu te-p rovide s tud en ts with foom or room and b o a rd at r asonable rates. In add i ti o n to the standard bedroom furniture, the rooms a rc p rovided with a desk, chai r, and good l i ght ing; fam i l y rules a re agreed u p o n in advance and a fo r m a l written agreement is drawn up. The s t u d e nt co m pl e t es a qu es t i o n n a i re that indicates p refe ren ces such as: dl i l d re n in fa m i l y, urban Or subu rban se t ti n g , likes and dislikes, etc. The host family is also given an o p p or tun i t y to express p refe re n ce s or expectations. This i n fo rm a t i o n is then used to place students i n the home most su itable fo r bo th p a r t i es . Weekend a nd lor holiday visits with an American fam i ly c a n a lso be arr a n g e d . ­

COUNSELING: A.C.E. La n g u age Institute assists its students with c a reer ch o ic es , c o l l e ge p l a cem e n t , i mm i g ra t i on matters, medical and dental r e fe r ra l s, a n d pe rs on a l concerns. ACTIVITIES: S p e c ial cultural and social ac t i vi t ies are planned regularly for s tudents. I n addition, field trips add si gn ific a n t l y to cultural e n rich ment. Stu dents and s t a ff t ake t r i p s to Mt. Rainier, local museums of natural histo ry, art galleries, zoos, children's P A C I F i e

L u T H E R A N

U N I V E R S I T Y

79


day care ce nters, retirement homes, the Ports of Tacoma and Seattle, and the Seattle enter. Students can also partici pate in intramural sports a tivit ies such as soccer, volleyball, and basketball. Six tennis courts, a gol f course, a swimming pool, and several gymnasiums give students additional opportunities for re n"ation. lANGUAGE MENTORS: Language mentors are U.S . students o ::l .... III ....

<t ....

Z

w :E z o a:

a nd adults who are interested in engaging international students i n free conver ation one-an-one or in small groups. AMERICAN LIFE PROGRAM: The A.C.E. Language Institute

offers many opportunities for students to learn about the sur rounding community. Several required cia , . es include interaction with the local individuals and institutions. Help is also p rovided to students who want to join groups or take part in volunteer s rvices while i n Tacoma.

The A . C. E. Language Institute is located on Park Avenue just north of 121 st Street. Telephone Number: (206) 535-7325 FAX NU/I1ber: (206) 53.5-8794

-

�Students must notify tire instructor of their intent to complete a minor in Environmelltal Studies so that they can foClls their independent work ill each course (wri ting, art, term paper . J on all environmen tal theme or issue. Other courses may be substituted or added to the curriculum pending approval of the colllmittee. . .

4. Systems and Implementation (4) Students sele.ct one cou rse from the following which p u rsues the study of institutions where environmental perspectives and policies are applied:' Economics 1 30 - Global and Envi ronmental Econo m ic Principles Economics 330 - Environmental and Natural Resource Economics Political Science 354 - State and Local Government

�Studellts must notify the illstTilctor oJ their intent to complete a minor in Envirollmental Swdies so that they can focus their independent work in each cou rse (writing, art, term paper . . J 011 all erzviromrt.ental theme or issue. Other co II rses may be substituted or added to the curriculum pending approval of the committee. .

> Z

w

Psychology 464 - Environmen tal Psychology Religion 365 Christian Moral Issues ( Environmental Ethics only)

Environmental Studies The Enviro n me ntal Studies Program at PLU provides

5. Environmental Studies 350 Investigation (4) 6. Environmental Studies 490

-

Environmental Methods of

-

Capstone Project (4)

students the opportunity to link enviro n mental themes to any area of the curriculum they select fo r major study. The integrative a p p roach of tbis minor, essential to the devel­

opment o f an understanding of

the global impact of

human civilization on the nat ural environment of o u r planet, encou rages students t o b l e n d many perspectives on environmental issues into their coursework.

Thls program examines the rela tionship between humans a nd the environment through a wide variety of pers p ectives within

the univers ity curriculum, in disci­

p l i nes as varied as art, business, e d u cation, nursing, e n gi ­ neering, theatre, as well as the natural sciences, social sciences, and h u manities. The program is overseen by an interd i sc i plinary faculty committee. Students i n terested in the Environmental Studi

s

minor should meet with the chair o f the Environ­

mental Studies

Commi ttee.

FACULTY: A committee of faculty administers this p rogra m : Stivers, Chair; Bergman, Hansen, Hansvick, Howell, Nugent, Rowe, Spencer, Tonn. MINOR REQUIREMENTS: 24 semester hours, completed with

grade of or h igher. 1 . Environmental Studies/Geosciences 104 Conservation of Nlltural Resou:rces ( 4 ) 2. Chemistry 104 - EnviJ'onmental Chemistry ( 4 ) tudents majoring in a natural science discipline w h o have taken a higher level Chemistry course ( 1 15 or above) will be allowed to substitute another course i n consultation with the Environmental Studies Comm ittee. 3 . Values and Meaning (4) Students select one C O U I'S ' from the following which exam ines values, p rc ption, and expression as they relate to env i ron­ m ental issu s:" Art 226 Black and Wh.ite Photography Com mu nication 480 - In- epth Investigative Reporting English 234 Environmental Li terature nglish 324 - Free-la nce Writing Integrated Studie · 24 1 Energy, Resources, and Pollution .

-

-

-

-

80

P A C I F I C

L U T H E R A N

U N I V E R S I T Y

Course Descriptions 1 04 Conservation of Natural Resources

Principles and p roblems of public and private stewardship of our resources with specific reference to the Pacific Northwest. (Cross­ referenced with Geosciences 1 0 4 ) . ( 4 ) 350 Environmental Methods of Investigation

Focu on the methodology of data collection, analysis, and application fo r environmenta l studies. Use and integration of the techniques and principles of environmental biology, chemistry, and geology as well as application tu public issues. Students participate in a n ongoing study of a nearby watershed which will include collecting data at regular intervals, reviewing the appro­ p riate literature, managing applied statistics, mapping data distribution, studying related toxicology, incorpora ting land use patterns, de igning and implementing a p roject safety plan, participating in hypothesis testing. A fi nal presentation of the resu.lts of the study, in a seminar and written format, will be required. Prerequisites: Lines # 1 -4 completed r consent o f instructor. ( 4 ) 490 Capstone Project

An i n terdisciplinary research project of the student's design which incorporates materials and methods from earlier courses and has a fOCllS reflecting the specific interest of the student. Students meet weekly in a seminar to discllss content, sources, methods, and results of their projects. A s ubstantial project and a p ublic presentation of th results are required. The project must be approved in advance by faculty from the Environmental Studies Com mittee. Prerequisite: ENVT 350. ( 4 ) 49 1 Independent Study

Opportunity to focus on specific topics or issues in environmen­ tal studies under the supervision of a faculty member. ( 1 - 4 )


·

Th

ge os c i e n c s

Huest is.

re d is t i n c t fro m o t h e r n a tural sciences.

of t h e earth i i n terdisciplinary and h ist ri ai,

The stud _

FACULTY: Fole y, Chair; [len h a ru, L wes, Whi t m a n ; a ssi s te d by

Geosciences bri n g in g kn wledge from

m a ny other fields to help

a n s wer

eoscientists investigat co nt i nen t s , Qceans, and

que t ions.

the a tmo s ph ere, and emph asize both the have ch anged and are

c han gi ng

t he results of thos e proc

pro e ses that

the earth t h ro ugh time a nd

ses, such as rocks and ·ediments.

Humans a r dep ndent up

n

th earth

f, r fo od, water,

shelter, and en rgy a n d m i n era l resource .

ur fast-rising

population p l ace s pe cial need on car ful understanding of the m a ny

rel ationships betwee n

humans and the earth .

S t udy in the geosciences requires creat i v i ty and the

ability to i n tegrate. Ge olo gist s o bs er ve processes and p rod u c ts in the field and i n the laboratory, merge diverse data, develop reaso n i n g skills that a pp l y through geologic

time and create and i n terpret m a ps. The field goe beyond pur rese arch science, a n d

includes applied t pies l i ke the

relati o n ships of na tu ra l events su h

as

ea rt hquakes and

volcanoes w it h human societie . . Geoscien tists ask ques­ l i ons such as " How did the m ou n ta i n s fo rm? What m ay happe n to a city if there is a volcan ic eru p ti on or

a

major

earth quake? Ho\ is development of an area impacting nat ural s ys tems such

a�

the hyd r ologic cy .Ie? Whcr did

the groun dwater pol lutants go and how can p ol l uted water b

cleaned? How can landfo r ms and dq a i ts

gl

ier b d i st in g uis h d fr o m those made by

were t he co nd i t i ons when this o cc u r red? thing ha pp en? How did

Will

it

it

made by a a

r iver? Wha t

Why did som e­

happen ? When did it happen?

happen again?"

C o u rses i n ge os c i en c es serve both students w h o

a re

interested in fu L fi l l i n g ge ner a l u n i ve rs i t y req u i rements and

tu d e n t s who p l an to major, mi n or or fu lfill requ i remen ts for education de gr ee s. The Department of Geoscie nces recognizes that it is no

lon ge r sufficient j us t to have kn owle d ge of the facts of the field; successful s t u d e n ts must h ave quantitative skill a n d b e able t o com m u n i ate clearly t h ro u g h writin<> and

spea ki n g. Laboratory e xper i e n ces courses.

o mp u ters

are used in

are a n

integ r a l part of all

most COu rses to help

stud n ls un der. tan d fu ndamental p h e no me n a, obtain cu rrent information, and commun icate res ul ts.

Many c u.rses i nvolve the use of micro copes, i n cl udi ng the dep artm en t's s c a nn i n g ele c t ro n m i cro s co p e . Pac ific Lutheran Univers i t y is located at the lea di ng ed ge of western North A m eri ca, in t h e Puget Lowland, between

the dramatic sce nery of the Olympic Mo un ta i n a n d the ascade Range. The campus has Field tr i ps

a re

a vie\

f Mt. Ra i n i er.

included in many courses. Each spring,

field t r ip fo r m a j ors goes to either Oregon a n d the

C anyon l ands o f Utah

alifornia,

rizo na. or the Rocky

and

T he Bac h el o r of Science degree is i n tended as a p re-profession a l dear e, for st u den ts i n tere t d in graduate s hool or working i n geoscie nces . The Bach J o r o f Arts degree i s the m in i m u m p reparation appropriatc fo r the field, and i s best co m b i n ed with o t h e r degree pI' grams, 'iuch JS majors in social sciences or the mi.nor in Env i ronmental Snl dies. The depurtment stro ng l , reco m mend!; th < t a l l tudents complete Math 1 40 or h igher bel' re enrolling in 300 level and high er co urses in eaxth sciences. t u de nLs should a1s note th a t upper di ision (Curses are offered on a tw - year cycle. Early declara ti on of majors or m i n or s in ear th sc i en ces will fac i l i tate devel opment of ind iv id ual PI' grams a n d avoid sch eduling

m o '" n m z n m

conflicts.

'"

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR: 40 semester h o u r-; courses in lude: 1 3 1 , 1 3 2 , 3 2 3 . 3 24 , 325 , 326, 3 2 7 , 3 2 9 , 3 3 5, and 425, plus two r o m 328, 3 0 , 334, 34 1 or 3 50; a l lea t 2 h o u rs in sem i nar. Necessa ry supp orting co u rse� in l ude: Chemistry 1 20 or 1 2 5 and 230 or 32 1 ; Physic; 1 2 5 , 12 ( 1 35 and 1 3 6 1<lbs) (or Physics 1 5 3, 1 5 4 and labs ) ; Mat hematics l S I , 1 52 or Co mp u te r Science 2.20. Biology 3 23 a n d a d d i t i o n a l course are reco mmended when paleontology i. a major interest. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 32 semester ho u rs; courses i nclude: 13 L plus at least two lower di ision fro m 1 02, 1 03, 104, 1 0 5; 1 3 2, t\ 0 cOllrs s from 32-1, 325. 3,,6, .127, 329, and two courses from 32 , 3 28, 3 34 , 3 35 , 34 1 , 3 50; 2 cr dit · fr m sem j n a r. Recomm nded: on course from eit he r 330 or 425. Required su p p or t i ng course incl u de : h e mis t ry 1 04, 1 0 5, or 1 20, 230 or 32 1 . Options refle t a student's interests and a r liscussed w i t h an adviser. BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: ee School 0_ Edllca tio n . M I NOR! 20 sem ster ho u rs of cour es in geosciences, compl ted w i t h grade of C or h igher. Required: 1 3 1 and at least t h ree up pe r division o u rses . DEPARTMENTAL HONORS: Ln recog n i t io n of outstanding work the de si g n ati o n with Depa rtmental HO ll o rs may be granted

to Bachelor of cience graduates by

a vote

of the fa c ul ty or t h e

eosciences, based u p o n the st udent's p e rfo r­

Department o f

mance in these areas:

I . Course 'wo rk: The grade point averag in geoscience courses 111 ust

be at least 3.50.

2. Writtell wor k:

From the t i me a stu d nt declar a major in f utstand i ng work (e.g., laborJ tory

geosci nces, copies

reports, po t later

r

p resen tatio ns , wri tten rep o rts) will be k pt for

u m nwrv evaluation.

3. Oral communication: Stud nts must evidence ability to co m m unicate effec t i v ely a i n d i c a ted bi' the sum of their participation in class discus,�ion , semi nars, help sessi ons, and te ach i ng ass i stamshjp work.

4. Other activi ties: Pos iti e on:;ideralion:; fo r h o nors include involvement in the depa rtment. doing independent research, geoscience- related employment, and participatiun in profes­

sional o rga n i nti o n s.

Mountains of Idaho and Wyom ing. _

Geoscience grad u a t es who ele t to work after c ompleting a PLU d egree are em p l oyed by the U.S. Geological

Course Offe rings

Su rvey, resource co m p an ies , gove r n mental a genc i , and p r ivate-sector fi rms. Many graduates are cu r re n t ly em­

Oceano g ra p hy and its rela t ionsh i p to o t her fields; physical,

pl oye d i.n geotechnical and environm ntal t1e1ds. a tes who ombine b eosci ell c

s

Gradu­

with educat ion are em-

pi yecL i n pr im ary and seco n dary ducation throughout the west.

areers in g e o s c i ences often requi re post- gra d u a te degrees. Many B.S. majors have been successful at major

1 02 General Oceanograpby chemical, biological, c l i ma ti c , and "eol gical aspects of the sea;

field trips. I. II

(4)

1 03 Earthquakes, Volcanoes, and Geologic Hazards Study of the g e o l og i c envi r l11.nent a n d i t s relationsh i p

to

h u mans, w i t h ernph3);is on geologic � a t u res and p roce. es that

create haza rds when encn)ached upon by h u ma n activity,

research g ra d u a t e schools. P /l e l F -

'

C

l

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

R

5

I

T

Y

81


330 Survey and Mapping Principles

including earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, landslides and avalanches, and solutions to problems created by these hazards. II (4) 1 04 Conservation o f Nat ural Resources III W U Z

U <1'1 o w

Principles and p roble ms of p ublic and private stewardship of our reso ur es with special reference t o the Pacific Northwest. I, J (4) 105 Meteorology

full, balanced, ,md u p- to-date coverage of the basic p rinciples of meteorology. Exam i nation of the i m p a cts of severe weather o n h u mans and the environment. No p rerequisites. J (4) l31 Physical Geology

An introductory course dealing with the human geologic habitat, both at present and as it has developed through time; materials of earth (and l u nar) crusts, their derivat ion through major earth p roce. scs and [o rmation of surface features - with emphasis on their significance to cultural development and civilization; laboratory tudy of rocks, min erals, and geologic mapping; field trips are arrang e d . I n (4)

334 Groundwater

The origin of groundwater, now in aquifers, groundwater resource evaluation and development, wells, water quality, including poll ution, and geuthermal resources. Emphasis o n p roblems with gro u ndwater in t h e Puget Sound area, with addi tional exam p les from diverse geologic environments. Prerequisite: 1 3 1 o r consent of instructor. aly II 1 996-97. ( 3 ) 335 Geophysics

3 2 3 Mineralogy

S tudy of the p hysical nature of the earth, the properties aod the processes, employing techniques from seismology, heat now, gravity, magnetism, and electrical conductivity. Emphasis on u nderstanding the earth's formation, stru c t u re, and p la te tecto nics processes as well as ge o ph ys ical exploration techniques. Laboratories include data collection i n the field, processing i n terpreta tion, and modeling with emphasis on applications of computers to geophysical problems. Prerequisites: 1 3 1 , one semester of calc u l us , physics ( h igh school level o r above), or consent of instructor. aly I I 1 996-97. (3)

ry. tallography and mineralogy, both ore and rock-forming m inerals. Pr re q u isite s : 13 I or consent of i nstructor. aly J 1 997

A

1 32 Histodcal Geology

A

equel to 1 3 1 which concentrates on earth history, particularly the formation of the North American continent: sedi mentary rocks, fossils, and stratigraphic record are related to tectonic upheaval a nd growth; fie ld trips are arranged. I I ( 4 )

34 1 Energy and Mineral Resources for the Future

survey of the world's energy and m i neral resources comprising the raw materials of ind ustrial iz<,d so ci e ti es . Studies include geological occurrence, globa1 distrib u tion, and quantities of such reserves; also, their fundamental technologies and eco nomics, as well as the political framework in which they are developed.

(4) 324 Igneous Petrology Applied and theoretical stud)! of the g e nes is, nature, and distribution of igneous rocks, at m icroscopic to global scales. Emphasis on rocks and p roc.esses of Wash ington volcanoes and intrusions, with many exa m ples fro m elsewhere. Prerequ isites: 1 3 1 , 326, or consent o f instructor. aly I I ( 2 )

aly

1 (3)

350 Marine Geology S tudy of the 70% of the earth beneath the oc e a n s, focusing o n

t h e extensive d i s cover i es of t h e past few decades. Emphasis o n marine sediments, sedimentary processes, plate tectonic p rocesses, and the h istorical geology of the oceans. Laboratory usc of sedimentological and geophysical techniques to i nvestigate selected regions of the oceans. Prerequ is ite: 1 3 1 , 202, or consent of instructor. aly II (3)

325 Structural Geology

and spatial relationships of va rious rock masses and a n i ntroduction to rock deformation; consideration of basic processes to und erstand mountain building and con tinental formation; laboratory emphasizes practical techn iques which e n ab l e students to analyze regional structural patterns. Prerequisite: 1 3 1 or consent of instru ctor. a/y I 1 996-97 (3) The fo rm

425 Geologic Field Mapping

practice of mineral studies using the petrographic m icroscope, iJ1c1ud ing i m mc r ' ion oil techniques, production of thin sections, and determi nation of minerals by m eans of their u pt i ca l propert ies. This provides an i ntroduction to the broader subject of petrography. Prerequisi te: 1 3 1 or consent of instructor. aly I ( 2 )

Comb in i ng a survey of regional field geology with a series of local mapping projects, this course introduces field techn iques of geologic map-making. Included are traversing and data assembly, map construction, section measurements, structural analysis, and c h ronological synthesis. Graph ics techniques are also covered. Prerequ isites: p revious geology courses and consent of i nstru ctor. S ( 5 )

327 Stratigraphy and Sedimentation

490 Seminar ( 1 -2 )

326 Opt ical Mineralogy Theory an

Formational princi p les of s u r face-accumulated rocks, and their i ncorp or a t i on in the stratigraphic record. This subject is basic to field mapping and structural inter p reta tion. aly I ( 3 ) 328 Paleontology A syste m a t i study

of the fos�il record, combining p rinc ip le s of e!opment, paleohabitats and preserva tion, with practical experience of s p e c i m e n identification. These s t u d i es are fundamental to the under, tanding of stratigraphy and tbe geologic time scale. aly [ 1 99 4- 9 5 (3)

evolu tionary de

A

C

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

Reviews of books and journal art icles dealing with various aspects of l a rge-sc a l e movements of the earth's crust. II ( 1 - 2) 494 Seminar in Geochemistry

Reviews of li terature on the chemical aspects of sedimen ts, magmatism, meta morphism, lithification, andlor hydrothermal systems. I ( 1 -2) Selected readings on the nature, origLn, occurrence o f, and exploration for concentrations of metal l i c and industrial minerals in crustal rocks. Class discussions will be held twice weekly. I ( 1 -2)

Consideration of t h e mineralogical and textural cha nges that rocks undergo during orogenic episodes, i ncludi ng physical­ chem ical parameters of the environment as deduced from ex pe ri m e n t a l studies. These incl ude both "regional" a nd "con­ tact" metamorphis m , metamorphic facies, rock fabrics, the role of n u i ds, a nd metaso matism. Prere quisites: 1 3 1 , 326, or co n se n t of instructor. aly I I (2) P

491, 492 I ndependen t Study ( 1 -4) 493 Seminar in Tectonics

496 Seminar in Economic Mineral Deposits

329 Metamorphic Petrology

82

I ntroduction to techniques and instru mentation of basic su rvey­ i ng and cartography. I ncludes leveli ng and transit traverses, baseli ne measurements, and triangulation; also, applications of aeria1 photos and their i n terpretation for geologic mapping. Tec h n iques for compiling geologic data and construction of geologic maps are among the essential skills covered. aly I I ( 2 )

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

497 Research ( 1 -4)

Y


Global Studies The

lobal Studie Program is a r

ponse to global tr nds

B. Issue Area 'olleen t ra t io/ls ( 1 6 emeSkr hours) Four courses must be taken from o n e 0 the fi e conce n t ra ­ tions outlined bel\)\ . pon a pp rov a l of the p r o g ra m d i rector, student:. may choose to tal< Ihr e co urses from one co n ce n ­

which incr asingly affec t our live . The progr m ocuses on the ormation and emergence of the modern world and

Ir tion an d one from another.

C. LangulIge

Students must demonst rate pro Icienc y in hlOguage relevant to their co u rsewo rk and at a l e vel comi. tent with ption 1 o f the Col l ege of A rts and Scie n ces foreign l a n g u age req u i rem e n t . This may be ac o m p l i s h d t h ro u gh a pwficicn y examination o r t h ro u gh the cq u i alent of 1 6 ernest r h u rs of coursework.

i ts gr wing e o n mic, cultural, p ol i tical, and c logical i n terdependence. By combining academic learning with langu age skills and practical experience, the

Gl bal Studies

Program provides students with the knowledge, per pec -

ti e , a nd

kills they need to understand and to function

effectively i n today's world.

D. ExperiellliaL

members and staff from t h e Center fo r International P rognl m , administ rs t h is program: vVi Iliams, Chnir; B e n s t o n , Brown, Kl e i n. McGinnis, Moore, ugent, Ya g er.

GLOBAL STUDIES COMPLEMENTARY MAJOR: The C l ob al S t u d ies major i s termed a "complemen tary" major because i t is

E. S en i o r Resea rch Project The senior projec t is a general

a second major i n a d d i t ion to a reg ular disciplinary major. S t u ­

no rmally st udents m a y not a p p l y more than t wo

I.

a. Reqllired:

Geosciences J 04 - �onservation of atural Re s ou rces b. Electives: At least two e l ecri vcs m u t be upper d i vis i o n co urses. I n d ep e n d e n t tud ies are 3\'a i l ab l e upon the a p p r ova l of the in s t r u c to r nd the Global St u d ies d i re to r. An th ro p o l ogy 3 - 4 - Geog rap by and Wo r l d Cultures Biulog 424 - Ecolog

B i ol og y 425 - Biological

cea nography

hemislry 1 04 - nvironmental hem i t r y Economics 330 - En i ronmcntal a n d t ur al Resource Eco n o m i cs Geo 'cience, 3 4 1 - Ene.rgy n d Mineral Re o u r es D r

MAJOR REQUIREMENTS: S t u d en t s take a min i m um of 32 semester h o u rs b J l a n ced eve n l y between the Globnl Sl lldies Core re q u i re m en t s and courses selected fo r their issue conccntrati n.

t h e Future In tegrated Stud ies 2 4 1 - En rgy, Reso u rces. and Pollution I n teg ra ted Studies 242 - Population, Hunge r, and P v rry

A. Global St udies Core ( 1 6 semester h ou r s )

2. International lrade a. Required:

Bus i n es 352 - Glob I Management

Econ o m i c s 33 1 - International E

b. Electives:

2. Anthropology 1 02, Exploring Anthropology: Collure and

n mics

Bu i nes. 353 - Compara t ive M a na ge m e n t Business 355 - 'Ioba! peration Busine 408 - lnt mati nal Business Law

Society (4 sem es t e r hours). This course assists students in

defin i ng their )wn percep t i o n s as deriv d from a peeiflc cultural c n tex t and in assess i ng how their views re l ate to

B us i ness 460 - I n ter na t i n a l M a rke t i ng Busi ness 46 8 - Market ing M a n a gem e n t Po l i ti c al Science 33 1 - InteTl1a i n al R lal i ns Po l i t i ca l Science 47 - P litical Ec nOIll)'

those of other people in this wo rld .

3. International Relations a.

Required:

Polili a.l Sc ience 3 3 1 - Intern a t ional Rdations

b. Electives: Anth r p ol ()g y 375 - Law, Pol itics , a nd Revolution Hi tory 2 1 1 - Th World Si nce 1 94 5 H i tory 356 - Am eri c an D i pl o m nt i H i st o r y Integ ra t ed Studies 22 1 - The �'p e r i e n of War Langu ages 272 - literat ure and oeial Cha nge iJl Latin

T h is is t he cap t o n e resea r h seminar requ i re d fo r the

major. Fie l d work for

4 1 1.

Global Environment

tary major.

<

in all

ISSUE CONCENTRATIONS:

courses (8

3. Economics 130, Global and Environmental Economic Principles ( 4 sem e s te r hours). What is t h e "correct" amount of po l l u t i o n ? What i s the value o f a n n cien t cedar tree? What do es pop m usic have in common w i t h U.S. a u to pro d u c t i o n ? M a cro - and micro-economic pr i nci p l es are used t a na l yze these and oth r env i ro n m en tal Jnd gl ob a l i..<;.� ues. A n al ys is of p ubl i c policy and p r i v a t e behavior; a p p rop r i ate p r i c i n g, re u r e valuation, ta.xes a n d subsidies, trade p /icies, us t a in a bl e de velo p me n t , a n d income growth a n d distribution. 4. Global Studies 4 1 1 , Research Seminar (4 s m ter h o u r s ) .

university re qu i re m e n t

requ i re me nt l: y cornplt:: l ing a re ea r c h pruj e c t or paper in Global S t u d i s

to tu l fi J l ge n eral u n ivers i t y core requ iremen ts to the c o mpl e m e n ­

-

m VI

p ro gra m s and majo r . Students w i l l norm al ly s a t i s f t h i s

semester hours ) from their primary m aj o r or from courses taken

1 . Anthropology/History/Political Science 2 1 0, Global Perspectives (4 se m es ter hours ) . This course p ro v i des a con eptua! basis for defining global i ss u es, explaining hjstorical trends g i v i n g rise to these i s s u s, a n d a n al rz i ng a l t erna t i ve pe rs pect i ve s a n d r e l a ted r e sp o n se .

o

semester-l ong program.

d e n u ; el e c t i ng the Glo bal Stud ies maj o r a r e req u i red t o declare a

trad i t ional d i sc i p l i n a r y m ajo r before t h ey declare a G l o b a l Stud­ Ies major. T h e G l oba l S t u d ie s m aj o r i m u l t i disci p l i na ry, d r aw i n g both its cou rs e s an d fa c ul t y from de part m e n ts of t h e Div isions uf H u man ities, 'arural Sciences, a n d Social Sciences and from t h e Schools of the Arts a n d Bu iness. Because t h e program is de- i g n ed to draw on a vari t)' o f discipli n'lr)1 p e r p e t i ves t o -·:l. lJlain and u nd e rs t a n d g l obal trends, no m o r e thJn two courses (8 se m e ter hours) CJn be t a ken i n an)' one di s c i p l i n e to fu l fil l the requirements fo r the issue concen t ra t i o n for the Global S t ud i e s Major. In add i ti o n ,

VI -I C

to participate in a st u d y abroad program overseas, a1th ugh IDea! internships re l a ted to :tn a rea concent ration may als o be a p roved. P re- a pp roved c red i l eq u i va l en t to 4-8 se meste r hours m ay be obt ined i f stu de n ts pa r t i c i p a te in a PL a p p ro ve d study-abroad

FAC U LTY: T h e Global St udie Com m i ttee, made up of fae u l t

-

omponem

Major� are st ro n gly encouraged

men a

t h is l a s t re q u i rem e n t may be d o n e

38 - merican F reig n Polic), Po l i tka l ci n ee 347 - Po l i ti ca l Econo my I olitic;}! Scie n c

ov rseas while students a re p a r t i c i p a t i ng in a s t u d y abroad progra m. Permission and d i rect ion must be given by the pro g ra m chair.

P

A

C

I

F

I

C

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

83


1. Third World Development a. Required: Inteur, r�d

tudies

245 - The Development of T h i rd Wo r l d

ndc:rdev e l o p m e n t !2r Ecollomi ' 34 1 - Eco n o m ic

>­ a: o I­

V\

Development: :omparative

lrategi es

T h i rd World

Those seeking

Econonli

b. Electiyes:

a

331

o n cent ration i n G lobal as

one of the three

Business mu t take remaining elec tives . on cen ­

trators i n l n ternational R el a tion s mu s t Lake Political Science 3 3 1 electivc$.

336 - People. of Lat i n America Anthropolog )' 343 - East Asian Cult u res Anthrop l o g y

as one of th ree remaining

Anth ropol ogy 345 - COIl temporary hina Ant h rc pology 375 - Law, PoLitics, and Revol u t i o n English 2 3 3 - Post-Coloni a l Li terature Hi,tory 205 - Islamic Middle East t o 1 94.5 History 21 I - TIH� World Since 1 945 History 335 - La t i n A m e r ica n History: 'entral America and the Caribbc:an I-listo!,)' 336 - Sc)uthem Africa H istory 338

MINOR REQUIREMENTS: 20 semester h o u rs, i ncluding tWl) core cou rses ( A NTH/ H I ST/ P LS 2 1 0 and GLST 4 1 1 ) ; and three courses from the approved l is t of ourses fo r an issu e concentra­ tion that appears in the " Maj o r Req u i remen ts" sec ti o n to t h e left.

Course Offe ring 4 1 1 Research Seminar Required of a l l stud nts m aj or i n G a n d m inoring in G lobal tndies, this is a capstone sem i n a r that c u l m inates i n the writ i n g of , n extens ive research paper. Prerequ isite: AN'll-l ( H 1 ST/POLS 2 1 0 . ( 4 )

Modem China

-

Hi. tory 3 3 9 - R e vol u tio nary China

La n gu ages 272 - Literature a nd Social A m er i

Change in

Latin

a

I ntl!gratcd Studies 246

QL

I n tegrat d S t u d i es

-

Cases in Third World Develop ment

245 - The

Develo pment of Their VVo rld

Underdevelopment

!2r

Eco no m i 's

341

- Ec no m i c Develpment: Comparative

T h i r d World Strategies

5. Cultural Diversity a. Required: A n t h ropol gy 360 - Eth n ic Groups b. Elec tives:

At l east two electives ml1st be upper division

l..l1d ep ende n t S t ud ies are ava ilable

cemrses.

u pon the appro\ral of the

in t r u tor and t he G lobal . t udies d i re tor. 3 3 0 - Cultures and Peoples of N a ti ve Nor th

A nt h r polog y America

A n t h ropology

332 - Prehi story o f orth America - The Anthropology of Contem porar)'

Anthro p o l ogy 334 America

Anthropology 3 3 6

- Peoples o f Latin A m er i ca 338 - Jewish C u l t u re An thro pology 343 - Ea�t Asi a n Cu l t u res A n thropology 345 - 'ontc m porary h i na Ant hrop ol ogy 350 - Wo men and Men in \ orld Cult u res A n t h ropology 370 - The Fir t iv1l i'la tion, A n t h ropology j75 - Law, Polit ics, a n d Revolu t i o n A n t h rop ol ogy 380 - Si kness, Madness, and H e a l t h A n t h ropology 385 - Marriage, Fami ly, and Kinship

A n t h ropology

Ant h ropol ogy 5<)2

- Gods,

MagIc, and Morals

3 71 - Ch i nese Literature in Tran lation ;co n om i cs 3 8 1 - o mparative Economic systems ngl ish 233 - Post- olonial Literature

C h i n se

French 432 - Twen tie th Cen t u r y French L i t e r a tu r' History 380 - sian American History and Cul ture Languages 2 7 1 - L i tera t u re a n d Society in Modern Europe L a n guages 272

-

Litera t u re and Soc i al Change i n Latin

America

Music

432 - Music of thE' World's P

Political Sc ien ce

81

-

oples

Compa ra t i e Legal Systems

Religion 1 3 1 - The Reli g i o n s of Sou tll Asia

Re l i g i on 1 32 - The Religions of En t sia Re l i gi o n 1 3 3 - he R el i {; i on s of the est Religion

364 - Theological S t u d ies

Religion 390 - Studies in Span ish 322

-

History of Religions

Latin American Ci i J ization and Culture

H istory T hrough the study of h is tory <It Pacific Lutheran Univer­ sity students ga i n an under ta n d i n g and ap prec ia tio n

the h istorical pers!-,

cti

e.

Opport u n i ties

for de

f

eloping

skills are p rovi d ed t hrough class p resenta­ practice of the hi stori cal

a na l yt ica l and inte rp re tative

research a n d writing p roj ects , i ntern s h i ps,

and study to u rs. The lead. st ud ent off campus t o their hometowns, to Europe r Ch i n a O f the A m rlcan W t, a n d to commu n i t y i n st i tu tio n , b o t h priv t e a nd publ i c Th d partm nt emph1L'5izes i nd ividual advisi ng i n relation to both sclf­ directed studies and regular c o u rses . The u n iversity library holdings in l ude 'ignific ant col lections i n America n , E W'o pea n, and n o o - Western h istory. The Ni q u a l l y Plains Room of the l ibrary spec ializes in P'� cific orth w · t community studies. Career o u tlets for m aj r a nd m i nors arc either d i rect or , u pportive i n busines law, teaching, public service, news media, a n d other occup lions. tion

,

met h o d

FACULTY: Carp, Chair; Benson, Brown ing, Kraig . M a rtinson, I ordqu ist. BACHELOR OF A RTS MAJOR: 'l i n i m u lll o f 32 scmc;;ter h o u rs, i nclud ing 4 hours-Am riean field, 4 hours-European field, and 4 ho un-n on- Weste rn field. S t u d e n ts are expected to work closely

84

P A C I F I C

L U T H E R A N

U N I V E R S I T Y


witb the de p:t rtment's facu l t y advisers to i nsme t h e most personal ized p rogr:IIl1' an I i n struction possible . Major a re llrged to meet the o rci g n l anguage req u i rement of the Co l lege of A r ts and Sciences under either Opt i o n I or Opt i o n [ [. Those m;ljor� who are p repa ri ng for p ublic �ch oo l l c ac h i ng can meet the state 11I5lory req u i rement by enro l l i ng in H istory 460. A l l ,enior majors are required to take fow - hours of S em i na r cred i t . Complelion o f the Seminar cou rse satisfies the cart: req u i rement

for a �enior �em ina r/pro;ect.

MINOR:

20

,1 nl i n im u m o f 1 2 b o ur:; from above 3UO. The m i n o r in h isto ry emphasizes a focus" and a " program pla n ,n which is arra nged by the

:.emester ho u rs w ith

co urses n u mbered

" program st ude n t in cons u l t a t ion w i l b

a

dep a rt m e nt ;'] l adviser.

BACHELO R OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: ee

�choal

of EdfJCaliOl!.

59() 59)

Gradnate SemJnar Directed Study

595 Graduate Readings 598 Research Proj ect

599

Thesis

109 East Asian Societies

A h i torical o ve rv iew o f the trad i tional

l ives o f the pe o p le of Ch i n a n n d

of t h e l ives o f

(4)

205 IslllDlic Middle East t o 1 945

Co u rses in the Department of History a re olTered in the fol lowing fit'lds:

fro m tlle t i me of Mu hammed in t he 7th cen t u r y th rou g h W'orl d

25 1 Colonial American History 252 Nineteenth -Century American History 253 Twentieth-Cent ury American History 294 The United States Since

1945

352 The Americm Revolution

355

American Popular Culture

356 American Diplomatic History 359 History of Women in the Unit.ed State 3 8 1 The Vietnam War and American Society 45 1 American Legal History 460 We. t md Nortllwest 47 1 History of American Thought md Culture 494 Semin.ar: American History EUROPEAN FlELD 1 07, 1 08 Bistory of Western Civilization 32 1 Greek Civllizatlon 322 Roman Civilization 323 The Middle Ages 324 Renrussmce 325 Reformation 328 Ninet.eenth-Century Europe 329 Europe and th e World Ww-s: 1 9 1 4- 1 945 332 Englmd: Tudors md Stuarts

1 848- 1 945 360 Holocaust: Destruction of the European Jews

334 Modem Germany, 495

eminar: European History

NON-WESTERN FIELD

109 But Asim Societies 205 Islamic M iddle East to 1945 2 1 0 Global Perspectives

o ;:u -<

u l l U res, t Ta d i Lions, and

Ja pan. Discussion

Course Offerings

AMERlCAN FlELD

'" -I

peasants, em perors, merchants, a n d wa rr io rs in each society. ' Atten t i o n to the great tech nologica l and a rtistic developm <· nts i n

each soc iety.

An i nt roduc t ory s u rvl'y

o urS c O I l

the h i s t o r y of the M i d d l e East

Wa r 1 1 . The CO U l'S': emphasizes nvo key conc u rrent comp nents: Fi rst, the origins and development o f Isl n m i c civil iza t i on, i n c l u d i ng s l udy o f religio n, phil osop h)', s c i ence, ar t, go\rernment , a n d soc iety. S condl y, asse sment o f t b e changing p o l i t i c a J landscape o f t h e Islamic e m p i re s , i nc l u d i n g I'ab, Tu rkish . and Per,ian u n its. The cou rse will e n d w i t h a review of t h e establ ish· m n t o f modern Egypt, Turkey, and I ran. (4) 2 1 0 Global Perspectives: The World in Change

A su rvey el f gl lba l issue ;lffect-ing the h u m a n co nd itio n i n

a

rapidly ch angi ng Jnd increasingl y i n terdependent world: moderniz a t io n and devel opm en t ; eco nom i c cha n ge and i nte r · n at iona l t lade; d i mi n ish i ng resou rce ·; wa r and revo l u t i o n ; peace and J ust ice ; a n d cu l t ural d i vers ilv. These i ssues a re exa m i n ed i n a ll\ u l r idisc i pl i nary l igh t lIsing c ��e t udies drawn from n OD­ Western and Weste rn n a r- i o n s. Fm p h asis on the develop men t of a g l obal perspective which reco g n i zes human co mmo n a l i t i es as w e l l a� d j vcr� i t )' i ll per ept ions, valuCl>, a n d p ri or i t ie�. (A lt ho ugh cross- referenced w i t h A N TH 2 1 0 'Illd P O L S 2 1 0, st udents may rect: ive h istory credit onlv , when this co urse i schedu led as a ' h i story c lass. ) ( 4 ) 2 1 1 The World Since 1 945

A h istor i cal survey on how Th ird World nat i ons have so ught

inde pendence in the post·\.vo rld War Il pe r i od. E !11 phasi� on even ts in the Western world leadi ng (Q Wo r l d War II and t h e effects of r hu t \ a r o n t h e Th ird WMld . u s e st ud ies of co u nt r ies f ro m Asia, Afri ca, La tin America, a n d t h e M iddle East a exa m · ples o f the dIvers it y i n h erent i n quests for i n de pend ence. ( 4 )

2 5 1 Colonial American Histol'Y

America n i nstitutio n , fro m co l o n i a l t i me to the 1 7<)Os; thl..' �roWl h o f the co lon ies and Lheir rel at ionship to the Bri t ish imp riaJ system. ( 4 )

2 1 1 The World Since 194.5

252 Nineteenth.Century American History

3 1 0 Contemporary 'apm

From J e fferson to Theodore Roosevelt; interp retat i on of ew fwm SOci,ll, po l i t ical , econo m ic, a n d b iogra p h i ca l viewpoi nts. ( 4 )

335

Latin American History: Central America and the Caribbean

336 Southern Africa 338 Modern China 339 Revolutionary China 340 Modern Japan

'-

:r

107, 108 History of Western Civilization

Anal ysis or insti tutions and ideas or selected civi1izatiun�. Meso · p o tamia, Egypt, the Heb rews , Greece, Ro me, the rise of Chris­ tiun i ty, and M e d ieval Europe i n the fi rst semester; E u rope from the Renaissa nce to th p resen t j I I the second semester. I I I ( 4 , 4 )

253 Twentietb-Century American History

Trend" and

eve n t s

i n dom.:st i c and f reign a ffa i rs si nce 1 900;

affluence, urba n grm l h , and social. con t rasts, (4)

294 The Uniled States Since 1945

380 Asian American History and Culture

This sem i nar examines selected top ics i n recent U, ' , h istory such

496

as

eminar: The Third World

ALL FIELDS 499 Internship 40 1 Workshops 480 Introduction to Histol'icaJ Methods and Resea.rdt

old Wa r. t.he Civil Rights Move me nt, the Vietnam War, Wo men's Movement, Watergate, and t h e I ran-Cont ra Affa i r. Th,,-, lOp ics pro\dde a means to address the nature of th� tu d v o f h istory and of i t research methodo l og ies. E n ro l lmen t reslri �ted to freshmen and sophomores. (·f) t he

th

492 Independent Study

50 1

Graduate Workshops

P

A

C

r

f

i

e

L U

'T H I< II A N

U N I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

85


340 Modern Japan Study of how Jap a n became the m o d e rn "miracle" in East Asia. Prim a ry focus on tra d it io n s that enabled Japan to cha n ge

3 1 0 Contemporary Japan Major d o m est i c pol i ti cal , econ rn k, and s oc i o- cultu ra l developments s i n c e 1 945. S pec i a l a t te nt i on gi ven to . .-Ja pan i nteract ion . ( 4) ,

)0Il: o � 11\

r a p i d l y,

3 2 1 Greek Civilization The p o l i ti cal , social, and c u l t u r a l histor of A n c i e n t Greece from t h e Bronze A ge to the Hellenistic period. Spe-ial attention t o the l i te ra t ur e, art, and i n telle ct u al hi s to ry o f t he reeks. (Cross­ refe re n ed w i t h CLAS 3 2 1 ) (4) r

322 Roman Civilization The h istory of Rome from the fo undari n of the city to A.D. 337, the death of onst ntine. m phasis on Rome's expansion over the M �di t rranean and on its o n s t i t u t ional hist(lry. At t e n t i o n to the risc of Christian ity w i t h in a Gr e co - k om a n context. ( Crossr fere oced w i t h Cr.AS 3 2 2 ) (4) 323 The Middle Ages Eu ro pe from the d i in tegrati on of the Ro m a n m p i r.: to 1 300; rea d i n g and resea rc h in medj� rd m a t er i als . (4) 324 Renaissance Europe io an age of tra ns i tion

- 1 300

to

1 5 00. (4)

325 Reformation Po l i t ical and religiou.� cri ses in the s i x t e e nt h ce ntury: Luther n ­ ism, Zw i nglianism, Angli anis rn , A n a ba p t i s m , Cal vi n is m, Roman

Cat holic reform; Weber thesi" the begilln ings of Baroque arts.

328 Nineteenth-Century Europe

329 Europe and t h e World Wars: 1 9 14- 1 945 I ; revolu tion and ret u rn to "normalcy" ; depression .

359 H istory o f Women in the United States A fo cused, the m at i

m; Wor l d War I f . (4)

p e r i o d to the present. Provides a b roa d historical context for evalu a t i n g t h e n a t u re, i mp ac t a n d i n fl u e n ce of women' contribu tions to c u l t u re a n d s o c i e ty. (4)

,

334 Modern Geunany, 1948-1945 The Revo l u t i ons of l 848 :md u n ific a t io n of

,

ermany;

360 Holocaust: Destruction of the European Jews I nves ti gat ion of the d e vel o p m e n t of m od ern a n ti-semitism, its re l a tionshi p to fascism, the rise of H i tl er, the s t r u c t u r e of t he German dictatorship, the evo l u t i o n of Tazi Jewish policy, the mechan ics of t h e Final Sol u t ion, th e nat ure of the p e rpetrators, the experience and response of the v i ct i m s the r e a c ti on of the outside worl ! , and the post-war attempt to deal with a n u nparalleled crime t h ro ugh traditional j u d icial p ro ced u res ( 4 )

Bismarckian and Wilhemian e m p i res; Weimar Re p u bl i c and t h e

atilmal Soc iali m ; t he Third Re i ch . (4)

335 Latin American History: Central America and the Caribbean Survey of the major as pects o· e n t ra l A m r i ca n and aribbean history from colonial lO modern t i me s Use of selected case stud ies to i l l ustrate the region's h i s tory. S t u d y in i. n ter- mencan

,

.

.

(4)

336 Southern Africa a m i n atiol1 of the hi.story of p r '- co l on ia l

struggle for independence. Empha is on the p e r iod ince 1 800. ocus o n the co u nt ri es of South Africa, Na m i hia , An go la, Mozambiq ue, Z imbabwe , and on the i s s u e s of n at io nal ism,

!

racis m, and revolution. (4)

338 Modern China The beg i n n i n g of

b in a's modern h is tory, with s p e c ial e m p h as i s on the gene ' i of the Ch i ne5e revolution and China's p os i ti o n in all in creas in g ly i.n tegrated world . Lecture, discu ssion , ti lm s, and gu est speakers. L i m i ted c1as" s ize . (4)

339 Revolutionary China While H is tory 338 i s not a prerequisite, the c o u rse p ic ks up where i t It! aves off. Begin n i ng in 1 9 1 1 , a n examin ation of the co u rs e of the C hi nese revolut i o n , h i na's lib ration, and the changes si nce 1 949. Lect ure , discussi(lns, films, and guest sp 'akers. L imited dass ·ize. ( 4 )

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

380 Asian American History an d Culture An i n t ro d ucto ry survey of A ian m er i a n h i sto ry a n d culture, focusing on h i n esE', Japanese, Kore a n , F i l ipi n o As ian I nd i a n , Indochine;,e, and Pacific Islander cX11eriences in the p e r i o d 1 840J 990s. To p i cs Loclude: I ) the emigra nt-imm igrant p ro ce ss ; 2) im m i g ra n t com mu n i ty c u l tu re; 3) the An ti-Asia n move m e n t ; 4) ethnic pol i t ic and p oli t ica . c u l t u re; 5) eth nic e n te rpr i se and economic development; 6) t h e c hall e n ge of accu lturation/ as i m i l a t i o n ; and 7) a brief survey o f contemporary Asian Am e ri ca n issues. (4) ,

frican kingdoms,

Western i m peri a lis m , se ttler co lo n i al ism , and the A fri ca n

P

exa m i n a t io n of issues and evidence related

to women's experiences fr o m the colonial

332 England: Tudors and Stuarts Po l i tica l , social , eco nomi c, legal and cult ural developments. ( 4 )

86

355 American Popular Culture St udy of motion p i ct u res , popular m u s ic, ra d i o a n d television p rograms, comic s t r i ps and paperback fic tion. I ns i g h t s into t he values and idea, of American c u l t ur e from w a tc h in g it at play. Ex a m i n a t i o n of p o p u l a r entertain ment a r ts and th ways th y reflect a n d influence A m e r i c a n a tt itu de s an d a c t io n . ! 0 p re­ requ i s i tes (4) The pr:lctice, fu n tion, and structure of American fo re i gn p o l i cy with part icular emphasis on the t we n t i eth centu ry. ( 4 )

1 9 14. ( 4 )

World War

relations.

u

356 American Diplomatic History

The expnn ion of E uro p ean civilization [rom 1 800 t o

rise nf

3 5 2 T h e American Revolution The Am e r i ca n Revolution as a series o f es sential l y p o l it i c a l cv n ts stretch i n g fro m the Seven Years War in 1 763 t hrou g h Thomas Jefferso n's defeat of Jobn A d ams in the Presidential election of 1 800. The Colonists' initial resis t a n ce to the reorgani­ za t io n o f t h e British Em p i re after 1 763; the ('vo l ution o f active resista nce i n t o revolution; t ],e decision to declare independence; the experience of war; the s t rug l e t o establish le g i t i m a t e and effective gover nments; the framing a n d ratification of the Constitution; and the Federalist-Rep ublican battles o f the 1 790s. Emphasis o n the role of p ol i t i c a l t h o u g ht and id olog), i n the de vel o pm en t 0 republican government in the United States. (4)

.

(4 )

<lnd the rise of fas

the role of t h e challenge of t h e \Vest i n that c h a n ge, the with the U.S., a n d t h e i mpact of the war on contemporar y J a p a n aod its so c ia l a n d ec o n o m i c institutions. ( 4 ) i n d u s t rialization o f Japan, the reasons fo r war

381 The Vietnam War and American Society Examination of c h a n ges ill A meri c a n society that res ul t ed from n ited State i nvol ve men t in the Vietnam w a r. D i s c u s s io n of m i litar y s t rategy and gu e r r i l l a warfare, a s wel l as d i p lomatic, p ol i t ic al , socia l, a n d c ul t u r a l aspe

ts of the war. r ig i n s of the co n fl i c t North and South Vietnamese politics, the ex p e r ie nce of A me r i ca n soldiers, the n a t u re of t h e a n t i-war movement a n d the counter-culture, the role o f media coverage o f the war, t he evo l u t i o n o f u.s. p olicy decisions, th e moralit y and ethics of the war, and t h e " lessons" o f Vietn a m . (4) ,

T

Y


399 Internship

A research a n d wri t ing project i n connection with a studen t's a p p roved off- campus work or travel a c tivit y, or a dimension of

it. P re r equ i s i te : sophomore s tand i ng p lu s one course i n h i s to ry, and consent of the department. ( 1 -6 )

40 1 Workshops Wo rksh o p s in speciaJ fieJds for varying p e ri o d s of time. ( 1 -4) 451 American Legal H istory Di mensions of American law as i s relat es t o c h a n g i ng h is t orica l

pe r io d s . ( 4 ) 460 Weat and Northwest The merican West i n the 1 9 th and 20th cen t u ries. Fro ntier and regiona l perspectives. I n terp retive, illu strative history, and oppor t u n i ties for o ff-ca m p us research. (4)

History of American Thought and Cu1hue Dimem ions of Ame rican social a nd i n tel lectual h istory. ( 4 )

47 1

480

Introduction t o Historical Methods and Research

Foc lIS on h i . torical methodo logy, res arch tech n iques, and the

writing o f h istory from a wid range of h i st o r ica l p rimary sources. I n trodu tion to library and [nternet-computer research skills, cri tical an alysis of historical documen ts, and the relation­

ship between evidence and i n ter p re t a t i on . Recommended for all

h i tory majors b e fo re taking the senior Semin ar. ( 4 ) 492 Independent Study ( 1 -4 ) 494 Seminar: American History ( 4 ) 495 Seminar: EUTopem History ( 4 ) 496 Seminar: The Third World

Honors Program The Honors Program at Paci fic Lu theran Universit ' cen­ ters on the t heme "Taking Responsi b i l i ty: Matters of t h e Mind, Matters of the Heart." I t i ntegrates academic a n d experient ial learning oppo r t u n it ies, with t h e objective o f preparing participants for l ives of service and servant leadership. The program emphasizes the i mportance of studen t-directed lea rn i ng, and culm inates in an experien­ tial project that students design, implement, and evaluate (with faculty support ) .

Freshman Year - A l l e n t e r i n g freshman honors students take the Freshman Honors Experi e n ce :

A. Honors Core sequence: "Iden tity, Co m m u n i ty, Legacy, a n d Faith" HONR I l 5 - I d e n t i t y, Communi t y, Legacy, a n d Faith ( fall; 4 hours) HONR 1 1 6 - I denti t y Communit y, Legacy, and Faith (spring; 4 h o u rs ) ,

B . Honors Cr i t ical Conversation: "Experience and Knowledge"

HONR 1 1 7 A - Experience and Knowledge ( fa l l ; 1 ho u r ) HONR 1 j 7B - E xp e ri en ce and Knowledge ( sp ring; 1 h o u r ) Note: A t t h e e n d of the fresh m a l l yea r, students i l l the Honors core choose to enter Core I or Core IJ. The eight credits ill the

Grad uale wo rk s hop s in special fields or a reas fo r va rying periods of t jrnc. ( 1 -4) Selected top i cs as announced. P re re q u i s i te : consent of the LnSlructo r.

0 -4)

59 1 Directed Study ( 1 -4 ) 595 Graduate Readings I ndependent Study Card Requlred. ( 4 ) 598 Research Proj ect ( 4 ) 5 99 Thesis

(4)

o

HONORS STUDENTS: Selected on the basis of grades and scores ( h igh school grade p o i n t average of 3 . 80 o r 1 200 SAT scores) and r eco m mendatio n s . Ivlus t c om p l et e P I U with a m i n i m u m of 3 . 5 0 grade point average.

502 Graduate Work hops

590 Graduate Seminar

o z

TOTAL HONORS CREDITS: 26 ( a J [ b u t eight o f which fu lfill other u n iversity req u i rements)

This researdl seminar alterna tes i t s focus from East A si a one year to Africa a nd Caribbean/Latin America the next. ( 4 )

I.-

:t:

Freshmall Honors Experience will have equivalencies in both cores.

Sophomore Bnd Junior Years A. During the s o ph o m ore and j u n ior years students take fo u r o ne-credit Virtue Seminars ( HONR 3 0 1 -308), o r p r e fe ra bl y one e a c h semester ( o r mu l t i p l e s in a scme.'iter to acco m m o ­ d a t e s t u d y abroad or o t h e r sched uling confl i c ts ) . Continuing the focus on " Ta ki n g Rcspon ibil i t y," the seminars focLls o n those q u a l i ties ne ce ss a r y t res p on s i bl e leade r s h i p . Using d i fferent "virtues" as a centering theme, students consider each virtue from several perspect ives, i ncluding classical, contem porary, and non-western perspect ives. W h a t does i t m e a n t o be a p er so n who acts wisely? co ur age ou s ly? with hope? j u ·tly? Th es e se m i n a rs p rov i de students with a weekly op p o r t unit y to i n t e r a c t w1th their i n tellectual peers a ro u nd a unifying theme a nd read ings. B . Pa r t i cip a t i o n i n January-Term study abroad/off-campus co urses, some o ffe red as h ono rs section , is s t ro n g l y enco u r­ aged b u t not required. Most part icipants in the honors J-Term abroad w i l l be sophomores or j u n i o rs, but freshmen and seniors may go as well. C. Honors s t udents take two fo ur-credit h o u rs courses usually during the sophomore a n d / o r junior years. They may take Honors-by-Co n t ract cou rses, wh os e "added d i mensions" to convert the m to honors are a g r ee d upon i n a contract be­ t\veen p ro fessor and s t ude nt, by the following mean · : 1) take a regularly sched uled course which, by c ont ract, explores the topic th ro ug h great r depth o r breadth, or 2 ) do an i n depe n d e n t study or res arch project ( may do only o n e o f t h ese) who se fin i s hed pro d uct is o f potentially

-

publishable quality.

Senior Year - Seniors take HONR 490: Honors Challenge Expe­ rience ( 4 ) , o ffered i n either fa ll or sp r i ng . This seminar, including academ ic a n a l ysis a nd an experiential component, brings a sense P

A

C

I

F

i

e

l

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

87


Division of Humanities The Departments of E ng l i s h , Languages and Literatures, P h ilosophy, and Religion c o m p ri se the Division of

H u ma n i ti es . They share a c e n t r a l concern about language,

'"

l i te rat u re, and world views. As academic m ajo rs a n d

w

m inors, and in support of profes ional p rorrams and p rep arat i o n fo r o the r fields, studies i n human i t ie s are a t

heart of a libe r al education. They serve generally as a in one's lif, , and t.hey expose one to a wide va riety of d i ff, rent p rs p e ct i ve s on c u l t ure , meaning, and alue. The c h a rge of t he hu m a n iti e s is to thi n k a nd a ct p e rcept i vci y, humanely, and crea t ively in a comple.,'{ and ever c ha n g i n g s o ci e t y. The d ivision is com m i t t ed to su p e r b underg raduate

the

means to real izi n g excel! nce

te a chi n g ,

of clusure to Lhe program th e me of responsib il i ty. and is called

ri go r o us

" Re ponsibi lity j n Anion ."

arguments, a nd th o u gh t fu l

of way i nclu d ing i n te rnship s in Publishing a n d P r int i n g

Arts

I ) 5 and 1 1 6 Identity, Community, Legacy, and Faith

How do discerni ble patters shape and expl a in o u r world?

analF.e t he processes of h u m a n reflect i on . Primary emp h as i . is

placed upon the socia l . CUl l ur.11 , inte l lectual . and �piritl1al tradi­

and North Am e r i ca, w i th atten tion to reI va n t co mp a ri sons betwee n western :l od no n -western

i n teractions and

c i v i lizat ion '. T he courses i nvolves lengthy and substa nt iill rea d i n g i n pri ma ry philosopl1 ical , historical. theological, ' nd literary tex " nd d i scussion of current critical ap proach 's to under�tanding t he past. By engagi ng io a cohe re n t sequence o f writing a ssign ­ m e nts, t udents gra p p le w i t h the issu es raised t hroughout t he

�dect ed issue or problem th ro u gh t raditional acaden1ic study

As

Languages and Literatures

a

Philosophy Religion See also the s ecti o ns of this ca t a lo g on Ch ln ese Studies, Classics,

varies accord i ng to the

1)

Fulfills freshman

Co n t i n Ll iJ1g its focus

on "Taking Respon sibi l i ty," the Honors Pr gram offers sem i n a r wh ich focus on t hose qLlal it ies neces­

si ng di frerent " irwes" as

a

t h eme. stude n ts consider each virt ue fro m severaJ

pers pect i ves , i ncl u d in g cIa s i cal , (Onlempurary, dnd nUll-western a

person who acts wisely?

courageoll ly! with hope? ( Each seminar is ,)ne cred it; honors

�tl1d ent � , re req u i n:d to

com plet four.)

( I hour

ea

h)

490 Honors Challenge Experience: Re pOD ibility i n Action A the uLminaLing e le m e n t f the Honors P rogram , HONR 490 pre en� the opportlloi t , to "t ake re p n. ibil ity" by emphas i z i n g the s ign i fi c a nce of bringing toge t h er h abi ts of scholarsh i p and habits o f comm it ted " itizensh ip-of lin king the academ ic c(lmpo­ n e n t s of re. ea rcll , t uciy, a.nd vriting i n a ppl ied experiences in

public venues. (4)

88

P

A

C

,

F

'

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

ollege of Arts and Seienc " , the

degree requirements are l ist ed under:

cri t ical coove r ation requirement.

perspectives. What does it mean to be

d i v i s i on w ithin the

d partment l e ad i n g to the B.A. d gree. Co u rse o fferings and

301-308 Virtue Seminars

s a ry to responsible leadership.

a

Division o f H u m a n i ti es offers pro g r a m s in ea ch constituent

a n d understanding the same iss ue or problem through experi ­

center i n

FACUIl'Y: Coop er, Divisiollal Deall; faculty m e mbe rs o f th e

English

Thi cou rst' explores the connect ions between underslandin

cO Llrse

Faculty m e m be rs of the d i v ision pa r t i c i p a te e xte n sivel y

in t h e C h inese Studies, Environmental Studies, Global t ud ies, I n t e g ra t e d S tu d i 5, Legal Studies, and Wo men's Studi s programs. T h e y provide l e a d e rs h ip fo r the i n terdisciplinary Jassics and Scandi navian ea S t ud i e s m aj ors a nd fo r the Wr iting Ce n t e r. The di ision enriches ca mpus life through t h e Humanities Film Series, p ub l ic lectmcs and colloquia, and a n a n n ual p ubl i cat i o n , Prism, that features faculty di alog ue a n d research. De pa rtments of E ng li s h , Languages and L i teratures, Philosophy,

1 1 7 A and 1 ) 7B Experien.ce an.d Knowledge

ence. The topi.:al content or tlle

with local school distric ts.

a nd Rel igio n .

(4, 4)

selected issue or p roblem to be add ressed . ( 1 ,

(a m i n o r in English ) , the outreach programs of the

Scandinavian Cul t u ra l Ce n te r, and collaborative projects

s

p i vo t a l oices, e n ts . and institutions con erge, what ou rc s of m ean i ng arc cre,lted in a given period of history? Wll i ' h ques­ tions, method " and actions challenge, e ade , or r h a pe the sources f p ow er and mean ing? What i den tities do people and cultures gai n and lose? Hl)w do p eo ple ' faith co m m i t ments �hape d eif i nterpretat ions of realit)l? L n this Iwo-course sequence Lhat moves fr o m l a t e a nt i q u i ty to t he 20th cen t u ry, students will ogage in in te rp re ti w inqu iry and

two cour'e�.

ref] ction. The po tential for

c reative serv ice to t he c o m m u n i t y is nurtured in a va ri ety

Course Offerings

tions of Euro p

lasses e m p h a s ize c m munica t ion skills,

analysis of texts and ideas, critical assessment of

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

Environmental S t u d ic , Global Studies, I n teg r a ted

tudie ,

d u c at i o n , Legal Studic�, Publishing a n d Printing Arts, Scandinavian A rea S t u d i es, and Women's Stud ies.

I nternational


Individualized Major

Integrated Studies

Su pe rv ised by the Faculty Council for In dividu Ezed

The I n tegrated Studies Program (

Majors, t h i program

offers junior and seIl lor students the

opportunity to develop and complete a pers nally de­ sign d, i n terdisciplinary, liberal arts s t u dy culmi nat Cou nc i l , th

s

m,

jor. The

course o f

i n a senior thesis, t o be agre d on by t h e

t u d e n t , and h i s or her adviser.

Successful applicants to this program will normally have a cumula tive grade point average

of 3.30 or higher,

altho u gh in exceptional cases, they 111 a , demonstrate t h e i r potent ial in other ways to the Facul t y Council for Indi­

rs.

vidualized Maj

Admission to the program is gra nted by the Council on the

basis f a detailed plan of study. prop sed nd written

by the student, and ubmitted to th Council any t i m e

aft r th begi n n i n g of the second semester of th stude nt's so ph more year. The p roposal must outline

a

complete

plan of study for the tim e re maining u ntil the granting of a degree. Study plans may i nclude a ny of t he tradi tional ele­ m e n ts from

a .

t andard B.A. or B. . degree program.

O n ce approve d by both the faculty sponsor and the Facul ' C o u ncil for Individual ized Majors,

the st udy plan

usual degree requirem nts, and, wh n co m­ pleted, leads t o conferral of th B.A. degree with Special

supplants

Statrment of Objectives,

<I

the program

Z -f m

A brochure is avai Jable from the

Admissions Office or of Spec ial Academic

t h e progra m coord ina tor in t h e Office Pro!!T ams.

FACULTY: Se lec ted from An t h ro pology, Art, B io logy, Chemistry, Earth Sciences, con mics, English, History, Langu age ' . Mathemnti , M us ic , Ph ilosophy, Phys ics. Political Sc ience, Psy ho logy, Religion, and Sociology. [lltegrated Stlldies

COlll mittee: D. M.

Mart in, Chair;

P.

Be nton ,

VI -f c: C m

Gold, M. J nsen , Killen, Kraig, rvIcDade, Whitma.n.

VI

Integrated S t u dies Coordillator: Carr. CORE n COURSE REQUIREMENTS: ( 7 collrses. 28 hours)

1 . I NTG 1 1 1 - ] 1 2: Or igins of the Mod , ormat\y taken in lhe firsl yea r. 2.

Fo u r 200-level I S P cou rses

m

World (8

houfs)

( 1 6 ho u rs)

Nor mally taken in the second and t h ird years . !vI.

include

co u r es, �ubj ct Lo the a.pp roval of the Integrated Studi

7-8 0 the fol lowing

degree p r )gram. tiv s will be a t tained through sequen ces o f cou rses,

226

t rave l , off-ca mpus involvement, personal consu ltation w ith Program ofEvalua tion, in whi h the student describes the

criteria to be used to measure achievement o f the objectives i n which the student describes h ow

stude nt througho u t the course o f s t udy. The faculty spol1sor mnst comment on the feasibility of the proposal and on the st udent's ability to carry it o u t . It is s t rongly recommended t h a t a sec n da r y facu l ty spon or be asked to co-sponso r and endorse the proposal.

Al .l subseq u e n t changes in the st udy plan or the senior thesis must be subm itted in writing to the Faculty Council fo r Individualized Majors for approval. Fu rther i n formation is available from the Provost's Office.

labal f u sti<.:t:

_42 - Population, Hu nger, and 245

the individLlal i zed study p rogra m .

who agrees to act as primary spon�or and adviser to the

Quest for

2 4 1 - Energy, Reso u rces, and Poilution

pre v i o us c o u rs e wo r k a nd l i fe experiences have prepared h i m

Majors a n d with J fac ult y member

The

-

234 - Imaging the WOfld

and specifies the topic of the sen i o r the is.

Council fo r i n div idualized

-

Gcn der. Sex uali ty, and Culture 232 - To pic, in Gend r 23 3 - I maging th e Sel f 23 1

facult y members, or o t her m eans.

f

es, or si m iiJ r new courses, are

2 2 2 - Prospe t� for Wa r iJnd Peace 2 2 3 - The Emefgence of Mind and Morality 2 2 4 - T h e Bnl i n , Conscio usness. and Tra nscendence

reading programs, regu l a r course work, independent study,

5. Letters of Recolllmendation. The study proposal must be written in clo 'e consultation \. ith the haif of the Faculty

cour

off r d each yea r: 2 2 1 - The Exp e ri e n ce of War

2. A Program ofS t lldy, i n which the student describes how the

4. A Statement of Review,

om m ittee.

Program

in which the student describes

is expected to repre ent and why the indi idu­

alized c o u rse o f study is morc a p p ropriate than a t raditional

or her �

es,

app roved program of Iud), abfoad. Studen ts seJ �ct [o m

wh a t the degre

3.

a.

students p rogress together through its sequences .

STUDY PRO POSALS M UST INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING:

obj

n ) is des ig ned

constel lation of in terdisciplinary explores a central the me - the Dynamics of Change - fro m a var ie ty of academic per­ s pecti ves. The program st res�es critical thinking and writing. And it e ncourage the growth of ca l . arade.rie as ments. Consisting of

cour

Honors.

l. A

ore

an alternative mode of sa t i s fyi n g ore curricu l u m requ i re­

-

246 - Ca es i .n T h i rd

orld Develop m e n t

The Cu l t u res of Racism I NTG 35 1: COllclu cli ng Semin r (4 hours ) 247

3.

Povert y

he Development of T h i rd World Underdevelo pme nt

-

Taken after or with lhe l ast 200-level

C l l l fse

HONORS PROGRAM STUDENTS: Studen ts in the Un i v rsity Hon ors Program may use Integrated S tudie s j I I and J 12 as fo undation cou rses

by supplemcn L i ng them

(J

w it h

the I - h lur

ISP

U in lhe full, 1 1 4 ill the · p ring) . H n o rs i.n In tegra ted t udies may be awarded upon app l i ca ­ t i on to student, who have .It least a 3.5 aver ge in I.ntegrated S t u d i es c o urses , who present , po rt folio of outst an ding papers from 200 -leve l l.ntegrated Studies courses, who creMe an e.'(em­ plary se m i n a r project, and who a re recomme nded by program Honors

olluquia

for hon ors are encOll aged t·o make a work. Th� I n tegrated Studies :ommittee w i l l detemline who qua li fies or ho n o rs. faculty. St ude nts selected

public oral pres ntalion of t h ir 'cm i nar

POUCIES AND G U I DELINES FOR COR.E fi: 1. '10 acqu i re

a

common

background, I n tegrated tudies/Core I I req u i red 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 se q uente i ll their

s t udents us ually take th e

first year, befo re ta ki n g 200- level ,ourses. Exceptions can be -

P A C

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R A N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

89


2.

VI W

Q :l I­ III Q w l­

3.

4.

e{ a:

C1

w

5.

I­ Z

6.

7.

8.

made for students with he avy first-year loads, for transfer students, or for students who shift from .ore l . S o m e 200- level I n teg ra te d Studie course� are offered in two­ s mestcr sequences; others are designed for single semester. Courses offered as a fall-spring sequence should be taken in order if poss i ble. Si ngle-semester courses and the fall-spring sequences themselves can be taken concurrently and in any order. To assure adequate balance and breadth, the Integrated Studies Program Comm ittee must approve the particular set of fo ur 200-level course, that each student elects. Normally the student submits the proposed fo ur- cou rse set fo r approval while taking the second 200-level co urs e . Students in the I n teg ra ted Studies Program are s tro n g l y encouraged to study abroad. With prior approval, an appro­ priate combination of courses abroad supplemented with an i ntegrative project may take the place of one or m o re of the 2 0 0 - l e vel L ntegrated Studies courses. The Seminar (35 I ) i s taken as t he concluding Integrated Studies course, either after or concu rrently with the last 200-level course. Students may switch from Cor I I t o ore I at any time by requesting the I n t e grat e d tudics Program coordinator to apply their Integrated Studies co urse credit to Core I re q u i re m e nts. All I nt eg r at ed Studies courses (except the seminar) are open to Core I students as space is available (Core I I s tud ents have priority in enrollment). The I nteg rated Studies Program is d i rected by an eight-person committee of fa c u l t y representing the academic areas participating in the p rogram. The In tegrated Stud ies Program committee elects a chair and is supported by the dean for special academic programs as program coordinator.

O rigins of the Modern World

The seq u ence traces the roots and development of a world

culture and economy based on ideas and values ident ified w i t h western Europe and the U n i ted States. It surveys the origins o f modern Western culture and its i nteraction with other cultures through Wo rld Wa r I, e m p hasizing the de ve lo p me n ts of reli­ gious, p h i losophical, and po l i tical ideas and the emergence of arts and sciences. Th is course considers the new social and political ideas, the re­ newal of the arts, re l igiou s reform, and the emergence of modern science up to and during the Renaissance, the R e fo r matio n , the Scientific Revolution, and the n l ightenment. It exami n es the themes of authority, discovery, the individual, nature, new worlds, liberty, the search for trutb, and the powers of reason and fa ith. I (4) Uberty and Power

French Revolutions, the Industrial Revolution, Romanticism, Darwi n i s m , Socialism, and I mperialism. The course conti nues

themes from I I I and considers hifting understandings of tran­ scendence, secularization, and truth, as well as the turn toward evolutionary views of nature and h istory, new kinds of social and technological power, and emerging ideas of class, gender, a n d ethnicity. I I (4)

I (I)

1 14 Honors Colloquium 1 1 S ma.ll-group d i s c u ss i o n o f current issues fo r University Honors Program students enrolled in the Integrated Stud ies Progra m . Other students welcome a s space permits. ( I )

90

P

A

C

i

f

i

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

A study of the institutions and situations (political, economic, religious, p sy ch o l o gi c a l , h istorical ) that keep the modern world o n the brink of wa r and make a stable, just peace so elusive. Cons i dera t i o n is given to pacifism and the "j ust war" tradition, a s well as to the technology and poli t i cs o f nuclear wa r and its balance o f terror. Snldents co m p l ete an i n dependent project on topics such as the draft, the economics of a military state, arms control, the co mpetitions fo r resources, anti-colonia.lism, and lVlarxism. II (4) 223 The Emergence of Mind and Morality

A survey o f ge n e t i c s and evolut ion, with emphasis on the brain and the emergence o f social behavior i n a n i m als, prepares for a critical study of the claims of sociology that human culture and morali ty can be explained in terms of our biological origins. 1 (4) 2 2 4 T h e Brain, Consciousness, and Tra nscendence Study of the brain as the center of pe rcept i o n , emotion, con­ sciousness, and knowledge. Includes a study o f the b rain's functions, an investigation of s p i r i tual, mystical, and o the r self­ transcending experiences, and an exploration of the relat ionship between mind and b ra in, materialistic and n o n - m aterialistic explanations, and th e nat ure of personal com m itment. II (4) 225 Violence in the United Slates

This course uses '},stem ( holistic) modeb to co m p reh e nd the search for justice by h u mankind in the past, in t h e present, and for the fu t u re. A wide range o f interd isciplinary materials are used to study issues such as the distribution of wealth and resources in the ancient Near East and i n con temporary Lati n America, a s well a s i n t h e Un ited States, T h e focLls o n systems thinking lends coherence and promotes analytical and synthetic skills. Participants de vel o p their own perspecti es on the issues and devise models for action as well as for comprehension. 11 ( 4 ) 2 3 1 Gender, Sexuality, and Culture

Developments i n l i terature, science, politics, and industrializa­ t io n are explored t h rough the Enlightenment, the American and

1 1 3 Honors Colloquium

2 2 2 Prospects for War and Peace

22{) The Quest for Global Justice: Systems and Reality

I I I Authodty and DiSCOVery

112

Essential background is established b y st u dy i n g the co m p l ex history of several major wars of our t i m e (e.g., World War I I , the Vietnam War, the conflict i n the Middle Eas t ) . Emphasis is placed on the personal experience of war as soldier, L ivilian, and c itizen. The ethical dcci 'ions individuals must make in war-time are cons idered as well as the society's decisions about when a n d how to go to war. Partiwlar attention i s given to the t heory of "just and u nj ust" wars. I (4)

This course examines violence w i t h i n and among the multiple cultures of the United States. It considers issues of interpersonal v iolence (e.g., spoLlse and ch ild abuse, pornogruphy, rape, mur­ der) and collective violence ( e.g., gang activ ity, media violence, racism, terrorism, U.S. military involvement in other cou n t ries ) . H istorical patterns a r e discussed along w i t h various theories (so­ ciological, psychological, theological, philosophical) on causes and prevention. These theories offer gro u nd s for critiquing the patterns of vi ole nce and public responses to them . (4)

Course Offe rings

( 1 1 1 -] 12)

22 I The Experience of War

Y

In the course we examine ourselves and our world through the lens of gender. Using i nterdisciplinary, multicultural, and fem i n ist perspectives, we exa mine issues such as socialization and stereotypes, re l a t i o ns h i p s and sexuality, interpersonal and institu t ional violence, revolution and social chunge. (4) 2 3 2 Topics in Gender

hi collrse covers current topics in feminist stud ies of gender and will vary each year according to the interests of facu lt y and students. (4)


233 Imaging the Self A series of exercises in the visual and l i terary arts tbat reveal how th s If is discoYered < 1l1d constructed in o u r daily world t h ro u g h many kinds of images, including dreams, costumes, songs, childb oct memories, houses, church services, dances, televi sion, poverty, sketch ing , and constructi ng models. The emphasis is on doing or making, followed by reflective analysis. I (4)

Multi-focused i nternational p rog ram s

234 Imaging the World

ties fo r on-ca m p u s st udy of glo b a l

An exploration of how h umans perceive, int rpret, and shape their 0\ n worlds. FoLlowing an i ntroduction to symbols, symbol systems, and the creating of meani ng, the construction of world i mages i n science and theology through m y L h , model, Jnd paradigm are studied. The model of symbolic lo gi c is built to organize language and thought. Science is then considered a . a process of the application of l og ic to empirically gathered data. View of a varidy of scientists and philo:;ophers on the way scien e i:; done and the way scien tists come to know are con­ s idered. Theological models a re examined. FinaIl)', some images of the world through the eyes of poets are compared to these scientifi c and theological representations. II (4)

world's

24 1 Energy, Re oarces, and Pollution Energy, natu ral resourc s, .lIld pollution are exami ned t h rough scientific, social scientific, and ethical methods. The c1as� will focu� on practical and pol i t i a l problems o f sLlstaining energy and natural resource production and l i m it i ng pol l u ti o n with a ma,·imum of just ice and participative decision- making. (4)

242 PopaJation, Hunger, and Poverty The interrelationship of population, food, an I poverty is examined in a scientific, economic, and poli t ica l con text as i t relates to global problems. T h e course deals w i t h t h e practical a nd ethical problems of sustaining food production, pop ul t ion growth, and poverty. The course i ncludes cace s t l.ldies of T hird World count ries for class analysis and student p rojects. (4)

245 The Development of Third World Underdevelopment

T h is course traces t he origins and gro w th of the concept "Third W rid" and the models, views, contexts, and approaches in

i n terpreting this phenomenon. Particular attention is fo used on I' ·tan d i ng social and cultural changes in the Third World in terms of development/u nderdevelop ment. P()litical, economic, l iterary and religious a n a lyses ill be used in trying to determine how the Third World t h inks about its If. I (4)

International Programs PLU's international

programs encourage s tudents to rstanding of humanit y's global cond i ­ tion i n a changing an d increaSi ngly i n lerdep nde n t world.

ex pand their u n d

include, fo r exa mple, mod ern izat ion

L-

L-

246 Cases in Third World Development How p pie in the T h i rd World think and act to bri ng about social change, and the value they give i t is the focus i n thb c o u rse. Building upon the theories and methods presented in the fi rst cour'e, issues uch as education, health, populat ion, resource ma nagement, urban ization, a n d industrialization will be examin ed using case studies. T h e case studies will be orga­ nized regionally so t h a t common and distinct featur s can be eval uated. II (4) 247 The Cultures of Racism This course exa m i nes difference forms of racism anJ their manifestations in two countries with troubled histories. We will study h w the societies of the United Stare of merica and the Republic of outh Africa experience racism and explore their s truggle toward greater equali ty. Readings will be drawn from psychology, sociology, and l itcrature. I I (4)

\.-

onduding Seminar

35 1 Integrated Studies Seminar A recapitu lation and integration of themes from the prev ious sequences, with additional readi ngs and di cussion. S tudents invest igate an individual topic from an interdisciplina r y perspect ive, make a form,1I oral presen tation, a n d complete a ubstantial paper. Prerequisite: 1 1 1 · 1 1 2 and two additional sequences. ,1ay be take n concurrently with the last course of the final sequence. I I I (4)

Z -f m � z

nd de vel opmen t;

gl ob al resou rces and trade; and peace, justice, and hu m an

rig.hts. Cultural foci

» -f

Erica, Asia , Euro pe, Latin Ame r i ca the Mid d le Ea t, a n d Sc a nd i na v ia . St udy of thes is ues and regions is made p o sib l e by d iverse off-campti are

,

o z

student exchange . a program in i n ternat ional or intercult ural Dts may e n ro l l in cou rses o ffere d by depart­

study opp o r t u n it i s and international To p u rs ue s t u d ie , stud

ments SlI h a Languages, Po litical

»

cien ce, and His tory, o r

choo e a mong the speCial mul ti-dis iplinary programs l i st e d

below which offer majors and m i nors in

interna­

tional studies.

General

information about P

U 's i n t ern , tional pro­

grams is available from the Cente r

fo r I nternal ional

Progra ms.

VI

CH I N ESE STUDIES: The Chinese St lldie' program is an i n terd isciplinary program d Signed to provide tlldents int er­ ested in China a broad fOLlndation in language, cul ture, and history. For specific inform (' ion set· the flil1e,e 511 1dies ection of this catalog. GWBAL STUDI ES: Stu dents i n ter ted in diverse cultu res and i n ternational, global issll<:'S may undertake a mul ti-discipli na ry major or mi nor program de 'igncd to reneel thei r ge graphic, thematic, o r dis iplinary interests.

Major: The Global t u d ies major i s termed

a ' complementary" major because it is taken as a econd major in ddition to a re gu lar d i iplinary m'ljor. For speci fic i nformation see the Globol St l/dies section of t h i catalog.

� und

\.-

pr ide oppo rtu n i ­ issues a n d o f the regions, c u l tures, and societies. lobal i s su es

Minor: The th oreh al nricntation and requirements parallel those for the major and a r e detailed i n the [obo/ Studies f thi ca talog.

section

SCANDINAVIAN AREA STUDIES: Th S ill1 d i navian Area Studies maj o r is a flexible program in which the st udy Scandinavia is enhanced through a cros�-di5cipU nn ry a p p roach. For specific info rmation see the .)c{lIl ainovi( 111 Area tlIdies section of t h i s catal o g .

Off-Campus Programs: To encou rage tlldents to expand their vi s i ns of the wu rld, P L makes available various opportuni ties t o study a nd tra el i n other co u ntries. Students a re encounlged to -pend the um mer, semester, Ja nuary term, or fu l l academic y ar abroad. Th ' C�nter for Internat iona.l Programs has i n formation to assis t students in selecti ng and preparing for stu dy abroad programs. The in Ler­ dependence of all nat.ions of the \ oriel and Ihe need to g�li n basic knowledge of pe pie, thcir cultures, dnd their i nter relati onsh ips cann o t be overempha sized in the late 20th cen t u ry. With Ihis fOCllS i n mind, P L U upporLs several categories of p rogra ms. SEerrO;\! A: fLU-Spol/sQred

PrQ�ram5

PLU FACULTY LED PROGRAMS: a. Programme in Community Studies: This spr i ng seme ·tcr program is offered by the P i n d h om I'oun datlon in Forrel;, Scotland, ;1nd Pacific Lutheran Un iversity. , tudents live i n Findhorn housing �lIld contribute to the daily operati on o f the co m m u n ity. The academic content of th program in llldes P

A

C

I

F

'

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

91


L l uee req u i red cou rses: Art: I n trod u c t i o n to

most

' o nl m u n i t y

Science:

cology, and one ele tive co u r

Hu m a n

i n d p c n dl:: n t t u d y wiLl1

e

semester i n

Tr i n i d a d ;l !1d To ba g o p ro \ri d es st u d ents a u n ique

of t h is

m u lticultu ral s ociet y. Studen

cou rse.� t a ug h t by t h e PLU fa c u l t y

m

Watforu, England. In a m re suburban

a n d two co u r es (l ffcred by the U n i (

....

c.

course

red its.

1 6 seme�ter

Granada d ur i n g the spri ng semester each year. This p ro v i d es

of

an

u n iversity, and participate i n extracu rricu l a r ac t ivities w i t h

spring for thl:' t<lllow i n g January. Studen t s JPply for these

I­ �

( I ntegrated S t udies), H o n g Kong ( EcO l l o m icsl B usiness , Israel

a n d J o rd a n (Religion), Jamaica ( N u rsi ng) , Japan ( Rel ig io n ) , L o n don a n d Paris ( English ) , Pa ri , ( Ar t ) , N o rway ( Lallg u;lges) , New Zealand (Physical Euuca t i o n ) , New ark ( Music), a n d

w

I­ Z

Spanish s t ude n t s .

p rogram:; i n May. J a n uary-ter m prog ram si tes for \ 99 7 i n cl u de : C h i n a ( B i o logy), Costa Rica ( Languages ) , uba

a::

PL

s

Norway: P L

d

strong academic record, motivat i o n ,

a

Sca n d i n a v i a n l a n gu a ge , a s t ron g academic record, mo t iva t i o n ,

t udenrs l ive in dormitorie

and stu d y Scandinavian histo ry, modern Scandinavian

co n so r t i u m

effo rt w i t h o t her c o lleges and

F

i

e

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

and

ommon "·1arket

in Engl i s h. T n :l l l other

be conversant i n the i <l n g u age 01 the

�ch center al lows for i n tegrat i o n i nto the a

tivities, field t rips, and at

aJ l lESI

UNIVERSITY OF OSLO, OSLO, NORWAY: Applicu l 1 t s m ust ha e

ne year of ollege Norwegian a t the pl"()gram st a r t dat .

The " 0 fo Year ' i n corporates N( l f I,vegia n langu;lge, l it e ra t u re ,

S alaa m . Thi, i a fall semester program .

L

C U llfSCS

lAS een lers.

and c u l ture a nd i an excellent o p p o r t u n ity fo r the Scand i navia n

Studies s t ud e n t . UNIVERSITY OF LANCASTER, LANCASTER, ENGLAN D:

T hi ' sern est . r o r f u l l year p ro g ra m allows tl.lden t o be i n t egrated into a B r i t L h univers i t y. T h er ' a r e over 500 courscs o ffered by the university. S t u d e n ts can easily con tinue t he i r business, sci n c, h u m a n it ie • and s i a l 'cit:nce stuJi at Lanca�tcr.

in En g l a n d L h ro ugh PL '5 London ,md Wa t fo rd programs. O ffered in b o t h fall a nd sp ri ng 'emester" t lw LQnd n pr gram provides students w it h a study exp rienee in n n e of the I

agoya, lao

ourses ,1fe tau g h t

travel. Scholarsb ips arc ,wn.i.lable to q u a l i fied s tud e n ts

a. England: S t u d e n t may choose to s pe n d a se mester st udying

C

st udents need t

i ndepe n d e n t h o u s ing.

T hes e I rog ra ms are hosted by the I ndependen t L ibera l Arts o l leges Abroad ( I LACA ) , a con s or t i u m f Pacifi Northwest schools i n cl u d i n g PL , Gom.ag Un i ve r it , t h ' Uni ersit}' of i llam tte P u get Sound, the n ivers it y of Portland, J n d nivers i t y.

A

c mbination of local u n ivcrsit}

l o c a l c u lt u re t h rough housing, stu dent

INDEPENDENT LI BERAL ARTS COLLEGES ABROAD:

P

hlna; <l nd Ru

c o unt ry. Living arra ngem e n ts vary from fu l l room and board to

fo u r co u rse.� from t h e wide o ffering o f cou rscs at the Univer­

92

a

u s t r i a ; To kyo or

agoya, Tokyo, V ie nn a , and t he European

cases, P L

bine. e c u l t ure.

exchange oppo r t ll n i ty at the Unive rsity of Da r es S a l a a m i n

cs

ieona,

p ro gra m in Freibu rg, where i n s t ru ct i o n i

Ta n z a nia . Stu dents study Swa h i l i l a nguage a n d ciect t h re e or ar

D ijon , p, ris, or

in th t:: l a n gu a ge of tht: Cowl try wh e re the center is 10 <lted, except

in

un iversi t ies of the Llfthe r:: m Chu rch, PLU offer a five- mo nth

s iry o f

ngl a nd;

clas'cs l.<Iught exp ressl y for In t i tut.: st u d en ts .

l a nguage befo re a pp ly i ng. a

choose to study in Lo ndon, or D urh a m ,

Studies i n cl u d e

Stud e n ts should h ave h ad a t l east o n e yea r of Ch i nese

d. Tanzania: In

eme leI', year- lo ng, nr u m me r

study a t var io us centers t h roughou t t h e wo r l d . PLU s t u dents may

Freib u rg or B erl i n , Germany;

s t u d e n ts may sp e n d a full year or se m este r i n the Peo p l e's Re p u bl ic of C h i n a th rough an exchange w i t h Zhnngshan U n i versity in Gua ngzhou ( 'anto n ) . At Zhongshan, s t u d nts l ive in u n i versity housing and take in tens i ve stud ies in in

INSTITUTE OF E U ROPEAN STUDIES (JES) l INSTITUTE OF ASIAN STUDIES ( lAS) oEt: r

Japan; Adelaide o r Can ben<l, Au s t ra lia ;

c. People's RepubUc of Chino-Zhong han University: P LU

co urs es

course

fantes, France; M i l a n , I taly; Madrid or S a lam anca , Spa i n ;

l i tera t u re, Scandinavian political a nd social struct urt!, and Swedish l angu a g o:: . This is a ful l acad mic year program .

well as

0

i n ternatio n(ll busineSl>, architecture and

i s pro ided t h rough l ivi ng with the Danes, daily contact with D an i s h faculty, a n d o p t i o n a l langu age i n s t r uct ion. cholnrsh jps are 31'3i lahle t()r quaJ ified $ tudeJ1 ts.

b. Sweden: A student exchange p rogra m betw'een PLU und the Un iversity o f I.i nkoping began i n t. h e fal l of 1 982. Criteria used

>IS

a rts ,

d sig n, a n d Ina r i ne biology. A rich i m mersion i n Dan i sh culture

h o u s i ng a n d s tudy Norwegi a n l a n gu age a n d l itera t u re. This is a full acade m i c year p ro g r a m .

M a ndarin C h i ne�e

hools. This program is Europe's l a rgest study

s

afferi ng5 in l ib e r a l

a n d persona l ada ptab i l i t y. P LU st udents live in u n iversity

an d p e rs l lIla l adaptability. P L

a re D a n ish , represeoting facu l t y from n ea rb y

ce n te r for America n st uden ts, a l lowing ,I wide var i e r ,

r i t er ia

in the selection of p ar t ici p a n t s incl ude p ro5 iency in

ernest 'r or year- long study i n E n g l ish in Copen hJgen . The

u n ive� itit's and

of pa.rticipan ts include p ro fi c i e ncy in <l

Sca n d i n avi.ln l a nguage,

in M a nda ri n and

are ta l l g h t i n Engl ish .

i n st r u c tors

sr u de n t s Jllay pa rticipate in a n 'xch,mge pr -

for selecti on

Chengd u . At SU U, in d d d i t i o n to c l asses

Chine:e cu l t u re, students may lake assorted scien ce cour. cs t h a t

DENMARK'S INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (DIS) provides fo r

gram with Agder College in Kristiansan d , Norway. used

:1

niversity ( S U U ) in

l i m i ted number

a

each yt'ar. tn a l l ca se s , the PLU s t u dent is i n t eg r a t e d

i nto t h e local u n i ers i t , a n d c u l t u re. a.

semes t e r or )' 'ar at Sichu an U n ion

c u rren t l y offe rs five cxchong

prog ra m s. These academic programs provide

of exc ha ng

SICHUAN UNION UNIVERSITY (SUU): St ud en ts may sp 'I1(j

ft t:l1 a PL profe' or will accompany the g ro l l p and teach o n e of the cou rs e s. tt'nsive �tudy tours are i nc l uded. I=l uency in M a n d a ri n is not req u i red.

Neah B ay ( An t h ropol ogy) . RECIPROCAL PROGRAMS:

for a semester desigm'd fo r advanced study

of pan ish l an g u age study i� requi red fo r p articipa t ion. S t u d e n t s Ii c with Span ish fam i J ics, t ake special cias"es at t h e

o

z

xc l I e n t setting

in Spa n ish lan guage and cul ture . A m i n i mwn of five semester.

January-Term: PLL] also emph asi.zes cour�e5 dmLng the

Jan uary-ter m o ff- c � ITI p u s programs :l re a n n o u nced i n carly

z

co n so r­

t i u m, sponsors a on e-semester program at the University of

Ja n ua ry-tcrm . [ ntere t meeti ngs and 3Jl n O U flcem e n t s fo r

w i thul m i n u tes

b. Spain: PL , olong with v t h e r ,dlools in the [LAC

ribbean Literat u re)

er oity or the \t est Indies

u l t u re and Society and a reg ul ar UW I

a r i bbean

h o ice) fo r a to ta l o f

StU i n g

of London, s tud e n t s in Watford pa rt ic ipate in a program fomlat pmallel to the London p rogra m .

will take two

mber acco m pa nyi ng the

g ro u p (Autobiographical \ r i t i n " and

a n d s irt's of

subwav to classes. everal exc ursions take student ou t s i.dt: ' Londu n for a look at other par ' o f England. D uring spring semester a se c o n d p rogram site i.s al'ajlable t o stud e n ts in

Jalluary-term and spri ng

o p po r t u n i t y to ex p l re t h c i s l a n ds and learn about Lhc va ri e d h eri tages

,'f museu ms, cult li ra! act iv i t it!.S,

Lo ndo n . St uden ts l ive w i t h British fa m i l ies a n d commute by

offer i ng at the Fo undation).

b. Caribbean Cnltnre a n d Society:

i t i n g c i t ies or the wo rl d . Cou rses ta ugh t h o t h by

tensive lise

c.

(either d n

P LU fac u l t y member or a n o the r

a

x

o r t hwest professors and by nat ive Brit ish professors make

Srudies, Psyc h o l ogy: Psyc h o l ogy o f ' o m rn un i t y, and Po l i t ica l

5

I

T

Y


SERVICE LEARN lNG PROGRAMS: The Partnership for Serv i ce- Lea rn i ng provides s em e s te r, full year, or sum mer pro­ gram s i n Isr. d, Eng l a n d , S cot lan d, Mexico, Ecundor, Ja ma ica, Czech R e p u b l ic , Franct:, South Dakota, and I nd ia. Through t ies wi t h SCI' raj un iversi t ies a n d d u ca ti o na l p rogram , th e Pa r t ne r­ ship w i l l help the s t u d en t arrange an exp erien ce that co m b i nes academi pursuits \vi t h s t ud y, obse r v at ion , a nd so ci al ser vice in

SUMMER; M any PLU-sponsored st u dy abroad p ro gr a m s have summer opti ns. d d i t i o naU)" ff-c a m p u s programs for s u m m e r are an nou nced in the s u m mer sessions cata log.

SECT/ON B: PLU-Approved StudyAbroad Programs 1 . I n a d d i t i o n to the PLU-s po n s ored programs, there are co u n t less

non- Lraditional settings.

SCHOOL FOR FIELD STUDIES: FS offers e n v i ron mental Ln Costa Ri ca , K nya , Palau, the Ca r ib b e a n , Mex i co, Au trali , and Brit isll Columbia. Studen ts t a ke fo u r courses in l u di ng ecology, resource manageme nt, socio­

and PLU st udents rna, s t u d), t h ro ug h these p ro g ra m s by

or

appl ied anthropology, and a d ir ec ted research

pr Ject. Prereq uisite for t h i s p rogra m is at l ea s t one c o ll ege level ecolog)' or bioi gy COLwe.

CENTER FOR GWBAL EDUCATION: Augsb u rg College' 'enter for G l obal Education o ffers se mest er pro gra ms in Mex i co and Cent ral Am ri ca and Southern A fri ca . Fall p[()gram� i J1 C l ude : " Women and Developm e n t : Latin rnericln Perspec­ ti ves" ( uernava<:a, Mex i co ) , " S usta inable Development and

Z -t m

s pe c i a l arra ngement. I n formation and a p p l i c a t i o n forms fo r

semester programs

economi

.S.

ther opport u n i t ies fnr s tu d ), abroad. Many

colleges and u n iversities have pmgrams t h roughout t h world,

several progra m s are a v ail abl e in the

c n lt![

for Interna t i o n a l

P ro g ram . Credi ts awarded by a n acc red i t ed U . S . col lege or

university a r c transtcra b l e to PLU. H o wcver, d i rect aid fro m PLU c.l l1 not be t ran s fer re d to other c ol l eges , Credi t s trans­ fe rre d to P iU , fter a '!lldy a b ro a d experience :pon�orcd by a U.S. accredited coLlege or u n i cr 'ity will be re cord ed with a l e t ter grade. recL its for studies d i rect l y in a foreign u n iver s i t y will be r corded as pa ss/fa i l . 2, P LU st u d en ts who p l a n to study direct l), in a foreig n school (not in a p r og ra m sponsored by a college in the .S.A.) must be s u re to file a l ett e r of i n tent with the c n t e r for I n t e rna ­ t i onal Programs an d with the c h a l r of t he ir maj o r dep artmen t before leavi ng PLU. This letter must indude w h a t classe w ill be ta k e n , wherE' a Jl d for what length of time they w i ll s t u d y abroad, and h o w the internat i o n a l experie nce will relate to their a c a d e m i c p rogra m . O n th · hajs of th i s i n formation, plus a record of l ec t u re s attended and exam inati o n s completed,

o z �

tud ents are ,1dvised to all p a p er s a n d o t he r malt:riaCi rela ting to co u r sewo r k taken abroad, All c.redit tran, ferred to PLU wi!! be petS / fa i l . PLU r " rves t h e right t o req u i re e xam i nat ions covering t h e

aca demic credit may be given by PL .

save

sLlbjects studied.

CREDITS: P L

a\ ards PLU cre d i t fo r aIL programs l is te d in

PLU-s po ns ored

p r o g ra m

SECTION A: PLU-

Ce n t r a l America: Ra ce, ' lass a nd Ethnicity" ( , ll<ltemala, EI Salvad or and Nic, ragu, ) , and " S o uthern Afri c a n Socie ties in Tra ns i ti o n : T he View from Nam i bi a" ( Namibia) . Sp ri n g seme ter programs includ : " ! n t ernational Develo pm e n t Soci a l Change in

and Human Rights in Lat i n

meriea"

(Cuernavaca, Mexico)

and

"Women and Developm n t : S O Ll t h t!rn A fr i c a n Perspectives"

with a pp ro p r i ate department n u mbers a 'signed, Grades w iLl al.so be posted, although they will n o t be i n cl u de d in the PL cumulative gr ade p o i n t average.

PROGRAM COSTS AND FINANCIAL AID FOR PLU-SPONSORED PROGRAMS: e me s te r charges arc b ase d on the tuition rate fo r 14 cred i ts p l u s the cost o f o n c a m p us h o u s i n g and full mcal plan.

Reciprocal ExclwlIge Programs:

Pi

(Namibia ) . Probrrams in Latin American require one seme"ter of Span ish la nguage,

INSTITUTE FOR STUDY ABROAD: The I n s t i t u te for tud)' Ab road , B u tler Univers ity o ffers ful ly integrated semest r and fLlL l ),ea r stud ), a b road programs in ngl a nd , Scotlan d, Ireland, Au t ra l i a , and w Zeala n d . , t udcnts participating i n t hese p rograms are a d m it ted to fore ig n u n ivcrs i t ie, and take regular u n i vers i ty co urses. J u n io r tanding i s re q u i re I a a prerequisite (or L hese programs. AMERICAN fNSTITUTE FOR FOREIGN STUDY: AIFS offers sem ester, full year. ,md s u m m e r programs fo r �t Llde nts i n Australi" Ao, tria, Britain, 'zech Rep ubli , Pr, n e , GermaJ I)" Ital)" Ja pa n , Mexico, Russia, J n d Sp ai n, At some st u dy sites s rud ent s are i ntegra ted iut

a foreign u n iversity and are req u i red

to ha e la ngua ge p rofi c ie n c y in the h )st language . Many pr grams in non- - nglish speaking countries do not re q u i re

prior la nguage train ing a n d instrllction is in E n gl is h . Pre gram are open to s tude nts w i t h s o phomore s t a n d i n g .

COLLEGE YEAR IN ATH ENS: Ancient reek Civ i l ization and Mediterranean S t u d ies are th e focus of lhis emcster 0 1' full ),ear program i n Athens. St u de nts can take cou rses in classical l a n ­ g u a ges, a r haeology, a r t h i tory, l itera tu re, h i s tory, philosophy,

pOllsored Progral/1s, All courses taken on a w i l l be I i . ted on the PL lranscri p t

Other PLU-Sponso red ?rogmllls: S t ud e n ts are charged a

p rog r a m

fee which does not exceed the bast! cost of t he program plus a n administrative fee of $700 per seme · teL Each of t he PL

p ns o red progra ms will , therefore, ha

e

-

a d i fferent p ro ­

gram fee .

On PLU-spo!lSC rcd p ro gra m s , stu dents eligible for fin,lllcial aid

may transfer their a i d awards (with the except ion of some talent

aw, rds, work .study, and tuiti n exchange b nellts) to their student acco u n ts.

FOREIGN LANGUAGES: It is reco m m ended thal, before embarking, st u d e n t s ac q u l re a s ol i d fo u ndation in the la ng uage of the country where Lhey will i c s t ud yi ng . Students may, with the a:·s i st1l1ce of the c h a i r of the Department of La n g uage s a nd the' off-campus st u d y ad iser, p re p a re a w ri t te n request fo r aca de m i c credit in a recognit i on of their advanced fac il i ty in a fo reign l a n gu a ge . FINANClAL AID: Financial a i d is available to qualified t u d e n ts a re stu dy i ng through PLU -spo Dsored programs. Governm n t l o a ns .an a p p l t ward a fi l i ated progr, ms a.nd other who

spe iatI)' a rr a n gt!d programs.

religion, ec olog y, and eco no m ics, Study- t ra el Ls an added com­ pon nt to t he program with students mo ing t h e i r classroom to the

fidd, J u n i o r st, ndi ng is

recomm nded fo r this pr gra m.

P

A

C

,

F

i

e

l

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

'

V

E

R

S

I

T

v

93


in Education de gree with a teach i n g major or minor i n French,

Languages and Literatures

German, Norwegian, or Spanish. Secondary rea chi n g minors are

An u n derstanding of world cul t u re s and an a bi li ty to speak languages

o t he r

than one's ow n are ha l lmarks

ollege gradual and

t PLU profi iency

fa

of today 's

'u ccessful career person. Lan­

guage t ud y

is a eri

ga i n ing

in a la ngu age, tudents develop critical,

lUS

academic enterprise. Wh i le

ae thetic, and creative sen s ibili t i

and appr

cit izen h i p,

>s 1 1

cessa ry for global

eia tion o f their ow n l a n g uage and

culture. The depa rtmen t offers a wide range of ourses, n o t only in languages at all level s , b u t also in u l t u res , l i tera­ tures, and li n gu i st ics, both i n the o r i gi n al language and in ...J

a z � II> LU

E nglish tra ns lation. [u truction is a lso given i n

merican

S i gn Language . La ng uag stud nt ar

rous study a b r ad courses ot ered during the January-Term as well as fall and pring semesters. For further infor mation, see the Interna tional Programs section o f this catalog . FACUIXY: R.

B row n , Chair. M. Jensen, La ca be, E. J

gl e ,

e lson ,

Predmore, S n ee, Swenson, Toczyski, loven, T. Wi l l i ams , Webster,

Xu; ass i st ed by C u rt i s and

K. H a n

on.

literature Requirement, A-2: All de p a r t me n ta l literature

course , offered both in the ( ) riginal l a n g u age

, nd

i n En gl is h

translati n, meet this r q u i rcmcl1t. Per pectives on Diversity, Cross-Cultural Perspectives

(6-8):

co u rs e s numbered 201 a n d above (IIYO semesters)

All language

and all first-yeo

r

ig n l a nguage not p revio us l y

c o u rses o f a fo

studied ( two semesters) , as we l l as C h. i n ese 3 7 1 and Langua g es 2 72 (Litera t u re H n d Social Change in La t i n America) m eet t h is

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJORS AND MlNORS: The d e p a rt ­

rench, l,erman,

rea St udies, a n d Spa ni sh . M i nors arc

o r wegian, Scandinav ian

offered in Chinese, Chin se S t u d ies, French, German,

II m a j o rs must complete L an g u ages 495: Senior P roj e t. Mujor ' mu t com pl et e at l east t 2 semester h o u rs in residence at PLU, fou r of w h i c h must be t a ken either in the senior year or upon re t u r n from a study abroad p ro gra m . Minors m ust complet at I 'a5t eight hou.rs in re s ide nce . Specific requirements ( and variations [rom the above) for pecific maj o rs and m i n o r� are listed below. LANGUAGE RESOURCE CENTER: The l a n g u age c u rriculum at

all l eve ls fea t u res use of PLU's state-o f- t he- art m u l t i m ed i a Language Reso u rce Center, located i n the 1n r t vedt Libra r y. Advanced students have the o f)portu nity to conduct research at selected Web s i tes , as well as to work 3S assistants in t h e Center, ga i n ing computer expertise whi l e a ·ceicr;] ting th ei r lan g u age P LACEMENT fN LANGUAGE CLASSES: St udents

and advanc ed l a n gu ag e:

CULTURAL HISTORY

German 3 2 1 - German Civil ization to 1 750 - German Civiliza t i o n S i n c e 1 750 Sp a n ish 3 2 1 - Civilization and C u l t u re of S p a i n Spa n i s h 322 - Lati n A m e r i c a n Civilization a n d C u lt u re UTERATURE ociety in Mo d e r n E uro pe La n g u age s 272 - Litera t u re a n d Social C h a n ge i n

Languages 2 7 1 - Literature and latin America

Chinese 3 7 1 - Chinese L i te ra t ure

in Tr a nsla t i o n Classics 250 - Classical My th o l o gy Scan 250 - Masterpiece, of c a n d i n av i a n Litera t u re Scan 4 2 1 - Ib�en and Strindberg Scan 422 - T\ entieth-Century Scandinavian Literature B. In R.espective Language

French 4 2 1 , 422 - Masterpieces of French Literature

German

421 - German

Literatnre from the Enlightenment

to Realism

erman 422 - ' !\"e n t i th - C e n t u r y German Literature p a n i sh 4 2 1 - Masterpieces o f Spani, h L i t e ratu re S p :m ish 422 - l ,V'e n t ie th C en t u r y L i t er a t u r e of S p ai n Spanish 4 2 3 - S p e c i al Topics in S pa n ish Li terature a n d Cultu re Spanish 43 1 - Lat i n American Literature, 14.92- 1 888 S panish 4 3 2 - Twen tieth- 'entu r}' Latin A m e r i can Lite r a t u re Span ish 433 - Sp e c i a l To pics in Lat i n A m e ri ca n L i te r a tu r e and Culture

as

-

a r e encour­

much high sch ool preparat io n in l a nguag

s,

possible. T o determi D e app ropriate cou rse place m e n t at P LU , all

s t u d e n ts with pre v i us ex! erie n e in a l a n g u a ge take the

p l a ce m e n t examinat ion, adm i n istered d u r i n g fi rst-year student orientation week and th ro u g h o ut the year by spe c i a l arra nge­

ment. Students qual ifying for .Idvanced placement may be

al lowed to wa ive certa i n major or minor req u i rel11en rs.

PROSPECTIVE TEACHERS: St udents pre pari n g to teach in a j u n i or ()f senior h igh school may earn either a Bachelor of Arts degree i n French, German, N or weg ia n , or Spanish a l ong with certification (rom the School of Ed ucation, or ,I B a c h d o r of Arts C

Languages a re offered i n the

,

aged to o b ta i n

A

0

fol l o w in g ge n e ra l fields i n add i t i on to e l e m e n t ary, i n termediate,

French 432, 432 - Twcn t i e t h - . 'ntmy French L it era t u re

skills.

P

Course Offerings Courses i n the Depa rtment

A. In EngUsh

reck,

Lat i n , Norwegian, an d Spa n .isb .

94

full d c.';c r i pt i o n of the m i n o r.

Germ n 322

1 02 m ee t thi, req uirement .

ment o ffers maj ors in Ch inese Sl udi s, �Iass ics,

t ion with the Sch o o l of Ed u c a t io n , the depa rtmen t o ffers a E ng l i h a s S e c on d L a ng u age. Prospective t ea c h er s as well as stu den ts \ ho may teach English abroad, t h r o u gh Fulbright Awards or se r v i c e opportunities, are s t ro n g ly en c o u r­ aged to pursue this op p or t u n i t y. The two req u i red d e p ar t m e n t a l courses are l.anguages 445 (Methodologies) and La n g u a ge 446

minor i n

French 3 2 1 - French Civilization and C u l t u re

requ i rement. a nd

MINOR IN ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE: 1 n coo pe r a ­

B. In Respective Language

Perspectives in Diversity, Alternative Perspectives (6-A):

Spanish 34 1 and Si gn L O L

re q u i re d to take Languag�s 445 ( Methodologies) � r ertifiea­ t i o n . e rhe School of Erillcalioll sec t i o n of this a l alo g fo r certificat ion re q u i rem e n ts a n d the Bachelor of A r t s in E d u ca b o n re q uirements.

A. In English Clas�ics 250 - Classical Mythology Classics 3 2 1 - Greek Civilization ias:;ics 322 - Ro ma n C iv i l i z atio n Scan 1 50 - In troduction to Sc a n di n a v ia Scan 322 - Contemporary Scandinavia S c a n 323 - The Vik i ng s Sc;]n 324 - T h e Em i g ra n t s Spanish 34 1 - The La t i n o Expcrimces in t h e U.S.

COURSES THAT MEET CORE I REQUIREMENTS: ...J

are ava i l a b le i n a1\ of th e above la nguages. All students are

( Appl i e d Li nguist ics ) . See th · S hool o f Education section for a

trongl), ncouraged to p a Jl i c i ­

pate i n th e num

also available in Ch inese and Latin. E l emen ta ry t c ac h i n g m aj o rs

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

-


Languages 27 1 Literature And Society in Modern Europe

Reading and discussion of works in English translation by authors l i ke Flaubert, Ibsen, and Th. Mann, who exemplify Realism and Natu.ralism in various European literatures. Empha­ sis on ocial themes, including life i n industrial society, the changing status of women, and class conflict. No prerequisite. Satisfies the general university core requirement in literature. (4) 272 literature and Social Change in Latin America

Read ings in English transla tion of fiction from modern Latin America. Di cussions focus on social and historical change and on literary themes and forms. Authors include major figures like Carlos Fuentes, Mario Vargas Llosa, Gabriel Garcia Marquez, and Jorge Luis Borges. No prerequisite. Satisfies the general university core requirement in l iterature. ( 4 ) 445 Methods for Teaching Foreign Languages and English as a Second Language

Theories and related techniques for teaching languages K- 1 6 within their cul tural context, including direct methods, content­ based instruction, proficiency orientations, and the integration of technologies. Attention given to variations in approach for English-speaking students and for those learning English as a second language. No p rerequisites. Requi red for teacher certification in a language and for minor in English as a Second Language. Strongly recom mended for elementary major in a language. I I ( 3 ) 446 Theories o f Language Acquisition Principles of language acquisition with specific classroom applications. Special attention given to the needs of different language groups in acquiring English. Comparison of sound systems and structures of languages ESL teachers are most l i kely to enco unter. No prerequisites. Required for m i nor in English as a Second Language. ( 4 ) 49 1 , 492 I ndependent Study ( 1 -4) '-- 4.95 Senior Project �

Classics

The major in classics is described in this catalog u nder CllIssics. 2 3 1 Masterpieces of European Literature

Representa tive works of classical, medieval, and early Renais­ sance literatu re. Fulfills general university core requirement in literature. (Cross- referenced with ENGL 2 3 1 .) [ (4) 250 Classical Mythology

Study of the major myths of Greece and Rome through the texts of Homer, Hesiod, the Greek tragedians, Appollonius, Vergil, and Ovid; emphasis on the traditions of mythology, going back to pertinent Mesopotamian and H i t tite materials, and forward to influences of classical myths on later l iterature and arts; attention to modern i nterpretations of ancient myths. All readings in English; satisfies the general university core require­ ment in literature. (4)

322 Roman Civilization

The history of Rome from the fuundation of the city to A .D. 3 3 7 , t h e death o f Constantine. E m phasis on Rome's expansion over the Mediterranean and on its constitutlunal history. Attention to the rise of Christianity within a G reco-Roman context. (Cross­ referenced with H IST 3 2 2 . ) (4)

Millor in Greek: 20

Basic skills in rea ding class ical, koine, and patristic Creek. 201 , 202 Intermediate Greek

Lati n

1 0 1 , 102 Elementary Chinese

Basic skills in reading Latin; an int roduction to Roman l i terature and culture. I II ( 4 , 4 )

Review of grammar with emphasis on idiomatic usage; read ing of contemporary authors as models of style; conversation on topics of student interest. Conducted in Chincse. Prereq uisite: 202 or equivalent. 1 ( 4 )

37 1

semester hours, which may include 1 0 1 - 1 0 2.

1 0 1 , 1 02 Elementary Latin

20 1 , 202 Intermediate Latin

Rcview of basic gra m mar; selected readings from Latin a uthor, I I I a/y (4, 4 ) 49 1 , 49 1 Independent Study ( 1 - 4 )

French Mllj or in Frellch: A

m i n i m u m of J4 Semester hours beyond 1 0 1 102, including 20 1 -202, 3 0 1 - 3 0 2 , 3 2 1 , 495, and three 400-lcvcl

courses. semester hour:;, excl uding 1 0 1 - 1 02 and including 20 1 -202, 30 1 , and t\\'o additional upper division courses.

Millor in Frellch: 20

Chinese literature in Translation

An introduction to the most i mportant works and writers of the - Chinese l i terary trad ition, from early times to the modern period. Poetry, prose, drama, a nd fiction will be included. Slide

» -I C :0 m 11\

1 1 1 (4, 4)

Millor ill Lillin: 20

30 1 Composition and Conversation

r-

1 0 1 , 1 02 Elementary Greek

Millo r il1 Chinese: 20

Develops further the ability to co mmunicate in Mandarin h i nese, using cultu rally authentic material. l.aboratory practice required. Prerequisite: 1 0 2 or equivalent. 1 1 1 (4, 4 )

o

semester hours, which may include I () 1 - 1 02.

49 1 , 492 Independent Study ( 1 -4)

20 1, 202 Intermediate Chinese

» z

Greek

597, 598 Graduate Research ( 1 -4)

semester ho urs which may i nclude 1 0 1 - 1 02 . T h e major and minor i n Chinese Studies are described i n their own section of this catalog.

m 11\

m :0

32 1 Greek Civilization

The political, social, and cultural history of Ancient Creecc" from the Bronze Age to the Hellen istic period. Special attention to the literature, art, and i ntcllectudl history of the Greeks. ( Cross­ referenced with H IST 3 2 1 . ) ( 4 )

Review of basic gra mmar, reading in sclected classical and New Testament authors. I I I a/y ( 4 , 4 )

I nt roduction to Mandarin Chi nese. Basic skills in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Laboratory p ractice required. I I1 (4, 4)

49 1 , 492 Independent Study ( 1 -4 )

Students majoring in a foreign language enroll in Languages 495 concurrently with another upper-level course in the major. The i nstructor of the latter course normally supervises the student's senior project: a research paper, internship, or other approved project. The student presents a summary of the completed assignment a t an open departmental forum. 1 II ( 2 )

Ch inese _

and film presentations supplement the requi red rea dings. No knowledge of Chinese required. ( 4 )

1 0 1 , 102 Elementary French

Essentials of prununciatiull, intonation, and structure; basic

P

A

C

I

F

I

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

'

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

95


skil ls in listening, speaking, readi ng. a l l d w ri t i ng . Lab at tendance required. I I I (4, 4 )

from b oil1 east , nd west, and will i n cl ude s u c h authors tl Brecht, Kafka, homas Mann, Rilke, and eghers. Prerequisite: 252. " a/y (4)

Review of basic grammar, develop m en t of vocabulary and e mp h asili 00 spontaneo us, oral xpression. R 'adi ng , e l e c t i on s which reflect the ultural he r i tage and s oc ie t y of the rancophone world. Lab a t t e n d a n ce is requi red. I 11 (4, 4)

45 1 Advanced Compo ition and Conversation

30 1 , 302 Composition and Conver ation

grammar, stylistics, composition, and cOllversation on current topics. Prerequisite: 202. I II (4, 4 )

Advanced

32 1 Civilization and Cwture ... I-

.....

c z c:(

Represen tat ive works [ro m Natu ralism to t h e prt'sent, i ncludi ng Expressionism and Socialist Realism. Read i ngs w i l l cover works

20 1 , 202 Intermediate French

'" ...

422 Twentieth-Century German Literature

Presen t- day France a reflected i n c u rren t literature, per iodicals, televi 'ion and films, writ ten compositions and ora l reports.

Emphasis on i d i o m a t i ,erman using newspapers and ot he r current sources £ r texts. S t ro n gl y recommended for students planning to o b t ain 'a credential to teach German in p u bl ic 'econdary schools. S tud e n ts should take t h is course in the junior or senior year. P re req u i s i te: 3 5 2 . (4) 49 1 , 492 Independent Study ( 1 -4) 495 Senior Project (2)

Prereq u i site: 202. (4) 42 1 , 422 Masterpieces of French literature

ocial a nd , esth tic importan e of works representative of major periods [rom the Middle Ages through th nin teenth ce nt u ry ; may i n c l u de hristine d e Pizan , Rabclais. Montaign , M a rg u eri t e de Navarre, MoUere. Corn e ilie, Pascal, Voltair , Rouss �lU, Hugo, and Baudelaire. Prerequisite: 352. I [ j aly (4, 4) 431, 432 Twentieth-Century French Literature

ing 1 0 1 - 1 02, 20 1 -202, 3 0 1 -302, and S andinavian 42 1 or 422. ill Norwegian: 20 semester homs, w h i c h may include 1 0 1 - 102.

Minor

I n troduces the s t udents to the pleasure of speaking, reading, and writing a fo reign language. T h ese skill. are developed through a

writers from Fra nce and other fran ophone cou D tTies. !vlay include id , 'am us. Sartre. Beckett, Aimee Cesai re, M iriama fl, Ousmanc Sembene, Y es Theria u lt, and n n e Hebert, Prerequisite: 352. I I I a/y (4, 4 )

con ersational approach, using songs and other cultural materials. I I I (4, 4) 20 1 , 202 Intennediate Norwegian

49 1 , 49 1 independent Study 0 -4 )

Develops it command of the language while further acq ua i n ti n g orwe g ia n cultural heritage. Read in g selec­ t ion s introduce Norwegian folklore and daily life. I IT (4, 4)

(2)

students with the

30 1 Conversation and Composition

German

Major in

Major in 1 orwegian: A m i n im u m of 34 sem este r h o u rs, includ­

1 0 1 , 1 02 Elementary Norwegian

Soc ia l and aesthet ic i nl portance of el (led twe n t ieth cen t u ry

495 Senior Project

Norwegian

I n c reases "t udent ability for self-expression, both orally a n d i n

German: A m i n i m u m of 34 se m es te r hours beyond

w r itin g . Con te m porary materials are selected as models of s t yle

[0 J - J 02, i ncluding 20 1 - 202. 30 1 -302 , 32 1 -322, 495, and two 400-lcvel tour es Min o r ill German: 20 semester hours, excluding 10 1 - 1 0 2 and i ncluding 20 1 - 202, 301, and two ad(i it io nal upper division cour es .

and usage. Prerequisite: 202 or equivalent. I (4)

302 Advanced Conversation and Composition

E rn pha s i -z e t he finer points of structure, style, and good taste. Prerequisite: 3 5 1 or equivalent. I I (4) 49 1 , 492 Independent Study

1 0 1 , 1 02 Element.1lTf German

Basic skills of oral and w r it t n co mm u n i c a t io n in classroom and laboratory practice. Use of m a ter i al s r fleeti ng con temporary

( 1 -4)

495 Senior Project ( 2)

German life . I II (4, 4)

201, 202 Inrermediate GuInan

Scandinavian

prac tice in oral and w ri t te n com m u n i G lt ion i n class·· room and lahora to ry. Use of materials V'hi h reflect contempo­ r a r y l i fe as well as t he Germ, n cultural herit age. I I I (4, 4)

Mlljor in Scandinavian

3 0 1 , 302 Composition and Conversation

1 50 Introduction ro Scandinavia

Area Studies: 40 semester hours: A cross­ disciplinary approach to the s t udy of Scandinavia. See also the secti o n of this c a t , log o n , Cl111dinav;an Area Studies.

(mti nueu

intensive r v iew of gra m mar with empha:is on i d iomati

age;

LI

n overview of the Nordic countri s, h.ighlighting cont r ibutions

use of contemporary a uthors as models of style. Ol1versaL ion on t o p ic of st u d en t interest. Prerequisite: 202 o r e q u i va l e nt . I II (4, 4)

Iceland, orway, and Sweden. The roads to parlinmentary demo ­ cracy a nd current issues i n t h e five n a tio ns ar a l so outlined. ( 2 )

3 2 1 German Civilization to 1 750

250 Masterpieces o f Scandinavian literature

i n art and music and t h e cultural life of D e n m a rk, F i nland,

nl ight nrnent. A s ur ve y of German c u l t ur e and i ts expr ss i o n in crentive works of art, m u s i c and l iterature, w i th particular e m phasis on Mar t i n Luth er and the Protestant Reformation. Prere q u is ite: 202. r aly ( 4 ) Fr m the Middle Ages to the

322 German Civilization Since 1 750

From the Enlightenment to t h e present. This survey covers representative work, a n d trends in German pol i t i c > , philosophy, literatlm�, art a n d music, w i th emphasi: on t h e Ag of Goethe and Beetho en. Prerequ isi te: 202. II aly (4)

1 750

N eu t r a li ty and occupation; the emergence of the \velfare "late; social reforms, p l an n e d economics, a nd cu ltura l p o l i c i es ; Scandinavia and t h e European com m u nity. Rea d i ng s in the o r i gi nal for majors; class conducted i n E n glis h . aly (4)

to

1 890, includ ing turm and Drang, Classici m a n d Romanticism. Readi ng will i nclude such authors as Goethe, Schiller, Buchner, and Keller. Prereq uisi te : 3 5 2 . I aly ( 4 ) 96

P

A

C

I

f

i

e

l

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

count ries, beginning with the prose and pOdry of the Viking Age. The conLIibu tions of Hans �hristian Andersen, Knll t Hamsun, Selma Lagerlof , n d others arc discussed. All readi ngs i n E n g l ish translation. Satisfies the general u n i vers i t y core require­ ment i n literature. (4) 3 2 2 Contemporary Scandinavia

4 2 1 German Literature From the Enlightenment to Realism Represe ntat ive works of German l itt>ratu re from abo u t

A su rvey of major a u t h o rs and works from the Scandinavian

Y


S p a n i s h and Latin American l i te ra r y tra d i t io n ' . Rea d i ng , writi ng,

323 The Vikings The wo r l d of the Vikings; t er r i t o r i a l

expansion; i n teraction of the Vi king s with the rest of E u r op e. I n E n gli s h . ( 2 )

and speaking-in tensive. Ongoing review of ad a n ced P re req u i s i te : 30 1 . 1 1 (4)

324 The Emigrants

32 1 Civilization and Culture of Spain Development of S p a n is h s oci e t y from early t i m e to the present as refl ected in architect u re, p, i n t i ng, a nd l i tera t ure, w i t h i n their socio-historical context. Prereq ui,ite.: 30 1 (or con wTcnl

The mass e m i g ra t i on from Scan d inavia to North America; reasons for the , o d u s ;

l i fe in t h e new homeland. I n English. ( 2 )

421 Ibsen and Strindberg \ r i te r s of n i ne t ee n t h century candioavian litera­ t ur e- He n r i k f b s e n a n d Au g u s t S t ri ndberg-are studied a gains t the backdrop of t he i r t ime and the work of o th e r a u thors who con t r i b u ted to the breakthrough of modern forms and th em es . E m ph a s i s on drama. Class conducted i n E n gl i sh ; re ad i ngs in t ra n s la t i o n for n on - m aj o r s . Satisfies the ge ner a l u n i ve r s i ty c o r e r e q u i re m e n t in l i te ra t u re . aly ( 4 )

The grea t

4 2 2 Twentieth-Century Scandinavian Literature Recent trends in Scandinavian literature <I re: illustrated by le a d­ ing w r i ters like l sak D i n es e n , Tarjei Vesaas, and P a r L. ge r kv i s t . Emp h a si s on prose fiction a n d poetry. Class conducted in n gl i sh ; readings in translation fo r n o n - m aj o r s . Satisfies the g n e ral u n ive rs i t y co re req u i re m en t in literature. aly (4) 491 , 492 lndependent Study ( 1 -4) 495 Senior Project re earch pap r, i n t e r n s h i p , o r ot her a pp r oved project. For Scan d i n av ian Area Studies m ajo rs . I n ( 2 )

3 2 2 Latin American Civillza t ion a n d Culture H is toric . a r t isti c , l i te ra r y, so c i o l og i ca l, and geograph ic elements shaping t he devel )pment of the Lat i n American re g i o n . H i� p a n i c , [ndigenoLl s, and A fro- Hispanic cul t u res wi l l be s t u d i e d . Prerequisite: 30 1 (or c n c u rrent enrollment) . l 1 ( 4 )

m II>

341 The Latino Experience$ i n t h e U.S. Exploration of the h i tnrje�, experi n e , a nd con t ribu tion of the Latino peoples in th n ite d Slates throug h the s t udy of specific top i cs ( t he

» z

family, reli gi on , community, ( i m ) m igrat i o tl

o

and ex i le, language, and cuhur I identity) as the}' appear in La t i n o literature and fi.lm. ourse content is enriched t h ro u g h related servic learning xperience. Readings are in English. S a t i sfies core req u i re me n t in Al t e rn a t ive PerspeLlivl's or Lite rat u re. May (,Qu n t toward m ajor, b u t n t t ward mino r i n

,..... .... m :a

40 1 Advanced Spanish Grammar Study f S p a nish at t h e most dvanced level w i t h an emphasis o n sy n t a c t i c al d iffe ren ces b e t we e n E n g l i . h and S pa n ish, Contempo ­ rary sources t o d e ve l op studen ts' read ing, writing, and o ra l ski U s . S t ro n gl y recommended for t h o e w h o pl a n t o te ac h p a n ish a t t h e se c o n d ary level. Prerequ isite: 302 ( 4 )

1 0 1 , 102 Sign Language An i n t.rodu tion to t h e s t ru ctu re o f A m er i c an S i g n L a n g u age

and

s i gn language vocabulary; fi ngerspelling; the p a r t i cu l a r needs

and problems of deaf people. Material p rese n te d th ro u g h dem­ onst rations, drills, mime, recitals, lectures, and d i s c u ss i o n s. I II

enrollmen t ) . 1 (4)

Spanish. No prerequisites. ( 4 )

Sign Language

and to the world of the he a ri n g imp a ire d . Basic s i gning s k i l l s

gra mmar.

(4, 4)

Spanish

Major ill Spiln ish: A

m in i m u m of 34 semester h o u rs b eyo n d 20 1 , 202, 3 0 1 , 302, 3 2 1 , 322, a nd t h ree 400-level courses, In a dd i t io n, tude'nts must c o m p l ete La n g u a ge s 4 5, At le,lst two 4 00 level courses-one foc u s i n g o n S p a i n and another on L tin America-must be co m p l et e d at PLU, O n e 400-level cour. e m u s t be co m p le t ed in the senior year. Majors are s t ro n g ly e n co ura ge d to pur ue at least o n e semester of s t u d y in a Spanish-speaking country on a program a p p r oved b y the Spanish fa cul t y. Majors may not n or m a lly fulfill the require­ ments for the m ajo r t h ro u g h the e l e c t io n of 300-level courses d ur i n g thei r se n i o r yea r. Minor ill Spanish: 20 se me s te r hours, i ncluding 202, 30 1 , 302, and two a d di ti o n a l upper d i visi o n co urses. i n cl u d ing

1 0 1 , 102 EI�mentary Spanish pronunciatio n, i n t o n a t io n, and st ru ct u re ; basic s k i l ls i n l i s te n i n g, speak in g , r ea d i ug, a n d w r i t in g . Lab at t e n da n c e required. I, 11 ( 4 , 4)

Essentia.ls of

20 1 , 202 Intermediate Spanish A co n t in uat i o n of elementary Spa n i s h ; reading se l e ct i o n s which rdlect the H is p a n ic c u l t u ral her i t a ge a \\leit as co n t e m p o r a ry materials. Lab attendance required. I, 1 1 (4, 4) 301 Composition and Conversation Adva n ce d gra mm a r, sty listi c s, and com position; conve rsa t io n based on everyday s i t u ations, current events, a n d p e r t inen t li t c r ;! r y selections. Prerequ isite: 202. I ( 4 ) 302 Introduction to Hispanic Literary Studies Acqu i n ts students w i t h tech n i qu es of l it erary a nalysis, as a p p l i e d to examples of n ar r a t i ve , poetry, drama, a n d essay i n the

» .... c: :a m II>

421 Masterpieces o f Spanish Literature A concentrated tudy of m aj o r w r i ler and movem nts i n S p a nish l i terature from i ts origins t o 1 8'18. Emphasis o n the s t u dy of representative genres from t he �ixteenth, seventeen th, and n ineteen t h centu ries. Prerequisi t.;: 3 0 2 . (4) 422 Twentieth-Century Literature of Spain Dr. rn a , no el, essay, a n d poetr)' of p a i n from the " 'eneration o f 1 898" t o t h e p r esent . Emphasi. giv n to th . social and p o l it i c a l context of th e l iterary works p rod uce d before and aft e r the C ivil War ( 1 936- 1 939) and und r th Fr n u r g i m . Prerequisite: 302. (4)

423 Special Topics in Spanish Literature and Culture This course offers an o p p o r t u n i ty to p u rsue an i n-d epth l udy of a specific aspect or to pi c in S p a n ish l iterat u re. Poss i b l e topics include: a s i g n i fi c a n t l i te ra ry m vement o r genre, pan ish women wr i t e rs , or the relationshi p of fi l m t" other type o f

cul tural production. May be topic. Prerequis ite: 302. (4)

repeated fo r c red i t w i t h d i fferen t

43 1 Latin American Literature, 1492- 1888 A s t u d y of representative genres from the col o n i a l per i o d to the end of the n i net enth centu ry. Ad d i t i o n 1l 1 fo us on t.he ro l e of w rite rs and w r it i ngs in the shap i n g of a di. tinctive Lat i n Am e r i c a n Uterar), tra d it i o n . Prereq uisite; 302. (4) 432 Twentieth-Century Latin American Literature Development of the l i terat ure of 1exico, Central and O l l t h America from the " ,Iodernista" movement ( J 888) to t h e p resen t. E m p h as i s 011 per iod s and gen res \." i11 ,Iry. Prerequ isite: 302. (4) 433 Special Topics in Latin American Literature and Culture ffers < n opport u nity to pursue an in-depth t udy of a specific as p e ct or lo p i c in Latin Americ� n l i t ratun: and c u l tu re. Poss i b l e topics i ncl u d e : a Latin American l i t era r y movement or pe r i o d , a genre, Lat i f! Am e r ic a n women ,,, riters, Latino n a r rat i e , or La t i n American fi l m a n d l i terat ure. l av be re p e ated for credit w i t h differen t topic. P rerequ isi te: 302. (4)

T h is c o u rse

495 Senior Project ( 2 )

P

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

v

97


501 Graduate Workshops

Lega l Studies

G rad u a t e

wo rksh o p s in s p e c i a l fields or areas for va rying p eri o d s of time. ( 1 -4 )

Le g al S tudies is a n int erdis cip l i n ary p rogram o f s t ud y

503 Systems Approach to Marriage and Family Therapy

focusing on the nature of law and j u d i c ia l process. Consis­

framework o f the Divisions of Social Sciences and

An i n troduction to the systems th e o r y approach and post­ modern ideas fo r t Teat rnen t st rategy and interve n L ion. Ex p l o ra ­ tion of fam i l y systems oriented assessment models. St rategies for initial interviews, hypothesis formulation, designing a strateg)' for i n tervention, and t h e process of termination. (4)

Hu manities and the Schools of the Arts, Business, and

504 Family Development

tent with the p u rposes of the American Stucl ies Associa­

tion, the Legal o

:::I I'"

..J

W ..J

tudies Program at PLU provides alterna­

tive a pproaches to the study of law fro m the academic

Education. The faculty teaching within the program em­

a n d the sources of law. S tudents co m p le t i ng a mi nor i. n

The study of fa m i l y interaction from a developmental v i ewpo i n t . The course ex pl ore s h o w fa m ily l i fe cyc l e stages are a ffected by divorce, remarriage, e t h n i ci ty, fem i nist issues, and other u nplanned e ve n t s . ( 4 )

Legal Stud ies p u rsue these objectives through courses,

507 Comparative Marriage and FamUy Therapy

phasize the development o f a critical understanding o f the fu nctions o f l aw, the mutual i m pac ts o f law a n d soc iety,

directed research, and internships i n offices and agen c i e s

Intens ive comparative s t u d y o f the theoretical ra tionale of the prominent schools o f t h o u gh t w i t h i n the field of marriage and fa mily th e ra p y. Studies include th ra n g e of str a te g i es , te ch n iq u es and resea rch of s t ruc t u ra l , behavioral commun ication, and a n a l yt i ca l a p p roaches to marriage a n d family th e rapy. Pre req u i s i t e: 5 0 3 . ( 4 )

i nvolved in m a k in g , enforcing, i nterpret i n g , and c o m m u ­ n icating " t h e law" in contemporary American civil society. FACULTY: D wye r- S h i ck, Chair; An de rs o n, Arnold, Brue, Jobst,

Klein, MacDonald, Rowe.

5 1 0 Human SexnaIJty and Sex Therapy

MINOR: 20 s e m e ste r h o u rs, 1 6 additional credit-hours,

p ro gra m 's chair.

ANTH 375 B A 405

in c l uding Pol itica.l Science 1 70 and se lec t ed in consultation w ith t he

Basic p r i n c i p les a n d s tr a tc g i s of treatment for th six m o s t common sexual dysfunctions. The nature of sexu I h e a l th , a b r i e f review of anatomy and phys iology of the sexual response, and the biological a n d psychological determinates f sexual dysfunc­ tion. Prerequisite or co- re q u isi te : 503. ( 2 )

Law, Politics, and Revolution Legal Aspects o f Financial Tra nsact i o ns Legal Aspects of Human Resource M a nagement Legal Aspects o f M a r ket i n g I n te r n ationa l Bus i n e ss La w

B 'A 406 B SA 407 B SA 408 CO 1A 3 8 1 E ON 3 7 1

5 1 1 Psychosocial Pathology: Relationship t o Marriage and the Family

Media Law I n d ustTial Orga n i �a t i o n and P u b l ic Policy Legal H i s tory P h ilosophy o f L aw I n troduction to Legal Stud i e s Judicial Process Consti t u tional Law Civil Liberties Legal S t udies Research Co m p a ra ti ve Legal Systems In te rn s h i p in Legal Studies Psychology and the Law Soc i o l ogy o f Law

H r ST 451

PHIL. 3 2 8 POLS 1 70 POLS 3 7 1 POLS 372 POLS 373

POLS 374 POLS 3 8 1 POLS 4 7 1 PSYC 471 SOCI 3 5 1

The assessment of psychosocial pathology and its relationship

to

fa m i l y i n terp e rs o n a l structures and dynamics. Exploration of the trea tment t e c h n iqu es and a s su m p t ion s of leading fa mily t h e ra pists regarding s u c h psychosocial dysfunction a s divorce, fa mily violence, delinquency, psychosomatic sym ptoms, d rug addiction, a nd distu rbed adolescents. Prerequisite: 5 0 3 . ( 4 ) 5 1 2 Professional Studies i n MlU'riage and Family Tberapy

P ro fe ss ion a l ethi and Wa s h i n gt o n tate laws \ h ich affect clinical practice a re s t u d i e d , in cl ud in g family law, legal r es p o n s i­ bilities, rules of confidentiality and interpro fess ional co op e ra ­ tion. Further study exp lores l icensure, certification, and the ro l e of p rofessional o rganizatio llS. (3) 5 19 Practlcum 1 ( 2 )

Prerequisite: 5 0 3 , 5 0 7 a.nd 5 1 2 may be taken c o n cu r re n tl y when schedule aJl \ s . 5 1 2 may also be taken concurrently with 5 2 1 , Practicllm I I , with fa c u l t y a p p rova l .

Marriage and Family Therapy

52 1 Practirum U ( 2 )

The Marriage and F a m i l y Therapy program is a graduate

523 Practicum i l l ( 2 )

program lead i n g to the M.A. in Social S c i ences. 45 semes­

525 Pract icum IV

ter hours a re req u i red in the p rogram. For fu rther infor­ mation, see t he

Graduate Studies section o f this catalog.

The Ma r r i a ge and Family T h e r a py program i s accred­ i ted by the

ommission o n Accreditation for Marriage and

Family Therapy Education o f the American Association for Marriage and Family Therapy (AAMFT ) . FACULTY: S torm, Chair; York, Clillic Director; a n d practica su p e rv is o rs : Lewis, McDowell, Vince n t.

Course Offerings

AAM FT-app roved s u p er vi so rs and use live s u p e r v i s i o n and video tapes o f student sessions as the primary methods of clinical s upervision.

500 Hllman Development

520 Theory 1 ( 2 )

Individual p e rson a l i ty d e ve l o p m e n t , normal and abnormal m;lni festations, over the l i fe s p a n . The course, which is i ntegr a te d w i t h sy�tems content, also surveys how personality relates to social relationships, especially within the fa mily. ( 4 )

98

(4)

The four semesters o f practica are p a r t of a cOllti nuou. process toward d e ve l o p i n g specific t h e r a p e ut ic com petencies in work with m a r riages and fa m ili e s . The p r ac t i ca present a c o m pe l ncy­ based program in which each student is evaluated regarding: I ) c a s e management skills; 2) rel a t i o n s h ip skill ; 3 ) perceptual skills; 4 ) c o n ce p tu a l skills; 5 ) tr uc t u r i ng skills; and 6 ) p ro fe s ­ s ional development s k i l l s . Practica req u i rement include 1 0 0 hours o f supervision o f 500 cl ie n t contact h o u rs . Faculty are

P

A

C

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

522 Theory II ( 2 ) 524 Theory I I I ( 2 )

The t h ree s e m e s te rs o f t h eo ry

5 2 1 , and 523

taken i n conj unction with - 1 9, constitute an in-depth s tu d y of one approach


toward m a r r I a ge and ramily therapy with an emphasis on ap p l yi ng theory i n prJctict'. 590 Graduate Seminar

Selected topics

as

announced. Prerequisite: conscnt of the

instructclr. ( 1 - 4 ) 591 Director St udy ( 1 - 4 ) 595 Graduate Readings

i n dependent stud y card required. (4)

598 Research Project ( 4 ) 599 Thesis

(4)

Mathematics Ma t h e m a tics is a many-fa ceted su bj ec t that is extremely useful in .i ts appl i ca t i o n , but at the same ti me i s fascinating [l nd bea uti ful i n the abstract. It is an indispensable tool for i ndustry, science, gover n m e n t , and the busines world, while the e l ega n ce of its l o gic and beauty of fo rm have i nt rigued hotars, ph i l os() phers, a n d a r tists since earliest ti mes.

The mat h e matics prog ra m at PLU is design e d to serve five ma i n objectives: ( 1 ) to prov i d e backgrounds fo r o ther d iscipl i.nes, ( 2 ) to provide a co m prehens i ve pre-profes­ siona l progrzlm for those directl y e n t e r ing the fields of tea ching and appL it!d mathem atics, ( 3 ) to provide a n ucleus of e sential courses which will develop the bread t h a n d marurity of ma them a t i cal thought fo r conti n u ed study of m a t hematics at the grad ua te level, (4) to de vel o p the men tal skil l s necessa ry for the c reations , analysis, and ri tiqu e of mathema t ical topics, a n d ( 5 ) to pro ide a view of mal b ematics as a part of h umanist i c behav i o r. FACULTY: N.C. Meyer, Chai t'; Benkhalti, Dollinger, B. Dorner, . Dorner, J . Herzog. M . Herzog, Klassen, G . Pe te rso n, Wu, Yiu . BEGINNlNG CLASSES: Majors in mathematics. computer science, engi neering, and other sciences usually take Math 1 5 1 and 1 5 2 ( c a lculu J . Math 1 5 1 is n lso appropriate for an y student w h ose Iligh school rnathem at i .$ preparation is st rong. Tho e v ho h;'lve had calculus in high school may omit Math L S I (see Advanced Placemen t section) and en roU in 1\-1ath 1 52 after cons u l ta tion with a mathematics fa culty member. Those who have l ess ma thematics background may begin with Math 140 before takin g Math 1 5 1 . M a t h I I I and .1 1 2 providc preparation for Ma tJl 1 40. Business majors rna, satisfy Lhc m a t he ma t i c.s requirement fo r !.hat degree i any of t h ree ways. Tho�e with tTong m a t hema t ics backgrourt d m ay lake Math 1 5 1 fol lowed either by Math 230 or by both M at h 1 52 and 3 3 1 . Alterna t ively. Math 1 28 alone will

satisfy the mathematics req u irement for bu.siness. Math I I I se r ves as preparation for Math 1 2 8 fo r t hose whose h igh school backgro u nd i not st rong. For stu d e n t s who plan only one mathematics course, a choice from Math 1 0 5 , 1 0 7 , 1 28, 1 40, 1 5 1 is advised, d e pe nd i ng on i ntexeSI and preparation.

Rem<!dial: Ma th 91 ( I n termediate Algeb ra ) IS available for those who are not ready Fo r o t he r classes. Math 9 1 does not cou n t toward graduation requirements. PLACEMENT TEST: placement test and background survey are used to help insure that s t u den t s begin in math e matics course which 3 rt' appro p r iate to their pr pa ration and abilitie8. E nroll ment is not permitted in a ny o f the beginning mathemat­ ic� COllise (MatJ1 9 1 , 99, 1 05, [ 0 7, 1 1 1 , 1 1 2, 1 28, 1 40, 1 5 1 ) until the placement test and background survey a re compLeted.

MATHEMATICS AND GENERAl UNIVERSITY REQUIRE­ MTh'TS: \, i l h t h e exceptions of Math 9 1 and Math 99 all mathematics cou rses will satisfy the M a thematical Reasoning requirement (line 3 of the general university requ i rements) . At least 4 hours are needed. With the except ions of Math 9 1 and Math 99 all mathematics courses will scltisfy line 2e of Core I: The istribu tive ore. At least 4 hours are needed. A course cannot simul taneously satisfy line 2e and line 3 . MATHEMATICS AND T H E COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES REQUIREMENT: Witb the excep tions of Math 9 1 a n d M a t h 9 9 all m a t hematics courses w i l l satisfy t h e logic, ma themat ics, computer science o r statistics part of Option II.! of the College o f Arts and Sciences requirement. A course cannot simu ltaneously satisfy Option !II of the College of Arts and Sciences requirement and the general u niversity requirements.

m

ADVANCED PLACEMENT: The p o licy of the Department of Mathematic with respect to AP Calculus Exam results is as follows: AB EXAM: If a student receives a � on the AB exalll then the student is given advanced placement into e ither Math 1 52 or Math 230 with credit ( 4 credits-grade Pass) givcn for Math l S I upon completion (grade C or higher) of Math 1 52 or M a t h 230. If a student receives a 5 ( the maximum) on the AB exam then the student may be eligible for advanced placement into Math 253 upon co nsultation with either the Math 253 instructor or the department chair. If the student completes Math 253 with a gTade of C or h igher then credi t (8 credi ts­ grade Pass) is given for Math l S I and Math 1 5 2 . BC EXAM: If a student receives a 3 or 4 on the Be exam then the student is treated the same as onE' who receives a 5 on the AB exam. I f a student receives a 5 on the Be exam then the student i s given advanced plac.ement into Math 253 with credit given for both Math 1 5 1 and Math 152 ( 8 credits-grade Pa s s ) if Math 253 is completed with a grade of C or h igher. I f a student ha taken calculus in h igh school and did not take an AP e.. xam, then the student may enroll in Math 1 5 2 after consultation with a mat.hemat ics faculty member. In this case no credit is given for Math 1 5 1 . MATHEMATICS MAJOR: The fo undation o f the mathematics program for majors is the threc semester sequence of calculus ( Math 1 5 1 , 1 52, 2 5 3 ) and L inear algebra ( Math 33 1 ) . These courses are usually taken in sequence in the first fou r semesters. Students with a calculus background in high school may receive advanced placement into the appropriate course in this seqll ence. Upper division work includes courses in modern algebra, mathematical analysis, applied mathematics, mathematical statistics, and geometry. Required upper division courses include Abstract Algeb ra ( Math 433), Mathematical Analysis (ivlath 4 5 5 ) , Mathematical Statistics (Math 34 1 ) , and Senior Seminar ( Math 486). Math 4 3 3 should be taken in the j unior year and Math 455 in the senior year. Statistics 34 1 may be taken either the j un io r o r the senior year. Math 4 8 6 extends over two semesters beginning in the fa ll semester; May grad uates begin this capstone experi­ ence course i n the fal l semester of the senior year, while December graduates must begin this course i n the fa ll semester of their junior year. S tudents majoring in mathematics are encouraged to include work i n com pu ter science since many careers applying math­ ematics will requ i re computer experie,nce.. It is also a good idea to study one o r more subjects outside of mathematics ( perhaps leading to a m inor) which make substantial use of mathematics. While many subjects are appropriate, some of the more common are as fullows: economics, busi ness, physics, engineering, chemistry, and biology. BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: Minimum of 34 semester hours of mathematics cou rses numbered above 1 50, including 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253, 3 3 1 , 433, 455, 486 and Math/Stat 341. Required supporting: Com p u ter Science 1 44, wh ich should be taken i n the freshman P

A

C

1

F

I

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

1

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

99


year. Physics 1 5 3- 1 63 or Computer Science 375 or Economics recommended. (Math 203, 223, 230, and 446 may not be counled toward the major.) 34 5 is s t ro ngly

III U

w :r I­ <l :E

BACHELOR OF SCmNCE MAJOR: Students may ei ther c omp l te one of the concentrations listed below or �atisfy the f, 1I0wing general criteria. Required supporting courses fo r b o th the general criteria and for the concentrations are: Computer Science 1 44, Statistics 34 [ ' and one of Physics 1 5 3 - 1 6 3 or Computer Science 375 or Economics 345.

1 07 Mathematical Explorations

GENERAL CRITERIA: At least 40 hours of mathematics co urses numbered above 1 50, i ncluding 253, 3 3 1 , 433, 455, 486 and at least one of 434, 456 or Math/Stat 342. ( Math 203, 223, 230, and

446 may not be counted toward the major.)

CONCENTRATIONS: Actuarial: 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 253, 3 3 1 , 356, 43 , 455, 486 Stat istics 342 and Statistics 348. (Economics 345 is strongly recommended

456 , and 486.

Gmdllate School:

A review of algebra emp hasizing problem solving skills and applications to b usiness problems This class is appropriate as preparation for Math 1 28 or 1 1 2 (and then 1 40 ) . Prerequisites: two year ' of high school algebra or Math 9 1 . 1 11 ( 2 )

1 52, 253, 33 1 , 35 1 , 356, 433, 455,

1 5 1 , 1 52, 2 5 3 , 33 1 , 433, 434, 455, 456, 486 and

J 1 2 Plane Tri gonometry

one upper d ivision elective. Mat helllCltic fo r Compu ter Science:

Trigonometric and i nverse trigonometric functions, identities, graphing, solution of tri a ngl es ; logarithmic and exponential fu nctions and other tools such as complex n umbers. For 'tudents who are p ro ficient in algebra but do not know trigonometry. Prerequ isite: at least two years of h igh school algebra.

1 5 1 , 1 52, 245, 253, 33 1 , 433, 4 5 5 , 486, Computer Science 348 and Co mputer Science 475. Ma thematics for Physics: 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 253, 3 3 1 , 35 1 or 356, 433, 455, 456, 486, "P h ys i c s 354 and Physics 356. Secolldary Education: 1 5 1 , 1 5 2, 203 , 245, 253, 3 2 1 , 33 1 , 433, 446, 455, 486. Iso requires completion of certification require­

I II (2)

mcnb in the School of Education.

128 Unellr Models and Calculus, An Introduction

Stat istics: 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 2 5 3 , 33 1 , 433, 455, 486, one upper division elective, tatistics 342 and Statistics 348. Th is concentration

Matrix theory and l i near programmi ng, i ntroduction to differen­ tial and integral calculus. Concepts are developed stressing

i ncludes a minor in stJtistics. BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION: See School of Educn tion

section of this catalog. MINOR IN MATHEMATICS: 20 semester hours of mathematics courses, i ncluding 1 5 1 , 1 5 2, 253 and 8 hours or upper division mathematics courses excluding 446. Strongly recommended: Computer Science 1 44 or 1 1 0.

S t u dents who have takell calculus in h igh school btlt do IIOt have

credit Jar Ma th 151 do not need to fake Mat h 1 5 1 jar the math­ elllat ics major or minor. Howe ver, they still need to complete the

limber of hOllrs ill iliafhe Ina tics stated in the requirements.

91 Intermediate Algebra

review of h igh school algebra; solving linear and quadratic equation , factoring, simp\j fying ex press ion , exponents and graphing. Designed fo r students whose mathematica l prepara­ ti n i i nadequat for Math I I \. Does n ot count toward graduation requirements. I ( 4 )

A

203 H istory o f Mathematics

A study i n the vast adventure of idea that is mathematics from ancient cultures to the 20th cen tury. The evolution of concepts of number, measurement, demonstration, and the various branches of mathematics in the contexts of the varied cultures i n which they arose. Prerequisite: M a t h 1 5 1 o r equivalent or con­ sent of instructor. Satisfies lin > 3 of natural sciences/mathematics requirement in the distributive core. atis Cies mathematics/ computer scien e requirement in options " and III of the Col­ lege o f Arts and Sciences req uirement . a/y " 1 996-97 ( 4 )

1 05 Mathematics of Personal Finance Designed to help students i d en t ify mathematics with the world they l ive i n. E mphasiz s financial t ransactions i mportant to i ndividuals and fa mi lies. Topics i n clude annu ities, loans, insur­

ance, in terest and investment. Discussions will take into account C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

152 CalcuJus I I

Continuation of 1 5 1 . Techniques and applicatiolls of integrals, improper in tegrals, o rdi n a ry differential equations and power series, with applications. Prerequisite: l S I . I " ( 4 ) 1 99 Directed Reading

Designed for students wh need further help with the. basics in mathematics to pr pare them for higher level cou u?s. Enroll­ ment by arrangement \ ith i nstructor. Does not count toward graduation requirements. S only ( 1 -4)

A

Functions, l im its, derivatives and integrals with applications. Emphasis o n derivatives. Prerequisite: Math analy is o r pre­ calculus in high school or Math 1 40 or equivalent. I II (4)

Supervised study of topics selected to meet the individual's needs or in terests; primarily fo r s tudents awarded advanced placement. Admission only by departmental i nv itation. ( 1 -2 )

9 9 Directed St ud y in Fundamental Mathematics

P

140 Analytic Geometry and Functions

1 5 1 Introduction t o Calculus

Course Offerings A grade of C or h igh r i. s tro n g l y recommended in all prerequi­ site cou rses. A placement test and backgro und survey are required before regi tering for beginning mathematics courses if p re requ isites have not been completed at PL .

1 00

applications. This c u rse is primarily for business majors, b ut is open to all students interested in business, economics, and be­ havioral science applications. Prerequisites: two years of high school algebra or M at 11 I I I or equivalent Cannot be taken fo r credi t if Math IS I (or the e qu i vale n t ) has been previously taken with a grade of C or h igher. I II ( 4 ) Different types of functions, th e L r properties and graphs, e pe­ ei a lly trigonometric fu nctions. Problem solving and mathemati ­ c a l writing arc emphasized a s well a s algebraic skjll. This course prepares students for calculus. Prerequisites: I I I and 1 1 2 or equivalent high school material. I I I ( 4 )

MJNOR IN STATISTICS: ee Statistics sec tion of this catalog.

II

Connects contemporary mathematics a nd modern society with emphasis on n umerical a nd logical reasoning. Problem formula­ tion and i nterpretat ion o f results will be emphasized more than technical proficiency. Co mpu ters or calculators will be used where appropriate. Designed to help students become aware of applications of mathematics, to enhance students' enjoyment of and self-confldence in mathematics, and to help students think criiically about mathematics. Topics wi ll be selected by the instructor. Not intended for majors in science or mathemat ics or co mputer science. Prerequisite: fulfillment o f the PLU entrance requirement in mathematics ( two years college preparatory mathematics). I II ( 4 ) I I I CoUege Algebra

as a supporting course). This concentration i ncl udes a minor in statisti s. Applied Mathematics: 1 5 1 ,

the time val ue of money. Prerequisite: fulfillment of the PL entrance requirement in mathematics ( two years college prepara­ tory mathematics). J ( 4 )

Y


223 Modern Elementary Math matlcs

b o u ndary-value a nd eigenvalue p roblems, power series s o l u t ions,

ol1cepts u n derlyi n g traditional comp utational techniques; a

n o n l i near d i fferential equations, n u m erical methods, tbe LaPl ace

'ystemati c anal)' " i of <l ri thmet ic; an i n t u i tive approach to

transformation. Prerequisite: 2 5 3 . II all' 1 996-97 (4)

algebra and geomet ry. I n tended fo r elementary teaching majors. Prerequi ite: c o n ent of instructor. I II (4)

Nume rical theory a n d application in areas of solution o f

2 3 0 Matrix Algebra

A su rvey of matrix aJg bra a n d determ i n a n ts w i th a p p l ic a t i o ns, such as Li near progra m m i ng.

356 Numerical Analysis

first look at abstract methods

including some tech n i q u s of p roof. Prerequisite: 1 5 1 . I I I ( 2 )

n o n l i n ea r eq uations, matrix theory, i n terpolation, approxima­ tions, n umerica l d i fferentiation and integration, solution of

d i fferential equations, and Fourier transforms. Prerequisites: 253 or ( 1 52 and either 230 or 3 3 1 ) ; CSCI 1 44 or other computer language. a/y 1 995-96 II ( 4 )

245 Discrete Structures Prov ides the mathematica l background necessary for upper

m

3 8 1 Seminar i n Problem Solving

d ivisio n work i n computer science. Sets, reiJtions, fu nctions

This course is designcd to i mp rove advanced problem solving

combinatoric , a n d graph theory a n d their rel a t i o n to topics in

skills in mathematics. A goal of the course is participation in

compu ter s ience. Te h n iqu cs for logica l reason ing i ncluding

the P u to a m Mathematics Com p e t i t io n . Students w i l l work on

methods of quantified logic, ded u c t i o n , i n d uc t i o n , a n d contra­

problems from past m a thematical competitions and other

d i ction w i l l be taught and applied throughout the course.

sources; they will present solutions to the group and d iscuss

Pr requisite: 1 52. II ( 4 )

problem solving techniques. Pass / Fa i l only. Students may t a ke this co u rse more than once. Prerequisite : 1 5 2 or consent o f

253 Multivariable Calculus An introduction to vectors, partial derivatives, m ultiple i n tegrals, and vector analysis. Prerequisite: 1 52 . I I I (4)

instructor. I

(I)

433, 434 Abstract Algebra Top i cs from groups, r ings, m o d ules, fields, 6eld extensions, and

32 1 Geometry

linear algebra. Prer

Foundations of geometry a n d hasic theory in Eucl idean,

3 3 1 ; 433 I ( 4 ) ; 434 a/y I I 1 995-96 ( 4 )

446 Mathematics in the Secondary School

p rojective, and n o n - Euclidean geometry. Prerequisite: 1 52 or consent o f instructor. I (4)

Methods a n d materials in seco n da ry school math teaching. Basic mathematical concepts; p r i n c i ples of n u m ber operation,

3 3 1 Linear Algebra

relation, proof, and problem solving ll1 t he context of a r i thmetic,

Vectors and abstract vector spaces, matrices, i n n er prod uct

algebra, and geometry. Prere q u isite: 253 or 3 3 1 or equivalent.

spaces, l i near transformations. Proofs w i l l b e emphasized. Pr requisite: 1 52 .

uisite:

r (3)

I II (4)

455, 456 Mathematical Analysis

34 1 Introduction to Mathematical Statistics Description of data ( u n ivariate a n d bivar i a t e ) , i n troduction to prob a b i l i ty ( axioms, d iscrete and co n t i n u o u s random variabl

s,

expectations), special d istributions ( b i no m ia l , Poisson, normal, gam m a ) , statements of law of large n u m bers and cen t ral l i m i t

Extended treatment of top i c s introduced in elemcntary calculus. Prerequisite: 253 and 433 (with consent of i nstructor 433 may be taken concurrently). 455 I (4); 456 I I (4) 486 Senior Semioar

theorem, elements of experi mental design ( con trol, randomiza­

Oral �nd \vritten presentation by stude nts of i n formation

tion , blocking), sampling d i s t r i b u t ions, point est i m ators ( b i a s

learned in i ndividual research under the d i rection of a n assigned

e fficiency, methods o f mo ments a n d maximum l l kelihood ) ,

instructor. Discu s io n of methods fo r c o m m u n icating math­

confidence i n tervals, hypothesis tests, regression ( i f t i m e

ematical k nowledge will be i n cluded. Required of all senior

p e r m i t s ) . Prerequisite : 1 52 . r (4)

mathemat ics majors seeking a B.A. or B.S. degree. Completion of this course satisfies the requirement for a senior seminar/p roj ect .

342 Probability a n d Statistical Theory Con r i nuation of Math/Stat 34 1 . Top i cs may include: joint, marginal, and conditional distributions, correlations, distrib u ­ tions of fu nctions of r a n d o m variables, m o m e n t generating funct ion s, Chebyschev's i nequal ity, convergence in p robab i l i t y a n d l i m i t i ng distributions, in t ro d u c t i o n t o i n ference i n regres­ sion and one-way analysis of variance, i n t roduction to Bayes ian and no n-param etric statist ics, power test and likelihood ratio tests. Prerequisite: 34 1 . a/y 1 995-96 I I ( 4 )

T h e course lasts two semesters beg i n n i n g in t h e fall semester; students gradua t i n g in May sh o u ld start the course in the fal l of their senior year and students grad uating in December should begin the course in the fal l of their j u n ior year. A grade o f I n Progres� ( l P ) will be given after the first semester. Final WTitten a n d oral presentations by the students will be given in the spring semester a fter which regular grades w i l l be assigned. Prerequi site: senior (or second semester j u n i o r ) math major

345 Computational Probability and Statistics

An i n t roduction to concept from probability a n d statistics a n d

t h e i r relationship to com p uting. Topics include b o t h discrete and cont inuous distributions, descriptive statistics and regression,

490 Topics i n Mathematics a.

recurrence relations, generat i ng fu nct ions, i n t roduction to Polya counting theory a nd Ramsey theory. Prerequ isite:

computing. 345 c a n n o t b e taken fo r credit after 3 4 1 . Prerequi­

M ATH 245.

II ( 2 )

348 Applied Regression Analysis and Anova

b. Complex Analysis Complex n umbers, fun c tions of a complex variable, co ntour i n tegrat i o n , Cauchy I n tegral Theorem, power series, res idues.

and viola tions o f model ass u mp t i ons, analysis o f variance, m ultiple comparisons, analysis of covariance. Substantial use of

Prerequ is i te: 2 5 3 . c.

Dynamical Systems: Chaos a n d Fractals The mathematical theory of chaotic dynamical systems and

a statistical com puter package and a n emphasis o n exploratory

fractal geometry. Topics: b i furcation, quadratic maps, trange

analysi s of data. Prerequisite: 3 4 1 o r consent of instructor. a/y 1 996-97

1 52

and either 230 or 33 1 .

L i near, fiultiple a n d n o n linear regression, regression d i agnostics experimental design including randomization a n d blocking,

Combinatorics Elementary counting methods, i nclusion-exclusion principle,

t hese areas, and application of these areas to problems i n S C I 1 44. Recomme nded:

consent of

Selected topics fro m the list below or c urrent i n terest. II ( 1 -4)

together with the use o f the compu ter for solving problems in

sites : 152 and

or

department cha i r. I-II ( 2 )

attractors, Cantor sets, s)'mbolic dynamics, Sarkovskii's

II (4)

theorem, fractals, fraclal d i mension, Julia sets, Mandelbrot set,

35 1 Differential Equations

iterated fu nction systems, escape time algorithm, collage

An i n t rod uction to d i ffere ntial equations emphasizing the

theorem.

app l ied aspect. First and second order, differen t i a l equations,

se of c o m p u ter graphics. Prerequisite: 3 3 1 and

co nsent o f i nst ructor. Reco mmended: 455. P

A

C

I

f

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

101


>

" o o Z ::E: U

d. Graph Th eo ry Paths, cycles, trees, p l ana r gr ap hs, H a m i l to n i a n g rap h s , co l o r i n g, 4 - co l or t h eo re m , digra p h s, appl ica tions. Prerequ i ­ site; 1 5 2 and e it he r 2 3 0 o r 33 1 . e. Group Repl'esema rions Int.ro uction to g rou ps, point groups, space g r o up s , repre­ sentations of groups, applications to problems in p hys i cs a n d physical chemi try. Prereq u i s i te : 33 1 . II f.

g.

IoU

c IoU

ship programs require or s t rongly recommend a baccalau­ reate degree i n biology or i n chemistry before admission to clinical training. There fore, a student should consider first earn ing a bachelor's degree with either o f these majors. The minimum academ ic requirements fo r entry i n t o clin ical training as p ubl ished by the National Accred iting Agency fo r Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAA

Prime n u mbers, divisibility, m od u l a r arith metic, an in tr od uc ­ tion to D i opha n t i n e equations, a p plicat ions. P rereq u is i t e : 1 5 2 . pemtions Research p t i mi zatio n problems, l i near p rogramming, network flow analy:;is, stochastic models, qu eu eing t h e o r . P rereq u isi t e: 1 5 2 and e it h e r 2 3 0 or 3 3 1 .

course in college level mathematics or the equivalent.

The

biology courses must i nclude microbiology and immunol­ ogy. The chem istry must i nclude a t least one course in chemistry cou rses must be considered acceptable toward majors in tho e fields.

The

mathemat ics requirement must

be met by courses recognized as prerequisites fo r admis­ sion to physics courses. I n addition to these specific re­ q u i rements, the student must have acquired a minimum of

90

s mester h o u rs of academic credit before admission to

clin ical t ra i n ing. Students can also satisfy pre- medical technology re­ q u i rements at PLU and then transfer to another university

Tran·fonn Methods Transform methods, including c o n t i n uo us and d is c re t e Fourier Tra nsforms, fast Fourier trans o rm s, app l i c at i o n s . P rereq u i s i t e: 1 5 2 a n d 33 1 .

fo r complet ion o f clinical t ra i ning. REQUIREM ENTS FOR THE B.S.M.T. DEGREE:

I.

49 1, 492 In dependent Study Prerequisite: consent of dep a r t me n t chair. I n ( 1 -4) 597, 598 Graduate Research Open to master's degree ca n did a t es only. P r e re qui si t e : consent o f department chair. I II ( l -4)

Biology B io l ogy 1 6 1 , 1 6 2, 3 2 3 - P r i n c i ples o f B iology I, I I , I I I B iol og y 328 - Mi c rob i o l ogy

Biology 407 - Molecular Biology B i o lo gy 446 - Immunology 2. Chemistry Chem i st ry 1 20

- General Chemistry 338 - Ana l yt i ca l C h em is tr y Chem i s t ry 2 3 1 , 233, 33 1 , 3 3 3 - Organic Chemistry

C he m is t ry

3 . Mathemntics

Medical Technology

Mathematics 1 40 - F u nc t i on s, A na l y t i c Geometry, and

Probabil it y

Medical Technology is a profession,Ll program in clinica l labo ratory sciences for

professional

which t h e

Very strongly reco m mended:

un iversity provides pre­

pr paration as well as a Bachelor of Science i n

Med ical Tech nology

( B.S.M .T. ) . T h is degree

is customarily

awarded a a second baccalaureate degree i n additio n to a degree i n e i t h r biology or chemistry a fter completion of one year of clinical trainin g i n a program accredited by the Committee on Allied Health Education and Accred i tation fu lfillment of pre- p ro fessional requ i re men t s . Upon gram, th

and

cl i nical pro­

s t udent i s eligible to take the medical t chnology

certificate examination given by the Board o f Regis t ry o f Med ical Te chnologists o f t h e American Society o f Clin ical

Pa t hologists. Since most

of the hosp i tal schools

in the State of Wash­

ington have closed, students may have to combin e earning a bachelor's deg ree in biology or chemistry with comple­ tion o f a community college- based year o f clin ical training i n an approved medi a l laboratory technician

( M LT) pro­

gram. Eligibility req u irem ents fo r taking the ASCP m dical technology examination can be met with the combination of a bachelor's degree,

I LT certification (A

P ) , and three

years o f fu ll-tim e acceptable dinical laboratory experience. I n formation about other alternat ives fo r meeting certifica­ tion req uirem e n ts can be obta ined from the health sci­ ences advisers. Although the minimum requireme n t s fo r medical tech­ nology are as outlin ed below, many o f the clinical intern1 02

P

A

C

I

F

i

e

l

V

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Physics 1 2 5, 1 26, 1 3 5, 1 36 - General P hys i cs A lso recommwded:

Biology 3 3 1 - Gen e t i cs Biol o g y 3 46 - Cellular Physiology Biology 44 1 - M a m m al i a n Phys i o l o g y C he m ist r y 403 - Biochemistry The remainder of the re q u i r e m e n t s for chem ist ry should also be ful fi l l ed .

of the American Medical Association in addition to the completion of the combined acad mic

16

orga n i c chemistry or b io - chemistry. Both t h e biology and

h . Pa rtial DijJeren t ial Equations Solutions and behavior of LaPlace, wave and heat equations, Fourier series and integrals, LaPlace t ra n sform. P re req u i s ite : 253. II i. Topology Metric spa es, top logical spaces, continuity, compactness, co nne tednes ', h o moto p y. Prerequisite: 253 or 3 3 1 . J.

LS) are

semester ho urs each o f biology and chemistry and one

l i m ber Th e o ry

Y

a

major in biology o r


Fo l lowing is the p ro g r am fo r nil e n tering fres hmen Who

Music The

i n tend to maj o r in m usic:

change,

a

Music Fu nda m e n t al s ' : I l l , 1 1 3 Music and Culture: 1 20 Theory/E.lr Training: 1 24, 1 26 Keybuarding: 1 2 1 , 1 22 Histor),: 1 30

type o f i nvestment that can provide endu r i ng

sat isfac tion.

The st aff and facilitie of Pacific Lutheran University are such lh at students may p ursue studies in many b r nch

s

of music leading to academic d e grees as well as l ifelong en j yment . Degree programs i nclude the Bachelor of Arts,

I

the Bachelor o f Music Ed ucation , the Bachelor o f Musical

and the Bachelor of Music. The m u s i c pro g r, m is accredited regional ly and nation­

A rts,

a lly. Pacific Lu theran U n iversi t y is a fu ll member f t h e National Association of Schools of Music. PLU m usic graduates find places fo r themselves as

te chers of m u s i c in p u b l i c a n d p ri v a te schools and col­ leges, and as conductor. , composers, private teachers, a nd classroom teachers. considerable number contribute greatly to church worship as organi. ts, choir direct r s , o r ful l-time ministers. ome h ave fou n d sat isfying ca r ers i n music merchandisi ng, others i n con ert management. till other , with mphas i ' on perf< rmance, are i n opera and 011

the concert stage, as well as in popular entert i n ment, vocally and instrumentally. Facil i ties for exploring the musical arts a re o u tstanding. The !vfary Baker Russell Ml/sic Center, with its exquisite Lage rquist COl/cert Hall, p ro v i d es stat -of- the-art focus to music study at PLU. M e d i a rich classrooms a n d labs aug­ ment studios and individual practice spaces. Pr i vate study in keyb o a rd is ava ilable in piano, o rgan, and h a rpsichord. O ther p rivate study i n cludes voice and all string, wind, a n d percussion instruments, t a u g h t by re g u la r ly performing musicians. Profess io nal-quality experience i s available t o qual i fied performers i n b a n d , orc h e s t r a , choir, jazz, and c h a mbe r ensembles. Exposu re to l11 usical l iterature is to be gained n o t only t h r ugh inten. ive course work i n h i story a n d l i teratu re, but

al '0

i n attendance at the large n u mber of concerts

annually pr scnted by the performing orga n iza t ions as well

as by students, faculty, and g u e s t art ists in recital.

It must be emphasized that musi

majors form b u t a part of the multi-faceted program. of music a t PLU. U students are eligible to audit i o n for the performing organi­ zation and consti tute perhaps half of th e membersh ip. l nt r d u c t o ry mu 'ic cou rse d u r i n g both the re g u la r s e me te rs ar designed for expl o r a tion and selffu lfil lment.

fACUlTY: Rob b ins, Chair; B r a d l e y, Dahl, r a m e r. Fro h n mayer, Gard, Grie.,hab r, H o ffm a n , M. Kirk, C. Knap p , K racht, Na n ce , Sparks, Va ught Farner, Yo u t z ; a s is ted b)' Agent, Baldwin, B o u g h t n. Brandt, 'ampos, r oo k s , by. Eri ck�o n, Fi e l d , ,anu ng, Habed nk, H a r kn e ss, I a rt y, Hi l l, Holloway, Ho uston, B. Johnson, . Kirk, S. Kn a p p , D. K n ut se n , Musa, N i erma n, F. Peterson, S h a p i ro , Sus man, ' 1�1 yl o r, Te rp e n n i n g , Turner, Wal l. For i n t roductory co u rses to t h e field of mu ie, see the d es cr ip ­ ti ons or Music

1 0 1 , 1 02 , 1 03, 104, 1 05, 1 06, and 1 20 .

Students inl nd i ng to maj o r in music should begin the m, jor musi sequences in the fi r st year. Failure to do so may mean a n extra s e mester or year to complete t h e pro('ram.

1

SPRING

FAll

COUJlSES,

st u dy of music is, in these times of stress and rapid

2'+ 2-'

4

4 1 3

s: c:

These COL/rses are prereq uisite to Theory 124. All freshmen should registerj(ir I I I alld / 1 3. A placemellf test will be givell

durillg the first class meetill g, a lld, based on the test aLit Ol'll e, st udents will be placed ill either 124, 1 13 o r retained ill I l l . Half-semester co u rses.

MUSIC M INOR: General: 22 semester

hours, i n cl u d i n g Music 1 20; one o f t he fol l o w i n g : Music 1 2 1 , 1 2 2 or 202 ( 1 credit); 1 24, 1 26; 4 h u u rs of P ri v ate I n struction ( Music 202-2 1 9 ) ; 4 h o u rs of Ensemble ( M usic 360-384) ; one of the fo l l owin�: 1usic 10 1- 1 06, 1 30, 2 3 0, 2 32; 1-2 houris) of m u s i c elec t. i ve ( s ) Specialized: 32 semester ho ur s, i n c l u d i n g co u rs e s re q u ire d in the Ge ne r a l Minor (22 hours) p l u s 4 a dd i t i o n a l hours of P r iva t e I n struction ( Music 40 1 1 9 ) a n d o ne of t b e Conce n t ra t io n M o d u le s (6 hour ) l i s t ed under the B a ch e lo r of Music i n Performance degree ( see l isting b e l ow ) .

.

Undergraduate Music Major Degrees: ENTRANCE AUDITlON: To

be adm i t Led to a music maj o r

pro g ram, p ros p e c t ive students m u ·t a u di t i o n for the m u s i c

fa c u l ty.

Music majors s h o u ld fiJI o ut a declaratiun of maj o r for m du ri ng t heir first semester of enrollment i n the program G.l1d be a ss i g n e d to a m u s ic fa lI l t y a d v is e r O n l y g r a d e s of - o r h igher in m u s i c co u rses may b e co u n ted toward a music major. Co u rses i n wh ich the s t ud e nt receives l o wer than a C- must be repeated u n l e ss substitute course wo r k is autho rized by the d e p a r t m en t . .

MUSIC CORE: The fo l l owing o re is r e q u i r e d in a l l m u s i c

d e g ree p ro g ra ms :

Music and Culture : 1 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 4 ho urs

.. .. . . . . .. . ... . .. 2 1 2 4 , 22 3 6 M u s i c H i st or y : 1 30, 230, 2 3 2 . . . . .. . . 9 Ear Tr a i n i n g: 1 26, 225, 226 .......................................... . . . . . . . . . 3 ..

h o u rs

.... . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

ho urs

Keyboard i ng: 1 2 1 , 1 22

Th e o r y :

....

...

...

....

.

.

... ................

................ . . . . . . .

.

.

........

...

........

hours

hours

24 hours The Music core is fundamental to the p u r su it of the music m aj or and should b completed i n sequence i n the fi rst four semesterS o f stud y. Music core requirements must be fu l fi l l e d by e nro l l m en t in specific co u r ' es and ma), not be taken by mea n s o f i n d e p e nde n t s t ud y .

ENSEM BLE REQUIREMENT: Music m aj o r s are re q u ire d to

participate each s e m es t e r in a m us i c en!)cmble.

KEYBOARD PROFICIENCY: Ba ' i c ke y b oa rd skills are required i n a l l music m aj o rs ( B . M . , B . M . E . , B.M . A . , B . A . ) . A tta i nm e n t o f ad e q ua t e keyboard skills i 1 ) adj u d icated b y the Keyboard Proficiency J u r y, a dm i n i s t e red each term and 2 ) for En h el o r of M u s i c and Bachelor o f Music Ed ucation s t uden t s , a p rereq u i s i t e to their s o p h o more j uries ( see b elow) . Consult the Music Student Ha n d boo k fo r d e ta i l s .

LANGUAGE REQUI REM ENT: Vocal performance majors are

req u i red to take at lea t o n e year of language study in French or German (see de pa rtm e n t h a n d b o o k ) .

M USIC MAJOR J UR I ES: Students p u rs u ing Bachelor of Music

and Bachelor of Music Education d 'gre s a r c requir ' d to pass s o p h om o re an d deg ree recital ju ries. onsult the Music Student Han d n o ok � r details. P

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

1 03


of 44

BACHBLOR OF ARTS MAJOR: Maximum

erne ter h o u rs

i nc l ud i n g mu si c c o re (24 hours ) , plus ,� ho urs of e!1scmble; 6

hours (2 o u rses) fro m 3 i nst ruct ion ; 490

,

( 2 credits) .

33 7 a d/or

hours

3!!; 8

,

-

of p rivate

,

....

.

.

....

.

...........

.

mu,t meet Col lege or Art and Scien es requi rement (Op t i o n I, f l , o r m ).

.

.

.

d eg re r

( Band)

-

Required Components

indud th e following courses: .. . . ... . . . .. . . . . 3 240 - Fo u ndations of Music E d u c a t io n 249 Tech n o l ogy Lab . .. . . . .. . . . .. . . . .. . .. 1 340 - undam nta ls of lvlusic Edu ,lion . . 2 343 - lvlaterials and Methods for Seco ndary G neral M us i c .. 2 345 - Conducting I . . . . . . . .. . ... . . I 3 46 - ond ueting II . .. . . .. . . I 347 - Adap t i ve Music . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . I . . . ... . . . I 348 - Practi urn i n Mu sic Education . 445 o n ducting I I I . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . .. . . . I 446 Co nd uct i ng I . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . 1 469 - St uden t Tea h i og S e m i n l r ...... . . . . . . . . . . .... .............. ............. 2 c o re

....

-

.... . .

.

...

..

.

.

.

.

. . .. .

.

...

.. .

..

. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

.

.

.

.

.

. ...

..

.....

..

...

..

.

........

.

.

-

..

.

.

.

. .. . . . .

.

.

. ...

. ..

.

.

. .. . .

..

.

. . . ..... .

. . ...... .

.

. ..

.. .

. . . . . . . . . . .. . .

-

. .. . . .

.

.

.. .

....

.

.. .

..

..

.

.

..

...

...

... . . . .

.

. ..

.

..

.

... ...

. . . .........

. . . . .. .

.

.

. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .

.

.. .

......

. . .. .

...

......

.

... . .

.........

.........

.

..

..

. . . . . . . . . ... .

......

.

.. . .. .

.

COlIs€cutivc la ll/spring �ml ·ffe rs.

." Hulj' r erital.

Music Educatioll Core: All H.M. E. degre

..... .

K- 12 ltlstrllmelltal (Orchestra) Musi Core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Mus i c 370,

Music 3 8 1

.

-

.

.

.

. . ...

.

. .

. .... . . ....

.. . . . . .. . . . . . . . 24 . .. 6 . . . . .. . . I .

.

.

.

..

.

.

. .

7 1 , 380 - Large nsemble . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chamber Ens mble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.

...

.

..

...

..

to

to

S ch oo l of Ed ucati o : oUll da t i o n � of Education . . . . . . . . . . .

take the

. . ... 3 . . . .. . 3 EP Y 36 1 - Psychology for Teaching . . . . . . . .. . 3 , PED 200 - I nd ividuals w i th Special Needs . .. . . . . . . 2 , PED 480 - I ut!s in Child buse and Neg l ec t ........................ 1 EDUe 468 tuclent 'T\:aching . . .. . . . . .. . . . . 1 0

EPS

26 1

-

- Hu m a n Relations Deve lopment . . .. .

.

..

....

.

..

... ....

-

. .. .

.

....

..

.

..

.

.

.. .

.

..

.

.

.. ....

.

...

.

..

. . . . . . . . . . . .... . .

. ... .. . .

.. . . . . . . .

... . . . . . . .

.

.

. ..

...... ..

...

.

..

..

.

S hool o f Ed uca t io n Sequen ce: 2 2 red its Music Education Curricula K· 1 2 Choral (Elemetltary or Secondary Emphasis) Music ore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Music 360-363 La rge En emble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 j 'lu sic 377 J azz I mprovisation/Ensemble Labor tory . . . . . ..... . 1 -tusic 204/404/420* Private I n t r uct io n Voi e . . . . 6 (6 sem.* ) tvt usic Ed u ca tio n Core . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1usic 248 or 366 Guitar Lab or Opera Works hop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I Music 42 l - Ad vanced Keybo a rd ( private study) .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Music 440 Methods and Ma terials fo r K-9 Music I . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Musi c 443 M ethod fo r Seconda rY horal tusic . . . . . .. . . .. . 2 Music 441 or 444 M e th ds nd M a ter i al for K-9 M u sic I I or Materials for Secondary Choral Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 .

.

.

-

.

.

.

.

.

.

. .

.

.

.

-

-

.

.

.

.

.

.

-

.

.

.

.

-

.

-

..

.

. ..

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Music

Mu ie Music

Mus;c

"sic

.

..... .....

.........

"ore

.

.

. ..

..

.. .

....

. .

.

...

. . . . . . .. . . . .

.

.

. . . . .. .

.

.....

.

.. .

. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .. .

.

.

-

. . . . .. . . . .

..

.

...

..... .

.

62 cred i t s

opllOlIlo re lIl1ri degree juries req llirerl.

Compietioll vf �Il

/Ill/sic requirement:> r�q lli,.ed p r io r 'drool of EfiJlC£ltir", scqll�lT<:e T'quir d. • Com;eclltive jilil/sprirlg semeSfers. " . Half redtal.

to

5f11dellf

!�IIc/lirlg.

K- 1 2 Instru mental (Ba"d) Music Core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . 24 Music 370, 3 7 1 , 380 - Large Ense m b l e .. ............... . .......... . . . . . . . .. . 6 ..

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Mu. ic 3 77 - Jazz I mprov isation/ Ensemb le L'lbof, tory

.. .

. .

. ...

..

I

Mu 'ic 2 - -/ 4- -/4 20 " Private I nst ruction: Prl ncipal Instrument . . . . . . . . . . ... . . 6 (6 sem . ' ) Musi du ca t ion Cor . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 16 Mu�ic 24 1 - tring Lab . . . . . . ... . . . . 1 -

. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .

.

. . ..

.

.

. ...

...

..

.

..

.

.

. .. . .

..

..

. . . . . .. . .

.

.

.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .

.

.. .

. . ...

..

.

..

. . .. . . . .

. ....

.

.. . ..

..

.. .

P

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

. .

T

.

. ..

.

..

. . . .. . . . . . . . .

62 credits

Cnmpletinrl of ali music requirelllcllfs reql,jred prior 10 studerrt IMeilillg. :;cllOol of fidl1ClltiQII seqlletlce required. • 'onsecut ive frIll! p ' rillS S(IIlel la,. • • Half ren/al.

BACHELOR OF MUSICAL ARTS: Core . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Mus i - La rge En e m ble ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . ............ ........... . . . . . . . . . . . ...... 8 Mus i 2--/4-- Private Instruct io n: Prlncipal ( n strum nl . . . . . . . . . 8 Mus ic 3 6 Mnk lng Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Mus ic 337 Analyz.i ng M u ,ic . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music 338 Research ing Music . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . 3 Mu ic 390/39 1 - I n tensive Perforrml nce Stu y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 4 Music 4':10 - enior P r oj ect ... ............. .................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 M us ic Electives . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

M us i c

-

-

-

. .

.

.

.

-

.

.

.

.

.

. .

.

.

..

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

. .

.

.

.

Y

.

.

.

..

.

.

..

Ki ybvartl projit:ie"rr I1?Iluiml. III (I cognate.fi�/d oll ts ide of IIIIISic, 0 '1 academic lIIin"r ur secol/d 1I1IIj" r reqlllr d.

.

.

62 credits

BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN PERFORMANCE: M usic C rt: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . .. . . 24 Music Private l nstruction (OT1Wrl rruions be/,lIY) . .. . . . 24 (8 ,em.�) Music E n emble (!C" (OllctlllrnrlOliS b�Jow/ . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 M u� i 336 lakin g M u si c .. . . . . . . ... .. . . . . . ............... . . . . . . . . . . ................ 3 Music 3 3 7 - Analyzing Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Music 338 Researching Musi .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 M usic 3 0 or 39 1 I n tensive P rform. nce I ll d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 ivl usic - Concent rat ion ll.ldult" (see below) ..... :..... . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . ... 6 Music El e tives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . ... . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 5 -

.

. ..

-

.

.

.

(,,,

.

.

-

..

..

-

.

.

.

..

.

.

.

.

...

.

.

.

.

-

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Keyboard praficrcllc), rcqwred. Sop/lVrnare (Ill d degrcp juries relluired. � Coltsemtl"e f aiUspri"f, S<,'lIlcstcr.s.

.

80 cred i ts

ConcentratJons: lllstrumelllll / - privah: instruction: i ncl u di ng 420 ( ru l l recital ) ; ensemble: 370, 3 7 1 , 380; modu l e: 34 5 , 3 4 , 358 , 3 R I ( 2 ) , electjv<:

( J ).

Orgo n - pri ate i truc t ion : i nclud ing ha rpsich Qrd, 420 ( fu l l rec ital ); ensem b l e : i n cl ud ing 3 81 ; mod ule: 34 5, 346, 352, 35 R; dect i ve

(2).

Piono - p riv a te ins t r u c ti o n : incl uding h arpsi hord, 42 (full recital); t"nsemble: large ( 2 ) , 3 5 1 ( 2 ) , 383 ( 2 ) ; p i ano elect ive (2); mod ul e : 3 58 , 430 , 4 3 1 , 45 1 , 452, el ect ive

1 04

.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

..

-

Keyliuarri p r o I iell,! r ql1ired.

..

. . .. . . . . . . . . . . 6 (Ii se m . · ) .. . ... .. . . . 16 2 4 1 /24 - St rin a Lab ( I , I ) . . .. . . . 2 243/244 Woolwind Labo rato ry ( I , 1 ) . . . . . . . . .. . . 2 245 - Bras Laboratory ( I ) . .. . . . . . . .. I 457 - . 1 thods 3nd Mate rials for Elementary Strings 2 4 58 - Metl10ds nd Ma te ria ls for S eco n d a ry S t r i n gs . . . . 2

P r incipal In st rument Music Education

-

.

. . . . . ..

....

Keyboard proficie ncy req llired. Sopllomore 111111 degree juries req uired.

fo l lowing ourses i n the EDUC 2 2

...

Music 2--/4- -/42 0� ' - Private I ns t ruct i on:

.

the music c o u rses

I b,ted below, a l l m u sic edu ca ti on m ajors are req uired

..

...

..

.

Scllool oIEdllcatioll Seqllellce: L n addi t i o n

.

COII/pietio/l 0/«1/ mllsic rC'qllirClllcllts requi,,:ti pdor tv 5WdCllt teaching. Sc hoo l ofI: dllcatio n seqllellce reql/ired.

Bachelor o f Mu ic Ed u ca ti o n : K- 1 2 I nslru rne!1tal (Orchest ra)

m us i c ed ucat io n

4

'Op)II JI1IOre Ilnd degree juries reqllired.

K- 1 2 h r l l 1 2 In trumental

Bachelor o f M u s i Education :

.......

62 (;redits

Keyboard proficiency rE''1 uir<d.

BACHELOR OF MUSIC E DUCATION: Bache l o r of Musi Educa t i n:

..

Mu i e 44 7 - Method fo r S c h o o l Band M usi c . . . . . . .................... 2 [ Il1Sie 448 - Materials for School Band Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Key boa r d proficienc), required. I n

add it i o n t o req ui remen ts I jsted above, candidates fo r the B.A.

u

Mu ic 243/244 - Woodwind Laboratory ( l , I )

, lu ic 245/246 Brass l aborato ry ( 1 I ) . . I\USIC 247 - Percussio n L a bo rat ory ( I )

( 1 ).


Voice - rivate i nstruction : in l u d i n g 42 ( fu l l rCl i ta l ); nsemble: 60-363; m ) d u ie : 353, . 8. 366, 453. Co mposition - p ri • Ie instruction: 327 ( 1Ii), ri nci p a l ' truroent (8)i e ns mble: l a rge (4); mo d u l e : 345, 346. de live (4 ).

Course Offe rings 101 introduction to Music Introduction to music litemture \\lith e m p h a sis on l i s ten i ng . struct u re . per io d , and sty le. esi gn ed to en h. nce the enjoyment ,lI1d u nde rs ta n din g of m usic. No t op n to m'ljo rs. 1 (4) 1 02 UndcrstaruUng Music Through Melody

Introductlon to the musical arts througb e xp lo ra t io n

f m e l o dy p ri ma r m u s i cal i mp ulse in a variety of musical sty les . Dc igned to en ha n ce the en joy m en t a nd understanding of all m u si t h r o ll gh in reas e d 'ensitivity to melody. o t open to m aj o rs . I I (4)

as

J

u n ivers it . requiremen t in arts; may be combined with 1 1 3 in a si n g le emester t c om p l et e the general ll niver i ty req11i rement in a r ts. 1 ( 2)

1 1 3 Music Fundamentals n co t i n u a ion of 1I l . Mi nor sca l es, i n terval , tr iads and diatoni 7th chords. Partially fu l fi l ls tbe gen e r al university requ ire me nt i n arts; m ay be combined with 1 1 1 in a s i ngle emestcr to compl ·t the gene.ral u.n iversity requir m e n t in art. . P rereq u i s ite : I I I o r co nse n t of instructor. L1 (2)

c n

l 20 Music and Culture Introduction to c th n musicologicll considerations of a variety of music traditions. foc u s i ng on calypso, Eu ro pe an court m u s ic . and hinese COlirt m usi c . Examination th rough i n d i l' id u a l and g rou p res a rc h a.nd pr sentation of s oc ial , economic, and re l igi o u s aspects of music while developU1g researc h, c ri t ical thinkin', and pr senta t ion sk ills. Requ ires no pr vi o us music ex.perience and fulfills th ge n eral u nive rs i ty requirement in arts and diver ity; req uired for music m a jl rs and minor '; praequ i­ sit course for 1 24, 1 30. I (-l) 121 Theory at the Keyboard 1 n int roduction to ke ybo a rd i ng skil l , i n c l udin g sig ht-reading, group perf0n11<1ncc. nd harmoni:lation of sim ple melodies. I ( 1 ) 122 Theory a t the Keyboard U 121. II ( I)

A co n t i n uat i o n of

1 24 Theory I An i n t roduction to th e wo rki ngs f music, i n d udi n g cOl11 mo n­ p rac t i ce harmony. j u t heory, and el e me n t a ry � nnal analy is. Prcrcqui it : 1 1 o r consent of i ns tr u ct or. II (3)

1 26 Ear Training 1 Deve l o pm en t aural skills. inc l u d i n g i nter va l recogn i t i o n , si gh t -s i ng i ng. rhythm i , m lodic a n d h a r mo nic diet t lon. P rereq uisit e: 1 1 3 or consent of i n s t r ucto r. I L ( j ) 130 History I The ev o l ut i on of Wes t ern music i n the lass ie and Romantic eras . P rerequi ite: 1 1 3 . co-registrat ion i.n 1 24 or consent o f i nst ructor.

103 History of Jazz Survey of America's u n i qu e art form: jazz. Emp hasi' nn h istory, listen i ng. stru ture. and style from ear l developments through recent trends. M..:et Core 1 re qu i re m e n t in arts/li terature, line I . I I (4) 104 Music and Technology ll rvey of the i mp a ct of tec hnology on t he mlls icJ I a rts, from the evo l u t i o n of m u. i al i n st ru m e nts an t h e l (\ u� t i c space t h rough the audio/vi deo/comp uter tec h n ology of t od a y. Meet� Ofe I req uire m e nt in Jrts/Liter<1lu r . I i ne I . I (4)

11 ( 3)

201 Class Piano roup i n � t ru c t i on for beginning p ia ni s t . I\lay be re pea t ed fo r c re d i t . I I I ( I ) 202 Private lnstruction: Piano ( 1 -4) 203 Private lnstruction: Organ ( 1 -4) 204. Private and Class I nstruction: Voice ( 1 -4) 205 Private lnstruction: ViolioNiola ( 1 -4) 206 Private Instruction: Cello/Bass ( 1 -4) 207 Private I nstruction: Flute ( 1 - 4 )

105 The Arts of Chlna

208 Private I nstruction: Oboe/English Horn ( J -4 )

Ex pl ora tion of a nu mber of Chine e a rt fo rms, primarily m us i c

209 Private lnstruction: Bassoon ( 1-4)

but .liso inc l ud i ng cal l i g ra p hy. p a i n ti n g. tai cbi , poetry, Beij i ng

opera, liIm a nd c u is ine, by means of lec ture/se mi nars. reh ears a l s , demon trat ions. hands-on \\Iorksh ps, fi l m" games, and use of l an gu ag e. Me ts fre hman Jan uary term. Core 1 Art I Literattlre req u irem en t (2. ore l : A. I . ), and/or Cross ultural Pe rspecrive require m e n t (6.B.) a/y J (4) 106 Music of Scandinavia

Su rve y of Scandinavian mu sic from the Bronze Agc to the pre�cl1t, with pri ma ry fOC ll S o n th Il1U ic of No ay, we den, and Drum rk. 1nclud use of Norwegian language to en han e un de rs tand i ng of o rd i culture. ° prior Norwegi . n l ang u a ge or m u,ieal trai n i ng req u i re d . Meet: fre hIl1JJl January lam, Core 1 Arts/Litera tu re requirement (2 . .ore I :A . I . ) . JJld/or Cross CU/llIml Perspective requ i rem e n t (6.B.) aly (4)

I I I Music Fundamentals I

210 Private lnstruction: Clarinet ( l-4 ) 2 1 1 Private lnstruction: Saxophone ( l -4) 2 1 2 Private lnstruction: Trumpet ( 1 -4 ) 2 1 3 Private Instruction: French Born ( 1 -4) 214 Private I nstruction: Trombone ( 1 -4) 2 1 5 Private lnstruction: BaritonelTuba ( 1 -4 ) 2 1 6 Private Instruction: Percussion ( 1 -4) 2 1 7 Private and Class lnstruction: Guitar ( 1 04) 218 Private lnstruction: Harp ( I

)

2 1 9 Private Instruction: Harpsichord ( 1 4 ) 1 credit Fall

nd pring emesters: One ha.lf-hour privatI! or two on('­

h ou r lass Ie ons per week ( 1 2 week ) in a d d i t i o n to da ily

practice. January:

0

45 - m i n u te lessons per week in a ddi t i o n to

Be gi n n i ng skills in readlllg and n o t atin g m usic . Rud i ments of

d a i l y pract ice. S um m er : 6 hours of instru c t ion TEA i n a d d i t i o n

mu i c t heory : key s ignat ure , c le fs , and major sc' le5 . Req ui re n o p revi o u s mu ical . ' pe rie nc e and r a r L i a l ly fu lfills the genera l

' ig n ed

to

P

dai ly p ra c t i ce . Students ill p i an o , v icc, al1d g uit a r may be as­ to c1a�s in trueti n at the dis cre t i on of the m usi facu lty.

A

C

1

F

i

e

l

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

105


2-4 credits

337 Analyzing Music Application of theoretical knowledge tow ard developing analytical skilb i n a variety of m usical c u l t u res, styl " and genre. Prerequisi te : 223, 232, or coment o f instructor. aly 1 ( 3 )

Fal l , nd p ri n g Seme tel's. Two half- h o u r l e ss on s per w ek ( 1 2 weeks) i n addit ion to daily pra c tice . Summer: 1 2 hours of instru t i o n TBA in addition to d a i ly practice.

Special fee ill add;/;oll £'0 tuition. u

221 Keyboard Profidency Development of keyboard l iteracy alld skills requisite for majoring i n mu ic; � (used preparation [o r department ke yb o ard proficiency exa m ination. Privat I '550n ; special fee in addition to t u it i o n . ( 1 ) 223 Theory n A continuation of 1 24. Prerequisite: 1 24 or consent of instructor.

1 (3)

2 2 5 Ear Training ll A continuation o f 1 26. Prerequisite: 1 26 or consent of inst ructor. I (I) 226 Ear Training i l l A continuation of 2 2 5 . Prerequisite: 2 2 5 o r c o ns en t o f instructor. II ( I ) 230 History IT The e vol u t i o n o f Western music from the early Christian era thro u gh th e Middle Ages, Renaissance, and Ba ro q u e eras.

340 Fundamentals of Music Education

Detailed planning of curricula for various musical skills at d i fferent grade levels, including weekly improvisation laboratory. G roup, illdividua.l, and small group i ns t ruction, sectional and l a rge group managemenl also d i scussed. Evaluation, grading, written notices, object ive , goals, c o u r e goa ls, and observation of a class at two different s i tuations. Prerequ isite: 240. I I ( 2 ) 3 4 1 Music for Classroom Teachers jvlethods and procedures in t ea c h i ng elementary school music as well as i n fusing the a rts in the c u r r i c u l u m . Offered fo r s t u d e n ts p r e p arin g for elemen tary c l a s s ro o m teaching ( n o n - m u s i c education m ajo rs ) . I I ( 2 ) 343 Methods and Materials for Secondary General Mu..'iic M e t ho d s and materials for t e a ch i n g general music in the secondary sc h oo l . (2)

Prerequisite: 1 30 or consent of instructor. I ( 3 ) 232 1Wentieth-Century Music The e o l ut i o n of We s t e rn art music in the twentieth century i n

345 Conducting I I n t roduction to basic patterns, gestures, and conducting techniques. I ( I )

res po n s e t o new theoretical constructs, new tech nologies, and popular and c ross-cultural i n O uences. Prerequisite: 230 or consent of in structor. n (3)

346 Conducting n Conti n uation of 3 4 5 ; observation of a d v a n c ed con d ucting students in laboratory ense m b l e . II ( I )

240 Foundations o f M usk Education Introduction to the basics of t e ac hi n g music, including ph iloso­ phy, content , student ch a racter istics, and t h e nature and o r gan i­ z.ation of ll1usical lcarning. For students preparing t o become mllsic s p ec ia l i sts (mu ic education majors only) . I ( 3 )

347 Adaptive Music Techniques and s t ra t e g ie� to meet t h e needs, i nterests, limita­

t i o n s , and capacities of t udents who have rc trictions p l a c e d on

241-242 String Laboratory Methods and materials of teachi n g and playing string instru­ ments in the public schools. all' I II ( 1 , I )

their musical activity. aly ( 1 )

243-244 Woodwind Laboratory Me tho ds and m alerials of teachlI1g and playing woodwind instruments in the p u bli c schools. aly I II ( I , I ) 245 Brass Laboratory Met h ods a n d materials of teaching and playing brass i nstruments in the p ublic schools. aly I T 1 ( I , I ) 247 Percussion Laboratory Methods a nd materials of teaching and p laying percllssion ins tru ment in the pu h l ic schools. aly ( 1 )

348 Practicum in Music Education Field experience teaching i n middle or junior h ig h school; prov ides l a b o ratory experience in teach i ng prior to ful l student teaching experience. Discussion and a n al ys i s complements field work. Prerequisite: 340; reco m m e nded: co mpletion of School of Ed ucat i o n sequence ( EDUC 262, EP Y 26 1 , 36 1 , SPED 200, 480), and enroll fal l sem ter p re c ed i n g student teach ing. I ( 1 ) 349 Electronic Music Practicum Appl ication of electronic te ch n i qu es to compositional process. As sig n ed s t u d i o time 011 a regular basis. Special fee in addition to tuition. Prerequisite: 249 or consent' of i.nstructor. ( I ) 35 1 Accompanying Practice in accompanying representative vocal a n d i nstrumental solo l iterature from all periods. Specia l fee in addition to tuition. (1)

248 Guitar Laboratory Methods and materials of teaching and playin g g u i tar in the public schools. I ( 1 )

249

338 Researching Music Introduction to th e main research tool:; available fo r gathering information about music. Applica tions in formal research, criticism, p rogram and liller notes, a n d verbal p rese n t atio ns explored. Prereq u isite: 130, 223, or consent of instructor. all' I I (3)

Music Technology Laboratory

Methods and materials of teac h i n g and using m usic technology in the public schools. aly II ( I )

352 Organ Improvisatio.n Basic techniques of i m prov isation, particu larly as related to hymn tunes. Private i nst ruction: special fee in addition to tu ition. Prerequisite: consen t of instructor. ( I )

327 Composition A systematic ap proach to contemporary m u s i c a l composition; students ere,l te and notate works [o r solo, small and large ensembles. May be repeated fo r a d d i t ional credit. Private inst ruction; special fee in addition to tuition. ( [ -4)

353 Solo VocaJ LiteratW'e Survey of solo vocal l i terature. ::t/y II ( 2 )

336 Making Music Con tinued stud)" develop ment and appl i cation of music skills t h ro u gh co m position, counterpoint, improvisation, conducting, a n d o r hestr a t i oll. Prerequisite: 2 23, 225, o r consent of inst ructor. all' II (3)

354 History of Music Theater A ge ne raI urvey of the evolution of " Drama per Mus ica" from opera to musical comedy i n cluding i n- d e pth study of sele c t e d scores. aly I ( 2 )

358

EMly Music Laboratory

Exploration of solo and small ensemble l i terature from the Baroque period and earl ier, fo cusing on range of repertoire, performance p ract ices, and period instrulllents. Rehea['sal and

1 06

"

A

e

l

F

I

c

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y


pe r fo r man ce augmented b l is te ning , research, and writing. P re re qu i s i t e : 230 o r c o n se n t of instructor. a/y I ( 1 )

360 Choir o f the West A s t udy of a wide variety of choral literature and t ec h n i q u e t h rou gh rehearsal and perform a n ce of both sacred an d secular music. Au ditio ns at the b e g in n in g of fall semester. ( 1 ) 361 University ChoJ'ale

study of choral literature and t e ch n iq u e t h rou g h rehearsal and pe rfo r m a n ce o f both sacred and secular music. Em p h a s is on i nd ividual vo c al and m u s i c a l d ev e lo p m e n t throu gh c h o r a l s i ng i ng . Audition. at the be g i n n i n g o f fal l semester. ( J )

A

390 Intensive Perlounance Study: Ensemble Tour Inten, ive Study and rehearsal o f yo u r rep e rt o i re; off-campus tour of major performance ve n ues; sp e c i a l fee in addition to t ui t i o n . Prerequisite: consent of in s t ructo r. J (4)

40J Private Instruction: Jazz ( 1 -4 )

363 Uolversity Singers The s t u dy and perfo rmance of re pe rt o ire for women's voices. Em phasis on individual vocal and musical develo p ment. ( 1 )

404 Private Instruction: Voice ( ! -4)

365 Chapel Choir Re pe r to i re ex p e ri e n c e with appropriatc. literature fo r o ng oi ng church music programs of a li tur g i c a l nature. Regular p e rfor­ mances for u n iver si ty chapd w o rs h i p . Participation w i t h o u t

407 Private Instruction: Flute ( 1 -4 )

366 Opera WOJ'kshop Production of chamber opera and opera sce n es . Participation in all facets of production. P rer eq u i s i t e : consent of instructor. ( 1 )

4. 1 2 Private Instruction: Trumpet ( 1-4)

368 Choral Uolon Rehearsal and p e r fo r m a n ce of major works in the choraU orchestra l re pert o i re . O p e n to the community as well as PLU stu de-nts; me mbe r sh i p b y audition. ' pec i al fee i n addition to

4 1 5 Private Instruction: Baritone/Tuba ( 1 -4 )

tuition. ( 1 ) 370 Wmd Ensemble Study and p e rfo r m a nc e of selected wind and p e rc u ssio n literature u s i n g var io u s s i ze e ns e mb le s. Membe rsh i p by a u d i t i o n .

(1) 371 Concert Band St udy of se l ect e d band literature t h ro ug h rehearsal and p er for ­ mance. Designed fo r the general uni ve rs it y student. Prerequisite: h a v i n g p l a ye d i nstruct ion through at least j u n i o r year of h.igh school or c o n se n t of i nst r u c tor. ( 1 ) 375 University Jazz Ensemble S t u dy or s e le c te d big band lit e r at u re thr o u gh rehearsal and per orman e. Membership b)' audition. ( 1 )

376 Jazz Laboratory Ensemble Study of the basic style of p l ay i n g jazz through rehearsal and p e r fo r ma n ce . Membership by a ud i t i n. ( 1 ) 377 Jazz Improvisation/Ensemble LaboJ'atory

skills and small group (combo) performance ski lls with emp h a si s on teaching these in the s e c o n d a r y chools. Rehearsal and p e rforma n ce a u g me n t ed by l i st en i n g , res e a rch a n d a r ra n g i n g . a/y I ( 1 ) .

Development of solo i m provisation

378 Vocal Jazz Ensemble Study of selected vocal jazz lit e ra t u re t h rough rehearsal and performance. M emb e rs h i p by audition, co n c urre n t re g i s t ra ti o n in 360, 36 1 , 362 or 363 requ i red. ( l )

III

39 1 Intensive Performance Study: Con ervatory Experience Intensive st u d y and p r a c t i c e of solo re p e r to i re ; special fec i n addition t o tuition. Prerequisite: c on se n t of instructor. J (4)

362 UnivefSity Men's Chorus The study and pe r Orma.nce of repertoire for men's voices. E m p h as i s on individual vocal and musical development. ( 1 )

cred i t available. ( 1 )

383 Two Piano Ensemble Tech niques and pr a ct i ce in the p e r fo rm a nc e of two-piano and p ian o duet literature; i nc l u d es sight rea din g and program planning. ( 1 )

402 Private Instruction: Piano ( 1-4) 403 Private Instruction: Organ 1 -4 ) 405 Private Instruction: Violin/Viola ( 1 -4) 406 Private Instruction: CeUo/Bass ( 1 -4) 408 Private Instruction: OboefEnglish HorD ( 1-4) 4()9 pJ'ivate Instruction: Bassoon ( [ -4 ) 4 1 0 Private Instruction: Clarinet ( 1 -4) 4 1 1 Privat.e Instruction: Saxophone ( 1 -4) 4. 1 3 Private Instruction: French Horn ( 1-4) 4 1 4 Private Instruction: Trombone ( 1-4) 4 16 Private Instruction: Percussion ( 1 -4) 4 1 7 Private I nstruction: Guitar ( 1 -4 ) 4 1 8 Private Instruction: Harp ( 1 -4 ) 4 1 9 Private Instruction: Harpsichord ( 1 - 4) 420 Private Instruction: Degree Redta1 ( 1 - 4 ) 1 credi t Fall and S pr i n g Semesters: One h a lf-h o ur private lesson p e r week ( 1 2 weeks ) in addition to d a i l y p ra cti ce. J a n ua f )': 1\"0 4 5 - minute lessons per week in a d d it i o n to d a il y p ra ct i c e . Summer: 6 hours o f instruction TBA i n addition to daily p r a ct i c e .

2-4 credits Fall and Spring Semesters. 1\vo half-hour l e ss ons per week ( 1 2 weeks) in a d d iti o n t o da i l y practice. Sum mer: 1 2 hou rs of instruction TBA in ad d i t i o n [() daily practice.

Special fee in additioll to tuition. 421 Advanced Keyboard Skills Focused study of specialized ke yb oa rd skills re q uire d in various music m aj o r p ro gr a m s. P r i va t e i n s t ruc t i o n : s pe c i al fee in a d d i ti o n to tuition. May be repeated fo r add i t i o u a l credit. Prerequisite: Succe sful co m p le ti o n of Keyboard P ro fi ci e n cy Jury and B . M . or B.M .E. J u r y. ( 1 ) 427 Advanced Orchestration/Arranging Continuation of 3 3 6 on an individual basis. P rer equi s i te: 3 3 6 . May be repeated for additional credit. Private ins truction: special fee i n addition to t u i t i o n . ( 1 -2 ) 430 Piano Literature I Study of represcntati e p i a n o reperto ire fro111 the 1 8th and early

19th

entu r)'. a/)'

,

( l)

380 Unive.rsity Symphony Orchestra S t u dy of s e le cted orchestral li t er a t ure throu g h rehearsal and performance. Membership by a u d i t iu n . ( 1 )

Study of represen tative p i a n o c o mpos i t i o n s o f t h e l a te 1 9th a n d 20th cent u ry. a / y II ( 1 )

38 1 Chamber Ensemble Read i ng, rehearsal, a n d p e r for m a n c e of se l e c te d instrumental .hamber music. P re re q u is i te : consent of i n s t r ucto r. ( 1 ) Section A - S t r i n g ; Section B - Brass; Section C - Woodwind; Sect io n D - Guitar

440 Methods and Materials for K-9 Music 1 Study of skill a cqu i si t i o ns , music conceptS, and analyzing the range of a va i la b l e res o u rces, including ethnic music and c om pu te r assisted instruction. Offered fo r music ed u c a t io n majors o n l y. P re req u is i te: 240, 340. [ ( 2 )

43 1 Piano Uterature 1 1

P A C I F i e

L U T H E R A N

U N I V E R 5 I T Y

1 07


--

w u z w II'

z

44 1 Methods and Materials for K-9 Music ll Continuation of 440, i ncluding emphasis on Orff-Schulwerk and Kodaly techni ques. Offered for m usic education majors only. Prerequisite: 440. II ( 2 )

the Bachelor of MusiCCIi Arts degree, the project integrates m usical studies with the cognate field. Fulfills the senior seminar/proj ect requ i rement. Private instruction; special fee in addition to t u i tion. Prerequisite: consent of i nstructor. (2 or 4 )

443 Methods for Se.:;ondary Choral Music The rganiz3tion and administration of the secondary schoo l choral program. Organization, management, teaching methods, rehearsal techniques, and technology applications and choral l i terature appropriate for the various age and experience levels of students i n grades 7- 1 2. Prerequ isite: 340. a/y 1 ( 2 )

491 Independent Study Prerequisite: con nt of i nstructor. May be repeated for addi­ tional credit. ( 1 -4 )

Division of Natural Sciences

444 Methods for Se.:;ondary Choral Music II Survey of choral literature appropriate fo r the various age and experience levels of stude nts in grades 4 - 1 2 , including sou rces and research techniques . Prerequisite: 340. a/y II ( 2 )

The Division of Natural Sciences fulfills a t wo - fold pur­ pose. It provides preparation for future science profession­ als and creates a cri tical scientific awareness vital to any well-educated citizen. The division offers strong programs in the sciences, mathematics, and engineering, providing both pre-p rofessional preparation and undergraduate majors. The study of natural sciences encourages all students to expand their horizons i n the liberal a rts, and fosters a concern for the larger questions o f h uman values. Facts provide a foundation for science, but the study of science includes more than learning facts. The science student learns to use available resou rces so that established facts and new observations related to any chosen problem can be ob tained and interpreted . The science student learns to solve problems creatively.

445 Conducting I I I Refinement of patterns, gestures, a n d conducting techniques; application to appropriat vocal and instru mental scores. Prerequisite: 346 or consent of instructor; Section A-I nstru­ mental; Section B-Choral. I ( I ) 446 Condncting IV Continuation of 445; application and development of skills i n laboratory ensemble. Prerequisite: 4 4 5 or ronsent of instructor; Section A - I nstrumental, Section B - Choral. I I ( 1 )

447 Methods of School Band Music The organ ization and a d m inistration of the secondary school band program. rganization, management, teaching methods, rehearsal techniques, and technology applications appropriate for various age a nd experience levels o f students in grades 5 - 1 2 . Prerequ isite: 340. a/y I ( 2 )

FACULTY: Tonn, Divisiollal Denll; faculty members of the De­ partments of B iolog)', Chemistry, Computer Science, Engi neer­ ing, Geosciences, Mathematic , and Physics.

448 Materials for School Band Music Survey of wind-percussion literature appropriate for the various age and experience levels of students in grades 4 - 1 2, including source and research techniques. Prerequisite: 340. a/y II (2) 45 1 Piano Pedagogy I Teaching techniques for prospective teachers of p iano, including tecbniques for individual and gro up instruction. Methods and materials from beginning to i n termed iate level. a/y II ( l ) 452 Piano Pedagogy I I Teaching tech niques fo r prospective teachers of piano, including techniques fo r i n d ividual and group i nstruction. Methods and materials from i ntermediate to advanced levels. a/y [[ ( I )

Biology Chemistry Computer Science Engineering

453 Vocal Pedagogy Physiological, psychological, and pedagogical aspects of singing. a/y [ ( 2 ) 457 Methods and Materials for Elementary Strings The organization and adm inistration of the elementary school string program. Organization, management, teach i ng methods, r 'hearsal techniques, technology applications and string literature appropriate for students in grades 4-6. Prerequi s i te: 340. a/y [ ( 2 )

Course Offe rings The following courses arc offered under Natural Sciences. Other courses suitable for meeting the CORE I requirements in Natural Sciences/Mathematics may be found in each of the listings for the departments i n the division. 204 History of Science A su rvey of the h istory of science from ancient ti mes to the present. Include areas of astronomy, biology, medicine, physics, geology, chemistry, mathematics, and technology. Discussion of the relation of science to the society of the time. Laboratory demonstrations of selected experiments. a/y 1 1 997-98 (4)

469 Student Teaching Seminar Student teaching experiences shared and analyzed; exploration f related issues regarding entering the public chool m usic teaching profession. Concurrent enrollment with EDUC 468 req uired. ( 2 ) 490 Senior Project A culminating project of substantial proportions, un dertaken i n th senior year. P o r t h e Bachelor of Arts degree, t h e project i n tegrates m usical studies with a broader liberal arts context; for P A C I F i e

L U T H E R A N

U N I V E R 5 I T

Geosciences Medical Technology Mathematics Physics

See also the sections of this catalog on Enviro/lmental Stlldies and on the Health Sciences ( u nder Pre-professional Progra ms) .

458 Methods and Materials for Secondary Strings The organization and administration of the secondary school orchestra program. Organization, management, teaching methods, rehearsal techniques, technology applications and orchestra l i terature appropriate for various age and experience levels of students i n grades 7 - 1 2. Prerequisite: 340. a/y [ (2)

1 08

As a d ivision within the College of Arts and Sciences, the D ivi­ sion of Natural Sciences offers major programs i n each depart­ ment leading to B.A. and B.S. degrees, minor programs, and core courses which fulfill general university req u i rements. The de­ partments provide supporting courses for interdisciplinary programs within the science and for other schools of the univer­ sity. The B.S. in Medical Tech nOlogy and 1.A. and M.S. in Com­ p u ter Sciences degree programs are also offered. Courses fo r B.A. in Education degrees with majors and minors i n the natural sciences discipli nes are available. Specific course offerings and degree requirements are listed under:

Y

206 Descriptive Astronomy Stars and their evolution, galaxies and larger structures, cosmol­ ogy, and the solar system. Emphasis on observational evidence. Evening observing sessions. No prerequ isite cou rseS in science or mathematics. FuLfills Natural Sciences/Mathematics core require­ ment, line 1 or 2. a/y 1 996-97 [ (4)


Under the d i rect s u pervisi n o f it facult y members, the

School of Nursing

School uses hosp i tals, health a gencies , and schools i n the com­

Schoo! of N urs i ng is a p rofession a l school which combines n u rsi ng science with a strong fo undation In the

clin ical l e a r n i ng ex pe r iences for its students.

The

liberal art and the h lUl1an i t ies to prepare undergraduate students fo r generalist

n u rs i n g p ra ct ice; b u il ds upon u n ­

dergraduate nursing educabonal exp e r i ences to p repare nur e ' fo r advanced p ractice

in specific specialties;

and

re,ponds to ongoing education and tech nological learning

need� o f practici ng n u rs e s to rema i n c urrent, competent practiti oners o r

to re vi s e the foc w > o f their practice. The thc un iversi t y's m ission of cducating fo r

sch 01 exem p l i fies service

in a n environment

that encourages questioning,

debate, diversity, l i fe l o n g lea rning , and

spiritual ity as vital elements in the human quest fo r wh leness. Its cont i n uum of educational p ro g ra ms employs dyna m ic lea r n i n g oppo r- t u n i ties t ha t chall nge students to develop skills,

attitudes, valu 5 , and roles wh ich facilitate individuals,

fa milies, and commun ities t o meet their health and needs. egree programs w i t h i n the School of Nurs in g i n c l ud e

wel l ne

the Bachelor of Science i n Nursing for basic n u rsing stu­ dent s , l i ce n ed pract ical n u rses, and registered nurses, and

of Science in Nurs i ng with Health Systems Management, Con tinuity of C a re, and Nu r s e Practitioner a reas of concentration . The Nu rse Practitioner Concentra­ t i o n focuses on prep a ri n g Family, Wom en's Healthcarc, and G e r i atr i c Nurse Pracbtione rs. the Master

A program le ad i ng to

ducational

taff Associate

certification is ava ilable for sch ool nurses t hrough the Ce nt er fo r Co nt in ued Nursing Le a rn i ng . Course work is o ffered i n coLlaboration with the School o f Education a n d the

Office o f t h e Was h i n gton S tate Superi ntendent o f

Public Instruct i o n . Workshops and s h o r t cou rses for nurses a n d others i n vo l ved

in health c a re are offered t h ro ugh the Co n t i n u i n g

Nursing Education Progra m .

m un it y as wel l as the PLU Wel l nes s Center to p rovid e optimal

ADMISSION AND CONTINUATION POLICIES:

High School Preparatioll: It is s t ro n gl y recommended that appli­

cants co mplete a progra m i n high school which i ncludes: English, 4 years; mathematics,

geo me try ) ;

la b orator y sciences,

3

fACULTY: Detlor-La ngan, Dean; Pa ss a n d H i rsch, Associate iki n , Allen, Burns, Butcher, Corbett, Dyer, G as pa r, Goodwin, Herman-Bertsch, Hughes, Jett, Ka pl a n , Klisch, Levinso h n , Ma l o ne y, L. Olson, Renaud, Rice, Ro bi n so n , Schaffler, , c hultz, Vancini, Wood; A ssist ed by Rinehart. ACCREDITATIONS AND AFFILIATIONS: The S c h o ol of a m e m ber of the Am er ic an Association of Coll ege s o f N u rs i ng . The B N p ro gra m is a pp ro e d b y t h e \ ashington S tate Nursing Comm iss ion a n d accredited by the National Lengue for u rsi n g ( LN ) . T h e MS. program also is a ccre d ited by the Nt . The School is p a r t of Psi Chapter-at- Large of Sigma Theta Ta w I n ternational, the Nu rsi ng at Pacific L u th eran Un iv rsity is

h on o r soc iet y o f nursi ng.

ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY: Pa ci fi c Lutheran Un iv e r­ sity we l co mes appl ications from a l l students who have d em o n ­ strated ca p a c i t ies fo r success at the baccal au rea t e level. St udents who present a pp ropriate academic records a n d p ers o nal quali ties a re admitte d e ith er fal l or sp r in g semester. Appl i ca ti. o n pro edure and other details are fo u n d elsewhere in t h i s ca ta log . ( S t udents m us t

ing admissi o n to the basic program, the LPN to BS or the RN to B

N LEX

exam ina­

beginn ing professional n u r s i ng p osit i ons in hos p i ta l s a n d other he alth agencies, A special sequence of study i s available which awards c re d i t and pro ide. credit by exa m i n a t i o n op t i o n s fo r licen ed pr ac t ic al n u rses. There also is a se qu en c e fo r r egi s t e red nurse tudents, g r ad u ates fro m diploma or associate deg ree ho w ish to earn the Bachelo r of Science in Nur ' i ng

d eg ree. These u ndergraduate programs provide a fo u ndation for

study

equencc,

, quenc e m u s t make fo rmal application to u rs i ng . Basic students are to begin n ur s i n g cour -cs each

both the un iversity and the School of a d m itted to the School of

ursing

fa l l and s p r i ng se m e s te r. St udents enrolled i n the LPN or RN to

BS

s e q uence s generally begin i n the fa ll only. Deadline for

a p p l ic a ti o n is Dece m b e r [5 for LPN and RN s t u dent s . Both fu l l ­

t i m e and part-time programs o f study 3re availabl .

Ap p l ications fo r a d m is ion to the nursing major are ava i l a b le

II a p p l ica ti o n materials including

from the School of Nursing.

official tr anscrip ts are reviewed by the

chool of N u rsing Admis­

sio ns a n d Academic Progress Committee a nd ranked a ccordi ng to stated admission criteria. S t udents d es ir i ng adm ission lO either fal l o r spring se m e ster of the following academic year mllst s u b m i t their a p p lications by March [ . The n u m b e r of a v ai la b le spaces each semest r in the School o f

u rsing is l i m i ted; therefore, the selection of s t udents

fo r a dm i s s i o n may be co mpetitive . S t u dents desiring to begi n the

nursing s e q u en c e in e i ther fall or spring semester, a nd who have

by

the Marc h [ deadl in e , are notified

by \pril l . St udents o f t hei r choice insofa r as i t is possible. I f there are more a p p l i c a n ts fo r the nvo s emes t e r s of thl? aca­ demic year than can be acco m m o da ted, q ua l i fi ed candidates are are a d m i t te d to the term

placed on a waiting l i st fo r a d m ission to the s p ri ng class i f spaces become ava i lable. If vacancies occu r fo r

the fal l � eme ler, those

students w ho have been a d m i tted for s p r i n g but who req ue sted fall p l a ce m en t are given first priority.

Following the i n i t i al ad m i ' ions cycle ( M a rch [ dead l i ne), i nd ivid u a l s whose

a p pl ic a t ion s have bee.n received b y the begin­

n i ng o f e a ch month will be no t i fle d of accep tance status by the

S e p te m be r 1 are if the a ppl i ca n t is qua l ified, he or

first o f the following m o n t h . Applica t i o D s after reviewed when received and,

she is added to the s p r i n g waiting l is t . Persons on the waiting l ist for the year who are not a d mi t te d because of a lack o f space but

fol lowing fa ll.

t i n � r l icensure as registered n u rses. They a re prepared fo r

grad ua t e

urs i n g . )

ADM ISSION TO THE SCHOOL OF NURSING: tudents seek-

request, in wr i ti-ng , that their appl i cations be considered fo r the

no prev ious pr e p a r a tion i n n u r i n g . Graduates w h o successfu l l y

, v

be a ccep ted by the u niversity before acceptance by tbe

School of

All potential or pre- n u rsing s t u d e nt s are u r ge d t o seek earl y

The basic u n de rgrad u a te program is des i gned fo r students w i t h

p rogra m

z CI

who cont i n u e to desire admission to the n u r si ng maj o r, musl

Undergraduate Programs

complete the p rogram are e Eg i ble to write th e

2 ye a rs ( including c he m i s tr y ) ; elec tive s,

years.

applied

Deans;

2 years (preferably alge bra a nd fo rei gn langua ge, 2 years,

social sciences, 2 years; one

academic advi seme nt [rom the a d m issions coordinator in the

School of ! ur s i n g in or de r to e n roll for appropriate p rereq u i si tes and avoid un necessary loss o f t i me . The School o f

u rsing re­

serves the right of c u r ri c u l u m modification and revision as long as i t does not h i nder - tudents' progreso t

\

a rd gr a d u ation .

ADMISSION CRITERIA' M i n .i m u m criteria for admission to the School of Nursing i n c l ude:

l. Admission to Pacific L ut h e r an University. A p p licants must have been admitted to Pac i Jic Lutheran Un iversit

in n u rsing. P

A

C

I

F

i

e

l

U

T H E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

before

E

R

5

I

T

Y

1 09


2.

z

z

3. 4.

5.

6. 7.

8.

9. *

consideration of their ap pl icat i on to the Sc ho ol of 1 ursing. Adm ission to the u n i ve r . ity does not guarantee admission to the c h oo l of ursing. C o mpl e t i on , o r pe n d i n g sati s fa c t o ry completion of 26 sem ster credi t hours of s peci fi e d prerequisite cou r se work at PLU, a c o m m u n ity coUege or another accredited university ( co m p arab le co u rse l is t in gs are available on request) i n clu d ing Ps ych o l og y 1 0 1 ( I n t ro d u ct i o n to Psychology), B i olo gy 205, 206 ( H um an Anatomy and Physiology), and Che mi s t ry j 05 ( Chemi try of L i fe ) . R s an d LPNs should also have com­ pleted Psychology 352 ( Development: Infancy to M a t u r i t y ) and Sociology 330 (The F amil y ) i f t h e y plan to fulfill require­ ments for the nursing sequence within the described time frame. A m in i mum grade of 2 .00 in each nursing prerequisite COliise. A cumulative g r a d e point average of 2.5 or higher. Completion of the u n ive rs i ty graduation math requirement (intermediate algebra at the co l lege l evel with a g ra d e of C o r h igher) . P h ysi c al health and emotional s t a b i. li t y sufficient to meet the demands o f n ur s i n g and provide safe patient care. F l u e n cy in s p ea k in g , rea di ng , and writing English. Washi ngton State Pa t ro l Criminal H istory clearance relative to Child/Adult Abuse Information Act as required of healt h care workers. Subm ission of a l l documents to the School of Nu rs i n g by the designated deadlines. When the nu mber oj q u aliJied applicallts exceeds the enrollment limits, the Jollo w i ng Jactors are lised to prioritize the admissioll decisions: Cl///'I ulali ve grade point average, prereqll isite science

CPA, /lUlI/ber ojp rerequisite course req uirements completed, and adm ission date to the !lniversity. Although it do es 110t gllaran tee a d m iss io n, n grade poin t average oj 2.50 ill all college work attempted makes olle eligible to apply Jar admission to the School oj Nursing. PreJerence is given to applican ts who entered PLU as freshlnen. App licants who have chronic health con di tions or disabilities which require alterations to the program oj study as approved by the \A/ashil1gton State Boa.rd oj Nu rsing, o r wh ich prevwt the p ra cti ce oj nursing with reas O/rab le skill and saJety, sho u ld be

aware of the possibility that th ey //'lay not be eligible to sit Jor the

N LEX licensing examillation or obtl1il1 a license

to

pra cti ce

n u rsillg. Questiolls should be addressed direc tly to the Washillg­

ton State

ursing Co mmission Nurse Practice Manager a t

206- 586-8] 86.

CONTlNUATION POUCIES: j . C o mp l eti o n of a p p ro ve d CPR class - ad u l t a nd p e diatr i c before beg i n n i n g nursing classes with yearly updates. 2. C o m p l e t io n of approved first aid course be fo re b e g i nni n g n u r si n g classes (waived fo r R IS, LPN , EMTs , paramedics). 3 . Nur s i ng courses all have prerequisites a nd must b� taken i n sequence a nd / o r concurrently ,1S iden t i fied in the curricu­ lum p l a n . 4. A m L n i mu m grade of 2.0 ( C ) must be ach ieve d in all re q u i red nu rs ing courses. A student rece iving a grade of less th a n 2.0 in any co u r se which is a prerequisite to another nu rsi ng course may not co n t i n u e in t h e n u rs i ng s eq u e n c e u n t i l t h e p re re qui ­ site course is repeated with a grade of 2.0 or above. (Other policies reg a rd i ng progression/continuation can be fo u n d in the Undergraduate Nur ing Student Handbook.) 5. Nursing majors may have no more than 4 semest r redi t hours of n o n - n urs i n g courses to be completed at the time of e n roll m ent in the final semester of nursing cours . 6. I nc o m pl e t e grades in nu r s i n g courses m ust be c onver te d to a pa s i ng g r a d e ( 2 . 0 or above) befo re the first day of class of the ­

s ubsequent semester, 7. Students taking medical or o t h e r withdrawals from nursing

courses may return to the School of ,luning in accordance with policies l is t ed in the ndergraduate N u rsi n g Student Handbook on a space available b a s i s . 1 10

P A C I F i e

L U T H E R A N

U N I V E R 5 I T

Y

8. The School of u rsing reserves the ri g ht to req u es t withdrawal of nursing st u d en ts who fail to demonstrate academi or cli n i cal competence or who fa il to maintain p ro fe ss i on al con­ duct. Unsafe practice constitutes grounds for immediate dis­ missal from t he cllnical c o m po n en t . HEALTH: N u rs i n g students are res p o n s i b le:: for mai n ta i ni n g o p t im a l health and are teacher of health. Ph )'si ca l exami.nations, x- ray" and immunizations are req u i red before admission to the program, and p e r io dic ally thereafter, dnd are the respon ibility of students. Al l st udents must carry p r s o na l health/acciden t

insurance. ENGLISH PROFICIENCY: A certain level of Engli h proficiency is necessary for academic success in nursing a well as fo r patient safety. Students who are i de n t i fi ed by th u ni vers i ty as nec::d ing t he ESL sequence o f courses will be required to take the ESL c o ur ses before en t ran c e to the School of Nursing or to take the T EFL and core at le a s t 5 5 0 . All students fo r whom Engll h is their second la ng uage m ust also take and pass the SPEAK te t before admission to t he n u rs i ng m aj o r. The te t is given th ro u gh the Intensive Engli h la n g u a ge Institute at the un iversity fo r a n omi n a l cost to the student. The test co ns i s ts of seven s e ti on measu ring pronun­ ciation, grammar, and fluency. A minimum score of 2.2 (out of a po s sibl e 3 ) i n each of the fu ur areas of p ronu nc iat i !D, grammar, fluency, and comprehensibility, and a minimum 2.0 in all the pronunciation sections is considered passi ng. Studen ts scori ng below these I v Is on p ro nun c i a t i o n will b e required to obtain add i t io nal coursework or assistanCe before reta ki ng th PEAK. ESL st udent sho u l d also be aware that t h e y m a not be a bl e to c o mp l e t e the pro g ram of study within t he de cribed time fra m e. Individual advising is available and is directed toward assi s t i n g students to be s u cessful. NON-MAJOR ENROLLED IN NURSING COURSES: S t u den t s who have not been admitted t o the nursing major but w h o wish to enroll in nursing courses m ust obtain instru tor p nnission. ADDITIONAL COSTS: In ad d i t i o n to regular university costs, students must provide thei r own transportation between the u n i vers i ty campus and the d i n iC<l I laboratory areas beginning with the first nursing co urse. Public t ranspo rtation i. lim ited, so provision fo r private lransportation is e ·seot i a ! . ' tudents are required to carry prot:: ssional liability insur nee in specified amounts d u ri ng all periods of cl in ical c. peri ence. This is ava i l ­ able u nder a group plan at a nominal co t to the student. Health examination fees, s t u d e n t uniforms and equipment (wristwatch, scissors, stethoscope, BP cu ff, and reflex hammer) arc also the responsibility of the student. A Learning Resources Fee of $5S per seme t r is charged to cove r praclic and computer laboratory material ' , equipment and s u ppl ies. The fee is identified with specifi o urses anti is pa yab l e to the BLl ine s O ffice a l o n g with un iversity tuition. Standard i ze d testing � s of approximatel)' $35.00, payable d i r e c tl y to the School of Nursi n g , are assessed a t the rime ot' enrollment in the final s m es te r of nursing studies. Programs of Study

new undergraduate nu rs i n g curriculum w i l l be i m plem e n te d beginning in fall t 996 fo r enteri11g fr sl1111en, and in fal l 1 997 for so ph o m o res and students transferri.ng direc tly into the nursing p rog r a m . Th e requirements and co Llrses Ii ·ted in t h e first part of t h i s ect ion w i l l be replaced by new requirements and courses l i st ed later in the section and ident ified as "New Undergraduate A

Curr iculum." Students entering t he LP and RI to BSN pro('rams of study in fal l j 996 will follow the study plans as described in the fi rst part of tht: section. Adaptation of the new curriculuill to those student ' p a r t i c u l a r needs is currenlly taking place with llnal revisions to be p ubl ish ed d ur i n g the 1 996-97 at-ademic yea r. The


p rerequ isite a n d corequisite c o u rse s for

LP s a n d RNs e n te r i n g Ii ted in "New" se c t i o n The p r oje c te d t i m e fra me 6 r com p leting the program of stu dy w i ll n o t c ha n g e fro m the c urrent time schedllie ( ee p re ent curricular p l a n for LP s an d RNs J . AI 'o, p le as e call t h e LPN a dv is r ( P ro fes s o r Shirley Aikin 20 )/535 -7604) or the RN a dv i se r (Dr. M a rga re t Vancini - 2 0 6 1 535-7)95 ) for fu rther information. in fa l l 1 997 ar

PREREQUISITE COURSES TO NURSING MAJOR: Prereq u is ite courses to be completed before e n ro l l men t in t h e nursing sequence i n cl u de : COURSE Ao-

*

.

. . .

.

........

. .

..

..... . . . . . . . . . . . .

.......

4 4

.

4 4 4

...

4

.

2 2 2 3

4 I

4

z

1 4 credits

N u rsi n g 322 - P s yc h o s o c i a l Nu rs i n g : Clinical ............. .... . . . . . . . . . 2

z

ursing

.....

... . . .. ..

.....

.

.

.

.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

............

"

............

1 5 credits Ja n u a ry- Term

Elective or G

R* ( o p t i o n a l )

4 credits

Spring Semester

Nursing 3 5 2 - Nu rs i ng in the Ch i ldhe a ri n g Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

u rs i n g 362 - Nu rs i n g in the C h ildbearing Years: Cli n i c a l . . . . . N u rsi n g 3 7 2 - N u rsi n g of C hi l d re n . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . N ur s i n g 3 H 2 - Nursing of Ch il d re n : Clin ical . . . . . . ...................... N ursi n g 392 - Nu rs i n g Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .............. C U R·ICore . . . . .. . . . .. . .

............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .....

....

....... . . . . . . . . . . ....... ....

.

2

2 2 2

4

1 4 c re d i t s

BSN BASIC PROGRAM: The c u r ri c u l u Jll plan a n d i ts i m p l e ­ m e n t a t ion are desig ned to fo rer growth and to e n c ou rag e i n itiative and self-direction o n the part of s t u d e n ts In addition to n u rs i n g req uirements, s t u d e n ts ar ex p e c t e d to meet univer ­ s i t y requirements. N u rs i n g courses must be taken co n c u r re n t l y and i n se q u ence as indicated in the s a m p l e curri c u l u m , and, if e n roll ed fu JI t i me, normal Jy eJ te nd over six se m es t er s Part-time enro l l m e n t al so is possible. For spr i ng semester e nrollment, the curricu l u m generally follow ' t h e fall se mes t er format with m o d i fica t io n s as ne cessa q' to assure co mple t io n of all prerequisite courses b y t h e tim t h ey 3r needed.

Fourth Year Fall Semester

.

N u rsi n g 423 - Physiological Nurs i n g II . . . ............... ................. . N u rs i n g 433 - P h ys i o lo g i c a l N u rs i n g I I : C l i n ic a l . . . . . ................ N u rs i n g 462 - Lea de rs h i p in N ur si n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N u rsi ng 474 - Nursing Sy n t h e s i s . . . . .................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G UWICore ............ .............................. . . . . . . . . ............ . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .

.

3 3 2

4 4

16 credits Jan ua ry- Term

Elec tive or G U R' ( o p t i o n al )

....... ................................... 4 credits

Sp ring Semester

First Year - Pre Nursing

N urs i n g 436 - Co mmunity Health N u rsi ng : Families . . . . . .. . . . . . . 3 N urs ing .........

.......

.........

1 7 credits JC/ I ' llw ry- Term

4 cred its

Fr shman Exp er ie n ce p ring Semester

h e m i s t r y 1 05 C he m i st r y of Life

........

. . . . .. ....... . . . . . .. .. . . . . .. .......... 4

R'/Core ( Rel ig i o n ) ................... ... . . . . . ......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .......... B iolo gy 206 - Human natom), and Ph ys i ol o g y . . . . . . . . . . ........... Critica l onversation . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . Physi c a l Education . . . . G

.... .

.

..

. . . . .............

...

.

...... . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . .

................

.

....

....

.... ......... .............

..

4 4 2

I

1 5 credits Second Year Fall Se m es ter

Biology 20 I - I n t rod uctory M i c ro b i o l ogy ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . R*/Ma thematical Reasoning . .. . Psyc h o l o gy 3 5 2 - Development: I n fa n cy to Maturity . N u r s i n g 2 1 2 - In trod uction t o Health Ca re . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N u rsing T I - Commonali t ies in Nursing 1 . . Phy i a l EJ u ation . ... . .. . . . . . . . .....................

.

...

.... ........

. . . . . . .....

........

........

. . . . . . .. . . .

Elective o r GUW ( op tio na l )

. .

.................. .

........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .........

..

Nursing 473 - Co m m u n i t y as Client

......

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.........

4 4 4 2

2 I

1 7 credi ts 4 credits

453 - Co m m u n it y H e a l t h N u rs i n g: Clin ical . . . . . . . ....... 3

Nur�ing 472 - Issues and Trends in Nu rsi n g . . . .. . . ..................... 2

- Human A n a to my a n d

P h ys i o l og y . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . 4 Psy hol o g y 1 0 1 - I n r r o du c t i o n to P�ychology . . . 4 Pr shm a n Writing . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . ........ ................. ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 G R*/Core 4 Phys i ca l E d ucation 100 - Personalized it ness Program I

Ja 11 lIary- Term

.......

. ............. ..........

.......

co m m u n i t y coLleges.

-

....

..

4 N u rsi n g 333 - Physiological N urs i n g I ...... . 2 N u r si n g 342 - P h ysiological Nu r s i n g I: Cli n ic a l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 3 S o c i ol o g y 330 - The Fa m i l y . . . . . . . . . . . ...... ............... . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .... 4

Basic students - corequisite - see CLlrriClliulIl plan.

....

...... .

...

C :XI

N u rs i n g 3 2 4 - Psy ch o s o cia l

4

P re req u isi t e c O llises may b� t a ke n at PLU or a t m os t j u nior/

Fa ll Semester Bi log), 205

.......

. ..

Fall Semester

........... ............

....

........ ......... . . . . . ....

CREDIT .

....

--

u rs i n g 232 - P h arm a c o l og y in Nursing . . .. . N u rs i n g 252 - Commonalities in Nursing I I .. . . . . . . . N ursi n g 263 - Health Assessment . . . . . . . ......................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nursing 273 - Path ophysiology . . .. .. . GUR*ICore . . . . . . . ............ . . . . . . . . ............................ . . . . . . . . . . . ............. . . . P hys i cal Ed ucation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Third Year

B i ol o gy 205, 200 ( A na t o m y and Physiology) . . . . 4, Bi o l ogy 20 1 (lVticro biology)"+ , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Chem istry 1 05 ( Chem istry o f Li fe ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sociology 30 (The Fam il y )* ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Psycho l og y 1 0 1 ( I n t roduction to Psyc h o lo gy ) ......... . . . . . . ........ . . . . . . . ... . . Ps yc h o l og 352 ( D e ve lo p me n t: I nfa n cy to Maturi ty ) M a t he m a l i cal Reaso n i n g ( I ntrod uction to Statistc$ recommended )< . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . In ter me d iat e Alg eb r 3 . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . .... ... .... ..... ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ( i f two years co lle ge prep m a t h not completed in h i gh scho o l w i t h grade of C or h igher) < ......

-

Spring Semester

.

..... . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 3

I I credits •

GUR

=

general u n iversity req llirement

A m i n i mu m of 1 28 semes te r credit h o u rs is requ i re d for the b ac cala u re a te degree. The se q ue n ce of r e q u ire d n u rsi ng c o u r s e s

c o m p r is e s 57 se m est e r credit h ou rs .

BSN SEQUENCE FOR LICENSED PRACTICAL NURSES: This sequ ence of s t udy is de s i gn e d to prov i d e car e e r mo b i l i ty for the ex p erie nc ed l i cen s e d pr ac ti cal n u rse desiring the Bachelor of Science in . u rs i n g de g ree The p rogram allows s t ud ent s the o p portunity to validate prior knowledge and clinical compe­ tence, enabl i n g progression t h ro ugh the BSN c u r ric ul u m within a twen ty - fo ur mo n th p e rio d fo llo wing co m p l etio n of p rer equi ­ .

site courses, when enrolled ful l - t i m e . Pa rt-time e n ro l l m e n t o p t io n s also are av a i l ab l e. P r os p e c tive students are en couraged to seek e a r l y advisement to reduce t i m e spent in com ple ti ng prerequisites and fa cilitate progress. Some of t h e courses h ave s p ecia l sections for en rolled LPNs. Also, e ffo rt s are made to arra n ge class t i m e s to ac .o m m o ­ date sc h ed u l e s of LPNs who are wo r ki ng .

Admission/Transfer: d missio n to PL is required b e fo re maki ng formal a pp l i c at i o n to t h e School of N u rsi n g S t u den t s d es i ri ng adm ission for the fall sem e ste r of the fo l l o wing academic yea r m ust subm it t h e i r a ppl i c atio n by December 1 5. Licensed p ra c t ic al nurses who began their h ig h er education at other a cc re d i te d co ll e ge or univers i t ies m ay a p p l y for admission w i t h advanced s t a n d i n g A grade po i n t average of 2.5 is re q u i re d .

.

P

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

111


by the

LPN TO BSN PROGRAM OF STUDY: ( F u l l - ime S equ e n ce )

requ iremen t

First Year Credit by Extlmillntiol1

ch 01 of Nursing. The univ rsi l y g ra d u a t ion m a t h ( 1\ 0 years of ol lege prep math or an approved math course at t be baccalaureate leve l ) I11 U5t be met b fore ad missio n .

ursing 25 1 -

. . . ... . . 2 Nu rs i ng 252 - Co m monalitie 1I - p o ten tia l . . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Tran fer Credit: A m ini mu m gr a de of C in college co u rse s is

(Complete d/l ring sp ring before

requi red or transfer of creJi l . S t u de n t s who re adm itted with

(60 semester credit hours ) wi l l be req u i red rel igi on cour. e . A m�'{ i m u m of 4 eme leT (96

ju n ior stan ding

take one

CREDITS

ommonalities I - required

to

.......

..

.

. ..... . . . . . .

begitlll il1g classes)

Fall Sem ester

quarter) cre di t hours of comn un ity col le ge w rk is transferable. A quarter credit ho ur is the equivalent of two- t h irds a sem es ter credit ho u r. To qualify as degree ca n di da t e , �t udents must take tile final 32 se m este r ho ur< in re idence at PL .

N u rs i n g 2 1 2 - Introduction to H e al th Care

...........

. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 2

Nu rs ing 263 - Health Assessment ..... ......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Nursing 273 - Pathophysiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 N u rsing 232 - Pharmacolog y in Nursing

..... ..............

. . . ... ...

..

2

...

General Universi t y Requirement (G UR)

Advanced Placement:

January- Term

NOll-nursillg: A dvan ced pl a ce m en t may be available t h ro u g h n at i n a l sta ndardized o r d epar tm nta l exa m i na t ions. Inquiri

CUR ( i f needed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . .......................................... ... 4

Sp ri ng Semester Nu rs i ng 324 - Psychosocial ursing . . . . . . . ......... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . Nu rsi n g 3 2 2 - Psychosocial Nursing: l i nical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . Nursing 333 - P hys i o l o gi c al Nursing I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . Nursing 342 - P h ysi ol o gic a l Nursing I : C l i nical ................... . . .

should be irected to th e Office of Admis sion s or the dep a rt ­ ment or chool offering the pa rticular subject .

CUR

...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4 2 2

3 4

Summer Session

CUR and/or Sociology 330 - The F a m i l y .......... . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Second Year Fall Semester Nu r si ng 3 5 2 - Nursing in the Ch ild b earing Years

..

.. . .

... ....

. ..

2

....

Nurs ing 362 - N u rsi n g i n the Ch ildbeari ng Years: Clinical . . . . . 2 Nurs ing 372 - fursing of Nursing 382 -

hi ldr en ........................................... 2

u rs i ng of � h iIdren: C l i n ical . .............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Nu rs i ng 392 - Nursing Rese a rch . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 G

Jafl lUi 1)'- Term G U R ( if needed) . .. ..

.

.................

. . . . . . . .. . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . .. . . .

4

Sp ring Semester

NUrsing 4 2 3 - Physiological Nursing II

... . . . . . .. u rsi ng 433 - P hys iolo gi Cill Nu rs in g I I : Clinical . . . . . . Nursing 462 - Leadersh i p i n ursing . . . . . . .. . . . Nu rs i ng 474 - Nursing Synthesis . .. . . . .....

.. .

.

..

.

....

. .

.............. .

... .

.

.

...

.

.... .......

.

..

.. . .

..

.... ......

....... . . . . .

.

.. . . . ................

...

3 3 2

4

Slimmer Session Nurs i ng 436 - Com m u n i ty Health Nursing: Fami lies . . . . . . . . .. . . . 3 Nu rsi n g 453 - Community Health N u rsi n g: Clin ical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Nu rs i ng 472 - bsues and Trends in N urs i n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Nurs i n g 473 - Co m m u n ity as Client

. . . . . . . .. . . .

.............. .

.

...

.........

3

Part - t i me p ro g ra m s of study are available a cc o rdi n g to student need within the framework of the curri c u l u m . An app o in t ment should be made with the LPN - B SN Coord i n ator to devel op an individu alized pla n for program co m pletio n .

Nursing: LPNs m y receive credit b y exa m in a t i o n for elected courses. Each stud e n t is i n divid ually cou nseled rega rd i ng the

BSN SEQ UENCE FOR REGISTERED NURSES: Registered

prop ri ateness of se king such

redit. E l i g i b i l i t y for t h e c l i n ical proficien cy exam i nation i determined by th facu l t y a n d is

n u rses, g radu a tes from NLN and state-approved associate degree and diploma. programs, are encouraged to p ursue the Bachelor

ha�ed on docu men tation of sig n ificant wo rl and/or student

of Science in

e''Perit'n ce i n the spec ific area. E ' a. m s must be succe,sfully passed to receive

the cred it.

The fo ll ow ing A CT/ PE P' standardized te Is are available and, if successfu lly completed ( 45 (ll" a b v e , p ro v i de cre d i t fo r the nursLDg course(s) i ndicated:

cou rses being taught in c o n c e n t rate d blocks of time.

Prospec t ive s tu de n t s are enco urag�d to seek early ad vise ­ ment to redu c e ti m e spent i n co mpleting p rerequisites and

ACT/PEP exallIs ar� offered at specific testillg sites thro ugh o u t the stille alld COU �l lTy, inc/lldi llg PL U, OI t scheclu/r'c/ dates as well as by the military serv ices. Prc-rcgistratio lt is reqllired. Siudy guides, testing da les, alld registration packets arc ava ilable ill the

A

C

I

F

i

e

t

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

adm itted with advanced standing, ha v in g co mplet ed acade m ic courses have special s ec t i on s for en ro l le d RI students. Schedules

School oINursillg.

P

students meet the same requirements as basic students. Most are

are arra n g ed to accom m oda te the working nurse with many

respectively.

112

dem ic year m u s t submit their application by December I S . RN

course-work elsewhere. A n u m ber of the requ i red nurs i n g

\. Funda m e n tal s 0 Nursing - Exam #403 - s #3 2. C om m o nal ities i n uISin g : Area B - Exam #47/l - see #3 3. I f Exams #4 03 a n d/or #478 a re SllCC<!S ful l passed, the LPN stud e n t is el ig ibl e t lnke a Nursing Cli nical Proficiency Exam which will al low c redit for Nu rsi n g 25 1 ( Com mo nalities ill u ning I) and Nu rsing 252 (Col11 monalities in llr i ng f I ) , •

fursing at Paciflc Lutheran University. Students

desi ring adm ission fo r the fall semester o f the fo ll owi ng aca­

Y

facilitate pro gress. Once general u n ivers ity requ i re m e n ts and prerequ i ites have been m e t , the pr ogram may be c omp l e ted i n

1 2 m on t h s with full- time enrollment. Various part- t i m e opt io ns

are available.


Admission Policy: Registered nu rse applicants for the baccalau­ reate degree program ne d to complete the following before begin n i ng the RN to BS program of study: 1 . RN l icensur in the state of Wash ington; 2 . the equivalent of one y ar of full-time work experience as a regi t red n u r e; 3. u niversity entrance requirements i n language and mathematics; --4 . nursing prerequ isi te courses (with the exce ption of courses integrated into the R N to BSN program of study: Psychology 352 , nd Sociology 330); 5 . general un iversity requirements (with the except ion of courses integrated into the R to BSN program of tudy: tatistics, Religion, Perspectives on Diversity, and the Senior Seminarl Project); and 6 . A T/PEP examinations fo r credi t . Transfer CredJr. Registered nu rses who began their h igher - education at other accredited c lleges or u niversities may apply for transfe r credit. A grade point average of 2.5 is required b y the '-- Scho I of Nursing. A minimum grade of C in college courses is required fo r transfer of credit. A maximum of 64 semes ter (96 quarter) credit hours of co m m u n i ty college work i s transferable. Iii.-. A quarter credit hour is the equ i valent of t\vo-thirds f a semester c redit hour. To qualify as degree candidates, students must r ke the final 3 2 seme ter h o urs in residence at PLU. A total of 1 28 semester credit hours are req u i red for gr a d u a t i on .

Advanced Placement: Non-nursi,Jg: Advanced p lacement may be avai lable through national tandardized or departmental examinations. Inquiries - should be directed to the Office of Adm issions and/o r the department or school offering the particular subject. _

...

.......

. .. . . . .

. .

..

.

.

.... .

...

...

.....

.

. . . . . . . . ..

. .

.........

..

.

.

.

Statistic (Mathematical Reasoning) . . . . . .. .

..

6 credi t s

. .

.. . . .

.. . . . .. . .

. ... .

.......

.

..

.

.......

.......

.....

.

...

.

..

.

...

..

. .

..

.

..

............

.

.

.

.

.. .

...

..

..

.......

..............

.

.

. . .....

. .

..

.

.....

......... .

.

.

.......

. .......

. . . . ..........

.

....

..

2 4 2

2 2 2 2 3

3 3

4

29 cred its • Mllst have had the equ ivalent of at least one year offull-time clinical practice exp eriel1ce as a registered n u rse to be eligible lor credit by e.xa m ina tion. ther opportu n i t ies to earn ered.it by examination may be available on an individual basis based on prior cou rsework and experience, but no more than 30 credits may be achieved by this method. The following A T/PEP standardized test are available '1nd, if succe sfully completed, provide credit for the nursing C O U fse as indicated:

1 . Health upport Area I1 - Exam #57 7 - Nursing 333/342

(Physiological . u rsing I: Theory and J i. n ical) 2. Maternal and Child ursing ( B accalaureate Level) Exam #457 - ! ursing 52/362 (Nursing i n the Childbeuring Year : Theory and Clinical) and ursing 3 72/382 ( Nursing of hildren: Theory and Clinical) 3. p"ychiatriclMental H ealt h Nursing - Exam # 5 0 3 ursing 24/322 ( Psychosocial u rsing: Theory and Cl i nical)

.

. .

re d its

4 credits

Sprillg Sell/ester ursing 392 - Nursing Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 ursing 462 - Leadershi p i n ursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 2 ursing - Transcultural ur ing . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . . . . . . . . . . 4

Religion

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

R N studeIJts may ea", credit by examillatio/l for these courses: NLtr 'i ng 322 - Psychosocial: linical .. . . . . .. . . . N u r ing 3 2 4 - Psychosocial: Theory .. .............. ... ..................... . Nursing 352 - Nursing in Childbearing Ye rs . . . . . . . . . ... Nursing 362 - NUf'ing in Childbearing Years: Clinical . . . . . . . . . . . Nursing 372 - Nursing of Children .. . . . . . .. .. . . ursing 382 - Nursing of Children: Theory . . . . . . . . . . ursing 333 - Physiological Nursing 1 ... . . . . . . . . . . . ... ursing 3 4 2 - Physiological Nursing 1: Clinical . . . . .. . . . . . .. ......... ursing 42 - Physiological ursing I I . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . ....... ursing 433 - PhysiologicaJ ursing It: Jinical� . . . . Nursing 474 - Nursing Synthesis· . . . . . ..... . .. . . . . .

..

.....

.......

12 - 1 3

......

... .

CREDITS

Nursing 263 - Hea lth �sessmt:nt . .. . .............. .. . . .. . . .. . . . . . . .. . ........ 2 Nursing 27:1 - PathophysiolO!,'Y . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . 3 Nurs i ng 2 1 2 - Introd uction to Health �are . ................. ....... . ... 2 ur ing 491 - (Directed) Independent -tudy . . . ... .. .. .. 1 -2 Sociology 330 - he Family . . . . . .. . . . .. ... . . . ... . 4 or Psychology 35 2 - Developm nt: Infa n y r o Maturity

January- Term

u r i ng 232 - Pharmacology i n N u rsing ................. . . . . . . . . . . ...... 2 Nursi ng 2S 1 - ommonalities in Nursing I . . ... . .... . . . 2 Nursing 252 - ommonalit ies in Nursing II . . . .. . ... . . . .. . .. 2

z c: = U'I

RN TO BSN PROGRAM Of STUDY: ( F u l l - Time S q u nce) Fa ll Semester

..

- NursJIJg: These courses are waived for registered nurse tudents:

.....

4. Adult ur ' i ng - Exam #554 - Nursing 423 ( Physiological ! tIl'sing II: Theory) If Exam #554 is successfully pa sed, t he RN st1.Jdent is eligible to take a u rsing lin ieal Proficiency Exam \ hieh w i l l al l ow r dit for Nursing 433 (Physiologi cal ursing II: Clinical ) . Receipt o f credit by examination for ursing 474 ( U f i ng Synthesis) invo lves the development of a p<)rt� lio docu m nting pr e v i o u s work experience which mee the course objectives. If a " Pass" grade or above (45 if . CT/PEP) is n()t ach ieved on the designated t ,t or i f the RN l udent elecl� nor to eek credit by exa mination, the st udent must enroll in the co u rse as offered. ACTIPEP exams should be taken before begin ning the RN ,equence r, if such a plan is not possib le, before the �ub equent cOW'ses o r which they ore prerequisite. The tests are available Jt a n u mber of testing sites throughout the state an I countr), includi ng PLU with pre-regis tration required. Speci fi registra­ tion materials, study guides, and testing datt!s are a ailable from the S hool of Nursing. (The proficie ncy exam for Nursing 4 3 3 and development of the p o rtfoliQ for ursing 474 will take pl ace at the d e s i g n ated time during the p mgram sequence.)

12

eD

4

dits

Com plete Portfolio (RN's wit11 more than 1 yeM of clinical experience) N ursin g 474 - Nur:;lng Synthesis Summer Sessioll . ursing 436 - Community Health Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 Nu rsing 4 53 - Com m u n ity Health Nursing: J i n ical .............. 3

urs i ng 472 - Issue and Trends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......................... . . . . . . 2 Nursing 473 - �oI11 m u I) ity as Client . . . . . .. . .. 3 ..

...

.....

. ....

.

........

.....

I I credi ts Various part-time options a re available and can be worked OLlt on a n individual basis. If students have less than the equivalent of one year of ful t-ti me work experience, Nu rs i n g 4 3 and 474 are included in the program of stu dy. Graduate Programs

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN NURSING: eM u l t the graduate section of t h is catalog fo r details of the program leading to the degree of Ma'ter of Science in u rs i n g ' nd/or cont act Lhe School of Nursing Graduate Program ( 535-8872). SCHOOL NURSE CERTIFICATION: Contact the School o f ursing Center for Con t i nut:d Nursing Learning (535-7683 ) . WORKSHOPS AND SHORT COURSES: Contact t J1 Scho I o f Nu rsin g Center f m ,ontinued U[Sll1g Learning (535 -7 83). TIre in/ormation {'un'aincul luudll tl,,' program, of study learling to a

rcflecr� fill nCCllrute pidllte of 8acIJelor ofSciellce 11/ Nursing

dtgreefrmll Pacific Lll/hera" U,,;vl!r ;1 ' at 11,,, I;me r)f publicat;oJl.

H'IIVel'er. II,e ,lIIil.t'rs,'y reserves the riglll 10 make neLessl'ry c1/1l11gt$ ill procedJll'es, plJlicies.• CCllendar, (/Irr;clIllIIII, and CosIs. P A C

I

F i e

L u

r

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

113


The n ursin g process as fra mework for professio nal p ractice.

Course Offerings

Prerequisites: Prior or co ncu r re nt enrollment in

2 1 2 Introduction to Health Care S o c io- c u lt ura l, p ol it i. al, eco nomic, e t h ical, and legal iss ues

Indivi d u a l a n d fam i l y adaptat ions throughout the pregnancy

i n fluencing contemporary health care. Focus on maj or health

cycle. Physiological and psychosocial-cul t u ra l aspects of

problems and heal t h care dc.livery systems. His t o r ical p e rs pec ­ tives a Dd t rt: nd in professional nurs lI1g a nd n u rsing educa tion. PrlTe q u i s i te: S phol1lore s ta nd i ng in Nursi ng. ( 2 ) VI

chi ldbearing. P rereq u isi t es :

uses

using

yste m - appnlach. Emphasi on pharmacokinetics,

330 ( 2 )

hospi tal , clinic, co l111l11 1 l1 it y, and home env iJo n m c n ts. P re req u i­ s i tes: P r i o r or concurrent e n ro l l ment in

352. (2)

mec h a n isms of act ion, u ndesi rable effects, and n u rsing i m pl ica ­ t i o ns. [ iscussion of li ent tea ching a n d n u rs iJ1g resp o n s i bil ities

372 Nursin.g o f ChiJdren

rega rd i ng the ad m in i stra tio n of medication. Prere u isi te:

adolescence. Ch i ldhnod needs, ch i ld bea ri n g pracrices, alld

Pre- ( r co req uis ite:

273

or consent o f i nstructo r.

Nu rs i ng and health care of children from infancy t h rough

25 1.

pare nta l roles. Prereq u isites:

(2)

322, 324, 333, 342,

SOCI

330. ( 2 )

25 1 Commonalities i n Nuning I I n l roduction to the u 'e of t he n u rsi n g process a n d psycho motor

3 8 2 Nursing o f Children: Clinical

skills i n client care . O p p ortun ities to practi ce nursing ski lls in the

pri ma ry care, and co mm u n it y f<lcilities. Prerequisites: Prior or

n u rsing lab ra t o ry and elected c l i nical

Clinical ap pL ica t io n of ped i a t r i c theor y a n d skills in acute,

t t i ngs. Prereq uis ites:

concu rre n t e nrollment in

372. (2)

205 -206, CHEM 1 05, PSYC 1 0 1 . Prereq u isite o r corequi s ite : UR 2 1 2 . (2)

392 Nursing ResellJ'ch

252 Commonalities in Nursing n

I n cl u des purposes of n u rsin

BIOL

I n t roduction to th

tion of the nu rsin

p rocess. Selected c l i n i c a l expe ri e n ces with

adults i n · ,,'tended heal t h care fac i l i t ies. P re req uisites: BIOL PSYC 3 5 2,

N LfRS

Adm issions C o m m ittee.

I n t rod ucti o n to k nowled ge and �kills neede

HEM 1 05, NURS 2 1 2,

d ive rse cultural grou ps. Uses d iverse oel i e fs, valu

2 5 1 . (2)

real and po tent i a l threa ts to health. I m m u n e response, reaction

c l in ical m a n ifestations of selected disorders organized aro u n d

(4)

i n g or chron iC<llly disabling nature in adults. Nursing i n terven­ t ions based 011 u n dersta nd in g the bio- psycho-s ocial di srup tions and means of restoring balance to attain o p timal level of

mental hea l th for c l ient s along the mental heal th - illness

fu nct i o n i ng. Prerequisites:

continu u m . Emphasis on i m p l ement ing a va riety of therape u t i c

352,

324. ( 2 )

322, 324, 33, 342, 352 , 362, 372, 3 82,

392. ( 3 )

tec hni q Lles a n d n u rs in g i nter ven tio n s i nclu d ing therapeutic

433 Physiological Nursing II: Clirucal

prior or concurrent

Cl i n ical a p p l ication of b i o - p )'eho- soc ia l, c u l t u ra l , a n d s pi ri tu al concepts in the care of adult clie nts in acute care setti ngs. Use of

324 Psychosocial Nursing

Use of the nurs i n g process in the promotion of men tal health fo r clients along the m e n tal hea l t h - i ll ness continuum. A holis tic approach to u n derst ndi n g

u l fills the alternat ive line in the Perspe tives on

D ivers i t y req u i remen t .

Selected complex pat hophysiological d i S(lrders of a l i fe threaten­

20 1 , 205, 206. ( 3 )

322 Psychosocial NUJ'sin.g: Clinical

URS

u niversity t u den!. Es pecia lly relevant fo r s tu den ts in n u rsi ng ,

423 Physiological Nursing IJ

human fLl nct ion i n g . Open to non­

CLi n ical application of the lwrs in g process to p ro motc opt i mal

enroll men t i n

explore

pre-medicine, a n t h ropolo gy, soci ol ogy, social work, m ar riage stud ies.

re�p i r a t i o n . n e u rol ogical dysfun ction and ab nor m al cell growth

co m m u n icat i o n . Prereq u i s i t es: PSYC

to

and fa m ily therap y, psychology, wome n's studies, a nd gl obal

to i n j u ry and i n fe c t io n , pai n , d isturb a n ces of circulation and

0

comparativc ap proad1

u niv rsa l i t y w i t h i n a t ransc u l t u ral c o n text. Open to any

Palhoph)'s i o l ogical concepts associated w i t h h u ma n responses to

fra me\ o r k of c,ltegories

J

, p ractices , and roles pe rt a i ni n g to health,

care expressi ons , and wel l - b eing. Emphasi ze d iversi ty a n d

273 Pathophysiology

majors. Prerequ i s ites : BIOL

by hea l th care

professionals to give c u l t u rally co ngruent care to people from

assessment techn iqu es as part o f t he nu rs i n g p rocess. Prerequi­

as

(2)

398 Transcultural Health Care: An Introduction

263 Health Assessment Health assessmen t of c hi ld ren and adu lts. Emp hasis on interiewin g sk ills and p hysical, develop me ntal, and p s ychosocial

205. 206,

resea rc h, pro bl em ident ifica tion,

f n u rsing sequence or with co nse nt of

completed 3 rd semester

20 1 ,

URS 2 5 1 . Prior o r concurrent en rol lmen t i n

2 2, 263, 273. ( 2 )

sit : BIOL

research process a nd basic research skills.

hypo th es is ge neration and testing. research desi g 11, crit i<jue p rocess and use of research i n nur · ing. Pr<;;[e quisite�: Have

Emphasis on the role of the p rofessionJl nur se in implementa­

ariety of nu rsing i n ter ve n tion s and

the n u rsing process and e m p hasis o n cognit ive, i n terperso na l , and psychomotor/technological skills. l'rerequi ites: Prior or concurrent e n rollment in

423. ( 3 )

otha c o n tem po rary t hera pe utic modal ities in the treatment o f

436 Community Health Nursing: families

clients with ment al health p roblems. I n t ro d u c t ion t o selected

Application of family theory and nursi ng model

acute and chro n i c psyc h ia t ric diso rders. Prerequisites:

of needs and care of fa m i ly clients in com m u n i t y set tings . Iden t i ­

232, 252,

263 . 2 7 3 . PSYC 352. ( 4 )

to

t h , a nalys is

fica tion of m'1jor p ub li c h e a l t h pr o b l e ms , level> of pre e n t i o n , health seeking behaviors, health screening. and n ur s i n g mill lage­

333 Physiological Nursing I B a s i i n terruptions in the bio-psychosocia l processes with

ment of h igh- ris k fa m i lies. Prere q ui sites: 3�2. 324, 33 3 , 342, 352, 362, 372, 382, 392, 423, 43 3 , 474, S O C I 330. ( 3 )

res ul ta n t hea l th deviations. Focus on 'el cted pathoph)fsiol ogic

453 Community Health Nursing: Clinical

disorder of ad u l ts with n u r- i n g interve n t ions t o fac ilitate adap­ tation and re�to ration to 11laAi n1U111 level o f well nes . H o l i s l i c

Cli nical application of pr fessio n al and tech.nical ski l l s i n the

a p p roa c h to meeting needs of c l ients ami fa m i l ies. Teaching a nd

care of fa m i l ies in com m u n it y health agencies. I m plementation of complex nu rs i ng i ntervent io ns in the home and ambu latory

lear ning slrat�gies fo r heal t h promo t i o n , restoration, a nd

maintenance. Prereq u i site:: 232. 252, 2 63, 273.

(2)

care . eltin g s. Retl neme nt of i n terviewing a n d co e m a nage m en t skills. Op portu n ity fo r i n depende n t judgment and decision

342 Physiological Nursing I : Clinical

making. Prerequ i . ites: Prior or concu r re.n t enrol l ment in 436.

Cli n i cal a pplicilt io n of concepts elf pat h o phys io logy a nd psycho p a t hology to tht: ca re of adul t clients in ho s p i tal settings. 1 14

SOCI

C l i n ical a p p l ication of m a ternal newborn theory a nd s k i l ls in

on phar maco l og ica l princi ples of the maj or drug classes

a

322. 324, 3 3 3 , 342;

362 Nursing i n the Childbearing YellJ's: Clinical

232 Pharmacology in Nursing Fo

333. ( 3 )

352 Nursing in. the ChlJdbellJ'ing Years

P

A

C

1

F

i

e

l

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

(3)


462 Leadership in Nursing

� BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING CURRJCULUM

Analysis of p rofessional roles and functions in heal t h care

BSN BASIC PROGRAM

d elivery systems. EV11 l u, tion of th e impact of organizational

first Semester CREDITS B i o logy 205 - Human A na to my and Phy iology . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . 4 p . 'ch o l o gy 10 I - L n l roduction to Psychol ogy .............................. 4 G R/Core . . . . . .. .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Freshman Writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 P hys i ca l Education 1 00 - Personalized Fit ness Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

l ru c l u res

n professional nu rs i ng p r a c t i ce . Leadersh i p and ma nageme n t styl s , concepts o f power and a u t h ori t y. Prere q ui­ sites: 392 and sen ior standing in Nursing. ( 2 )

472 Issues and Trends i n Nursing

Analysis and evaJ uation of t h e impact of selecte d socio­

t:co n o m ic, ethic -legal,

j<lM llary Term

nd p o l i t ical aspects on p ro fessi o n a l

G U R/Con�

nursi ng practi ce . Profess ional is ues i n cl ud i ng entry level, redent i aJi ng, q u ality assurance, e t h ical decision-making and

life- long learning. Prerequisi tes: 392, 423, 4 3 3 , 462, 474. 473 Community as Client

(2)

(Clinical

Biology 206

health envi ronmen ts. Focus o n com m u nity ass ' s me n t , health planlli ng, app l i c at i o n of t h e change process, a n d health educa­ t ion fo r h igh- risk group ' . Prerequisites: 462, 474, p r i o r o r _

f cri tical t h i nk i ng , i nd pendent judgmen t, de isio n

care in acute or cJlroni irllations. P rerequ i s ites: 392, 423, 433, prior or concurrent registration in 462. (4)

491, 942 Independent S�dy Prerequisi te: Perrn ission of the dean. ( 1 -4)

ed ucational needs of n u rse s I reparin

'

to practice i n the h ea l t h

of t h e

and

i n t h e n e w c u rr iculum. B a s i c n u rsing st ud e n t, who

fu ture. The r� q u i r e men ts a n d cou rses l istt:d i n

t h e first part of t11is sect io n w i L l b e

r

place

b y the requ i reme n t

the u n iversity as fre h m en beginning fall 1 996, and

p rogram in the fal l o f 1 996, will follow the requirements of the

new curriculum.

S t u d e n ts en tering t he LPN and It to BSN programs of sludy study p l a n s as descr i b e d in t he tlrst part of thi section. A dap t a tion of th e new curricular d esig n to the particular needs o f LPN and RN students is c u r re n tl y raking pin w i t h fi nal revi io n to be pu blished d u ri ng the 1 996-97 academic year. The prereq u i s i te a n d corequisite cour e for L P . � and RN enteri ng i n fal l 1 997 are as listed be1m . The proj cted time frame for completing the program of study will not change [rom the c u r ren t lime chedule (see p rese n t curricular plan fo r LPl . a n d Rl"1s in earlier part of t h is e t io n ) .

in fall 1 996 wiJI fo l low the

NEW BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSJNG CURRICULUM Prer-equisite Courses to New Nursing Curriculum

Prerequ isite course! to be completed before enroll ment in the nursing 'equence incl u d e : CREDITS

nato m)' and Physi o l o " y ) . . . . . .... ............ . . . . . . . , 4

Biology 20 1 ( M icrobiology)'

..

. . . . . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Chem istry 1 05 ( Chemistry of Life) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Psych logy [ 0 1 ( I n trod u c t i o n to Psychology) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 4 Psych o to g y 3 5 2 ( Development: l n fa n cy to Matu r i ty ) ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Intermediate Algebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 4 ( i f two years colleg prep math not co m pleted in h igh school \ ith grade of C or higher)

Stutistic,� 23 1 (Intr ductory Stat isticst

..................................

.. . . .. 4

20 1

- [ ntr o duction to Micr bi ol o g y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Psychology 352 - Devel pmcnt: I n fa n cy to Maturity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

P hysical Education . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ! Nur ing 2 1 5 -

o u nda t io os

heore tical

220 - Nursing Competen

Nursing

ies I

of Nursing

.

...

............... . . 2

2

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . .

FO llrth Se1llester

263 - Heal th

be t ake n a t PLU or at most

Fi{th Semester

GUR/Core . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 NtH. ing 320 - u r s i n g om p etcncies I I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 N ursi ng 344 - Nu rs i ng S i t uations with ;)J1l i l irs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Nursi.ng 363 - Pharmacology fo r N u rsing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Jalluary li?nn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5ixciz eme.srer GUR/Core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N urs i n g 3 6 1 - Jun i r I I Seminar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nursing 64 - Nu rs in g Si tuation I . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nu rsi ng 365 - ultu ralLy Congruent Nu rs i ng . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N u rs i ng 392 - N u rsing ResearcJ1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4

4 I

5 4

2

Seventh Semester Nur ing 425 - l ntrodu t i n

454 -

to

Leadershi p and Ma nagement

.....

3

u rs i ng Situations with C o m m u n i t i ............... . 6 ur i ng 46 1 - Senior I S mjn,r . .. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 u rsi n g 464 - ursing Situations 1 1 .. . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ . . . . . . [

Nur�ing

Eighth Semester Re ligion

. . .. . . .... . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Nu r i ng

-

4 75

Seni

r

I I Seminar . . ..

..

.

. . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4

1 - Soci I and PoL i t ical Con texts fo r u rsi ng . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Nu rsing 476 - urs i ng Sy nt hesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Nursing 4 7 1

NEW UND ERGRADUATE CURRICULUM COURSE O FFERINGS

2 1 5 Theoretical Foundations of Nurs i ng

The i n augur<tl course i ll s t u dy o f n u rsing as ;] pro ession and

d isc i p l i n e I nc lu d ed .l.Te h istorical perspe tive ) f n ursing as wel l .

as

sele t e d n u rsing conceptual framework�. Em phases include

the m e t aparadigm o f nursing, person, envi ron m e n t , a n d health;

the m ean i ng of n u r i ng i t u at i o n ; phi losophical fo undat i o ns o f

car i n g; the fou r ways o f kno\ i n g; and the P L U

chool of Nurs­

ing philosophy and undergraduate conceptual fr mework . Pre­

requisit : Soph u more standing in N u rsi n g . ( 2)

,. Basic student. - corequisite - see cllrriClllum plan. c o mm u n ity colleges.

ducat ion . . . ....... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . ........ .. ... . ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I

TIl i rd Semester

Elective

sophomore and s t udents transferring d i rectly i nto the nu rsing

Prereq uisite cou rse s may

Physical

Physical · d ucation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

ca re system

205, 206 (

G\

Human Anatomy and Physiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

ur ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Ass essment .. ......... . . . . .................................. 2 u rs i n g 264 - Health Pr moti n .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 4 u rsi ng 28 - Pathological H u m a n P rocesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. 4

A new undergraduate nu rs i ng c urriculum will b e i m p lement e d begi nni ng in fal l 1 996. Thi rev i s io n addresses the changing

Biology

hernistry of L i t'c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

ursing 2 2 5 - Critical Th i nki ng in

New Undergraduate Curriculum

COURSE

Z

-

UR/Core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 o nversatio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. :2

Nursing

493 Internship Abroad

en t er

;lO \1'1

Cri t ical

Biology

making, tcch n i al a n d l e ad ersh ip skills i n the delivery o f h eal th

cou rses

-

4

c

Statisti s 2 1 - I n t roductory S t a t i s t i cs . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

474 Nursing Synthesis Synt he i

'--

436. 453. ( 3 )

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Second ')ellIe"ter Chemistry 1 05

N ursing s t ra t eg ies fo r pro b l e m solving i n c o m m u n i t y or p ubl i c

con cu rren t e n rollment in

.... ....

z

' ullior/

220 Nursing Competencies I Introduction to n ur s i ng situations that � eus on lJasic com peten ­ cies. A variety of learning contexts are used to i n t r odu ce and P

A

C

I

F

I

e

l

U T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

115


p ract i ce (o m pet en ies of ca r i n g, th c ra pe uti . comlll u nicatiOn, fu n cti o n al assessmen t, psychomotor skills a ssoc iated wiLh hy­ gien and h e a lt h management, and prin c i p l � of a seps is. Prereq­ uisites: BlOt 205, 206. C1--[EM 205 and prior or concurrent enrollment i n N RS 2 J 5. (2)

out

i te:

2 1 5 . (2)

320,

365 CnIturaUy Congruent Nursing An introduction Lo the knowledge and skills needed by n urses to p r ov id e cul t urally c on gr u e n t care to persons from d iverse c ul ­ tural gr u ps . A t r a n scultural com p a r ati ve approach is used to exp lore J iversity and uni ersa l it y in caring for pe rs o ns in all stages o f the I i I' cycle. Prere qu i s i t : Prior or concurrent e n rol l ­ ment i n 364. ( 4 ) 392 NUTsing Research

263 Health Assessment Foc uses on t h e a ssess ment of health fo r pers o ns across t h e l i fe spall. Emphasis on development of a h ol i st i c ata base concef[]­ ing bi o logical , psyc h ologica l , so ial, c u l tu ra l , and pi r i t u a l d i ­ mensions o f the h uman person. T h e i mp ac t o f t h e ind i vi d ua l o n the a5SeS'Ill�n t ro cess, perfurmance of a syst e m a tic assessmen t, a n d the a ssu mp t ion o f the p rofessiona l rol e arc i ncl uded . Prereq­ u isites: BIOl 205, 206, H E..M 1 05, U RS 2 1 5 , 220 and p r i o r o r co n cu r ren t enroll m ent i n NURS 225. (2) 264 Health Promotion Throughout the Life Span Focllses on the co n c ept of hea.lth and t h e role of the nu r ' e in p romo t ing health thro u g h t h e l i fe sl':\I1. Em p hn�i� on under_ tanding the imp_ ct of biological, psycho logical, social, spirituai, a nd c u l t u ra l i n fl uences u n healt h . P r a c t ica l applica t i ons i n d u de primary and seco nda ry preve n L i o n projects. Frere uisites: 2 1 5, 220, a n d prior or concurrent enro Um e n t in 225, 263. ( 4 )

283 Pathological Human Proce.sses oeu ses on rnajor fo rms of pa tho logy t ha t affect physical and ps choso ial \ ell-being. Emphasis on understanding the under­ lying pat hological pr ces es, c l i n i cal manifestati ns, nd se­ quel a e of selected pa t holo gi c al c n dit ion s. Prereq u isi tes: BIOL 20 I . 205, 206, PSY C 1 0 1 . (4) 320 NurSing Competencies Il continuation of urs i n g Competencies I . Foc us on more advanced and complex psychomotor and i n terac tio lla l skills. arious pra ctice c o nte x ts are used fo r dem on s t rating com peten­ cie of c a r i n g , p rulCiples of asepsis , a n d hea l t h restora tion !TII,) ­ da l i t ie s. Prerequ is i tes: 220, 25, 26 , 264, 283. ( 2 )

3 44 Nursing Situations with Families FoclJs Oil n u rsing care of fa rn i Jic$ across t'he l i fe span. Care is a ccom p lish ed through the a p p l ication

c l i n i c a l, fu nctional, adap­

344, 363. (5)

225 Critical Thinking in Nursing ocuses on t hi nki n g and r ea so ni ng kills ap pl ied to the ma nage­ m en t of llur i n g s i tuations. T h e n u rsi n g process i i n t roduced ;)s .1 (ramew rk for thinking a nd ca r i ng i n n u rsing � ituaLion ·. A ariety of to o ls fo r c r it i ca l th i n ki ng, s u ch as disc o LLfse and r flec­

tion, are applied. Prercqui

ollles are exa m i n�d acco rd i n g to

ti e. a n d cuda i m onistic health d i m ensions. Prerequisi tes-:

f developmental, fam i ly,

and n u rsing t heories to hum a.D responses. Students llse the

n ur s i n g p rocess i n the p ro m o t i oll , m a i n tenance, a nd res t o rat ion

of health, a n d in t he p re ve n t io n of i l l ness as exp c rien ed b fa m i l ies. NllI"sing situation i ncl u de a re or t�l m ilies i n acu t e and chronic illness, and i n nonlla t i ve and n o n - I lormativ t ra n s i t io n , . Prerequisites: 220, 225, 263 . 264. 28j. (6)

36 1 Junior I J Seminar Ca pit a l i z i n g on the experien ces g a i ned in the cl i n i ca l s t t i n g s . s t u d nts explore a nd i n teg ra t c the c once p t s from Nursing Situa­ t i ons I. Focus n n recogn it iu n of c o m m on a l i l ies a n d d i fferences a c ross m u l t i p le n ur s i ng s i t u a t i ons. Pre requ isites: Pri r or (on­ c u r re n t enrollment in 3 64. ( I ) 363 Pharmacology for NursillgFocuses on p ri n ci plcs o f the major dr ug classifications. Rmph. sis o n pharmaco k i n e t ics, pharmac dynam ics, mecha nisms o f ;j tio n , side ffect , and client tea ch i n g . Genetic a n d socl0cullLLfai factors that a ffect drug u se. Prerequ isi tes : 263 and 283. ( 3 ) 3 64 NurSing- Situations I .E m ph asi.zes the theory and cl i n i cal a p p l ic tion of u n i - i n g co n ­ ..:epts in a variety of practice settings \ ith client t h rougho u t the l i fe �pan. F o c u e on n ursing i n terventions that fa c i l i t a t e health resto rati on, healtl l main tcnance. or death with illgnity. Client

I n t ro d u c t i o n to the r!esearch proce s. The fo ur wa),s of knowing are app lied to n u rs i ng research. - 'teps of the research p rocess are app l ied to qu al i tative and q ua n t i t a ti v e research approa c h es. E mph a i7.cs the i mpor t a n ce o f n u r si n g research to the d i sci pl ine o f n u rs i n g , eva l u ation o f n u rs i n g r e:l rc h , a nd ap pl ic a tion of nu rs in g research to practice. Prer q u isitcs: STAT 2.) [ , p ri o r or concurrent en roll m en t in N RS 364. (2)

425 Introduction t o Leadership and Management Focu ses o n analysi, of p rofcs ional · [ t uati ons, ro l � an d func­ t io ns ill th changing health c r e delivery · yste m. In cluded is eval uation 0 the impact upon n u r si n g of o rganizational struc­ t u re, l e a dershi p and maflJ g <:: m cnt styl ' S , 3S well as g ro up dynal11i .I, m a nagemen t issues, fiscal i mp e ra l i ves, q u a l i t ), i m p rove m 'nt tr�ncG, and t he conc.:epts of power and a u t ho r i t y. Prerequisi tes:

36 1 , 364, 365, 392. ( 3 )

454 Nursing Situations with Communities Fo uses on the o m lliun i t y as " u n i t of ca re." E x a m i n es the fo r ces that impa t on the h eal t h · tatus of aggJ;eg ates, p pu .lat io n gro u ps, and the com m u ni ty, C once pt s and p r i n c i p les fro m nurs i ng a n d public h e a l t h a r e used t o assess needs and st re n gt h. of a co mm u n i t y a nd t o p lan a nd i mp le me nt inte rvent ions that p romote a om m u n i t y's h e al t h . Prerequisites: P r i r or con cur­ rent enrollment i n 425. (6)

461 Senior I Seminar Capi t .,lizing on t h e exper ience gained i n the c l in i ca l settings. students explore a n d integrate the concepts from urs i ng itua­ t ions I I . Focus on recogn it i o n o f co m monalit ies and d iffe re nces across m u lt i ple Ilu rsing si t u a t i o n s . P rerequisites: P r i or (1r COll­ current enrollment in 464. ( l )

464 Nur ing Situations Il B u i l d i n g 0n t h e fOll nd.ttion o f p revious c o u rsework, t. h i s c o u rse emphasi7.es t he theory a n d clinical app l i cati 11 of more i nte­ gratt·iJ o ncepts i n a riel y of pra ti settings t· h ro ug ho ll t the life span. Focuses o n nursi ng i n ter v en ti o n s that fac i l i t ate h e al th r torat i o n , health m a i ntenance, or death w i t h dign i t )' w i t h e l i nts .·pericncing cri i s o r mu l t i - s ys tem i n v [vement. Cl i e n t ou tcomes are ex:an1 ine d according to d i n i aJl. fun tion al . adap­ tive, and euda i m o n i stic health dimensions. Prere.quisite: 364. ( 5 ) 47 1 Senior n Seminar Using n u rsi n g situations from l ilei r clin ical �xperie nces a n d thei r emp i ri ca.l aest.hetic, personal, a n d ethical knowledge re ga rd i n g social and p o l i t ical realities, stude nts o c u s on c rit ic a l l )' eva luat­ ing their ro l e s a s professiona l pr o v ide r s o f health care. Prerequ i­ sites: P r io r or co nc u rre n t enrol l m e n t in 475 and 476. ( I )

475 Sodal and Political Context for Nursing Focllses on the social Jnd p o l i tical m i l jell in wh ic h nurses p ra c ­ t ice.

m p hasis

n , nalysis of cu rre nt issues affec t i n g the h ea lt h

care system , the nur ing profess ion ,m d the p rovision

of healLh

stralegies for a si ·ting persons in cri t i c al l y eval ua t i ng avadable reso urces and ca re o p t io n. as they negotiak t h e health carc system , Prerequisites: 4 2 5 , 454, 4 1 , 464. (2) carc. Students e x pl

re

476 Nursing Synthesis Provides sLud n ts wiLh the o p p o r t u n it y to syn t hes ize Il llr$ i n g

k n o wl e dge, critical thi nk ing, decis io n m ak i n g, J ll d t ec h n i ca l and

l ead- rship competencies in nurs i n g sit uations. Each s t ud e n t

116

P A C

I

F

i

e

l

U

T

H

I:

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y


provides n ursing care while being mentored b)' a professional nurse preceptor. Prerequisites: 425, 454, 4 1 , 464. (6)

49 1 , 492 Independent Study Prerequi,ite: Permission of the dean. ( 1 -4)

493 Internship Abroad ( 1 -4) Graduate Course Offe rings

525 Models and Theories of Nursing Fo us on the current state of theory develo pment in nursing. Incl udes the analysis and evaluation o f n u rsing and related models and theories with di scussion o f their relevance to nursing science and practice. ( 3 )

526 Nursing Leadership and Management Analysis of princi ples and processes of management in a n increasingly complex health c a r e context. Functions o f planning, organiz.i ng, sta ffing, d i recting and controll i ng, and selected issues i n heal t h care - communication, delegation, power, values, marketing and structure - are examined with emphasis on leadership skill acquisition. ( 3 )

527 Nursing Research An overview of the research process and its application to l I u rsing practice . Emphasis on evaluation of cu rrent research i n nursing. Prerequisite: 5 2 5 . ( 3 )

528

Family Theory i n Nursing

Exploration of the cu rrent state of family theories!models i n n u rsing with a focus on d i fferentiation o f fa mily as the unit o f care from fa mily a s the context of care. Students will ana lyze n u rsing, borrowed, and col laborative fam i ly theories!models and describe application to families at various points along the wellncss-ill ness continuum. ( 1 )

535 Continuity of Care Role Development Focus on continu ity of care role development emphasizing advanced practice inclu sive o f case management leadership, consultation, education, and research. I n - depth study leads to development o f a role specific position description. Prerequisite or concurrent with 525 o r consent o f instructor. ( 3 ) 536 Theoretical Foundations for Continuity o f Care

,ritical analysis of n u rsing and other health related theoretical models u nderly i ng advanced practice o f the continuity o f care nurse specialist. I n -depth exploration of advanced practice i ncl uding: nursing case-management, discharge- planning, quality aSs urance, and systems analysis. Conceptual synthesis leads to role-specific, process-oriented practice framework. Prerequisite or oncurrent: 525, 535. ( 3 )

537

Population Based Study: Theory and Practice

I n -depth study of demographic and epidemiologic trends, clini al management strategies, standards of care, and key agencies. Application o f advanced practice skills to ensure quality, comprehensive, accessible health care as well as effect ive! effi ient organization of resources and services fo r defined client groups within the context o f family d u ring transitions along the wellness- i llness con tinuum. Clinical experiences include application o f a defined framework for practice i n care delivery. Prere quisite or concurrent with 53 6 . ( 5 ) 538 Program Development for Continuity of Care

Focus on the synthesis of theoretical models, clinical parameters, and program planning principles. St udents develop a continuity of care program for a specific health care population addressing access across agency b o u ndaries within the context o f a client­ oriented sys tem Clinicll experiences include development o f the con t i n u i t y of care team . Prerequisite o r concurrent with 5 3 7 . ( 3 ) 543 Health and Culturally Diverse Populations Com parative a nalysis of health beliefs and care practices o f western and non -western cultures with emphasis o n theoretical and p ractical dimensions. Seminars focus o n cross-cultural view

of nursing concepts and professional pract ices as they !'c!ate to values, beliefs , and techniques. Exploration o f transcul tural caring and curing role behavior and processes of socialization into those roles. Incl udes contemporary theoretical and research methods fo r the st udy o f n u rsing care components. Open to graduate s t udents or senior undergraduate students in good standing with consent o f instructor. ( 2 )

z C

545 Life, Death, and Public Policy Analysis of hard life and death decisions that, increasingly, are making their way i n to the pub lic policy agenda. The aggregate consequences o f the widespread application o f biomedical tech­ nology will be examined including critical questions. Case stud ies center around the nurse's role i n public policy and deci­ sion making. To pics include prenatal intervention, organ trans­ plantation, euthanasia, preven tion and lifestyle change, and set­ ting lim its o n medical care. Open to grad uate students or senior undergraduate students with co nsent of the instructor. ( 2 )

::a:J '"

548 Curriculwn Development for Nursing Examination of the theory and practice of curriculum develop­ ment and evaluation. St udents function i n the role o f a faculty member to plan a c ur riculum, develop individual courses, and explore methods fo r course and curriculum eval uation. (2) 549 Teaching in Schools of Nursing Theoretical and ph ilosophical principles of the teachi ngflearning process. Teaching strategies and the process o f self and student evaluations will b e analyzed. S u pervised teaching experience included. ( 2 ) 556 Financial Management for Health Care Providers Concepts and processes of financial management for planning, control, and decision making fo r managers in health carl' organ i ­ zations. I n t roduction to the language o f financial management and economics; b usiness plan and budget preparation; variance and trends analysis; issues o f cost, qualit y, and productivity. Comp uter experience. ( 3 ) 559 Nursing Administration Practicum Synthesize n u rsing and b usiness admi nistration knowledge through critical analysis, independent judgment, and decision­ m a king. Focus o n role analysis, refinement, and theory applica­ tion in a practice setting. Prerequisites: 526, BUSA 550. ( 5 ) 576 Pathophysiology for Nurse Practitioners Provides the fo u ndation fo r clinical j udgment and client management based o n the understanding of pathophysiologic mechanisms o f disease. Content includes interpretation of alteration for normal function and signs and symptoms indicative o f illness. ( 2 ) 577 Clinical Application o f Advanced Pathophysiology Discussions focus on the application of pathophysiology concepts to clinical situations with clients across the life span development. Provides opport u n ities, in seminar, to i ntegrate clinical manifestations with knowledge o f clinical pharmaco­ therapeutics. ( l ) 578 Pharmacotherapeutics for Nurse Practitioners Study of the pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics related to management o f health care for people across the life span. Includes legal and ethical implications related to prescriptive resp onsibilities within the scope o f ARXP practice. ( 1 ) 579 Pharmacotherapeutics for Nurse Practitioners II Focuses on the pharmacological management o f disease processes commonly occurring across the life span. Successful completion of Nursing 578 and 5 79 meets initial 30 contact h o u r requirement in Washington State. ( I ) 580 Advanced Pathophysiology Provides the fo undation for clinical j udgment and client management based on the understanding of pathogenic mech­ anisms of disease. Content includes interpretation o f alterations

P

A

C

I

F

I

C

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y

117


from normal function, and signs and sym ptoms ind icative of ill nes�.

(3)

Seminars focus on a nalys is of the

o uses on health promotion and health protection strategies i n primary are si tu a tions. Students i n tegrate critical decision making Jnd wel l n ess concepts as well as individual health risks to p l a n interven t ions fo r clients a c ross the l i fe s p a n .

o -'

ur e Practi tioner role within

the i n traprofessional and i n terprofes ional realms o f practice,

581 Health Promotion in Advanced Practice

o

590 Role of the Nurse Practitioner

(1)

emphasizing collegial wo rking relationships to i m p rove p a t ient o u tcomes. S tudents define acco un t a b i li t y a nd resp o n s ibil i t y fo r decision making

as

Advanced Registered Nursing Prac tition ers

(ARNP) . Cou rse requirements include prepara tion of a paper fo r p u b lication or major presenta t i o n .

582 Advanced Family Health Assessment Exploration of theories, concepts, and advanced practice skills relevan t to co m prehens ive health assessment througho ut the life cyc l e . Emph asis on clin ical a p p l ication of knowledge to p r i mary care o f t he fo mily within a m u l t ic u l t u ral enviro n m e n t . S e m i n ar

( 1 hour) and c l i n ical e, periences (4 hours) required. Learn i n g Resou rces Fee: $55. ( 5 )

(1)

592 Independent Study Opport u n i t i es fo r advanced study in selected topic related to s t u dent's area o f interest.

597 Computer Application in Nursing Research Use of selected software programs fo r co m p u ter analysis of data relevant to clinical and nursing research problems. Seminars i n clude decision making regardi n g statistical strategies a p p rop ri­

5 84 FamiJy Nurse Practitioner I

ate fo r analysis o f problems a nd data m a nagement. Prerequ isite:

Applica t i o n of theoretical knowledge fo r assessment a n d nlanagcmcnt of fa m i l y health problems. Learning experiences

527. Lear n i ng Resources Fee: $55. ( I )

focus o n selected episo d i c illnesses, chron ic cond i t i o n s , and

598 Scholarly Inquiry i n Nursing Practice

related hea l t h problems through o lIt t. he life cycle. Em phasis on

Independent development of research to address a c l i nical

d iagno stic reaso n i ng and advanced assessm ent of i ndividuals

nursing problem o f i n terest. Exploration of the identi fied p rob­

a nd fam ili es . Knowledge from n u rsing theories, as well as

lem w i l l include l i terature review. Students p resen t and refine

biological a n d behavioral scien ce,� , are i n tegrated. Seminar h o u r ) a n d c l in ical experiences

582. (6)

(I

( 5 hours) required. Prerequisite:

their proposals i n scheduled sem i nars. Inclu des s u b m i ssion of completed proposal and/or submission of a man uscript for publication.

(4)

585 Family Nurse Practitioner n

599 Thesis

Theory a n d current research are applied to the comprehensive

A p p l i cation of t h e research process under the guida nce of a

assessment and man agement of a c u tE' i l lness a nd special p ro b­

fa culty committee. May i nvolve re plication of a previous study,

l ems i n fam i ly p ri mary care. Emphasis on d iagnostic reasoning

secondary ana lysis of research d a t a , a n evaluation research

skills i n the context o f ma naging complex i l l n ess patterns and

project, or an origi nal i n'restigatio n .

interruptions i n normal fam i l y h e a l th. Seminar cli nical experiences

(I

(4)

hour) and

(7 hours) required. Prerequi ite: 584. (8)

586 Women's Health Nurse Practitioner I r;OCU$ on application of theoretical knowledge for asses m c n l a n d management of women's health. L e a rn i n g experiences empha.size women's health promotion needs and ro u t i ne gync­ cologi

condit ions. Content i n c l udes the physical and psycho­

social d i mensions of women's health within a fa m ily co ntext acros l i fe span deve l o p m e n t . experiences

(5

eminar

(I

h o u r) and c l i n ical

h o u r ) req u i red. Prerequisite:

582. (6)

587 Women's Health Nurse Practitioner II Theoretical k n ow l edge and currfl1t research are applied to the advanced assessment and management o f women experiencing n o rmal pregnan y. Lea rnin" e,.'l'e riences focu. o n health care needs during t h e prenatal a nd po tpartal periods e m phasizing individual c l ient and fam ily n eeds as well as the psychosocial adjustment o f begi n n i n g and exp a n d i n g fam i l ies in m u l t i p le care settings. Sem inar

(I

ho ur) and clin ical experiences

586. ( 8 )

required. P rerequisite :

(7 hours )

588 Gerontology Nurse Practitioner I S t u de nts explore application of theory to practice a n d de m o n­

strate knowledge of n o rmal p hy ·iologic.al changes resulting from the aging process. Mamwement of, alId i n terventions fo r, com­ l ient problems arc 'xamined. Proficiency in advanced

mon

fu nctional assessment of the geriat ric cl ient is expected. Seminar

(I

h o u r ) a n d c l i n i cal experience

site: 582.

(5

h o u rs ) required. Prerequi­

Philosophy is the parent academic discipline that gave birth to today's variety of arts and sciences. It examines basic issues in all fields and explores connections among diverse areas of Lfe. In philosophy the most fundamental and enduring of questions are ad d ressed : How can humans gain knowledge about their world? What lim its are there to that knowledge? What is the ultima te nature of the universe? In particular, what is t h e nature of the human person, and what role or pu rpose is ollrs? How should we live? Arc there moral, aes thetic, and religious values that ca n be adopted rationally and used to guide our decisions? Study in philosophy acquaints students with major rival views of the world, encourages them t o think precisely and systematically, and helps them to see l ife critically, appreciatively, and whole. FACUlTY: Nordby, Chair; Arbaugh, Arnold, Cooper, Maho ney, McKe n n a , Menzel.

USES OF PIDLOSOPBY: Course:, in p h i l osophy meet the needs of a variety of students:

(1)

those who desire some knowl dge of

ph ilosophy as a basi c element in l i beral educat i o n ;

(6)

N u rsing management o f gerialric clients a t various phases along

the -hro n ic i l l ness trajectory. Emphasis on reco g n izing, differe n ­ tiating, and u n derstanding t h e i n terrelationships o f compl x variables con t ributing to dysfunction in the aged. Selected theory a n d research data from n u rsing, biological, and behavioral scie nces Jrc a p p i jed.

( 2 ) those who

wish to pursue some special i nterest, fo r exa m p l e , in

589 Gerontology Nurse Practitioner I I

l in i ca l decision making and development

of n u r s i ng i n tavention d u ri ng on-going i n teractions with clients and their sign ific Ilt others. Seminar experiences

Philosophy

( l h o u r) and cli nical (7 h o u r s ) required. Prereq u is i te: 588. ( 8 )

e thic s ,

science, religion, the h i s tory of thought, or the ideas of p a r t ic u lar p e rson ;

(3)

those who wi h to s lIpport their work in other Belds,

fo r example, l i terature, history, rel igion, the sciences, educati o n , o r b u s i ness;

(4) those w h o plan to usc a major i n p hilosophy a s

preparation fo r graduate or profess ional s t u d y in a n o t h e r field, fo r exa m ple, the o logy, medicine, or law; and

( 5 ) those who p l a n

t o do graduate w o r k i n p h ilosophy itself, usuall)' with the i n tention of teaching in the fiel d . Undergraduate study in phi losophy does n o t train one specifically fo r a fir-t job. It does p ro vide

posure to i m portant

perspectives, a s wel l as basic skills i n i n terpret at ion, c r itical

118

P

A

C

I

F

i

e

l

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I V E R 5 I T V


thinking and problem sol v i n g , research, a nalysis, a n d w r i t i n g .

These - u u a l I , co up l e d w i t h

s

p ec i a l i zed

discipli nes - fit one fo r a great var i e t y o [ posi t i o ns of voca t io n a l

responsib il ity. I n mo s t

pers o n s w i t h t h e h ig h est p o ten t ial for ad va nce m e n t are not tho s e wid) the most s pecia l i zed trai n i ng, b u t t h o s e with the p e r s p e c t i ve , fle x i b i l i t y a n d depth, a n d s k i l ls in thought and c o m m u n i c a t i o n p rov i ded b y a l iberal s t ud y sLlch as p h i l oso p hy. care e rs ,

SUPPORTING P ROGRAMS IN PHIlOSOPHY FOR OTHER FI ELDS: St udents using p h i l o sop h y to su p p o rt p r i mary

work i n o t he r fields Olav e l e c t ' co urs e s o f

a

minor or m a jor o r so me other

i n t e res t . O n a p p roval o f the depart­ ment, one course (4 h o u rs) in a no t. h e r field of study m ay be used for tbe p h i l o w phy major if i t has a d irect re l a t i o n s h i p to the

combination o f

s t udent's i nd iv id ual p h i l osophy progr a m .

B o t h ho w p h i lo s o [Jhy relates to a v a r ie ty o f ca re ers and what

s p ec i fi c programs of s t udy are reco m m e nded to s u p p o r t work in o t her dis c i p l i ne s

are

described in sepa rate b roch ures ava i l a b l e

i n t h e depart mental offi c e . The se i ncl ude b u s i ness, co m p u t e r

s c i e n c e , ed ucation, fine a r ts, h e a l t h professions, l aw and p u b l i c

p o l icy, social work, socia l and n a t u ra l sciences, a n d t h eo lo g ica .l

s t u d i es .

A DISTING UISHED PROGRAM: PLU's d(!partment o f p h i lo sophy offers

a

d i t i nctive co u rse o f s t u d ie�. T h e perm an e n t

faculty a l l hold the doc to r a te, have s t ud ied at leading i ns titu­ t i ons, ,wd have participated i n pro fe ss io n al programs i n the

United S ta tes and Eu rope. All s t u de n t s , especially m aj o rs and

m i nors, receive ind iv i d u a l attention and ass ist a nce.

UNIVERSITY CORE REQUI REM ENT: The general u n i ver s i t y

core requ i re m en t of fo u r h o u r s in p h ilosophy may be s a t i s fied by any co u rs e o ffered exc e p t 1 DO R ea s o ni ng . and 2 3 3 Fo rm;:d Logic.

A variety

of 2-4 cred i t

h o u r cou rses dealing w i t h mo ral issues,

226 Moral Pro b l e m s , 3 2 3 Health "arc Eth ics, a n d 328 P h i l o ­

soph ical lssues i n t he Law, s a t is fy t h i5 requ i re m e n t onl y i f 2 2 5 E t hical Theory ( 2 h o urs) is a l s o taken . T h e i n i t i a l c o u rse i n p h i l os o p h )" is cust o ma ri l y

1 0 1 , 1 25 , o r 1 2 5 , t h o u g h rarely arc

th ese p a r ti c u la r courses s t ri c tly

300- It"vel lar

co u rses

p re req u is i te lor a n o t h er co u rse.

are es pecially s u ited for st udents w i th p a rt i c u ­

interests . F acu l t y consent m a y be required fo r regi stra r i o n i n

so m e cou rse .

orrespondence co u rse a n d i n d e p e n de nt s t u d i e s

p rogram not b e co n c e n t rated i n to a s ingle semester, b u t p u rsued at

4.

At least a

a

3.3

leis u r el y pace o w r a n ex tend e d p e r i o d .

grade p o i n t average i n ph i lo s o p h y c o u rses,

i n cl ud i n g at least a B in

493.

Course Offerings 100 Reasoning

Devel o p m e n t of r e aso ni ng s k i .l l s and a n , pp re ci at io n fo r the

o

d iverse a re a s to wh i ch th ey a pp ly, fo r exam ple , i n rel ig io n ,

l i t e ra t u re, sc i ence, a n d co m p uter l a n g u age . S t udents learn h o w

avoid errors of reason i n g i n a rg u men ts . I oes n o t

so phy core req u i rem e n t . ( 2 )

sat isfy ph il o ·

1 0 1 PhUosophicaJ Issues

Perennial p h i losophical issues, systems , and t h in kers; the nature

of k n owledge, the fu nction of sci e nce , val u e s , h u m a n n a t ure and i ts social i m p l ications, relig i o n a n d knowl edge o f God . Deve l o p ­

men t o f c r i t ica l a n d s y s te m a ti c p h i loso p h i c a l t h i n k i ng a bo u t a l l

(4)

iss u es.

125 Moral Philosophy

Maj o r moral syst e m s o f \Vestern c i v i l iza tion; i n t ensi ve exa m i n a ­

tion o f s o m e contemporary mo ral theories; crit ical ap p l ica t io n to selected m o r a l problems.

(4)

220 Women and Philosophy

An examination a nd cr i tiq u e of h is torica l ly i m portant t h eo ries fro m ""'estern p h ilosophy conce r n i ng

wo men 's

nature a n d p lace

in s o c i e t y, followed b y a n exa m i n a t ion a n d c r i t i q u e o f the

w ri ti ngs o f women p h ilosophers, h i s t o r i c and co n t e mpo r a ry.

(4)

225 Ethical Theory Exam ination

f major mo ral systems of \Ve s t e rn c i v i l i z a t i o n and

some conte m p o rary ethical theo r i es. M u s t be taken concu rren t ly

w i t h or be fo re 2 2 6 , 5 2 3 , or 3 2 8 in order to use those courses fo r

the p h i l osop hy co re requ i rem e nt . -M.ay no t ta.ke b o t h 1 25 a n d 2 2 5 for credi t . ( 2 )

226 MOTal Problems

ri tical a p p l i ca t i on o[ m aj o r historic a n d c o n t e m p o ra ry e th ica l

theories to a broad range o f selected m o r a '! p rob l ems. For

p h i losophy core requirement o n ly when p a i red with 2 2 5 . ( 2)

M INOR: 1 6 S e m est e r h o u rs of a p p roved p h ilosophy co urses; for

228 Social and Political Philosophy

c o nsi de r i ng a

Western p h i losophy ( i ncluding Plato, Hobbes, Lock, Rou�e a u .

m i no r

8

h o ur s must be taken at PLU. S tu d e nts

sho uld d iscuss t h e i r p e rs on a l goals w i t h de pa r t m en tal fac u lty.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: M i n i m u m of 2R :; em e ster ho urs, i n cl ud i ng 233 Logic, 435 A d va nced S e m i n ar, :Ll1.d a.ny tw o of t h e fo u r course" in t h e h i s to ry o f p h i l o s o p h y sequence Philosophy,

3 3 3 Modern P h i lo so p hy, 3 3 5 oontempo rary

Pb i losophy, and 336 Pragma t ism and

a p p roval of the depar t m e n t , one course field

0

(33 1 Anc i en t

s t ud y

may

be used

merican P h ilosophy ) . On

(4 ho u rs ) in ano t he r

[or the ph i l oso p hy ma j o r if it has J

d irect rel a t i o n h i p to the :;t uden t's i nd i v i d u a l p h ilosophy progra m . Transfer students w i l l normally take

more of t h e i r 2 8 hours at PLU. S t u d e nts i n t end i ng to m aj o r in ph i l o so p hy s h o u l d for m ally declare th is w i t h t. he de par l Jn e nt cha i r and choose a d e p a r t m ental ad v iser.

16

or

HONORS MAJOR: 1 . 28 semester h o urs in ph iloso phy, i n c l ud i n g 233 Lo g ic, at l e a.st two courses in the hi�tor)' of p h i l o s oph y ( 33 1 , 3 33 , 33 5, 33 6 ) , 435 A dva n ce d Sem i nar, a nd 493 Honors R e sea rch Project. 2. An honors thesis (part o f 493 ), a m aj o r research paper u nd e r the s u p e r v i s i o n o f o n e or more fac u l t y members .

3. Completio n o f the d e pa r t m e ntal rea d . i ng p ro g r a m of p ri m ary so urces . H on o rs m a j o rs in p hi losoph y arc exptctcd to co m ­ plement t he i r reg u l a r cou rses b y reading a n d d i s c uss i. ng 3-4 i m p o rt a n t works u n der the person al s u p ervision of de pa r t­ ment fa cul ty. Th e reading list s ho u l d be obtai ned at a n ear ly

o

t o ask clear q u es t io ns , recognize d nd eval u at e assu m p t i o ns , nd

m a y !lQl be used to fu lfill th e c o r e req u i rement i n p h i losop hy. t ransfer students, at least

......

a

date fro m t h e department ch a i r. It is best t h at the rea d i n g

t r a i n i n g i n o t h�r

An exa m i na t ion of the major social a nd pol iti ca l theor ies of

M ill, M a r x . ) A l s o includes fem i n i st Jnd non-western c ri t iques

and c o n t r i b u t ions. The issue o f app lyi ng social Jnd p o l i t ical

ph iJo s ophy acmss c u l tures w i l l be explored. S a t isfi es p h il o s up hy

co re req u iremen t .

(4)

233 Formal Logic

A s t u dy of t he p ri n c i p l es of argum e n t a n d p roo f u s i n g bo t h na t u ral de d u c t io n a n d a x i o m a t i c ap p r o a c he s . A n i n t roduction to the

f first o rder logic in o rd i n a ry reas o n i n g and cogn i t i ve

l Le

d i sc i p l i.nes, an d to the p ro p e r t i es of form a l systems su c h

as con­

i n fere n ce . D o es no t s a t isfy p h i l oso p hy core requ i re me n t .

(4)

s istency and co m p l et e ness . f n cludes an i n t ro d uc t ion to i n d u c t ive

323 Health Care Ethics

Moral p ro b l e ms in health care relationships Jnd delivery sys­

tems, considered i n rel a t ion to fu ndamental ethical t hemes and

t h e o r ies gene ra l ly. Ta ught in 1 -2 h o u r u n i ts, i n divis ion s such as: A. Informed Consent: Special se t ti ngs of therapy, research, p risons, mental incompetence.

B.

Choosing Death: Val u i n g l i fe, d e fi n i n g dea t h , "ex t rao rd i na ry

m ea ns ," " k i l l i ng" vs. " letting die."

C. Tnfallts

and Children: Con s e nt J n d valuing l i fe in

care, p renatal di ag n os i s , ch.ild research.

newborn

D. Distribll ting Scarce Resources: E q ua l access r i g h t. s, prevelJ t i on/ t reatment, l i Te - s tyl e e ffects, etc.

N o t for p h i lo s ophy core re qui re me n t unless pa i red with 2 2 5 .

( 1 -4 )

P

I

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

u

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

T

Y

119


z o

325 Business Ethics

352 Aesthetics

A review of moral t h eo r i es a n d p erspectives of relevance to economic systems l1nd bw;i oe , practi es. Exa mi n a t i o n of u n de rly i ng valu es O Jl d asswnptions. w iLh a focus upon specific busines cases i nvolving, .g., em ployer-empl oyee re l ati oll$ , adve rtising, workplace conflict, and cnvironment..ll ,LIl d social responsi bi lities . Prerequ isite : L O l , 1 25 , o r 2 25/226. ( 2 )

A na l ys i s of the aes t het ic ex pe r i e nc e a n d i t s relationship to the fUl e arts, litaatUTt', ienee, and mora l i t y ; the crite ria and con cepts e m p loycd in a r t i s t ic expression and aesthetic eval ua­

328 Philosophical Issue in the Law An exam i nation of ph i losoph ical i.s su s i n law u s i ng actual

tion. (4) 435 Advanced Seminar in Philosophy To p i c to be a n n o u nce d at the t i m e the course is o ffe re d , normally

some aspect 0 con tem porary philosop hy. Prer q u isite: co n se n t of i nstructor. May be repeated once for credit. (4)

case.

as well as philo oph ica l writ ings. To pics i n c lude co ntract l aw,

49 1 , 492 Independent Reading and .Research

sen lencl ng pra t ices, tort l i a bi l ity, and various cri m i n a l bw

Prerequ isite: departmentaJ consent.

defenses. Phi Josophical lbem s i n c l ude natural law <I nd I gal

posi ti v ism ,

....

< U '11\ > r Q.

a nd m oral

reaso ni ng about i n d i vidual right�. For

p h i l o s oph} ' core re quiremcnt only when pa i re d with 225. Pre- or co- re quisi te: one other cou r se in ph ilosophy or legal studies. (4)

331 Ancie.nt Philosophy The d eve lo p me n t of ph ilosophical lhought and m e t h o d from the Presocrat ic per iod

empha s i s is given

the en d of the fo urth ce n t ur y A . D . pecial tht! p hi losophies of Plato and A ri st o t le . (4)

to

to

r

the honors

ear t he end of the emest r, students wil l presen t their

work to o ther ph ilosophy majors and d e p ar t m e nt faculty. Prereq u i s i t : (oment o f the departme n t . (4) An i ntens i

e

workshop for t ra in in g teachers and p r o sp ec ti ve

ideas to elementary and middlt: school age c h i l d re n . Particip;l I1 ts

the early n i n teenth cent uries; co n t i nental rat iondl ism , Bri t i h

w i ll be coa c h ed in the cond uct of classroom p h ilo sophical

pi noza, Leibniz,

d i sc u ssion an d will pa rt i c i p at e themselv

in th ' ort of p h ilo­ s oph i ca.l rdlection that the curriculum is de ignecl t(J foster. N(lt

L cke , Berke it:y, Hume, Kant, Fich te, Schopen haue r, and

(4)

fo r p h i l os op hy core requirement. No p rereq ui 'ites; t ea ch i ng

C 50 1 .) ( 2 -4)

335 Contemporary Philosophy

e.x pcri e nce pre� rred. ( C ro ss- referenced with ED

The deve lo p m en t uf p hi l o , phy from t h e late n inete nt h centu ry to the pres en t; may i11cludc pragmatism, empiricism, proc 55 p h i l osophy, e 'istenli al ism and analysis as devel()pe d b ' M i l l , Jam , Dewey, Wh itehead, Sartr"" Rus el l, Ayer, and Wittgenstein. Prere q ui s i te: onl' previous ph i loso p hy course. ( )

School of Physical Education The un iversity's p h y s ical education program seeks to ingrain in each tudent a fundamental respect fo r the role of p hy s i ca l activity in living. I n s t ruct ion is offered in approximately 3 0 different physical educa t io n activities. The activity program i, uniquely charac terized by a t imely response to st u de n t i n terests in recreatio nal opport u n i t ies available i n the

336 Pragmatism and American Philosopby An exa mination of pr a gm a t ism , a m aj o r school of AInt:rican

p hi l oso p hy. Figures i n c lude Pierce, Ja mes , M ead , and Dewey. AI 0 c o n s i d e red w l l l he tho c such as A l a i n Locke, Charlotte Perkins Gilman, and Jane Addams, whose work is part of the p ra g n1 a tist t r ad it ion , and those whose work ch a l l e ng ed the development of p ragrn at i l thought ( Roy c" an ta yan,l , White­ head) . L i n ' with cu rre n t femi n ist and continental thought, as

Pacific

well a fut u re poss i b i l i t ies fo r dem cratic theory. Prere q u isite: one

p re v i o u s phik1sophy co u rse or consent o f i. n lrudor. (4)

338 Kie.rkegaard and Existentialism Modern cxi ·temialism, it5 main themes, and th ir relation t o

other philosophicnl trad itions; i t s im pact o n s u h fi I d

as

t heol ogy. l ite r at u re , and p sychology. Life and tll o ught of two key : Soren K ierkegaa rd a nd Jean-PallJ Sartre; rdated t h i n ke rs

figur

including

i tzs he,

and Marce l .

(4)

Heidegger, Jasper. , Til l i c h, Buber, camus,

340 Philo ophy of Science The ge n e r a l duracter, fundamen tal concepts, meth(lds, and significanc

of scien

e:

of m odem sc ience; s o m e at tenti o n to sp eci fic areas

phy ical, bio logica l , so ial; the implications of science

a n d scientific m e t hodolo gy fo r etl1 icai, aesthetic, a nd religious

values. ( 4)

350 Philosophy of Religion

rel igion

cOLirse.

C

I F i e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I V

E

R

5

I

T

e ncou rage d Lo select a v a ri et y of a c t ivi t ies a t appro­ All p hysica l ed ucat ion activity co u rses are gr ad ed on t he basis o f " ," "Pass ," or "Fail" and are t a ught on a coeducat ional has is. S t ud e n ts

Me

priate. sk i l l levels .

ing the ubjectiw o r ob j ec tive, abs lute o r relat ive, c har acte r o f s u c h va lues as t h e good and t h e right , th e b ea u t i ful and t he holy; the or igi n of va l ue s , their p l a ce in a world of filc t , h wnan k n ow­ ledge l) ( them; the charac ter and u e of t b o;: la ng uagl;! of ev< J ua­ tion. Prer quisi te: 1 0 1 , 1 25, r 2 2 5 , or consent of instructor. (4 ) A

hase, Evans, Hacker, K l uge, Moore,

Savis, M . Seal, F. Westering; assisted by A d a c h i , m idon, pplegate, Benso n, Boggs, Ci no tto, D,l\ on, Freitag, Haro lds o n , Jacobse n, j. Jollnson, M a rs h al l , tvlcCord, M)'ers, icholsoll, er,

one- hour ac t iv i t y course, may be ( o u n t ed to w(Ud graduation.

(4)

35 1 Theory of Value The na t u re of human values, con tempo r ar y discussion w n cern­

P

FACULTY: Hosetb, Dean; O ffi

UNIVERSITY REQUI REMENT: Four on e - h o u r co urses ( 1 00-259), i nc l url i ng 1 00 , a re requ ired fo r graduation. Eight

prob l em s: the exi ten e o f God, religious experi en ce, revelation, i m morta l i ty, and others. Prereq u is i te : one p revi o u s p h ilosophy or

orthwest.

The school's profess io na l programs prepare pro spect ive leaders fo r careers in physi cal ed uc a t io n , health , recreation, athl e ti .5, and therapeutics. A m ster's degree program provide.s opportuniti s for adva nced , tudy i n physical education, sports administration, and exercise science. utstand jng modern sports fa ci lities i n cl u de an a L l ­ weather 400 me er track, an Olympic- style , wimming pool, six lighted te nnis courts, a ni ne-hole gol f course, two gymn asiums, racquetball and squa h co u rt.s a fi tness center, and an all-p urpose astro-turf field house.

Poppen, Ric , Rya n , Scott Westering, Susan Westering.

lassical and olllemporary views of t ra di t i o na l religious

1 20

major.

teae-hers to i n t roduce reason i ng skills a n d the cL rification of

The develo p m e n t of ph ilosophy fro m the seven teenth t h ro ugh

Hegel.

The \ r i ti ng of an honors t hesis and final completion of the

re aci i no program in p ri m a r y so mces re q u ire d f,

50 1 Teaching Philo opby to ChildreD

333 Modern Pbllo opby

em pi ri ism , and Gem1an i d ea l i sm ; Descartes,

( 1 - 4)

493 Honors Research Projea

Y


BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN P HYSICAL EDUCATION (B.S.P.E.): 73-76 ho ur. , in l u d i ng compl t io n of p ro gr a m core req ui rements . nd

'--

onc

of three cone ntrat ions.

Core Requirements: 33--46 ho u rs inclu ing C h e mi s t r 1 1 5, 1 1 6 ; Chem is t r y ( 1 04, 1 05 ) �; B i o l ogy ( 1 6 1 , 16 2)�", 205, 206; P h ys i cal Education 277, ' 9 (8 ho urs), 480, 486, a n d Psycholo gy 1 0 \ . ' . •

Alterlwle Chemistry requirement for Exercise Science Concen-

tratio l l and Health and Fitness Mallagemenl CMlcell tratio/1. H No t req uired f or Health tlnd Fitlless Ma na ge ment ollcelltration.

Exercise Science Concentration: 27 hOllr', i n c l u d i n g Physical Ed uca ti on 326, 478; Health Education 292; Math 1 28 o r 1 4 0 ; Computer Sc i eo e 220; Biology 3 2 3 o r app roved a l te rnate ; Psychology 22 1 . 352 .

Health and Fitness M anagement Concentration: 43 hours, includ i ng P h ys i ca l Education 288, 345, .:> 80, 8 1 , 478, 484; Health Education 2 8 1 , 325, 327, 425; Recreation 287, 330, 483; Com­ p u ter cienee 220 a n d Business 3 0 5 . Pre-Therapy ConcentratioD! 30 h o u rs, i nc l udin g Heal th £du ation 28 1 , 3 8 2 ; B i o lo gy 2 0 1 or 23 or appro ed :d t e r n a te ; Math 1 2 or 1 40, S t a t is t ics 23 1 ; P hys i c s 1 2 5 , 1 26, 1 35, 1 36, and Psychol ogy 3 5 2 or 4 5 3 . i n a d d i t i o n to t h e req u i rem ents l i s t ed ab ove, c a nd i d a te s for t h e

B. S. P. E. degree mU'l met'! the fo r igo language o p t i o n requjr�­ m Il t

as

staled by the

.,allegE' ofArts and Sciences.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN RECREATION (B.A. Rel:.): 46 h o u r s in l ud i n g P. yc h o [ gy 1 0 '1 , 352; P hys i cal Education 277, 2 7 9 , 2 9 , 389, 344; Rec rea ti on 296, 330, 36(), 48 . 499 (8 hours ) ; B usi ness OS; Commun ication 3 36. In addi t i o n to the requiremenL� l i s t e d above, t ud e n t s

are

s t r o n gl y encou raged to c o m pl ete a minor in a related fie l d . S tud nts m u ·t h ave

c u r re n t Fi r. t Ai d a nd CPR ce rtificate and idates fo r the B.A. Recre a t ion de­ gft:e must m e e t t h fo reilTn language re qu i reme n t as stated by the a

b efo re their i n ternship.

College of Arts and Science.

RECREATION MINOR: 1 7 hours, i n cl ud i n g P I1)'s ica l EduC<1lion 277; Recreat ion 296, 3 30 , 344 , ·:!- 83 , and 499 ( hours ) . AQUATICS MINOR: 1 6 hours, induding P h y ical Ed u cation 202, p l u s 275, 33 1 , 399 (4 hours), Heal th Ed u c a t i o n 292, Busin 2 ho ur s o f electives ap proved b y t h e aquatics d irector. COACIDNG MINOR: 1 6 hours, including Physi al Education 334, 344, 389, 4 10, and Heal t h E duca t i on 28 1 , 292; p l u s 4 ho u r , of a p p roved elec t ives.

HEAlTH AND FITNESS MANAGEMENT MlNOR! 1 7 hours, 334, 344, 380, 38 1 , 399 ( 2 hou rs ) , 425, and Recreation 330 .

i n c l ud ing P hys i ca l Education 293,

r-

DANCE MINOR: 1 9 ho u rs , i nc l u d i ng Physical £du ation 2 2 2, 230 or 232, 250, a nd 462. l ' c t i ves : \ 4 h o u rs from Ph ' si c a l Education 360, 40 1 , 49 1 , Theatre 356 , Mu sic 245 , 249. S u m mer cou rse m ay be i n cl u d ed as e l c t ives with the approval of t h e d a n ce coordi.nator.

..,

o c: n

EXERCISE SCIENCE MINOR: 2 1 h o u rs, including B i ol o gy 205 , 206; Ph, sical E d u c a t i o n 3601399 (2 h o urs ) , 4 7R, 480, 486. Des i g n ed p r imarily fo r those w i th b usi ness backgro un ds who m i gh t work in a fitness cent r. hi, program is not designed for

ed u c at i on majors or B.S . P. E. graduates .

:t> ....

o z

ATIILETIC TRAINING (Spedalization): 25 hours, i ncluding Biol ogy 205, 206; l1 eallh Ed u cat i o n 260 <lIld 270 or 327, 28 1 , 38 2; Physical E d u c tion 326, 344, 480, 4R6. Also requ i red ar 1 , 500 h o u rs of c l i nical experie nce, which may i n c l ude a practicum o r in te r ns h i p a � req u i red by N .A .T. A . Recommen ded: A teach iIl' major with the Professional Education Sequ nce and co m p l et i on of all requirem nts fo r the l n i t i al "leach ing ert i ficate. SPORTS ADMINI STRATION MlNOR: 16 ho ur s , including Physical Education 344 389, 399 (8 h o urs) , 4 1 0, plus 2 hours of ap p roved lectives. S t uden ts m u s t have a major in business, commu.nica t i o n , or econom ics.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (B.A.P.E.): Bi lo"y 205, 206; Health Ed u c a t i on 28 1 ; Physi a l Ed u ca t ion 277, 2 7 2 93 2 9 4 2 9 6 2 9 7 2 9 8 3 2 2 ( 4 h urs), 326, 344 , 3 89 , 478, 480 , 486, 490. I n ad di t io n to t he req uirement l ist ed ,lbove, candidates for the B.A. P. " . degree without teacher cert i fi cat i o n m w; t m ee t the foreign l a ng u age requirem nt as stated by the College 0 rts a n d Sci en es a n d J . Senior e mi n a r ( PHED 3'19 - 4 h o u r ) .

52 hours i nc l ud i n g

,

-

,

,

,

,

,

Initial Teaching Certificate in Physical Education (K- 1 2) : c r t i fi ate i n P hy k'II E d u ca t i n ( K - J 2 ) must meet req u i. reme.nt. e tablished by the 5-h o o l ()f Edu cat i o n fo r Teach r Certification in a d d ition to the requirements l isted for the B. . P.E. At [east o ne s u p p o r t i ng

Student wishing to rece.ive an I n i t i a l Teaching

nd r ement ( minor) is strongly re o m mended. Stttdents re eiving a I3.A.P. E . wi t h cer t i fica t ion are not req u i re d t fu l f ill the languag requirements as . tated by t h e College of Arts alld Scien ces . All courses i n majo r and minor fields used fo r teacher certification must have grades of

or higher.

PHYSICAL EDUCATION (K- 1 2) CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS: 34 h o u rs, i ncl u d i n g Eng l is h 10 I ; P. ychoiogy 10 L; A n thropology 1 02/2 1 0 ; S pe c ia l Education 200, 480; Edu al ion 262, 26. , 486; EduGl tional Psycholog-y 2 6 1 , 361 ; plus val id first aid card.

PHYSJCAL EDUCATION M INOR: 1 7 h o u rs, incl uding Health Educat ion 2 8 1 ; Physical Ed u ca ti o n 279, 334, 344 , 389, 3 2 6 , 3 2 2 , (2 hours), one course fr om among t h e fo l low ing (293, 294, 296, 2 97, 298 ). H EAlJ'H (4-1 2) M INOR: 16 h o ur� i nd u d i n g Heal t h Educa t i o n 260, 270, 92, 295 ", 32 1 , 323, 3 _ 5 , 327, and :' hou rs o f electives a p p roved by the program coord i n ator. ( . t udt:nts not p u rsu i ng an cducatinn e n d o rse m e nt \. i l l be required to t ak 2 additional hours of approved elec t i ves to replace t h is course.)

Course Offe rings Courses in the SdlOOI of Ph, i c al Education are offe re d in the

following area s :

HEALTH EDUCATION 1 1 7 Childbirth and Beyond 260 Food and Health 270 Stress Without Distress 281 Injury Prevention and Therapeutic Care 292 First Aid 295 Sdlool Health 3 2 1 Family Life and Sex Education 323 Emotional Bealth/Di ease Prevention 325 Consumer Health 327 Substance Use and Abuse 360 Professional Practicum.

P

A

C

I

F

i

e

l U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

ll

S

I

T

v

121


z o

w

< u 1/1 > :l: 0..

122

382 399 425 491 50 1 56 1 59 1 597

545 560 561 565 570 59 1 597 599

Injury Prevention-Advanced Internship Health PromotionlWeUness lntervention Strategies lndependent Study Graduate Workshops Professional Practicum Independent Study Graduate Research

RECREATION 296 Teachlng Methods: Recreation Activities 330 Recreation Programming and Leader hip 360 Professional Practicum 399 Internship 483 Recreation Administration 491 Independent Study 50 1 Graduate Workshops 56 1 Professional Practicwo 59 1 Independent Study 597 Graduate Research

100 PersonalIzed Fitness Programs To , t i lll uiatc studen t interest ill fu nct ional personaJly designed progra ms of pbys i c al activity; assC$sment of p h)/si c a l condition and skills; recomm endation o f spe c i fIc programs for mai"ntaining and i m p ro v i n g p hys i c al health. Should b e taken as a fresh man. I II ( l )

1 1 7 ( HEED) Childbirth and Beyond Addresses issues a nd c ho i ce s in the following areas: pregnancy, labor and deli ve r y, n u t rition , anesthesia, V B A C , postpartum, circu mcision, b reast feeding, m i d wi fe r y, fa m ily plann i ng, i n fa n t care and related t o p i cs. Fulfills freshman J a n uary term and Critical Conversation requ irements. J (4)

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 1 7 Movement and M ind 1 1 7 Sport: Builds or Creates Character(s) 275 Water Safety In tro<:tion 277 Foundations of Physical Education 279 Introduction to Teachlng Physical Education 293 Teaching Methods: Fitness Activities 294 Teaching Methods: Invasion Games 297 Teachlng Methods: Net Games 298 Teacbiog Methods: Target and Fielding Games 30 I January on the Hill 308 Sports Motivation 3 1 0 Socioeconomic Influences on Health in America 3 1 5 Body Image 3 19 Tromping the Tracks of New Zealand 322 Physical Education in the Elementary School 326 Adapted Physical Activity 331 Aquatics Management 334 Scientific Basis for Training 344 Legal Aspects of Physical Activity 360, 36 1 Professional Practicwo, Coaching Practicum 362 Healing Arts of the Mind and Body 370-379 Coaching Theory 380 Exercise Testing and Prescdption 38 1 Foundations of Health Fitness Management 389 Sociol Psychology of Physical Activity 399 lnternship 401 Workshop 410 Coaching-the Person and the Profession 462 Dance Production 478 Motor Learning and Human Performance 480 Exercise Physiology 486 Applied Biomechanics/Kines.iology 490 Curriculum Organization. Administration and Evaluation 491 Independent Study 50 1 Graduate Workshops 5 1 0 Ethics in Physical Education and Athletics 5 1 2 Management of Sport Programs 5 1 4 Sports Promotion 5 1 5 Advanced Studies in Athletic Training 5 1 6 Advanced Adapted Physicol Education in the Public Schools 520 Research Design 522 Psychology of Sport I 523 Psychology of Sport I I 530 Contemporary Issues in Physical Education 535 Health and Fitness .in Contemporary Society 536 Health and Fitness Management 540 The ScientiSc 8asls for Physical Activity P

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

e

R

A

N

U

til

I

Motor Development and Learning Project/ Seminar Professionol Practicum Analysis of Human Movement Sodology of Sport lndependent Study Graduate Research InterDship

V

E

R

5

1 1 7 (PRED) Movement and Mind A c r i t ical convC[sation course which analyzes movem e n t a.s

J

tool for l angu a ge . The first h a l f of the co u rs e discusses how movement i n space, t i m e . e ffort a nd energy sp e a k to the heart of poli tical, social. a nd e m o t io n a l issues. V i e w i n g d i fferent fon ns of dance which i nclude modern d a n ce, j a u dance, m u sic videos, and cinema d a n c e w ill be i nc l u ded i n the course. The second half w i l l b e des i gn ed to u n derstand how movemen t is con nected to n o n - t raditional healing therapi e . Flilfilis Critical Conversa tion requ irement. I I (2) 1 1 7 (PRED) Sport: Builds or Creates Character(s) A n i n - dep t h exa m i n a t i o n o f c o n temp )rary p�ych o - s()cial a .'p e c t s of sport. Sports figures will be used to il l ustra te the rel a t i o n s h ip s b et ween sport and violence, ethics, com mercialism, and enterta i n m e n L J ( 4 ) 1 50 Adaptive Physical Activity An individualized activity p rogram designed to meet the needs i n terests, l i m i tations, and c ap a c i t i es of students \. ho have had restrictions placed o n their phys ical a c t ivi ty. 1 5 1 - 1 99 Individuol and Dual Activities l S I ( Begi n n i ng Golf), 1 53 ( Archery) , ) 55 ( Bo w l i ng) , 1 <; 7 ( Personal Defense) , I 2 ( B e g i n n i n g Tenn i s ) , 1 63 ( Begi n n i n g B a d m i n to n ) , 1 64 ( Picklebal l ) , 1 6 5 ( Racqu etball/Squ as h ) , 1 66 ( Racquctba I l l P ickl eball ) , 1 6 7 (Roller Skating), 1 68 ( I ce Skat i ng ) , 1 70 ( S kiing), 1 7 1 (Ca noeing), 1 72 ( B a ckpa ck i n g) , 1 73 ( Basic Mountain eering), 1 74 ( Equ i ta t i o n ) , 1 77 ( We i g h t Tra i n i ng ) , 1 78 ( Body Ton i n g ) , 180 ( Bicycl i ng ) , 1 82 (Low Impact Aerobics), 1 83 ( Power Aerob ics) , 1 84 ( Water Aerobics), 1 86 ( S t e p Aerobics), 191 ( I n termediate . 0 I D , 192 ( I n termediate Ten n i s ) , 1 93 ( I n term ed i at e Badm i n t o n ) , 1 94 ( I n termed i a te E qu i ta t i o n ) , 1 95 ( In t e rmed i a t e Racquetball/Squas h ) , 1 9 7 (Advanced Weight Training ) . 200-2 19 Aquatics 200 ( i n d iv idualized Swim I nstruction ) . 203 ( Synchronized Swi m ll1 L l1g), 205 C kin and Scuba Diving), 207 ( Ba s i c S a i l i ng) , 2 1 0 ( I nlamediate Swimming), 2 1 2 (Cond i t i o n i n g Swi m m i ng), 2 14 ( Advanced Swi m m i ng) , 2 1 7 ( Li feguard Tra i n i ng a n d New M e t b o ds) , 2 1 8 ( Kaya k i n g ) . 220-240 Rhythm 220 (Movement Techn ique 1 ) , 2 2 1 ( Ta i Ch i ) , 2 2 2 (Jazz D a n ce l.evel I ) . 223 (Yoga ) , 224 (Current Dance), 225 ! B a l l room Dan c e ) . 226 ( Folk a n d :locial D an c e ) , 227 ( Line D a n c e ) , 230 (MQvcmcn t lecb n iq ue 1I), 232 ( Jazz a llce Level I I ) . 2 3 4 ( Rela..\.at i o n Tedlniques) .

I

T

Y


241 -259 Team Activities 24 1 (Basketball and Softball ) , 243 (Soccer and Vol leyba l l ) , 244 ( o - c d Volleybal l ) , 245 (Team Handball ) , 247 ( Lacrosse), 250 ( ir cted port Part icipation), 259 (I ndependent Study! Activl1y ) . 260 Food and Health A study of the basic requirements necessary to maintain optimal

health through wise food choices. Topics incl ude nu trients and their metab o l ism, d ietary guidelines, food fadism, labeling, additives, vegetarianism, obesity, nutrition-related d isease., n u t rition during p regnancy, and nutri t ion for athletes. I II ( 1 ) 270 Stress Without Distress Consideration of stress, what people should know about stress, how to reduce the harmful effects of stress, and the relationship of increased stress to disease problems. II ( l ) 275 Water Safely instruction The American Red Cross Water Safety Instructor's Course. Prerequ isite: swim test required. II ( 2 ) 277 Foundations o f Physical Education The relationship of physical education to education; the biolo­ gical, sociological, psychological, and mechanical principles underlying physical education and athletics. 'hould be the ini tial profe.>sional course taken in the School of Physical Education. II

(2)

279 Introduct ion t o Teaching Physical Education Course content in a physical education set ting will include: Methodology - teaching styles and strategies; classroom management; observation techniques and skill analysis; adher­ ence models; and gro u p process issues. Should be taken before or concurrently with EDU 262. Il (2) 28 1 Injury Prevention a n d Therapeutic Care Prevention, treatmeot, and rehab i l i t a t i o n of all co mmon injuries 'sustained in at hletics; physical therapy by employment o f electri­ city, massage, exercise, light, ice, and mechanical devices. I II ( 2 ) 292 First Aid This COllise mee t s requirements for the American Red Cro s s Standard Fir ( Ai d and Personal S a fe t y. I II (2) 293 Teaching Methods: Fitnes Activities Overview, application and evaluation of fitness activites, such as: aerobics (water, high and low i mpact, step, slide), weight training, calisthenics circ u i ts, continuous interval t r a ini n g. I ( 2 ) 294 Teaching Methods: Invasion Games Game in whi h a team tries to invade the other team's side or territory by putting an implement into a goal. Activi ties wiLl include: Basketball, soccer, lacrosse, hockey, and football. II ( 2 ) 295 School Health Health concepts which relate to the total school health program, - including instruction, services, and environment; relationships between health and all levels of education. Il (2) '-- 296 Teaching Methods: RecreatioDal Activities earni ng t plan and implement a variety of recreational -- activities, including cooperative games, nature apprecia tion activities, circus activities, adventure and leisure activities. ( ( 2 ) 297 Teaching Methods: Net Games Player attempt to send an object i n to the playing area on the other side of a net or barrier. Activities inc l ude volleyball, tennis, badmtnton, pickleball , and racquetball. 1I ( 2 ) 298 Teaching Methods: Target and Fielding Games Panicipants strike, hit, kick, or throw at ta rgets or objects. Activities i nclude gol f, bowling, archery, softball, k.i kball, and track and field. I ( 2 ) 30 1 January o n the Hill An in tense experience of work on Tacoma's H i l ltop where

students learn first hand about poverty and do p rojects to contribute toward the community. FulfLll the alternative line i n the Perspectives o n Diversity requ irement. r ( 4 ) 308 Sports Motivation Concepts include: models of winning, closing the potential performance gap, building winning attitudes, a.nd setting goals. Fulfills coaching minor requ i remen t. J (4)

:r

3 1 0 Socioeconomic Influences on Health in America amination of the culture, social envi ronm e nt, and p ressures that create a health vu lnerab i l i t y with the American population. J (4) ....

3 1 5 Body J mage Topic include: the connection bet"veen women and food, cultural defi n i t ions o f beauty, eating disorder, nutrition, and biosocial factors affecting weight contro l . hll fills the alternative line in the Perspectives on Diversity requ irement . ) ( 4 )

m

3 1 9 Tramping the Tracks o f New Zealand Backpacking several of New Zeala nd's world renowned tracks and hiking up ancient volcano raters, to glacial mountain lakes, and along sandy ocean beaches. Learning back country safety and survival techniques w h i le experiencing a global view of cultural, political, sociaI, and e n ' ronmenta l concerns. J (4)

o c: n » o z

32 1 Family life and Sex Education A Study of anatomy and physiology, sexual roles, reproduction, responsible relationships, respect for self , nd other , and p hysical and emotional well-being. Stress on respon ' ible decision making concerning sexuality by providing accurate information and a variety of p e rso na l coping skills and by em phasizing a positive self-concept. EI'aluation of school c urriculum models. I I (2) 322 Physical Ed ucation in the Element ary School Organization and administration of a devel opmental program for grades K-6; sequential and progres oive programming; large repertoire of activities. Observation and!or prac ticum ill public school r quired. 1 ( 2 ) ; J (2); II (4) 323 Emotional Health/Disease Prevention Topics include interpersonal commu nication, cooperation, valuing techniques leading toward a healthier l i festyle through preventive medicine, and related disease problems. IT ( 2 ) 325 ConslUner Health Info rmation about cOllsumption as it affects p er s o nal bealth. Examination of cons u ming habits to achieve greater control over total health status. I ( 2 ) 326 Adopted Pbysical Activity Emphasiz.es the theory and practice of adaptation in teaching strategies, c u rricul u m , a nd service delivery for all per 'ons with psychomotor problems, not just those labeled "disabled." Devel­ opmental and functional a pproaches to programming. II ( 3 ) 327 Substance Use and Abuse A study of drug use and abuse and the effect on th e human body and m ind. I ( 2 ) 330 Recreation Programming and Leadership E. a m i nes the principles, procedures, techniques, and strategies essential to program leisure ser ices successfully and to lead recreat io n experience. for diverse populations in a variety of settings Prerequisite: 277 or consent of instrucror. I (4) 3 3 J Aquatics Management Topics include traini ng , n el supervising personnel. financin , programming , pool maintenance and peratiol1, sw i m meet management, and safety and emergency procedures. S t u dy of pool chemistr , fi lter operations, and maintenance. Vi�itation to local p o o l s . ( 2 ) 334 Scientific Basis for Training Presents physiologic and k i n esiologic applications to physical training. Topics include the development of m uscular strength P

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

T

Y

1 23


4 1 0 Coaching-The Person and the Profession Personal and professional requ i s i te s of su ccessful sports programs, i nc l ud i n g co achi n g s t y le s , de ve l o pm e n t of leadership q ua li t i es , recruiting methods, development of a philosophy of athlet ics, o rgan iz a t i o n of p r e - l i n -/ and post-season p rograms, award systems, and program evaluatio nal consideration of rela ti o ns h i p s with staff, parents, p layers, fac u lty, a d m i n ist r a ti o n , a n d media. Budgeting, p u rchase of e q u ipme n t a n d m a i n tenance, and fa c i l i t y planning an d usage. II ( 2 )

and endura n ce, and the relationship of n u t r i t i o n , environment, sex, age, and ergogenic aids to a t h let i c perfo rmance. I ( 2 )

z

344 Legal Aspects o f Physical Activity Role of law i n sport and p h ys i ca l activity, negligence, t o r t and risk m a n a g e m e n t as it rcaltes t o l e gal issues i n school, sport, and recreational se t t i n gs . I ( 1 )

o

360, 361 Professional Practicum, Coaching Practicum

I­ � u ;:)

o w

'"

Students work under the supervision of a coach, teacher, recreation supervisor, or health care p rovider. Prerequ isite:

425 Health Promotion and WeUness Intervention Strategies Exam ination of strategies for i m proving the state of we ll ness through h ea lth i e r lifestyles. Top ic s include the holistic approach to health, behavioral i n tervention, nutrition and weight control s t r a t e gi e s , h e al t h - re l a t ed fit n e s s, s t r a teg i e s to i mp ro ve adherence to a fitness program, and t he cost-effectiveness o f hea lth pro­ grams i n business and i n du st r y. I n c lu des co mpu t e r i ze d assess­ ments; appraisals of health risks; p rescriptions for n u trition, health, and activity; and a monitoring sy st e m a n d we ig h t management program. ( 2 )

departmental approval. I II ( 2 )

362 Healing Arts o f the Mind and Body D e s ig ne d to i ntroduce a l te rn a t iv e th er a p ies of m i n d - b ody p roc e ss es . H i sto ry, roots, practice, and cultural s i g n ific a n c es of several therapies and practices. F u l fi l ls the a lte rn a tive line i n th e Pe rsp ect i ves on D i ve rs i t y req u i rement. J ( 4 ) 370-379 Coaching Theory Tech n iq u es, systems, training methods, strategy, and psychology of coaching; 3 70 (Basketba l l ) , 3 7 1 ( Football), 372 ( Cross Count ry/Track and Field), 374 (Socce r ) , 3 7 8 ( S o ftball/Baseball). I

462 Dance Production

J I a/y ( 2 )

An advanced choreography cou rse co mb i n i n g choreography,

costume design, s tag i n g , and p u bL i c i t y t ech n iq ue s for producing

380 Exercise Testing and Prescription Provides the theoretical and pra c t i ca l background necessary safely to conduct a variety of exercise testing te chn i q u es used to

a m aj o r dance concert. ( 2 )

478 Motor Learning and Human Performance Provides basic theories, research, a nd p r act i cal implications fo r

assess components o f physical fitness (e.g., cardiovascular and muscular endurance, strength, flexibility, and body composi­

motor learning, motor control, and "ariables

tion ) . Testing techniques that address the evaluation needs of health and sympto m a t i c popul a t i o n s are included. I nfo rmation

safe and acc u rate individualized

exercise t r a i n i ng programs. II ( 2 )

3 8 1 Foundations o f Health and Fitness Management Provides an over view of the fitness b usiness indus try and considers related t h e ore tic al and practical i ss u es . Discussion of t h e roles of medical and allied he a lt h p ro fessio na ls, as well as v a r io u s public and p ri v ate agencies and organizations involved in h ea l th and fi tness. Current trends in the o rg an i z a t i o n a nd admi nistration of h e alt h and fi tness programs are included. I ( 2 )

483 Recreation Administration Examines the p r i nciples, pro ce du r es , te c h n i qu e s, and st ra t eg ie s essential to s u c cess fu l administration of leisure services, i n cl u d i n g o rg a niza t i o nal excellence, networking, personnel management, motivation, team b ui l d i n g , fin a ncial management, marketing and sales risk management and e n t re p re n e u rs h i p . Prerequisites: RECR 3 30, 360, P H E D 345. II ( 4 ) 486 Applied Biomechanics/Kinesiology Opportunity to i ncrease knowledge and u n d erst a n d i ng abollt the h um a n b o d y and how the basic laws of mechanics a re i n t e g ra te d i n efficient m o to r p e r fo rmance . I I ( 3 )

382 Injury Prevention-Advanced An advanced study in the recogn ition and treatment of specific athletic inju ries and vulnerable body structures, with emphasis on evaluation, modalities o f treatment, rehabilitation, and current issues. Prerequisite: 28 1 . I I ( 2 )

389 Social Psychology of Physical Activity Focus on a multitude of factors i n fluencing sport, leisure, and motor behavior. Questions of h ow s o c i a l p s yc h ologic a l variables influ enc e m o to r behavior and how physical a c t i v i ty affect the psyc ho log i cal make up of an individual w i l l be exp l o red . II ( 3 ) 399 Internship Ex p e r i e n ce s c l o s e l y assigned to s t u de nt 's career and academic i n terests. Student ident i fies problems to b e researched, experi­

490 Curriculum Organization, Administration, and Evaluation An integra ted approach to curriculum organization, administra­ tion, and evaluation will be em phasized before the student

te a c h i n g e x p e r i e nce i n p hy s ical educat i o n . I I ( 6 )

491 Independent Study P rereq u i s i te: consent of t he dean. May be ta ke n as P hys ic a l Educat ion, Health Education, or Recreation credit. I II S ( 1 -4 ) 5 0 1 Workshops Graduate workshops in special fiel ds for varying p e ri o d s . May be taken as P h y s ica l Education, Health Education, or Recreation credit. ( l -4)

ences to be gained, and readings pertaining to this interest. An approve d firm o r o rg a n iz a t io n i s m u t ual l y ag re ed upon by the student and the coordinator o f this p rogram. Monthly pro g re ss reports, evaluations by the

skill

480 Exercise Physiology Sci e n t i fi c ba s i s fo r t ra i n i n g and physiological effect of exercise on the human b o dy. L a b re q u i re d. Prerequisite: B I O L 205-206. I (4)

will help students to evaluate the results of t hes e assessments obj ec tivel y and then to d ev elo p

a ffe c ting

acquisi lion. I (4)

supervisor, a nd o ther measures of

510 Ethics in Physical Education and Athletics The study of et h ics and ethical decision ma king in p hy s i c a l education and a t h le t ic s . ( 3 )

ac h ieve m e n t are used to determine t h e g ra d e . P rereq u isit es :

declaration of major, at least s op h om o re tatus, and com p letion o f at least 1 0 hours in the major. May be taken as Physical

5 1 2 Management of Sports Programs

Education, Health Education, or Recreation credit. ( 2 - 8 )

Explores concepts in budgeting, scheduling, p e r sonn el , and

40 1 Workshop

facilities in physical education, athletic, and fitn es s programs.

Workshops in sp e ci a l fields for va ryi n g periods. ( 1 - 4 )

(3)

5 1 4 Sports Promotion D es i gn ed for t h os e in te res ted i n market i n g sports and

a t h l e ti c programs. Co m p re h e nsi ve s t r a te gi es fo r a tt r acti n g and reta ining

sports par tici pants and p rograms are included. ( 3 )

124

P

A

C

I

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

S

I

T

Y


5 1 5 Advanced Studies in Athletic Training A se r ie of advanced s e mi nars dea l i ng w it h s pecifi c topics i n

591 lndependent Study

sport� medi c i n e. Emph�sis o n ill -dep t h s t udy o f theories,

s t ude n t which aI"

pr o bl e ms , pr ac t ices , and tech niques i n the field. ( 3 )

p ro gra m . The types of proj ects unde rtaken vary i n len gt h and

I nd epen de nt investioat ions i n to a re as of sp eci a l i n terest to the

5 1 6 Advanced Adapted Pbysical Education in Public Schools ons idern tion of m a in s t rca med s t u d n ts with disab i l i t ies i n physical e d u ca t i o n with spe c i a l emphasis on disab l i no condi­

(3)

t io ns, d b i l i ties, .ll l d co n t ra-ind icati< n s o f physical a l iv i t y.

co nten t .Hld are

no t

c

de t er m i ne d in co n,ultation with

The s t u dy of various research designs und their i m p licat ions for phy -ical ed u ca ti I n , a t h l et ic , .l nd fitnes�.

(3 )

a

f>leulty

:ldviser. ( 1 -4.)

597 Graduate Research Open to gr a du ate � t ll de nt s who m i no r in the fi e l d of physical

education. P rerequ i s i t e :

520 Research Design

vered by co u rses in t ht? regular graduate

cunse n t

f the: i nst r uctor.

as Ph, s i c a l Education, Health Ed ucation, or

lay be tak n Recreation cred i t.

( l -4 )

599 Internship ( 1 -4)

522 Psychology of Sport I Focus on p syc h ol og i ca l ski lls in sport emp ha siz i n g phy i o l o gi ­

cally based techniques, cognitivdy ba.�ed te h ni qu es ( ogni tive rest ruct u r i ng, me n tal imagery, and attention contr I ) , and behaviorally

b a sed techni ques

(goal-settin� and m od e l i n g ) .

(3)

523 Psychology of Sport I I ocus o n various as p e c ts of in div i d ua l a mI group m o t i va t i on a l

processe s in sport n n d exercise se t t i ngs .

op ic� inclu de pa rt ic i p a ­

tion motivation, i n t rinsi lext ri nsic mo t iv a t i u n , exercis� adh r ­

ence, achievement behavior, a n d sel f- co n tidence. ( 3 )

530 Contemporary Issues in Phy ical Education

A h is tor ic a l and philosophical framewo rk to st u dy the curr ' n t i ss u e s

i n t he p ro fe ssi o n t od a y. (3)

onsiders the i n fluen es of co n temp o ra ry society on lifestyl e ch ices that impact health and fitness. E m p has i s on discussion

-- o( pr in iples and con epts ass o ci a ted wtth deve loping, imple­ m e nt i n g , and evaluatin g s ch o o l programs that can provide �tudent with a � ll ndati o n fo r l i felong health a nd fi tness.

eval u a ti n g health and fitness p ro gra m s in various co mm u n i ty

(3)

540 The Scientific Basis for Physical Activity Con 'iders t h e i n fl u nee of a variet), of en i ro n l l1 e nt al and developmen tal variables on the physiological rt' ' p on se t e. e reise and ph ys ical a tivi ty. E m ph as i s on ways in which tea hers can i e n t ifi ( p r i n c i p l es asso iated with exercise to enh ance

h u m an perfo rmance. ( 3 )

'-

Theo re tic a l a n d p r a tical i n formation o n phy · j al gr owth

as

a

6 ctor acc m pan y i n g motur development, fu nd a me n tal motor skill acqu isition, and performance. Requi red fo r teache r

(3)

560 Project/Seminar The ludents will meet as a class and work in a se m i n a r format t o pres n t a nd defend i ndividual projects. Prerequ isi te:

5 2 0 . (3)

56 1 Professional Practicum The practicum provides students w i t h oppo r t u nitie to develop,

i m p l ement, and e va l u a t e skills as (l c ia te d w i t h t he i r professional

i nterest. I n add it ion to i n tera t in g wi t h u n ive rs i ty fac u l t y, sludmts \ i l l wurk w i t h s i te superv ision.

to tem p eratures h i g h

co n

cp t · on th

c

d velopment of

[

FACUU'Y: ' reenwood,

social institution a n d

as

,) soc i alizing

o n o m ics, g <: n de r, race,

(3)

p po rt u n ity to e nga ge in

seqll ences, CoLleg� Physics and

((lur

cneral

P hy s i c s ; t he

Jcneral Phys i cs seq uence incorpu rates caie ulus, a n d is required

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR: 36 s me. ter hours, 1 5 3, 1 5 4 , 1 6 3 , 1 64 , 22 3 , 33 1 , 33 2, 3 36 , 3 5 4 , 3 56 , 4 2 1 , 4 22 .

497-498 may be su bs t i t u t� d fo r 421 - 4 2 2 with consent of the d pa r tme n t . tudents planning to co nt i n u in a gr a dua t e physics degree p rogram are strongly urged to take 40 1 and 406, Requ ired supporting cOllrses: M a th 1 - 1 , 1 5 2, 253; C h e mistr y 1 20; either E ng i n eer i ng 333 or hc mist ry 34 1 . A t y p ical B.S. phys i cs maj ·re hll1lln

r

program i s a s fol l ows:

Physics 1 5 3, 1 63 Math 1 5 1 , 152

Sophomore

Physics 1 54, 1 64 , 223

Math 2 5 3

354

P hy s i c: s 33 [ , 332, 336 hcmistry 1 20 Phy ics 356

fi cien t movement. The

570 Sociology of Sport c'

most fu nda ­

independent research p roj ec t s. There are two introductory

Senior

Physics 40 1 , 406

P h ysics

4 2 1 , 422

En ginee r i n g

age n t . Top i cs incl ude spurt a n d

a n d crysta l

hair; Lang, May r, · t3rkovic.h, Ta ng.

luw st u den t-t e ac h r ratio and thl:

(3)

educat ion, po l i t ics , and religion.

op t i s

Physics

Physks

cienc y of participants in phys ica l activity and sports programs.

a

e.

L han the sun" core in the att mpt

The physic.s major offers a ch allcn gi ng prog r a m cmphasizing :l

jlwior

principles to enha nce the movement effi­

Focuses on spo rt both as

to sear h for

ystem ' fo r apr l i e t ions i n

encompasses some of the mentaJ a nd exc i t i n o id a s ever 'onsidered.

Considers the in fl ue nc e of a n ato m ical and mechani al principles a ppl i ation o( the.

L. e r

medicine and co m m u n i ;}tion�; th e . heat hyd rog n ga

( 1 -2)

565 Analy is o f Human Movement a nd

'W

fo r the: Bachelor of S c i e nce major.

545 Motor Development and Learning

candidates.

h igh -energy accelerator:.

st ru ct u re, physics

Considers the o rganiL:ltional, ad mi n i s t ra t i e, and educ ation a l

Physici sts us

quarks; they de ign n

a trophysics to nuclear physics to

issues wh i c h are important in develupi ng, i m pleme n t i ng, and

apply th e

scien t i fic study of t he m a t r i a l

to develop nuclear fusion as a n energy resource. From

candidates. (3)

536 Health Fitness Management

s e t t i n gs .

wliver e at i t s mathemat i ,,1 d 'scription of space and li me, and the behavi r of matter from Lhe el em ent ary particles Lo tJle u n iverse a s a whole. A p hys i ci s t might stu d y the i n ner workings of a t o m s and nu clei, the size and age of the un iverse, the behavior of high­ te mpe ra tu re super -ondu to rs, or th l i t c yc l es of stars Phy si cs is lh

most fu nda me n t a l level: t h

from inter t l lar ga e to b l a ck holes.

535 Health and Fitness in Contemporary Society

equ i red for te ac her

Physics

33 or Chemistry 34 1

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 24 semestLr hours: 1 5 3 or 1 2 5 , 1 54 or 1 26, 1 6 3 or 1 3 5, 1 M or 1 36, 223, plus ten semester hours in p hys i s. equ i red s u ppo r t i n g cou rses: Math 1 � I , 1 5 2. P

A

C

t

F

i

e

L

U

T

H

E

R

A

N

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

t

T

Y

125


MINOR: 22 s em est r ho u rs, i nclu d i ng 1 53 or 1 2 5 , 1 54 or J 26, 163 or 1 35, 1 64

arc h i t ec t urell a co u s t i cs ; el ec t ro ll i c reco rd i n g and repro d uction.

1 36; twelve additional hours, of wh i ch It least

or

eight must be upper d iv i s i o n.

Laboratory and group h o u rs .

mathern, Ii s or ph ys i

0

prerequ.isite courses i n either

are assumed. a/y 1I (4)

223 EJementary Modem Physics

A sele cted

Applied Physics Y> V III > J: Co

sub t a n t i al se.lecti on of cou u:s fro m ogine ring to p rovide a chal lenging and h igh l y ve rs at i l e de gree . Ap p l i ed Physics ca1 1 l e a d to research o r advanced s t ud y in such areas as robot ics-with appl icatioD in space cx-plora t i o n or jo i n t an d l i mb p ro s th e t ics ; growth of sin gle - c r ystal me t a l s , which w o u ld be thousands of t i mes strong r t h an the best sleels n o w ava i l able; mech:mics f m aterial fa i lu re, such as metal fa t igue and fra c t u re; t u rb u l e nce in fluid flow; photovoltaic cell re sea r c h for solar energy develop ­ men t ; or appl ica t io n. of Q u id flo,,, and t h e mlOdyna m ic s to the study of planetary atmospheres a nd ocea n c u rre nt s . Wh i le m a ny Applie d P hy · i s gra d u ate� p u rsue p ro fessio n a l careers in i ndustry immediately after g ra dua t io n from P LU, the

courses:

253; Ch m ist ry J 20; Comput r Scie nc 240.

(4)

See Engilleering 334. I I ( 4 )

Hamiltonian fo r mu la ti on ( f mechan ics . P

e

d i m e n s ion s;

coreq u isite: 354 or consent of i nst r u cto r.

'5

equ a t io n. and

reqwsit : 1 54;

a/y 1 995-9

II ( 4 )

345 Introduction to Electronics Sce Engineering 345. I ( 4 )

234

354 Mathematical Pbysics I

[ n t rod uct ion to vector and t enso r c.a lculus, fu nctions of a

Phys ics 356

co m plex varia ble. Laplace a n d Fo u r ie r t r a n s forms, and LI n d ter­

Engin e eri n g 333

m i ned m u l t i p liers. Comprehensive and illustrative exa m p les

C he m i s t ry 1 20

fro m the fi e l ds o f electromagne t i s m , wave , t ran s po r t , vibrations,

Co m p uter Science 240

:lnd mcchan ics. Prerequ i s i tes: 1 34 a nd MATH

Physics 33 1 , 4 2 1 , 422

Sellior

on their a pp l i cat io n to physical o p t i cs .

(4)

bod ies; moving coo rdi n a te systems; La gra n

Physics 1 54, 1 6'1 , 223, 3 54

JUllior

mphasis

m o tions of systems of particles; dy n a m ic s and statics o f r i g i d

Math 1 5 1 , 1 5 2

Math 253

P roceed i n g from Maxwel.l' · equa t i o ns, the gen era t i o n a n d propaga t i o n of dectr()magnetic waves is developed w i t h

prob l e m s; particle motion in one, two, o r thr

Engi n eering 1 3 1 , j 32

Engi neering 2 3 3 ,

332 Electromagnetic Waves and Pbysical Optics

Fundamental mechanics; a ma t h e ma ti ca l formulation of ph)rsical

Math I - I , 1 52,

Physics 1 53 , L 6 3

Sophomore

(4)

336 Mechanics

r

A t ypica l applied phy s i s p ro gra m is as follows:

Freshnl(w

P rer ' q u i s i te : 1 53 , 1 54 and MATH 253 . I

334 Material.s Science

233,

ies 33 6 may be s u bs t i tuted

Engi neer ing 333. Required s u pporting

co nj u n c t i o n w i t h the d e vel o p m en t of Maxwel.l's equations.

See Ellgineering 333. II

50-52 em ester hours. Ph ys ics 1 53, 1 54, 1 63, L 64 , 223, 33 1 , 354, 356, 42 1 , 422: og in ee r i ng 1 3 1 , 1 32, 334 plus fo u r engineering

h e m ist r y 34 1 lllay be substituted f,

Electrostatics, dipole fields, fields in d i el ec t ric m a terials, electromagnetic induction, ma g net i c p ropert ies of m a t t e r, in

333 Thermodynamics

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR IN APPLIED PHYSICS:

for Eng i n ee r i ng 234 .

Prerequis ite: 1 54. I ( 4 )

331 Electromagnetic Theory

P rerequisite: 3 3 1 . II

i n nea rly all field o f ngine r i ng.

234, 333, 434, 243, 246, 45, 346. P hy

tations which have been d evel o p e d fo r these phenome na since

approximately 1 900 are pres en ted a t an elementary level.

p a r t i cu l a r

program also pr ovi d e ex ce l len t p repara t io n fo r gr ad u a te study

co u rses , one of will . h m ust be upper di\rision, selected fro m

treatment of various phys i cal p h e n o m ena which are

ina d equ a t ly described by classical m e th ods of physics. In terpre ­

Also ava i lable is a ma i o r in A p p l i ed Physic , wh ich i ncl udes a

253. 1I (4)

356 Mathematical Physics 1 1

E n g i nee r i n g 334, 434

Boundary

al u

problems, spe c i al fu nct i o n s , matrices and

tensors, pr o b3b i l i ty t h eo ry, ei g e nv alu e problems, c o m pl

Course Offerings

Prerequis ite: 354. I ( 4 )

125, 1 26 College Physics These cou rse provide �n i n t ro d u c t io n

to

the fu ndamental t o p i c s

of physics.

It is a non-calcu l us sequence, involving o n l y the use of t r igo n o met ry and college algebra. Conc. urrent regi tra t i on in 1 3 5 , 1 31i is required.. I I I (4. 4 ) laboratory experim n l s

the

ol1ege P hys i

·

are

1 26 i s req u i re d I I I ( 1 , I )

1 25 ,

' u r v ey of the general fields of physics, i nc l uding class ical mechan ics, wave m o t i o n , elect r i c i t y and mag n e ti sm , a n d opt ics. Concurr n t regi trahon i n 1 63, 1 64 . P e e r q u isi tes: MATH 1 5 1 for 1 53; i S 3 and M TH 1 5 2 for 1 54 . 1 11 (4, 4)

A calcul us-l evel

163, 1 64 General Physics Laboratory

Bn.! ic l abora to ry exper i m e nts are performed ill co nj u n c t i o n w iul

e ne r a l Ph ysi cs sequ ence. Concurrent regist rat i o n in 1 53 ,

126

P

A

C

I

F

I

C

mu l

U

wave

H

E

R

A

N

m ot i on ; complex waves;

U

N

I

V

E

R

5

I

42 1 Advanced Laboratory I Selected exp rimenrs from both cia sieal and modern physics ,Ire

performed using tat

of t h e a r t instrumentation. With 4.22

mee ts tIle s e n i o r seminar/project re q u i r e m e n t . Corequisite: 33 1 . I (I)

tion of a proj ec t under the gu i d a nce of the p hys ic s staff.

lcal i ns t r u ments; physiology of h ea r i ng; T

solid- state, and ast ro physical even ts. The a p p l i c a t io n of q u a n tu m mechani al t ec h n i ques are u ed when a p p ropr i ate . Prerequ isite: 40 1 . a/y n (4)

Continuation of 4 2 1 with emphasis on de ign and i mple m e n ta­

205 Musical Acoustics A s t u d y of m usica l sound using physi al m e t h ods ; ibrating system , 'i rn ple harmonic mot io n ;

lodern t heories are used to describe to p ic s of con temporary

422 Advanced Laboratory n

I 4 i s re qu i red I J [ ( I , L )

wave generation in

406 Advanced Modern Physics

inlP rtance s uch as atomic and sub - a to m i c phenomena, · plas m as ,

153, 1 54 General Physics

J

d evel op e d .

C oreq u i s i t c : 356. a/y I (4)

.

the

The ideas a n d techniques of quan tum mechanics ar

st u d i ed in o rd e r to demonstrate these i deas a n d tec h n iqu es .

perfo rmed i n co n j u nc t io n with

seq uence. Concu rrent registration in

401 Introduction t o Quantum Mechanics Va rious quantum mechanical systems and p h e n om na eire

1 35, 1 36 College Physics Laboratory Basi

x

var i ables , contour integration, a n d their app li c a t i o n s to physics.

T

Y

With 4 2 1 meets the seni o r seminar/project req u i rement .

Prerequisite:

42 J . 11 ( I )


434 Transport: Momentum, Energy, and Mass See Engilleerillg 434. I I ( 4 )

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 6 sem ter hOll rs. 1 5 1 , 3 2 , 495 ( 1 6 semester h ollfS ) . _

Required cou rses: l O I ,

Distributional l'eq l lil'ement: One course frolll each of GI ) LIP A and Group B (8 semester hours). Group A - American Government a n d Public Policy: 345, 3 54,

49 l , 492 Independent Study ( 1 -4) 497, 498 Research ( 1 -4)

35 7, 36 1 , 363 , 364. 3 68 , 3 7 1 , 372 , 373. Group B - International Reb t-ions, Comparat ive Government, and Political Thought: 326. 33 1 , 33 8, 347, 38 1 , 384 , 31)5,

Pol itical Science

386, 3 8 7 .

of t h e most d i fficult, yet fundamen tally important h u m a n endeavo rs , the gover­ nance of p e o pl e and soci e ties. The s t u d e n t of p o l i t i c s seeks Pol i tlcal sc ie nce addre 'ses o n e

to u n de r-t an d how governments

or ga n i ze d a n d s t ructured, how po l i r i c a l processes are employed, and the relationship of t r u c t ures and processes to societal p u r p oses. Recognizin g that g ove r n me n t and political -- activit m ay e m b o dy a n d reflect the full r a n ge of human va l u es, t h e study of politics m u s t endeavor to u n d e rst a n d th real i ties of politics while at the same time as k in g how well political s },stems work, what p urposes a re and ought t o be served, an wh a t effect result fro m p o l i t ic al phe­ nomen . Political science encourages a crit ical unders t an d ing of government a n d pol i ti c s in t h e belief t h at a knowl­ edgeable, in terested, and aware c i ti zenr y i s the root I- s t re n g th and necessity of a democratic society. ue

_

FACULTY: D w yer - Sh ick, Chair; Grosvenor, Kelleher, Olufs,

- Spence[; assisted by Bricker. The study of political science helps to prepare students for the - exercise of their rights, du ties, and opportuni ties as citizens by giving them a better understanding o f American p ol itical processes and of alternative systems. Courses i n p o l i t i c a l science explore varioLls topics i n American government and pol itics, international relations and foreign policy, comparati e govern­ m ent and orea studies, political phil osophy and theory, and public policy and law. The department provides p re- pro fessional tmining leading to careers i n teaching, law, government, and r lated fields. For the non-maj o r, political science courses provide useful . wdy for any · tudent generally i n terested in p ublic atfairs and the wo rkings of go ernment. Moreover, the stud}' of politics is supportive of any discipline or professional program whose suhstance becomes a matter f public policy. As such, political scien e complements such fi elds a th natur a l sciences, s o iol ogy, bus i n ess, educat io n, and eco n o m ics. The s t udy of politicS touches upon other d iscipline_, which i nqu ire into h u man beh a ior and development, ranging from history and p h ilosoph)1 to psychology, co m m u n icatiou, and cross-cult ural _ s t udies. Students of political science have the opportunit to combine the academic study o f government and poli ti.cs with practical experience by participation in one of the internship p rograms s p nsored b y t h e d partment. At present these a r e ava ilable i n public administ r.l tiOll, public law, nd t h e legislative process. The department sponsors or otherwise encourages active student participation in political life through class activities and through such campus orga nizat ions the Yo ung Rcpublicans and You n g Democrats. The pol itical science faculty at Pacific Lu theran niversity share a breadth of experience in teach ing and research, in profe ional as:;ocjations a nd conferences in the United States and abroad, and in government decision making frol1l tbe local to t he international leveL There d.re no prerequisites � r politi a l science cOllr e:., xcept as n oted. Prior consu ltation with the instructor of any advanced c urse is inv ited. , tudents wish i ng to purSllC a major or m i nor i n politi al science are req uested to declare the major or m inor with the depa rtment chair a s soon as possible.

"1:1

o r-

Electi ves: Minimum of 1 2 semester hours selected from t h e Pol itical Science curriclllum.

Major programs s h o l1 l d be planned i n consultation with a departmental adviser. In some instances, a n in ternship (450, 458, 4 4, or 4 7 1 ) may be sub tituted fo r 495; students mllst plan this option w i t h the appropriate faculty intern slIpervil>or, in consultation with the departm e n tal chair. MINOR: Minimum o f 20 semester hours including 1 0 1 and l S I . Minor programs should be p lanned i n consultation with a departmenta l adviser.

rro m Z ,.., m

CONCURRENT ATTAINMENT: 10 more t h a n 8 semester hours taken to satisfy other major or mi nor req u i rements may also be applied to the political sc ience major. 0 m ore than 4 such semester hours may also be a pp l ied [0 the political science minor. RESIDENCY: A m i n i m u m of 12 semester hOLll's for the major and 8 semester ho urs for the m inor must be t aken in rcsid·nce. MINOR IN PUBLIC AFFAIRS: 24 semester h o urs. i ncluding 345 ( requ ired) a n d 20 hours from political science, e